Life of Constantine
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Life 1, chapter 1
1.1.1Heikel
Ἄρτι μὲν τῷ μεγάλῳ βασιλεῖ παντοίων δεκάδων διττῶν τε καὶ τριττῶν περιόδους ἐν ἑορτῶν εὐωχίαις πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων ἐπανηγύριζεν, ἄρτι δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ καλλίνικον, μέσον ἀπολαβόντες θεοῦ λειτουργῶν συνόδου, εἰκοσαετηρικοῖς ὕμνοις ἐγεραίρομεν, ἤδη δὲ καὶ τριακονταετηρικοὺς αὐτῷ λόγων πλέξαντες στεφάνους, ἐν αὐτοῖς πρώην βασιλείοις τὴν ἱερὰν κεφαλὴν ἀνεστέφομεν.
Arti men tǭ megalǭ basilei pantoiōn dekadōn dittōn te kai trittōn periodous en heortōn euōchiais pan genos anthrōpōn epanēgyrizen, arti de kai hēmeis autoi kallinikon, meson apolabontes theou leitourgōn synodou, eikosaetērikois hymnois egerairomen, ēdē de kai triakontaetērikous autǭ logōn plexantes stephanous, en autois prōēn basileiois tēn hieran kephalēn anestephomen.
Only lately the whole human race was keeping festival, with feasts and banquets, for the great emperor's completed periods of two and of three decades. Only lately we ourselves, received into the midst of a synod of God's ministers, honored the victor with hymns for his twentieth year; and already, having woven for him garlands of words for his thirtieth year, we crowned his sacred head not long ago in the palace itself.
1.1.2Heikel
νυνὶ δʼὁ λόγος ἡμῖν ἀμηχανῶν ἕστηκε, ποθῶν μέν τι τῶν συνήθων προσφθέγξασθαι, ἀπορῶν δʼὅπη καὶ τράποιτο μόνῳ τε τῷ θαύματι τῆς ξενιζούσης ὄψεως καταπεληγμένος. ὅπη γὰρ ἀτενὲς ἐμβλέψειεν, ἤν τε πρὸς ἕω ἤν τε πρὸς ἑσπέραν, ἤν τʼἐπὶ γῆς αὐτῆς ὅλης ἤν τε πρὸς οὐρανὸν αὐτόν, πάντη καὶ πανταχοῦ τὸν μακάριον αὐτοῖς συνόντα βασιλέα ἐθεώρει.
nyni dʼho logos hēmin amēchanōn hestēke, pothōn men ti tōn synēthōn prosphthenxasthai, aporōn dʼhopē kai trapoito monǭ te tǭ thaumati tēs xenizousēs opseōs katapelēgmenos. hopē gar atenes emblepseien, ēn te pros heō ēn te pros hesperan, ēn tʼepi gēs autēs holēs ēn te pros ouranon auton, pantē kai pantachou ton makarion autois synonta basilea etheōrei.
But now our speech stands helpless. It longs to utter one of its customary addresses, but is at a loss which way to turn, struck dumb by nothing but wonder at a strange sight. For wherever it fixes its gaze, whether to the east or to the west, whether over the whole earth or toward heaven itself, everywhere and in every way it sees the blessed emperor present with them.
1.1.3Heikel
γῆς μὲν γὰρ τοὺς αὐτοῦ παῖδας οἷά τινας νέους λαμπτῆρας τῶν αὐτοῦ μαρμαρυγῶν συνορᾷ πληροῦντας τὸ πᾶν, αὐτόν τε ζῶντα δυνάμει καὶ τὸν σύμπαντα διακυβερνῶντα βίον κρειττόνως ἢ πρόσθεν τῇ τῶν παίδων πολυπλασιασθέντα διαδοχῇ. οἵ καισάρων μὲν ἔτι πρότερον μετεῖχον τιμῆς, νυνὶ δʼὅλον αὐτὸν ἐνδυσάμενοι θεοσεβείας ἀρετῇ, αὐτοκράτορες αὔγουστοι σεβαστοι βασιλεῖς τοῖς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐμπρέποντες καλλωπίσμασιν ἀνεδείχθησαν.
gēs men gar tous autou paidas hoia tinas neous lamptēras tōn autou marmarygōn synorą plērountas to pan, auton te zōnta dynamei kai ton sympanta diakybernōnta bion kreittonōs ē prosthen tę̄ tōn paidōn polyplasiasthenta diadochę̄. hoi kaisarōn men eti proteron meteichon timēs, nyni dʼholon auton endysamenoi theosebeias aretę̄, autokratores augoustoi sebastoi basileis tois tou patros emprepontes kallōpismasin anedeichthēsan.
On earth it sees his sons, like new lamps of his radiance, filling the whole world, and himself living in power and governing all of life more mightily than before, multiplied through the succession of his sons. They had earlier shared the rank of Caesars; but now, having put on the whole of him by the virtue of their piety, they have been proclaimed Emperors, Augusti, Sebastoi, and Sovereigns, resplendent in their father's adornments.
Life 1, chapter 2
1.2.1Heikel
Καὶ τὸν ἐν σὠματι δὲ θνητῷ μικρῷ πρόσθεν ὁρώμενον αὐτοῖς θʼἡμῖν συνόντα παραδοξότατα καὶ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ βίου τελευτήν, ὅτε ἡ φύσις ὡς ἀλλότριον τὸ περιττὸν ἐλέγχει, τῶν αὐτῶν βασιλικῶν οἴκων τε καὶ κτημάτων καὶ τιμῶν καὶ ὕμνων ἠξιωμένον θεώμενος ὁ λόγος ὑπερεκπλήττεται. 2ἤδη δὲ καὶ πρὸς αὐταῖς οὐρανίαις ἁψῖσιν ἑαυτὸν ἐκτείνας, κἀνταῦθα τὴν τρισμακάριον ψυχὴν αὐτῷ θεῷ συνοῦσαν φαντάξεται, θνητοῦ μὲν καὶ γεώδους παντὸς ἀφειμένην περιβλήματος, φωτὸς δʼἐξαστραπτούσῃ στολῇ καταλαμπομένην. εἶτα οὐκέτι μὲν μακραῖς χρόνων περιόδοις ἐν θνητῶν διατριβαῖς εἰλουμένην αὐτήν, αἰωνοθαλεῖ δὲ διαδήματι ζωῆς τε ἀτελευτήτου καὶ μακαρίου αἰῶνος ἀθανασίᾳ τετιμημένην ἐννοῶν, ἀχανὴς ἕστηκεν οἷα θνητὸς λόγος, μηδεμίαν μὲν ἀφιεὶς φωνὴν τῆς δʼ αὐτὸς αὐτοῦ κατεγνωκὼς ἀσθενείας, καὶ δὴ σιωπὴν καθʼ ἑαυτοῦ ψηφισάμενος τῷ κρείττονι καὶ καθόλου λόγῳ παραχωρεῖ τυγχάνειν τῆς τῶν ἐφαμίλλων ὕμνων ἀξίας· ᾦ δὴ καὶ μόνῳ δυνατὸν ἀθανάτῳ καὶ θεοῦ ὄντι λόγῳ τὰς οἰκείας πιστοῦσθαι φωνάς,
Kai ton en sōmati de thnētǭ mikrǭ prosthen horōmenon autois thʼhēmin synonta paradoxotata kai meta tēn tou biou teleutēn, hote hē physis hōs allotrion to peritton elenchei, tōn autōn basilikōn oikōn te kai ktēmatōn kai timōn kai hymnōn ēxiōmenon theōmenos ho logos hyperekplēttetai. 2ēdē de kai pros autais ouraniais hapsisin heauton ekteinas, kantautha tēn trismakarion psychēn autǭ theǭ synousan phantaxetai, thnētou men kai geōdous pantos apheimenēn periblēmatos, phōtos dʼexastraptousę̄ stolę̄ katalampomenēn. eita ouketi men makrais chronōn periodois en thnētōn diatribais eiloumenēn autēn, aiōnothalei de diadēmati zōēs te ateleutētou kai makariou aiōnos athanasią tetimēmenēn ennoōn, achanēs hestēken hoia thnētos logos, mēdemian men aphieis phōnēn tēs dʼ autos autou kategnōkōs astheneias, kai dē siōpēn kathʼ heautou psēphisamenos tǭ kreittoni kai katholou logǭ parachōrei tynchanein tēs tōn ephamillōn hymnōn axias; ǭ dē kai monǭ dynaton athanatǭ kai theou onti logǭ tas oikeias pistousthai phōnas,
And our speech is overwhelmed with amazement when it beholds the one who a little while ago was seen in a mortal body, present with them and with us, most wonderfully, even after the end of his life (when nature rejects what is superfluous as foreign to it), still held worthy of the same imperial palaces, possessions, honors, and hymns. 2 And now, stretching itself up to the very vaults of heaven, it pictures his thrice-blessed soul there too, together with God himself, released from every mortal and earthly covering and shining in a robe flashing with light. Then, when it considers that the soul is no longer confined for long periods of time among the haunts of mortals, but is honored with an ever-blooming crown of endless life and the immortality of a blessed age, it stands open-mouthed, as mortal speech must, and utters no sound; condemning its own weakness and voting silence upon itself, it yields to the higher and universal Word the task of hymns worthy of him. For he alone, being the immortal Word of God, is able to confirm his own sayings,
Life 1, chapter 3
1.3.1Heikel
διʼ ὧν τοὺς μὲν αὐτὸν δοξάζοντάς τε καὶ τιμῶντας ἀμοιβαίοις ὑπερβάλλεσθαι χαρίσμασι, τοὺς δʼἐχθροὺς καὶ πολεμίους σφᾶς αὐτοὺς αὐτῷ καταστήσαντας τὸν ψυχῶν ὄλεθρον ἑαυτοῖς περιποιήσειν θεσπίσας, ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη τῶν αὐτοῦ λόγων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ἀψευδεῖς παρεστήσατο, ἀθέων μὲν καὶ θεομάχων τυράννων ἀπευκτὰ δείξας τοῦ βίου τὰ τέλη, τοῦ δʼαὐτοῦ θεράποντος ζηλωτὸν καὶ πολυύμνητον πρὸς τῇ ζωῇ καὶ τὸν θάνατον ἀποφήνας, ὡς ἀξιομνημόνευτον καὶ τοῦτον στηλῶν τε οὐ θνητῶν ἀλλʼ ἀθανάτων ἐπάξιον γερέσθαι.
diʼ hōn tous men auton doxazontas te kai timōntas amoibaiois hyperballesthai charismasi, tous dʼechthrous kai polemious sphas autous autǭ katastēsantas ton psychōn olethron heautois peripoiēsein thespisas, enteuthen ēdē tōn autou logōn tas epangelias apseudeis parestēsato, atheōn men kai theomachōn tyrannōn apeukta deixas tou biou ta telē, tou dʼautou therapontos zēlōton kai polyymnēton pros tę̄ zōę̄ kai ton thanaton apophēnas, hōs axiomnēmoneuton kai touton stēlōn te ou thnētōn allʼ athanatōn epaxion geresthai.
by which he declared that he would surpass with gifts in return those who glorify and honor him, while those who set themselves up as his enemies and foes would bring upon themselves the ruin of their souls. And by this he has already shown the promises of his words to be unfailing: he displayed the abhorrent ends of the life of godless, God-fighting tyrants, and made the death as well as the life of his own servant enviable and much praised, so that this too is worth remembering and deserves monuments not mortal but immortal.
1.3.2Heikel
θνητῶν μὲν γὰρ φύσις, θνητοῦ καὶ ἐπικήρου τέλους παραμύθιον εὑραμένη, εἰκόνων ἀναθήμασι τὰς τῶν προτέρων μνήμας ἀθανάτοις ἔδοξε γεραίρειν τιμαῖς, καὶ οἱ μὲν σκιαγραφίαις κηροχύτου γραφῆς ἄνθεσιν, οἱ δὲ γλυφαῖς ὕλης ἀψύχου ἀνδρείκελα σχήματα τεκτηνάμενοι, οἱ δὲ κύρβεσι καὶ στήλαις βαθείας γραμμὰς ἐγχαράξαντες, μνήμαις ὑπέλαβον αἰωνίαις τὰς τῶν τιμωμένων ἀρετὰς παραδιδόναι. τὰ δʼ ἦν ἄρα πάντα θνητὰ χρόνου μήκει δαπανώμενα, φθαρτῶν ἅτε σωμάτων ἰνδάλματα, οὐ μὴν ἀθανάτου ψυχῆς ἀποτυπῦντα ἰδέας. ὅμως δʼοὖν ἀπαρκεῖν ἐδόκει ταῦτα τοῖς μηδὲν ἕτερον μετὰ τὴν τοῦ θνητοῦ βίου καταστροφὴν ἐν ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίσι τιθεμένοις.
thnētōn men gar physis, thnētou kai epikērou telous paramythion heuramenē, eikonōn anathēmasi tas tōn proterōn mnēmas athanatois edoxe gerairein timais, kai hoi men skiagraphiais kērochytou graphēs anthesin, hoi de glyphais hylēs apsychou andreikela schēmata tektēnamenoi, hoi de kyrbesi kai stēlais batheias grammas encharaxantes, mnēmais hypelabon aiōniais tas tōn timōmenōn aretas paradidonai. ta dʼ ēn ara panta thnēta chronou mēkei dapanōmena, phthartōn hate sōmatōn indalmata, ou mēn athanatou psychēs apotypynta ideas. homōs dʼoun aparkein edokei tauta tois mēden heteron meta tēn tou thnētou biou katastrophēn en agathōn elpisi tithemenois.
For mortal nature, finding a consolation for a mortal and perishable end, thought to honor the memories of its forebears with immortal honors by dedicating images. Some, with the colors of encaustic painting, others, carving human likenesses from lifeless material, and others, engraving deep letters on tablets and pillars, supposed that they were handing down the virtues of those they honored to eternal remembrance. But all these were in fact mortal and consumed by length of time, being images of perishable bodies, not representing the forms of an immortal soul. Nevertheless these seemed sufficient to those who placed no hope of good things after the end of mortal life.
1.3.3Heikel
θεὸς δʼἄρα, θεὸς ὁ κοινὸς τῶν ὄλων σωτήσ, μείζονα ἤ κατὰ θνητοὺς λογισμοὺς τοῖς εὐσεβείας ἐρασταῖς ἀγαθὰ παρʼἑαυτῷ ταμιευσάμενος, τὰ πρωτόλεια τῶν ἐρασταῖς ἐπάθλων ἀνθένδε προαρραβωνίζεται, θνητοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἁμωσγέπως τὰς ἀθανάτους πιστούμενος ἐλπίδας.
theos dʼara, theos ho koinos tōn olōn sōtēs, meizona ē kata thnētous logismous tois eusebeias erastais agatha parʼheautǭ tamieusamenos, ta prōtoleia tōn erastais epathlōn anthende proarrabōnizetai, thnētois ophthalmois hamōsgepōs tas athanatous pistoumenos elpidas.
But God, God the common Savior of all, who has stored up with himself for the lovers of piety good things greater than mortal reckoning, gives them even here the firstfruits of their prizes as a pledge, in some measure confirming immortal hopes to mortal eyes.
1.3.4Heikel
παλαιοὶ ταῦτα χρησμοὶ προφητῶν γραφῇ παραδοθέντες θεσπίζουσι, ταῦτα βίοι θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν παντοίας ἀρεταῖς πρόπαλαι διαλαμψάντων τοῖς ὀφιγόνοις μηνμονευόμενοι μαρτύρονται, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἀληθῆ ὄντα διήλεγξε χρόποτε τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχὴς καθηγησαμένων γεγονὼς φίλος ἐναργὲς ἅπασιν ἀθρώποις παρόδειγμα θεοσεβοῦς κατέστη βίου.
palaioi tauta chrēsmoi prophētōn graphę̄ paradothentes thespizousi, tauta bioi theophilōn andrōn pantoias aretais propalai dialampsantōn tois ophigonois mēnmoneuomenoi martyrontai, tauta kai ho kathʼ hēmas alēthē onta diēlenxe chropote tēs Rhōmaiōn archēs kathēgēsamenōn gegonōs philos enarges hapasin athrōpois parodeigma theosebous katestē biou.
The ancient oracles of the prophets, handed down in Scripture, declare this; the lives of God-beloved men who shone of old with every kind of virtue, remembered by later generations, bear witness to it; and our own time has proved it true, when [Constantine], alone of all who have ever led the Roman government a friend [of God, the King of all], stood before all people as a clear example of a godly life.
Life 1, chapter 4
1.4.1Heikel
Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ θεός, ὅν Κωνσταντῖνος ἐγέραιρεν, ἀρχομένῷ καὶ μεσάζοντι καὶ τελευτῶντιο, διδώσιλίας αὐτῷ δεξιὸς παραστάς, ἐναργέσι ψήφοις ἐπιστώσατο, διδάσκαλον θεοσεβοῦς ὑποραστάς, δείματος τὸν ἄνδρα τῷ θνητῷ γένει προβεβλημένος· μόνον γοῦν αὐτὸν τῶν ἐξ αἰῶνος ἀκοῇ βοηθέντων ἀυτοκρατςοτςν οἷόν τινα μέγιστον γιστον φωστῆρα καὶ κήρυσα μεγαλοφωνότατον τῆς ἀπλανοῦς θεοσεβείας βείας προστησάμενος, μόνῳ τὰ ἐχέγγυα τῆς αὐτοῦ θεοσεβείας διὰ παντοίων τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν κεχορηγημένων ἀγαθῶν ἐνεδείξατο,
Tauta de kai theos, hon Kōnstantinos egerairen, archomenǭ kai mesazonti kai teleutōntio, didōsilias autǭ dexios parastas, enargesi psēphois epistōsato, didaskalon theosebous hyporastas, deimatos ton andra tǭ thnētǭ genei probeblēmenos; monon goun auton tōn ex aiōnos akoę̄ boēthentōn autokratsotsn hoion tina megiston giston phōstēra kai kērysa megalophōnotaton tēs aplanous theosebeias beias prostēsamenos, monǭ ta echengya tēs autou theosebeias dia pantoiōn tōn eis auton kechorēgēmenōn agathōn enedeixato,
This God too, whom Constantine honored, confirmed by clear verdicts, standing at his right hand at the beginning, the middle, and the end of his reign, and setting the man before the human race as a teacher and example of godliness. Alone of the emperors of whom we have ever heard, he set him forth as a very great luminary and a most loud-voiced herald of unerring godliness, and to him alone he displayed the pledges of his own favor through every kind of good thing bestowed on him:
Life 1, chapter 5
1.5.1Heikel
χρόνον μὲν βασιλείας τρισὶ δεκάδων περιόδοις τελείαςι καὶ προσέτι λῷον τιμήσας, τούτων δὲ διπλάσιον τοῦ παντὸς αὐτῷ βίου τὴν εἰκόνα δούς, νικητὴν ἀπέδειξε παντὸς τυραννικοῦ γένους θεομάχων τε ὀλετῆρα γιγάντων, οἵ ψυχῆς ἀπονοίᾳ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἤραντο τὸν παμβασιλέα τῶν ὅλων δυσσεβείας ὅπλα. ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ὡς εἰπεῖν ἐν βραχεῖ φανέντες ἅμα τε καὶ ἀπέσβησαν, τὸν δʼ αὐτοῦ θεράποντα θεὸς ὁ εἷς καὶ μόνος ἕνα πρὸς πολλοὺς θεϊκῇ φραξάμενος παντευχίᾳ, τῆς τῶν ἀθέων πληθύος διʼαὐτοῦ τὸν θνητὸν ἀποκαθήρας βίον, εὐσεβείας τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν διδάσκαλον πᾶσιν ἔθνεσι κατεστήσατο, μεγάλῃ βοῇ ταῖς πάντων ἀκοαῖς μαρτυρόμενον τὸν ὄντα θεὸν εἰδέναι, τὴν δὲ τῶν οὐδαμῶς ὄντων ἀποστρέφεσθαι πλάνην.
chronon men basileias trisi dekadōn periodois teleiasi kai proseti lǭon timēsas, toutōn de diplasion tou pantos autǭ biou tēn eikona dous, nikētēn apedeixe pantos tyrannikou genous theomachōn te oletēra gigantōn, hoi psychēs aponoią pros auton ēranto ton pambasilea tōn holōn dyssebeias hopla. allʼ hoi men hōs eipein en brachei phanentes hama te kai apesbēsan, ton dʼ autou theraponta theos ho heis kai monos hena pros pollous theïkę̄ phraxamenos panteuchią, tēs tōn atheōn plēthyos diʼautou ton thnēton apokathēras bion, eusebeias tēs eis auton didaskalon pasin ethnesi katestēsato, megalę̄ boę̄ tais pantōn akoais martyromenon ton onta theon eidenai, tēn de tōn oudamōs ontōn apostrephesthai planēn.
he honored the length of his reign with three full periods of ten years and more, and gave twice this as the measure of his whole life. He made him victor over the whole race of tyrants and destroyer of the God-fighting giants who in madness of soul raised the weapons of impiety against the King of all. They appeared, so to speak, for a moment and were at once extinguished; but his own servant, one against many, the one and only God fortified with divine armor, and having purged mortal life through him of the multitude of the godless, he appointed him teacher of piety toward himself to all nations, testifying with a loud voice in the hearing of all that they should know the God who is, and turn away from the error of those who in no way exist.
Life 1, chapter 6
1.6.1Heikel
Kαὶ ὁ μὲν οἷα πιστὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς θεράπων τοῦτʼ ἔπραττε καὶ ἐκήρυττε, δοῦλον ἄντικρυς ἀποκαλῶν καὶ θεράποντα τοῦ παμβασιλέως ὁμολογῶν ἑαυτόν, θεὸς δʼαὐτὸν ἐγγύθεν ἀμειβόμενος κύριον καθίστησι καὶ δεσπότην νικητήν τε μόνον τῶν ἐξ αἰῶνος αὐτοκρατόρων ἄμαχον καὶ ἀήττη- τον, εἰσαεὶ νικῶντα τροπαίοις τε τοῖς κατʼ ἐχθρῶν διὰ παντὸς φαιδρυνόμενον, βασιλέα τε τοσοῦτον, ὅσος οὔδεὶς ἀκοῇ τῶν πάλαι πρότερον μνημονεύεται γενέσθαι· οὕτω μὲν θεοφιλῆ καὶ οὕτω δʼ εὐσεβῆ καὶ πανευδαίμονα, ὡς μετὰ πάσης μὲν ῥᾳστώνης πλειόνων ἢ οἱ ἔμπροσθεν κατασχεῖν ἐθνῶν, ἄλυπον δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰς αὐτὴν καταλῆξαι τελευτήν.
Kai ho men hoia pistos kai agathos therapōn toutʼ epratte kai ekērytte, doulon antikrys apokalōn kai theraponta tou pambasileōs homologōn heauton, theos dʼauton engythen ameibomenos kyrion kathistēsi kai despotēn nikētēn te monon tōn ex aiōnos autokratorōn amachon kai aēttē- ton, eisaei nikōnta tropaiois te tois katʼ echthrōn dia pantos phaidrynomenon, basilea te tosouton, hosos oudeis akoę̄ tōn palai proteron mnēmoneuetai genesthai; houtō men theophilē kai houtō dʼ eusebē kai paneudaimona, hōs meta pasēs men rhąstōnēs pleionōn ē hoi emprosthen kataschein ethnōn, alypon de tēn archēn eis autēn katalēxai teleutēn.
And he, as a faithful and good servant, did and proclaimed this, openly calling himself a slave and confessing himself the servant of the King of all; and God, repaying him closely, made him lord and master, and alone of the emperors of all time an unconquerable and undefeated victor, ever conquering and always resplendent with trophies over his enemies, and an emperor so great that no one of those of old is recorded to have been his equal: so beloved of God, so pious and altogether happy, that with all ease he ruled more nations than those before him, and kept his rule free of trouble to his very death.
Life 1, chapter 7
1.7.1Heikel
Περσῶν μὲν δὴ Κῦρον παλαιὸς ἀνυμνεῖ λόγος περιφανῆ βασιλέα ἀποφανθῆναι τῶν πώποτε. ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ μὴ ταῦτα τέλος δʼ ἐχρῆν μακροῦ βίου σκοπεῖν, φασὶν αὐτὸν οὐκ αἴσιον αἰσχρὸν δὲ καὶ ἐονείδιστον ὑπὸ γυναικὸς θάνατον ὑποστῆναι. Μακεδόνων δʼ Ἀλέξανδρον Ἑλλήνων ᾄδουσι παῖδες μυρία μὲν παντοίων ἐθνῶν γένη καταστρέψασθαι, θᾶττον δʼ ἢ συντελέσαι εἰς ἄνδρας ὠκύμορον ὠκύμορον κώμοις ἀποληφθέντα καὶ μέθαις. δύο μὲν οὑτος πρὸς τοῖς τριάκοντα τὴν πᾶσαν ζωὴν ἐνιαυθτοῖς ἐπλήρου, τούτων δὲ τὴν τρίτην οὑ πλέον ὁ τῆς βασιλείας περιώριζε χρόνος, ἐχώρει δὲ δί αἱμάτων ἀνὴρ σκηπτοῦ δίκην, ἀφειδῶς ἔθνη καὶ πόλεις ὅλας ἡβηδὸν ἐξανδραποδιζφόμενος. ἄρτι δὲ μικρὸν ἀνθούσης αὐτῷ τῆς ὤρας καὶ τὰ παιδικὰ πενθοῦντι δεινῶς τὸ χρεὼν ἐπιστὰν ἄτεκνον ἄρριζον ἀνέστιον ἐπʼ ἀλλοδαπῆς καὶ πολεμίας αὐτόν, ὡς ἂν μὴ εἰς μακρὸν λυμαίνοιτο τὸ θνητὸν γένος, ἠφάνιζεν. αὐτίκα δʼ ἡ βασιλεία κατετέμνετο, τῶν θεραπόντων ἑκάστου μοῖράν τινα περισπῶντος καὶ διαρπάζοντος ἑαυτῷ. ἀλλʼ ὀ μὲν ἐπὶ τοιούτοις ἀνυμνεῖται χοροῖς.
Persōn men dē Kyron palaios anymnei logos periphanē basilea apophanthēnai tōn pōpote. allʼ epei mē tauta telos dʼ echrēn makrou biou skopein, phasin auton ouk aision aischron de kai eoneidiston hypo gynaikos thanaton hypostēnai. Makedonōn dʼ Alexandron Hellēnōn ądousi paides myria men pantoiōn ethnōn genē katastrepsasthai, thatton dʼ ē syntelesai eis andras ōkymoron ōkymoron kōmois apolēphthenta kai methais. dyo men houtos pros tois triakonta tēn pasan zōēn eniauthtois eplērou, toutōn de tēn tritēn hou pleon ho tēs basileias periōrize chronos, echōrei de di haimatōn anēr skēptou dikēn, apheidōs ethnē kai poleis holas hēbēdon exandrapodizphomenos. arti de mikron anthousēs autǭ tēs ōras kai ta paidika penthounti deinōs to chreōn epistan ateknon arrizon anestion epʼ allodapēs kai polemias auton, hōs an mē eis makron lymainoito to thnēton genos, ēphanizen. autika dʼ hē basileia katetemneto, tōn therapontōn hekastou moiran tina perispōntos kai diarpazontos heautǭ. allʼ o men epi toioutois anymneitai chorois.
An ancient story celebrates Cyrus of the Persians as the most illustrious king who ever lived. Yet since one must look to the end of a long life, they say that he suffered a death not fortunate but shameful and disgraceful, at the hand of a woman. The sons of the Greeks sing of Alexander the Macedonian that he subdued countless tribes of every kind of nation, but that before he reached full manhood he was carried off by an early death amid revels and drunkenness. He completed his whole life in thirty-two years, and the time of his reign covered no more than a third of these. He advanced through blood like a thunderbolt, mercilessly enslaving nations and whole cities, young and old alike. And when he was scarcely past the bloom of youth and mourning his beloved, fate came upon him and removed him, childless, rootless, and homeless, in a foreign and hostile land, so that he might not long ravage the human race. At once his kingdom was cut up, each of his servants tearing off and seizing a portion for himself. Yet for such deeds he is hymned by choirs.
Life 1, chapter 8
1.8.1Heikel
Ὁ δʼ ἠμετερος βασιλεὺς ἐξ ἐκείνου μὲν ἤρχετο, ἐξ οὗπερ ό Μακεδὼν ἐτελεύτα, ἐδιπλασίαξε δὲ τῷ χρόνῳ τὴν ἐκείνου ζωήν, τριπλάσιον δʼ ἐποιεῖτο τῆς βασιλείας τὸ μῆκος.
Ho dʼ ēmeteros basileus ex ekeinou men ērcheto, ex houper o Makedōn eteleuta, ediplasiaxe de tǭ chronǭ tēn ekeinou zōēn, triplasion dʼ epoieito tēs basileias to mēkos.
Our emperor began from the age at which the Macedonian ended; he doubled the other's life in length, and made his reign three times as long.
1.8.2Heikel
ἡμέροις γέ τοι καὶ σώφροσι θεοσεβείας παραγγέλμασι τὸν αὐτοῦ φραξάμενος στρατόν, ἐπῆλθε μὲν τὴν Βρεττανῶν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ οἰκοῦντας ὠκεανῷ τῷ κατὰ δύοντα ἥλιον περιοριζομένῳ τε Σκυθικὸν ἐπηγάγετο πᾶν, ὑπʼ αὐτῇ ἄρκτῳ μυρίοις βαρβάρων ἐξαλλάττουσι γένεσι τεμνόμενον,
hēmerois ge toi kai sōphrosi theosebeias parangelmasi ton autou phraxamenos straton, epēlthe men tēn Brettanōn kai tous en autǭ oikountas ōkeanǭ tǭ kata dyonta hēlion periorizomenǭ te Skythikon epēgageto pan, hypʼ autę̄ arktǭ myriois barbarōn exallattousi genesi temnomenon,
Having fortified his army with gentle and sober precepts of godliness, he attacked the land of the Britons and those who dwell in the very ocean bounded by the setting sun; he brought over the whole of Scythia, which lies under the very north and is divided into countless diverse barbarian tribes;
1.8.3Heikel
ἤδη δὲ καὶ μεσημβρίας ἐπʼ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐκτείνας εἰς αὐτοὺς Βλέμμυὰς τε καὶ Αἰθίοπας, ούδὲ τῶν πρὸς ἀνίσχοντα ἥλιον ἀλλοτρίαν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν κτῆσιν,
ēdē de kai mesēmbrias epʼ tēn archēn ekteinas eis autous Blemmyas te kai Aithiopas, oude tōn pros anischonta hēlion allotrian epoieito tēn ktēsin,
and extending his rule also to the south, as far as the Blemmyes and the Ethiopians, he did not regard as foreign to him the possession of the lands toward the rising sun either,
1.8.4Heikel
ἐπʼ αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης τέρματα. Ἰνδῶν μέχρι τῶν ἐξωτάτω τῶν τε ἐν κύκλῳ περιοίκων τοῦ παντὸς τῆς γῆς τῷ βίῳ στοιχείου, φωτὸς εὐσεβείας ἀκτῖσιν ἐκλάμπων, ἅπαντας εἶχεν ὑπηκόους, τοπάρχας ἐθνάρχας σατράπας βασιλέας παντοίων βαρβάρων ἐθνῶν ἐθελοντὶ ἀσπαζομένους καὶ χαίροντας τοῖς τε παρ΄ αὐτῶν ξενίοις τε καὶ δώροις διαπρεσβευομένους καὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν γνῶσίν τε καὶ φιλίαν περὶ πλείστου ποιουμένους, μένους, ὥστε καὶ γραφαῖς εἰκόνων αὐτὸν παρʼ αὐτοῖς τιμᾶν ἀνδριάντων τε ἀναθήμασι, μόνον τε αὐτοκρατόρων παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσι Κωνσταντῖνον γνωρίξεσθαί τε καὶ βοᾶσθαι. ὁ δὲ καὶ μέχρι τῶν τῇδε βασιλικοῖς προσφωνήμασι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θεὸν ἀνεκήρυττεν σὺν παρρησίᾳ τῇ πάσῃ.
epʼ auta de ta tēs holēs oikoumenēs termata. Indōn mechri tōn exōtatō tōn te en kyklǭ perioikōn tou pantos tēs gēs tǭ biǭ stoicheiou, phōtos eusebeias aktisin eklampōn, hapantas eichen hypēkoous, toparchas ethnarchas satrapas basileas pantoiōn barbarōn ethnōn ethelonti aspazomenous kai chairontas tois te par΄ autōn xeniois te kai dōrois diapresbeuomenous kai tēn pros auton gnōsin te kai philian peri pleistou poioumenous, menous, hōste kai graphais eikonōn auton parʼ autois timan andriantōn te anathēmasi, monon te autokratorōn para tois pasi Kōnstantinon gnōrixesthai te kai boasthai. ho de kai mechri tōn tę̄de basilikois prosphōnēmasi ton heautou theon anekērytten syn parrēsią tę̄ pasę̄.
but, shining with the rays of the light of godliness to the very ends of the whole inhabited world, as far as the remotest Indians and those who dwell around the whole circuit of the earth, he held all as his subjects: toparchs, ethnarchs, satraps, and kings of every kind of barbarian nation, who willingly greeted and welcomed him, sent embassies with gifts and presents, and set the highest value on his acquaintance and friendship, so that they honored him among themselves with painted portraits and dedicated statues, and Constantine alone of the emperors was known and acclaimed among them all. And even to these he proclaimed his own God in imperial addresses with all boldness.
Life 1, chapter 9
1.9.1Heikel
Εἶτα οὐ λόγοις μὲν τοῦτο ἔπραττεν ἀφυστέρει δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις, διὰ πάσης δὲ χωρῶν ἀρετῆς παντοίοις εὐσεβείας καρποῖς ἐνηβρύνετο, μεγαοψύχοις μὲν εὐεργεσίαις τοὺς γνωρίμους καταδουλούμενος κρα- τῶν δὲ νόμοις φιλανθρωπίας, εὐήνιόν τε τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ πολύευκτον ἅπασι τοῖς ἀρχομένοις κατεργαζόμενος, εἰσότε λοιπὸν μακραῖς περιόδοις όδοις ἐτῶν κεκμηκότα αὐτὸν θείοις ἄθλων ἀγῶσι βραβείοις ἀθανασίας ὃν ἐτίμα θεὸς ἀναδησάμενος, θνητῆς ἐκ βασιλείας ἐπὶ τὴν παρʼ αὐτῷ ψυχαῖς ὁσίαις τεταμιευμένην ἀτελεύτητον ζωὴν μετεστήσατο, τριττὴν παίδων γονὴν τῆς ἀρχῆς διάδοχον ἐγείρας. οὕτω δὴ καὶ ὁ θρόνος τῆς βασιλείας πατρόθεν μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν κατῄει, θεσμῷ δὲ φύσεως παισὶ καὶ τοῖς τούτων ἐχγόνοις ἐταμιεύετο εἰς ἀγήρω τε χρόνον οἷά τις πατρῷος ἐμηκύνετο κλῆρος. θεὸς μὲν οὖν αὐτός, καὶ σὺν ἡμῖν ἔτι ὄντα τὸν μακάριον θεοπρεπέσιν ὑψώσας τιμαῖς καὶ τελευτῶντα κοσμήσας ἐξαιρέτοις τοῖς παρʼ αὐτοῦ πλεονεκτήμασι, γένοιτʼ ἂν αὐτοῦ καὶ γραφεύς, ούρανίων οὐρανίων στηλῶν τοὺς τῶν αὐτοῦ κατορθωμάτων ἄθλους εἰς μακροὺς ἐγχαράττων αἰῶνας.
Eita ou logois men touto epratten aphysterei de tois ergois, dia pasēs de chōrōn aretēs pantoiois eusebeias karpois enēbryneto, megaopsychois men euergesiais tous gnōrimous katadouloumenos kra- tōn de nomois philanthrōpias, euēnion te tēn archēn kai polyeukton hapasi tois archomenois katergazomenos, eisote loipon makrais periodois odois etōn kekmēkota auton theiois athlōn agōsi brabeiois athanasias hon etima theos anadēsamenos, thnētēs ek basileias epi tēn parʼ autǭ psychais hosiais tetamieumenēn ateleutēton zōēn metestēsato, trittēn paidōn gonēn tēs archēs diadochon egeiras. houtō dē kai ho thronos tēs basileias patrothen men eis auton katę̄ei, thesmǭ de physeōs paisi kai tois toutōn echgonois etamieueto eis agērō te chronon hoia tis patrǭos emēkyneto klēros. theos men oun autos, kai syn hēmin eti onta ton makarion theoprepesin hypsōsas timais kai teleutōnta kosmēsas exairetois tois parʼ autou pleonektēmasi, genoitʼ an autou kai grapheus, ouraniōn ouraniōn stēlōn tous tōn autou katorthōmatōn athlous eis makrous encharattōn aiōnas.
Nor did he do this in words while falling short in deeds; advancing through every virtue, he abounded in every fruit of piety. He won over his acquaintances by generous benefactions and ruled by laws of kindness, making his government gentle and much desired by all his subjects; until at last, when he had grown weary after long periods of years in divine contests, God whom he honored crowned him with the prizes of immortality and transferred him from a mortal kingdom to the unending life stored up with him for holy souls, after he had raised up a threefold offspring of sons as successors to his rule. So the throne of the empire, which came down to him from his father, was by the law of nature kept for his sons and their descendants and prolonged into ageless time like a family inheritance. God himself, then, who exalted the blessed man with honors befitting God while he was still with us, and adorned him at his death with singular privileges from himself, would be the fitting writer of his life, engraving the prizes of his achievements on heavenly monuments for long ages.
Life 1, chapter 10
1.10.1Heikel
Ἐμοὶ δὲ εἰ καὶ τὸ λέγειν ἐπάξιόν τι τῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς μακαριότητος ἄπορον τυγχάνει τό τε σιωπᾶν ἀσφαλὲς καὶ ἀκίνδυνον, ὅμως ἀναγκαῖον μιμήσει τῆς θνητῆς σκιαγραφίας τὴν διὰ λόγων εἰκόνα τῇ τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς ἀναθεῖναι μνήμῃ, ὄκνου καὶ ἀργίας ἀφοσιουμένῳ ἔγκλημα. αἰσχυνοίμην γὰρ ἂν ἐμαυτόν, εἰ μὴ τὰ κατὰ δύναμιν, κἂν σμικρὰ ᾖ ταῦτα καὶ εὐτελῆ, τῷ πάντας ἡμᾶς διʼ ὑπερβολὴν εὐλαβείας θεοῦ τετιμηκότι συμβαλοῦμαι. ἶμαι δὲ καὶ ἄλλως βιωφελὲς καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἔσεσθαί μοι τὸ γράμμα περιλαμβάνον βασιλικῆς μεγαλονοίας πράξεις θεῷ τῷ παμβασιλεῖ κεχαρισμένας. ἡ γὰρ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν Νέρωνος μὲν τὴν μνήμην καὶ τῶν τούτου μακρῷ χειρόνων δυσσεβῶν τινων καὶ ἀθέων τυράννων ἀόκνων εὐτυχῆσαι συγγραφέων, οἳ δὴ φαύλων ὑποθέσεις δραμάτων ἑρμηνείᾳ κομψῇ καλλωπίσαντες πολυβίβλοις ἀνέθηκαν ἱστορίαις, ἡμᾶς δὲ σιωπᾶν οὓς θεὸς αὐτὸς τοσούτῳ συγκυρῆσαι βασιλεῖ, οἶον ὁ σύμπας οὐχ ἱστόρησεν αἰών, εἰς ὄψιν τε καὶ γνῶσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁμιλίαν ἐλθεῖν κατηξίωσεν; διὸ προσήκοι ἄν, εἴ τισιν ἄλλοις, καὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἀγαθῶν ἄφθονον ἀκοὴν κηρύττειν ἅπασιν, οἳς ἡ τῶν καλῶν μίμησις πρὸς θεῖον ἔρωτα διεγείρει τὸν πόθον. οἱ μὲν γὰρ βίους ἀνδρῶν οὐ σεμνῶν καὶ πράξεις πρὸς ἠθῶν βελτίωσιν ἀλυσιτελεῖς χάριτι τῇ πρός τινας ἢ ἀπεχθεί¨α, τάχα δέ που καὶ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν τῆς σφῶν αὐτῶν παιδεύσεως συναγαγόντες, κόμπῳ ῥημάτων εὐγλωττίας αἰσχρῶν πραγμάτων ὑφηγήσεις οὐκ εἰς δέον ἐξετραγᾠδησαν, τοῖς μὴ μετασχεῖν τῶν κακῶν κατὰ θεὸν εὐτυχήσασιν ἔργων οὐκ ἀγαθῶν ἀλλὰ λήθῃ καὶ σκότῳ σιωπᾶσθαι ἀξίων διδάσκαλοι καταστάντες. ἐμοὶ δὲ ό μὲν τῆς φράσεως λόγος, λόγος, εἰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος τῆς τῶν δηλουμένων ἐμφάσεως ἐξασθενεῖ, φαιδρύνοιτό γʼ ἂν ὅμως καὶ ψιλῇ τῇ τῶν ἀγαθῶν πράξεων ἀπαγγελίᾳ, ἡ δέ γε τῶν θεοφιλῶν διηγημάτων ὑπόμνησις οὐκ ἀνόνητον ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα βιωφελῆ τοῖς τὴν ψυχὴν εὖ παρεσκευασμένοις ποριεῖται τὴν ἔντευξιν.
Emoi de ei kai to legein epaxion ti tēs tou andros makariotētos aporon tynchanei to te siōpan asphales kai akindynon, homōs anankaion mimēsei tēs thnētēs skiagraphias tēn dia logōn eikona tę̄ tou theophilous anatheinai mnēmę̄, oknou kai argias aphosioumenǭ enklēma. aischynoimēn gar an emauton, ei mē ta kata dynamin, kan smikra ę̄ tauta kai eutelē, tǭ pantas hēmas diʼ hyperbolēn eulabeias theou tetimēkoti symbaloumai. imai de kai allōs biōpheles kai anankaion esesthai moi to gramma perilambanon basilikēs megalonoias praxeis theǭ tǭ pambasilei kecharismenas. hē gar ouk aischron Nerōnos men tēn mnēmēn kai tōn toutou makrǭ cheironōn dyssebōn tinōn kai atheōn tyrannōn aoknōn eutychēsai syngrapheōn, hoi dē phaulōn hypotheseis dramatōn hermēneią kompsę̄ kallōpisantes polybiblois anethēkan historiais, hēmas de siōpan hous theos autos tosoutǭ synkyrēsai basilei, oion ho sympas ouch historēsen aiōn, eis opsin te kai gnōsin autou kai homilian elthein katēxiōsen? dio prosēkoi an, ei tisin allois, kai hēmin autois agathōn aphthonon akoēn kēryttein hapasin, hois hē tōn kalōn mimēsis pros theion erōta diegeirei ton pothon. hoi men gar bious andrōn ou semnōn kai praxeis pros ēthōn beltiōsin alysiteleis chariti tę̄ pros tinas ē apechthei¨a, tacha de pou kai pros epideixin tēs sphōn autōn paideuseōs synagagontes, kompǭ rhēmatōn euglōttias aischrōn pragmatōn hyphēgēseis ouk eis deon exetragǭdēsan, tois mē metaschein tōn kakōn kata theon eutychēsasin ergōn ouk agathōn alla lēthę̄ kai skotǭ siōpasthai axiōn didaskaloi katastantes. emoi de o men tēs phraseōs logos, logos, ei kai pros to megethos tēs tōn dēloumenōn emphaseōs exasthenei, phaidrynoito gʼ an homōs kai psilę̄ tę̄ tōn agathōn praxeōn apangelią, hē de ge tōn theophilōn diēgēmatōn hypomnēsis ouk anonēton alla kai sphodra biōphelē tois tēn psychēn eu pareskeuasmenois porieitai tēn enteuxin.
As for me, even if it is beyond me to say anything worthy of the man's blessedness, and silence would be safe and free of risk, yet I must, in imitation of mortal painting, dedicate a portrait in words to the memory of the man beloved of God, and so clear myself of the charge of sloth and idleness. For I would be ashamed of myself if I did not contribute what I can, small and poor as it is, to the one who, out of his exceeding reverence for God, honored us all. And I think that in any case my writing will be useful and necessary, since it contains the acts of imperial magnanimity that were pleasing to God, the King of all. For would it not be shameful that the memory of Nero, and of some impious and godless tyrants far worse than he, should have found diligent historians, who adorned the plots of worthless dramas with elegant style and set them out in histories of many books, while we keep silent, whom God himself deemed worthy to meet such an emperor as all history has never recorded, and to come into his sight, acquaintance, and company? Therefore it befits us, if anyone, to proclaim the abundant report of good things to all in whom the imitation of noble deeds stirs up longing for divine love. For those who have compiled the lives of men who were not honorable, and deeds useless for the improvement of character, out of favor toward some or hatred of others, and perhaps also to display their own learning, have dramatized with the pomp of eloquent phrases accounts of shameful acts, without need, and so have become teachers, to those whom God kept free from these evils, of deeds not good but deserving to be buried in silence, oblivion, and darkness. But as for me, even if the power of my expression is too weak for the greatness of what it describes, it may yet be brightened by the bare report of good deeds; and the recollection of accounts dear to God will furnish a reading not unprofitable but highly beneficial to those whose souls are well prepared.
Life 1, chapter 11
1.11.1Heikel
Τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα πλεῖστα καὶ βασιλικὰ τοῦ τρισμακαρίου στρατηγήματα συμβολάς τε καὶ παρατάξεις πολέμων ἀριστείας τε καὶ νίκας καὶ τρόπαια τὰ κατʼ ἐχθρῶν θριάμβους τε ὁπόσους ἤγαγε, τά τε κατ εἰρήνην αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν τῶν κοινῶν διόρθωσιν πρός τε τὸ συμφέρον ἐκάστου διωρισμένα νόμων τε διατάξεις, ἅς ἐπὶ λυσιτελείᾳ τῆς τῶν ἀρχομένων πολιτείας συνετάττετο, πλείστους τε ἄλλους βασιλικῶν ἄθλων ἀγῶνας, τοὺς δὴ παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσι μνημονευομένους, παρήσειν μοι δοκῶ, τοῦ τῆς προκειμένης ἡμῖν πραγματείας σκοποῦ μόνα τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεοφιλῆ συντείνοντα βίον λέγειν τε καὶ γράφειν ὐποβάλλοντος. μυρίων δʼ ὅσων ὅντων καὶ τούτων, τὰ καιριώτατα καὶ τοῖς μεθʼ ἡμᾶς ἀξιομνημόνευτα τῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντων ἀναλεξάμενος, τούτων αὐτῶν ὡς οἷόν τε διὰ βραχυτάτων ἐκθήσομαι τὴν ὑφήγησιν, τοῦ καιροῦ λοιπὸν ἐπιτρέποντος ἀκωλύτως παντοίαις φωναῖς τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς μακάριον ἀνυμνεῖν, ὅτι μὴ τοῦτο πράττειν ἐξῆν πρὸ τούτου, τῷ μὴ μακαρίζειν ἄνδρα πρὸ τελευτῆς διὰ τὸ τῆς τοῦ βίου τροπῆς ἄδηλον παρηγγέλθαι. κεκλήσθω δὲ θεὸς βοηθός, οὐράνιός τε συνεργὸς ἡμῖν ἐμπνείτω λόγος. ἐξ αὐτῆς δὲ ἤδη Πρώτης ἡλικίας τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ὧδέ πη τῆς γραφῆς ἀπαρξώμεθα.
Ta men pleista pleista kai basilika tou trismakariou stratēgēmata symbolas te kai parataxeis polemōn aristeias te kai nikas kai tropaia ta katʼ echthrōn thriambous te hoposous ēgage, ta te kat eirēnēn autǭ pros tēn tōn koinōn diorthōsin pros te to sympheron ekastou diōrismena nomōn te diataxeis, has epi lysiteleią tēs tōn archomenōn politeias synetatteto, pleistous te allous basilikōn athlōn agōnas, tous dē para tois pasi mnēmoneuomenous, parēsein moi dokō, tou tēs prokeimenēs hēmin pragmateias skopou mona ta pros ton theophilē synteinonta bion legein te kai graphein ypoballontos. myriōn dʼ hosōn hontōn kai toutōn, ta kairiōtata kai tois methʼ hēmas axiomnēmoneuta tōn eis hēmas elthontōn analexamenos, toutōn autōn hōs hoion te dia brachytatōn ekthēsomai tēn hyphēgēsin, tou kairou loipon epitrepontos akōlytōs pantoiais phōnais ton hōs alēthōs makarion anymnein, hoti mē touto prattein exēn pro toutou, tǭ mē makarizein andra pro teleutēs dia to tēs tou biou tropēs adēlon parēngelthai. keklēsthō de theos boēthos, ouranios te synergos hēmin empneitō logos. ex autēs de ēdē Prōtēs hēlikias tou andros hōde pē tēs graphēs aparxōmetha.
Most of the imperial exploits of the thrice-blessed man — his engagements and battles, feats of valor, victories, and trophies over enemies, and all the triumphs he celebrated; his measures in peacetime for the correction of public affairs and the benefit of each person; the ordinances of law he enacted for the good of his subjects' civic life; and very many other contests of his imperial labors, which are remembered by all — I think I shall pass over, since the aim of the present work directs me to speak and write only of what bears on his life beloved of God. And since these too are countless, I shall select from what has come to our knowledge the most timely and the most worth remembering for those after us, and set out the account of these as briefly as I can, since the time now allows us to hymn the truly blessed man freely with every kind of voice. This was not permitted before, because we are instructed not to call a man blessed before his death, on account of the uncertainty of life's changes. Let God be called upon as helper, and may the heavenly Word inspire us as our fellow worker. Let us now begin our writing from the man's earliest youth.
Life 1, chapter 12
1.12.1Heikel
Παλαιὰ κατέχει φήμη δεινά ποτε γένη τυράννων τὸν Ἑβραί- ων καταπονῆσαι λεών, θεὸν δὲ τοῖς καταπονουμένοις εὐμενῆ εὐμενῆ φανέντα Μωüσέα προφήτην ἔτι τότε νηπιάζοντα μέσοις αὐτοῖς τυραννικοῖς οἴκοις τε καὶ κόλποις τραφῆναι καὶ τῆς παρʼ αὐτοῖς μετασχεῖν προνοῆσαι σοφίας. ὡς δʼ ἐπιὼν ὁ χρόνος τὸν μὲν εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκάλει, δίκη δʼ ἡ τῶν ἀδικουμένων ἀρωγὸς τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας μετῄει, τηνικαῦτα ἐξ αὐτῶν τυραννικῶν δωμάτων προελθών ὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προφήτης τῇ τοῦ κρείττονος διηκονεῖτο βουλῇ, τῶν μὲν ἀναθρεψαμένων τυράννων ἔργοις καὶ λόγοις ἀλλοτριούμενος, τοὺς δʼ ἀληθεῖλόγῳ σφετέρους ἀδελφοὺς τε καὶ συγγενεῖς ἀποφαίνων γνωρίμους, κἄπειτα θεὸς αὐτὸν καθηγεμόνα τοῦ παντὸς ἔθνους ἐγείρας, Ἑβραίους μὲν τῆς ὑπὸ ἐχθροῖς ἡλευθέρου ἠλευθέρου δουλείας, τὸ δὲ τυραννικὸν γένος θεηλάτοις μετήρχετο διʼ αὐτοῦ κολαστηρίοις. φήμη μὲν αὕτη παλαιά, μύθου σχήματι τοῖς πολλοῖς παραδεδομένη, τὰς πάντων ἀκοὰς ἐπλήρου πρότερον, νυνὶ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ ἡμῖν θεὸς μειξόνων ἢ κατὰ μύθους θαυμάτων αὐτοπτικὰς θέας θέας νεαραῖς πάσης ἀκοῆς ἀληθεστέρας δεδώρηται. τύραννοι μὲν γὰρ οἱ καθʼ ἡμᾶς τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν πολεμεῖν ὡρμημένοι τὴν αὐτοῦ κατεπόνουν ἐκκλησίαν, μέσος δὲ τούτοις Κωνσταντῖνος, ὁ μετʼ ὀλίγον τυραννοκτόνος, παῖς ἄρτι νέος ἁπαλὸς ὡραῖός τʼ ἀνθοῦσιν ἰούλοις, οἷα τις αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ θεράπων, τυραννικαῖς ἐφήδρευσεν ἐστίαις, οὐ μὴν καὶ τρόπων τῶν ἴσων, καίπερ νέος ὤν, τοῖς ἀθέοις ἐκοινώνει. εἷλκεν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐξ ἐκείνου θείῳ σὺν πνεύματι φύσις ἀγαθὴ πρὸς τὸν εὐσεβῆ καὶ θεῷ κεχαρισμένον βίον, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ζῆλος ἐνῆγε πατρικὸς ἐπʼ ἀγαθῶν μιμήσει τὸν παῖδα προκαλούμενος. πατὴρ γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ ὅτι δὴ καὶ ἄξιον ἐν καιρῷ καὶ τούτου τὴν μνήμην ἀναξωπυρῆσαι) περιφανέστατος τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοκρατόρων Κωνστάντιος. οὗ πέρι τὰ τῷ παιδὶ φέροντα κόσμον βραχεῖ λόγῳ διελθεῖν ἀναγκαῖον.
Palaia katechei phēmē deina pote genē tyrannōn ton Hebrai- ōn kataponēsai leōn, theon de tois kataponoumenois eumenē eumenē phanenta Mōusea prophētēn eti tote nēpiazonta mesois autois tyrannikois oikois te kai kolpois traphēnai kai tēs parʼ autois metaschein pronoēsai sophias. hōs dʼ epiōn ho chronos ton men eis andras ekalei, dikē dʼ hē tōn adikoumenōn arōgos tous adikountas metę̄ei, tēnikauta ex autōn tyrannikōn dōmatōn proelthōn o tou theou prophētēs tę̄ tou kreittonos diēkoneito boulę̄, tōn men anathrepsamenōn tyrannōn ergois kai logois allotrioumenos, tous dʼ alētheilogǭ spheterous adelphous te kai syngeneis apophainōn gnōrimous, kapeita theos auton kathēgemona tou pantos ethnous egeiras, Hebraious men tēs hypo echthrois hēleutherou ēleutherou douleias, to de tyrannikon genos theēlatois metērcheto diʼ autou kolastēriois. phēmē men hautē palaia, mythou schēmati tois pollois paradedomenē, tas pantōn akoas eplērou proteron, nyni de ho autos kai hēmin theos meixonōn ē kata mythous thaumatōn autoptikas theas theas nearais pasēs akoēs alēthesteras dedōrētai. tyrannoi men gar hoi kathʼ hēmas ton epi pantōn theon polemein hōrmēmenoi tēn autou kateponoun ekklēsian, mesos de toutois Kōnstantinos, ho metʼ oligon tyrannoktonos, pais arti neos hapalos hōraios tʼ anthousin ioulois, hoia tis autos ekeinos ho tou theou therapōn, tyrannikais ephēdreusen estiais, ou mēn kai tropōn tōn isōn, kaiper neos ōn, tois atheois ekoinōnei. heilken gar auton ex ekeinou theiǭ syn pneumati physis agathē pros ton eusebē kai theǭ kecharismenon bion, ou mēn alla kai zēlos enēge patrikos epʼ agathōn mimēsei ton paida prokaloumenos. patēr gar ēn autǭ hoti dē kai axion en kairǭ kai toutou tēn mnēmēn anaxōpyrēsai) periphanestatos tōn kathʼ hēmas autokratorōn Kōnstantios. hou peri ta tǭ paidi pheronta kosmon brachei logǭ dielthein anankaion.
An ancient report holds that terrible races of tyrants once oppressed the people of the Hebrews, and that God, showing himself gracious to the oppressed, provided that the prophet Moses, still an infant, should be reared in the very midst of the tyrants' houses and bosoms and share in their wisdom. When the advancing years called him to manhood, and Justice, the helper of the wronged, was pursuing the wrongdoers, then the prophet of God came forth from the tyrants' very palaces and served the will of the Higher Power. He estranged himself in deeds and words from the tyrants who had reared him, and declared those who were truly his brothers and kinsmen to be his own. Then God raised him up as leader of the whole nation, freed the Hebrews from slavery under their enemies, and through him pursued the tyrannical race with punishments sent from God. This ancient report, handed down to most people in the form of a myth, used to fill everyone's ears; but now the same God has granted to us too the sight, with our own eyes, of wonders greater than myths, fresh and truer than any report. For the tyrants of our day, bent on making war on the God over all, were oppressing his church; and in their midst Constantine, soon to be the slayer of tyrants, still a young boy, tender, in the bloom of youth with the first down on his cheeks, like that very servant of God, sat at the tyrants' hearths, yet though young did not share the ways of the godless. For from that time a good nature, together with the divine Spirit, drew him toward the pious life pleasing to God; and besides, emulation of his father led the boy on, calling him to imitate what was good. For his father was (and it is right at this point to rekindle his memory too) Constantius, the most illustrious of the emperors of our time. It is necessary to relate briefly those things about him that do honor to his son.
Life 1, chapter 13
1.13.1Heikel
Τεττάρων γάρ τοι τῆς Ῥωμαίων αὐτοκρατορικῆς κοινωνούν- των ἀρχῆς, μόνος ἀκοινώνητον ἀκοινώνητον τοῖς ἄλλοις περιβαλλόμενος τρόπον τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν φιλίαν ἐσπένδετο. οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ πολιορκίᾳ δῃοὔντες ἐξ ὕψους εἰς ἔδαφος καθῄρουν, αὐτοῖς θεμελίοις τοὺς εὐκτηρίους ἀφανίζοντες οἵκους, ὁ δὲ τῆς τούτων ἐναγοῦς δυσσεβίας καθαρὰς ἐφύλαττε τὰς χεῖρας, μηδαμῆ μηδαμῶς αὐτοῖς ἐξομοιούμενος. καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐμφυλίοις θεοσεβῶν Ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ γυναικῶν σφαγαῖς τὰς ὑπ΄ αὐτοῖς ἐπαρχίας ἐμίαινον, ὁ δὲ τοῦ μύσους ἀμίαντον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ συνετήρει ψυχήν. καὶ οἱ μὲν συγχύσει κακῶν εἰδωλολατρείας ἐκθέσμου σφᾶς αὐτοὺς πρότερον κἄπειτα τοὺς ὑπηκόους ἅπαντας πονηρῶν δαμόνων πλάναις κατεδουλοῦντο, ὁ δὲ εἰρήνης βαθυτάτης τοῖς ὑπ΄ αὐτοῦ βασιλευομένοις ἐξάρχων τὰ τῆς εἰς θεὸν εὐσεβείας ἄλυπα τοῖς οἰκείοις ἐβράβευεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσι μὲν ἀνθρώποις βαρυτάτας εἰσπράξεις ἐπαιωροῦντες οἱ ἄλλοι βίον ἀβίωτον αὐτοῖς καὶ θανάτου χαλεπώτερον ἐπήρτων, μόνος δὲ Κωνστάντιος ἄλυπον τοῖς ἀρχομένοις καὶ γαληνὴν παρασκευάσας τὴν ἀρχήν, πατρικῆς κηδεμονίας ἐν οὐδενὶ λείπουσαν τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ παρεῖχεν ἐπικουρίαν. μυρίων δὲ καὶ ἄλλων τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀρετῶν παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν ᾀδομένων, ἑνὸς καὶ δευτέρου μνημονεύσας κατορθώματος τεκμηρίοις τε τούτοις τῶν σιωπωμένων χρησαμενος ἐπὶ τὸν προκείμενον τῆς γραφῆς σκοπὸν διαρήσομαι.
Tettarōn gar toi tēs Rhōmaiōn autokratorikēs koinōnoun- tōn archēs, monos akoinōnēton akoinōnēton tois allois periballomenos tropon tēn pros ton epi pantōn theon philian espendeto. hoi men gar tas ekklēsias tou theou poliorkią dę̄ountes ex hypsous eis edaphos kathę̄roun, autois themeliois tous euktērious aphanizontes hoikous, ho de tēs toutōn enagous dyssebias katharas ephylatte tas cheiras, mēdamē mēdamōs autois exomoioumenos. kai hoi men emphyliois theosebōn Andrōn te kai gynaikōn sphagais tas hyp΄ autois eparchias emiainon, ho de tou mysous amianton tēn heautou synetērei psychēn. kai hoi men synchysei kakōn eidōlolatreias ekthesmou sphas autous proteron kapeita tous hypēkoous hapantas ponērōn damonōn planais katedoulounto, ho de eirēnēs bathytatēs tois hyp΄ autou basileuomenois exarchōn ta tēs eis theon eusebeias alypa tois oikeiois ebrabeuen. alla kai pasi men anthrōpois barytatas eispraxeis epaiōrountes hoi alloi bion abiōton autois kai thanatou chalepōteron epērtōn, monos de Kōnstantios alypon tois archomenois kai galēnēn paraskeuasas tēn archēn, patrikēs kēdemonias en oudeni leipousan tēn ex autou pareichen epikourian. myriōn de kai allōn tou andros aretōn para tois pasin ądomenōn, henos kai deuterou mnēmoneusas katorthōmatos tekmēriois te toutois tōn siōpōmenōn chrēsamenos epi ton prokeimenon tēs graphēs skopon diarēsomai.
When four men shared the imperial rule of the Romans, he alone, adopting a course of life not shared with the others, made a compact of friendship with the God over all. For they besieged and ravaged the churches of God and pulled them down from top to bottom, destroying the houses of prayer to their very foundations; but he kept his hands clean of their accursed impiety and in no way made himself like them. They defiled the provinces under them with the civil slaughter of godly men and women; but he kept his own soul unstained by the pollution. They, in a confusion of evils, enslaved first themselves and then all their subjects to the errors of wicked demons through lawless idolatry; but he, establishing the deepest peace for those under his rule, granted his own people the untroubled practice of piety toward God. Moreover, while the others laid the heaviest exactions on everyone and made their life unlivable and harder than death, Constantius alone made his rule untroubled and calm for his subjects, and gave them help from himself that lacked nothing of a father's care. Of the countless other virtues of the man sung by all, I shall mention one or two achievements, and using these as evidence for those passed over in silence, I shall proceed to the proposed aim of my writing.
Life 1, chapter 14
1.14.1Heikel
Πολλοῦ δὴ λόγου φήμῃ περιτρέχοντος ἀμφὶ τοῦδε τοῦ βασιλέως, ὡς ἤπιος ὡς ἀγαθὸς ὡς τὸ θεοφιλὲς ὑπεράγαν κεκτημένος, ὡς διʼ ὑπερβολὴν φειδοῦς τῶν ὑπηκόων οὐδὲ θησαυρός τις αὐτῷ τεταμίευτο χρημάτων, βασιλεὺς ὁ τηνικαῦτα τὸν πρῶτον τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐπέχων βαθμὸν πέμψας αὐτῷ κατεμέμφετο τὴν τῶν κοινῶν ὁλιγωρίαν γωρίαν πενίαν τʼ ἐπωνείδιζεν, δεῖγα τοῦ λόγου παρέχων τὸ μηθὲν αὐτὸν ἐν θησαυροῖς ἀπόθετον κεκτῆσθαι.
Pollou dē logou phēmę̄ peritrechontos amphi toude tou basileōs, hōs ēpios hōs agathos hōs to theophiles hyperagan kektēmenos, hōs diʼ hyperbolēn pheidous tōn hypēkoōn oude thēsauros tis autǭ tetamieuto chrēmatōn, basileus ho tēnikauta ton prōton tēs archēs epechōn bathmon pempsas autǭ katemempheto tēn tōn koinōn holigōrian gōrian penian tʼ epōneidizen, deiga tou logou parechōn to mēthen auton en thēsaurois apotheton kektēsthai.
A report was going about, with much talk, concerning this emperor, that he was gentle and good and exceedingly devoted to God, and that out of his great sparing of his subjects he had not even laid up any treasury of money. The emperor who then held the first rank in the government sent to him and reproached him for neglecting the public interest, and taunted him with poverty, offering as proof of the charge that he had nothing stored up in his treasuries.
1.14.2Heikel
ὁ δὲ τοὺς παρὰ βασιλέως ἥκοντας αὐτοῦ μένειν παρακελευσάμενος, τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτὸν τοὺς ἀμφιλαφῆ πλοῦτον κεκτημένους ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ὑπὸ τῇ βασιλείᾳ συγκαλέσας λέσας Μνῶν, χρημάτων ἴφη δεῖσθαι, καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι καιρόν, ἐν ᾠ προσήκειν ἓκαστον αὐτοπροαίρετον εὔνοιαν πρὸς τὸν σφῶν ἐνδείξασθαι βασιλέα.
ho de tous para basileōs hēkontas autou menein parakeleusamenos, tōn hypʼ auton tous amphilaphē plouton kektēmenous ex hapantōn tōn hypo tę̄ basileią synkalesas lesas Mnōn, chrēmatōn iphē deisthai, kai touton einai kairon, en ǭ prosēkein hekaston autoproaireton eunoian pros ton sphōn endeixasthai basilea.
Constantius told the envoys who had come from the emperor to stay there, and calling together those of his subjects from all the peoples under his rule who possessed abundant wealth, he said that he needed money, and that this was the time for each of them to show freely their goodwill toward their emperor.
1.14.3Heikel
τοὺς δʼ ἀκούσαντας, ὅσπερ εὐχὴν ταύτην ἐκ μακροῦ θεμένους τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐνδείξασθαι προθυμίαν, σὺν τάχει τε καὶ σπουδῇ χρυσοῦ τε καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν χρημάτων τοὺς θησαυροὺ ἐμπλῆσαι, τῇ τοῦ πλείονος ὑπερβάλλοντας ἀλλήλους φιλοτιμίᾳ, τοῦτό τε πρᾶξαι σὺν φαιδροῖς καὶ μειδιῶσι προσώποις.
tous dʼ akousantas, hosper euchēn tautēn ek makrou themenous tēn agathēn endeixasthai prothymian, syn tachei te kai spoudę̄ chrysou te kai argyrou kai tōn loipōn chrēmatōn tous thēsaurou emplēsai, tę̄ tou pleionos hyperballontas allēlous philotimią, touto te praxai syn phaidrois kai meidiōsi prosōpois.
When they heard this, as if they had long prayed for an opportunity to show their good zeal, they filled the treasuries quickly and eagerly with gold and silver and other goods, vying with one another to give more, and doing so with bright and smiling faces.
1.14.4Heikel
οὗ δὴ γενομένου Κωνστάντιος τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἥκοντας αὐτόπτας γενέσθαι τῶν θησαυρῶν ἐκέλευσεν. εἶθʼ ὧν ὄψει παρίλαβον τὴν μαρτυρίαν προσέταττε διακονήσασθαι τῷ πενίαν αὐτῷ καταμεμψαμένῳ, ἐπιθέντας τῷ λόγῳ,... τὰ μὴ ἀπὸ γόων μηδʼ ἐξ ἀδίκου πλεονεξίας παρεσκευασμένα, καὶ νῦν μὲν ἀθροῖσαι παρʼἑαυτῷταῦτα, πάλαι δʼαὐτῷ παρὰ τοῖς τῶν χρημάτων δεσπόταις οἷα δὴ ὑπὸ πιστοῖς παραθηκοφύλαξι φυλάττεσθαι.
hou dē genomenou Kōnstantios tous para tou megalou basileōs hēkontas autoptas genesthai tōn thēsaurōn ekeleusen. eithʼ hōn opsei parilabon tēn martyrian prosetatte diakonēsasthai tǭ penian autǭ katamempsamenǭ, epithentas tǭ logǭ,... ta mē apo goōn mēdʼ ex adikou pleonexias pareskeuasmena, kai nyn men athroisai parʼheautǭtauta, palai dʼautǭ para tois tōn chrēmatōn despotais hoia dē hypo pistois parathēkophylaxi phylattesthai.
When this was done, Constantius ordered the envoys from the great emperor to see the treasures with their own eyes. Then he instructed them to report what they had witnessed to the one who had reproached him with poverty, adding to their account that this wealth, not gathered by causing lamentation nor by unjust greed, had now been collected to him, but had long been kept for him with the owners of the money, as with trustworthy guardians of a deposit.
1.14.5Heikel
τοὺς μὲν οὖν θαῦμα κατεῖχε τῆς πράξεως, βασιλέα δὲ τὸν φιλανθρωπότατον μετὰ τὴν τούτων ἀποχώρησιν τοὺς τῶν χρημάτων μεταστέλλεσθαι κυρίους, κάντα τʼἀπολαβόντας οἴκαδε φάναι ἀπιέαι κατέχει λόγος, πειθοῦς καὶ ἀγαθῆς εὐνοίας τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀποδεξάμενον.
tous men oun thauma kateiche tēs praxeōs, basilea de ton philanthrōpotaton meta tēn toutōn apochōrēsin tous tōn chrēmatōn metastellesthai kyrious, kanta tʼapolabontas oikade phanai apieai katechei logos, peithous kai agathēs eunoias tous andras apodexamenon.
They were struck with amazement at the deed. And the story goes that after their departure the most humane emperor sent for the owners of the money and told them to take it all back and go home, praising the men for their obedience and goodwill.
1.14.6Heikel
μία μὲν ἥδε φιλανθρωπίας δεῖγμα φέρουσα τοῦ δηλουμένου πρᾶξις. θατέρα δὲ τῆς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ὁσίας περιέχοι ἄν ἐμφανῆ μαρτυρίαν.
mia men hēde philanthrōpias deigma pherousa tou dēloumenou praxis. thatera de tēs pros to theion hosias periechoi an emphanē martyrian.
This one deed shows the humanity of the man described. The other would contain clear evidence of his holiness toward the divine.
Life 1, chapter 15
1.15.1Heikel
Ἤλαυνον μὲν γὰρ ἁπανταχοῦ γῆς τοὺς θεοσεβεῖς ἐξ ἐπιτάγματος τῶν κρατούντων οἱ κατʼἔθνος ἄρχοντες· ἐξ αὐτῶν δὲ βασιλειων οἴκων ὁρμώμενοι πρώτιστοι πάντων τοὺς ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἀγῶνας οἱ θεοφιλεῖς διῆλθον μάρτυρες, πῦρ καὶ σίδηρον καὶ θαλάττης βυθοὺς πάντα τε θανάτου τρόπον προθυμότατα διακαρτεροῦντες, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ τὰ πανταχοῦ βασίλεια θεοσεβῶν χηρεῦσαι ἀνδρῶν· ὅ δὴ καὶ μάλιστα τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπισκοπῆς ἐρήμους τοὺς δρῶντας εἰργάζετο. ὁμοῦ γὰρ τῷ τοὺς θεοσεβεῖς ἐλαύνειν καὶ τὰς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐξεδίωκον εὐχάς.
Ēlaunon men gar hapantachou gēs tous theosebeis ex epitagmatos tōn kratountōn hoi katʼethnos archontes; ex autōn de basileiōn oikōn hormōmenoi prōtistoi pantōn tous hyper eusebeias agōnas hoi theophileis diēlthon martyres, pyr kai sidēron kai thalattēs bythous panta te thanatou tropon prothymotata diakarterountes, hōs en brachei ta pantachou basileia theosebōn chēreusai andrōn; ho dē kai malista tēs tou theou episkopēs erēmous tous drōntas eirgazeto. homou gar tǭ tous theosebeis elaunein kai tas hyper autōn exediōkon euchas.
For the governors of each province, by command of those in power, were driving out the godly everywhere on earth; and setting out from the imperial palaces themselves, first of all, the God-beloved martyrs went through the contests for piety, enduring most eagerly fire and sword and the depths of the sea and every manner of death, so that in a short time the palaces everywhere were bereft of godly men. This above all left those who did it without God's protection; for in driving out the godly they also drove away the prayers offered for them.
Life 1, chapter 16
1.16.1Heikel
Μόνῳ δʼἄρα Κωνσταντίῳ σοφία τις εὐσεβοῦς ὑπεισῄει λογισμοῦ, καὶ πρᾶγμα πράττει παράδοξον μὲν ἀκοῦσαι πρᾶξαι δὲ θαυμασιώτατον, τοῖς γὰρ ὑπʼ αὐτὸν βασιλικοῖς ἅπασιν ἐξ αὐτῶν οἰκείων μέχρι καὶ τῶν ἐπʼἐξουσίας ἀρχόντων αἱρέσεως προταθείσης, σύθημα δίδωσιν ἤ θύσασι τοῖς δαίμοσι ἐξεῖναι παρʼ αὐτῷ μένειν καὶ τῶνσυνήθων μεταλαγχάνειν τιμῶν, ἤ μὴ τοῦτο πράξασιν τῶν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀποκεκλεῖσθαι παρόδων ἐξωθεῖσθαί τε καὶ ἀποχωρεῖν ἀμφότερα, οἱ μὲν ὡς τούσδε οἱ δʼ ὡς ἐκείνους μεριζόμενοι, ἠλέγχετό τε ὁ τῆς ἑκάστου προαιρέσεως τρόπος, ἐνταῦθα λοιπὸν ὁ θαυμάσιος τὸ λεληθὸς τοῦ σοφίσματος ἀνακαλύψας τῶν μὲν δειλίαν καὶ φιλαυτίαν κατεγίνωσκε, τοὺς δὲ τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν συνειδήσεως εὖ μάλα ἁπεδέχετο. κἄπειτα τοὺς μὲν ὡσὰν θεοῦ προδότας μηδὲ βασιλέως εἶναι άξίους ἀπέφαινε. πῶς γὰρ ἄν ποτε βασιλεῖ πίστιν πίστιν τοὺς περὶ τὸ κρεῖττον ἁλόντας ἀγνώμονας; διὸ καὶ βασιλικῶν οἴκων μακρὰν ἐλαύνεσθαι δεῖν τούτους ἐνομοθέτει, τοὺς δὲ πρὸς τῆς ἀληθείας μαρτυρηθέντας θεοῦ ἀξίους ὁμοίους καὶ περὶ βασιλέα εἰπὼν ἔσεσθαι, σωματοφύλακας καὶ αὐτῆς βασιλείας φρουροὺς κατέταττεν, ἐν πρώτοις καὶ ἀναγκαίοις φίλων τε καὶ οἰκείων χρῆναι φήσας τοὺς τοιούτους δεῖν περιέπειν καὶ μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς ἢ μεγάλων θησαυρῶν περὶ πολλοῦ τιμᾶσθα.
Monǭ dʼara Kōnstantiǭ sophia tis eusebous hypeisę̄ei logismou, kai pragma prattei paradoxon men akousai praxai de thaumasiōtaton, tois gar hypʼ auton basilikois hapasin ex autōn oikeiōn mechri kai tōn epʼexousias archontōn haireseōs protatheisēs, sythēma didōsin ē thysasi tois daimosi exeinai parʼ autǭ menein kai tōnsynēthōn metalanchanein timōn, ē mē touto praxasin tōn pros heauton apokekleisthai parodōn exōtheisthai te kai apochōrein amphotera, hoi men hōs tousde hoi dʼ hōs ekeinous merizomenoi, ēlencheto te ho tēs hekastou proaireseōs tropos, entautha loipon ho thaumasios to lelēthos tou sophismatos anakalypsas tōn men deilian kai philautian kateginōske, tous de tēs pros ton theon syneidēseōs eu mala hapedecheto. kapeita tous men hōsan theou prodotas mēde basileōs einai axious apephaine. pōs gar an pote basilei pistin pistin tous peri to kreitton halontas agnōmonas? dio kai basilikōn oikōn makran elaunesthai dein toutous enomothetei, tous de pros tēs alētheias martyrēthentas theou axious homoious kai peri basilea eipōn esesthai, sōmatophylakas kai autēs basileias phrourous katetatten, en prōtois kai anankaiois philōn te kai oikeiōn chrēnai phēsas tous toioutous dein periepein kai mallon autous ē megalōn thēsaurōn peri pollou timastha.
To Constantius alone, then, there came a certain wisdom of pious reasoning, and he did something strange to hear and most marvelous to have done. He set a choice before all the imperial servants under him, from his own household to those in positions of authority, and gave out the word: those who sacrificed to the demons might remain with him and enjoy their customary honors, but those who did not were to be shut out from access to him, thrust out, and dismissed. When they had divided, some on one side and some on the other, and the character of each one's choice had been exposed, then the admirable man revealed the hidden point of the stratagem. He condemned the cowardice and selfishness of the one group and warmly approved the others for their conscience toward God. Then he declared that the former, as betrayers of God, were not worthy of the emperor either; for how could those who had proved ungrateful toward the Higher Power ever keep faith with an emperor? So he ordered that they be driven far from the imperial palaces. But those whom the truth had attested as worthy of God, he said, would be the same toward the emperor; he appointed them bodyguards and guardians of the empire itself, saying that such men should be held among the first and closest of his friends and relatives, and valued more than great treasures.
Life 1, chapter 17
1.17.1Heikel
Άλλ΄ οἱος μὲν ὁ Κωνσταντίνου πατὴρ μνημονεύεται, ὡς ἐν βραχέσι δεδήλωται. ὁποῖον δʼ αὐτῷ τοιῷδε περὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀποδειχθέντι παρηκολούθησε τέλος, καὶ ἐν πόσῳ τὸ διαλλάττον αὐτοῦ τε καὶ τῶν κοινωνῶν τῆς βασιλείας ὁ πρὸς αὐτοῦ τιμηθεὶς θεὸς διέδειξε, μάθοι ἄν τις τῇ τῶν πραγμάτων τὸν νοῦν ἐπιστήσας φύσει. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ βασιλικῆς ἀρετῆς δοκίμια μακρῷ δεδώκει χρόνῳ μόνον μὲν θεὸν ἐπιγνοὺς τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων τῆς δὲ τῶν ἀθέων κατεγνωκὼς πολυθεΐας, εὐχαῖς δʼ ἀγίων ἀνδρῶν πάντα τὸν αὐτοῦ περιεφράξατο οἶκον, εὐσταλῆ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀτάραχον τῆς ζωῆς διεξήνυε τὸν βίον, οἷον αὐτὸ δὴ τὸ μακάριον εἶναί φασι τὸ μήτε πράγματα ἔχον μήτε ἄλλῳ παρέχον. οὕτω δῆτα τὸν πάντα τῆς βασιλείας χρόνον εὑσταθῆ καὶ γαληνὸν διακυβερνῶν αὐτοῖς παισὶ καὶ γαμετῇ σὺν οἰκετῶν τῶν θεραπείᾳ πάντα τὸν αὐτοῦ οἶκον ἑνὶ τῷ πάντων βασιλεῖ θεῷ καθιέρου, ὡς μηδὲν ἀποδεῖν ἐκκλησίας θεοῦ τὴν ἔνδον ἐν αὐτοῖς βασιλείοις συγκροτουμένην πληθύν, ᾐ συνῆσαν καὶ λειτουργοὶ θεοῦ, οἳ τὰς ὑπὲρ βασιλέως διηνεκεῖς ἐξετέλουν λατρείας, καὶ ταῦτα παρὰ μόνῳ τῷδε συνετελεῖτο, ὅτε παρὰ τοῖς λοιποῖς οὐδὲ μέχρι ψιλῆς ἑπηγορίας τὸ τῶν θεοσεβῶν χρηατίξειν συνεχωρεῖτο γένος.
All΄ hoios men ho Kōnstantinou patēr mnēmoneuetai, hōs en brachesi dedēlōtai. hopoion dʼ autǭ toiǭde peri ton theon apodeichthenti parēkolouthēse telos, kai en posǭ to diallatton autou te kai tōn koinōnōn tēs basileias ho pros autou timētheis theos diedeixe, mathoi an tis tę̄ tōn pragmatōn ton noun epistēsas physei. epeidē gar basilikēs aretēs dokimia makrǭ dedōkei chronǭ monon men theon epignous ton epi pantōn tēs de tōn atheōn kategnōkōs polytheïas, euchais dʼ agiōn andrōn panta ton autou periephraxato oikon, eustalē loipon kai atarachon tēs zōēs diexēnye ton bion, hoion auto dē to makarion einai phasi to mēte pragmata echon mēte allǭ parechon. houtō dēta ton panta tēs basileias chronon heustathē kai galēnon diakybernōn autois paisi kai gametę̄ syn oiketōn tōn therapeią panta ton autou oikon heni tǭ pantōn basilei theǭ kathierou, hōs mēden apodein ekklēsias theou tēn endon en autois basileiois synkrotoumenēn plēthyn, ę̄ synēsan kai leitourgoi theou, hoi tas hyper basileōs diēnekeis exeteloun latreias, kai tauta para monǭ tǭde syneteleito, hote para tois loipois oude mechri psilēs hepēgorias to tōn theosebōn chrēatixein synechōreito genos.
Such, then, is the memory of Constantine's father, as has been briefly shown. What end followed for him who had proved himself such toward God, and how great a difference the God he honored made between him and his partners in rule, one may learn by attending to the course of events. For since he had long given proofs of imperial virtue, acknowledging only the God over all and condemning the polytheism of the godless, and had fortified his whole house with the prayers of holy men, he passed the rest of his life in good order and without disturbance — the very thing they say is blessedness: neither to have troubles nor to cause them to another. Thus, governing the whole period of his reign steadily and calmly, he consecrated his whole house — children, wife, and household servants — to the one God, King of all, so that the multitude gathered within the palace itself differed in nothing from a church of God; and ministers of God were among them too, who performed continual services on the emperor's behalf. And this happened with him alone, at a time when among the others the race of the godly was not permitted even to be named.
Life 1, chapter 18
1.18.1Heikel
Τούτοις δʼ ἐγγύθεν αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς ἐκ θεοῦ παρακολουθεῖ ἀμοιβῆς, ὥστʼ ἤδη καὶ πρωτείων τῆς αὐτοκρατορικῆς ἀρχῆς μετασχεῖν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ τῷ χρόνῳ προάγοντες οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ὑπεφίσταντο τῆς ἀρχῆς, αὐτοῖς αὐτοῖς μεταβολῆς μετὰ τὸ πρῶτον ἔτος τῆς τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν πολιορκίας ἐπισκηψάσης, μόνος δὲ λοιπὸν Κωνστάντιος πρῶτος πρῶτος ὁ καὶ σεβαστὸς ἀνηγορεύετο, τὸ μὲν κατ ἀρχὰς τῷ τῶν καισάρων διαδήματι λαμπρυνόμενος καὶ τούτων ἀπειληφὼς τὰ πρωτεῖα, μετὰ δὲ τὴν έν τούτοις δοκιμὴν τῇ τῶν ἀνωτάτω παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἐκοσμεῖτο τιμῇ, πρῶτος σεβαστὸς τεττάρων τῶν ὕστερον ἀναδειχθέντων χρηματίσας. ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐτεκνίᾳ μόνος παρὰ τοὺς λοιποὺς αὐτοκράτορας διήνεγκεν, παίδων ἀρρένων καὶ θηλειῶν μέγιστον χορὸν συστησάμενος. ἐπειδὴ δὲ πρὸς αὐτῷ λιπαρῷ γήρᾳ τῇ κοινῇ φύσει τὸ χρεὼν ἀποδιδοὺς λοιπὸν τὸν βίον μεταλλάττειν ἔμελλεν, ἐνταῦθα πάλιν ὁ θεὸς παραδόξων αὐτῷ ποιητὴς ἀνεφαίνετο ἔργων, μέλλοντι τελευτᾶν τῶν παίδων τὸν πρῶτον Κωνσταντῖνον εἰς ὑποδοχὴν τῆς βασιλείας παρεῖναι οἰκονομησάμενος.
Toutois dʼ engythen autǭ ta tēs ek theou parakolouthei amoibēs, hōstʼ ēdē kai prōteiōn tēs autokratorikēs archēs metaschein. hoi men gar tǭ chronǭ proagontes ouk oidʼ hopōs hypephistanto tēs archēs, autois autois metabolēs meta to prōton etos tēs tōn ekklēsiōn poliorkias episkēpsasēs, monos de loipon Kōnstantios prōtos prōtos ho kai sebastos anēgoreueto, to men kat archas tǭ tōn kaisarōn diadēmati lamprynomenos kai toutōn apeilēphōs ta prōteia, meta de tēn en toutois dokimēn tę̄ tōn anōtatō para Rhōmaiois ekosmeito timę̄, prōtos sebastos tettarōn tōn hysteron anadeichthentōn chrēmatisas. alla kai euteknią monos para tous loipous autokratoras diēnenken, paidōn arrenōn kai thēleiōn megiston choron systēsamenos. epeidē de pros autǭ liparǭ gērą tę̄ koinę̄ physei to chreōn apodidous loipon ton bion metallattein emellen, entautha palin ho theos paradoxōn autǭ poiētēs anephaineto ergōn, mellonti teleutan tōn paidōn ton prōton Kōnstantinon eis hypodochēn tēs basileias pareinai oikonomēsamenos.
Close upon this followed the rewards from God, so that he came to hold the first place in imperial power. For the senior emperors somehow withdrew from rule, a change coming upon them after the first year of the siege of the churches, and Constantius alone was then proclaimed first Augustus. At first he had been distinguished by the diadem of the Caesars and held first place among them; after being proved in that office he was adorned with the highest honor among the Romans, styled first Augustus of the four afterwards proclaimed. He alone, too, excelled the other emperors in the number of his children, having gathered a very large chorus of sons and daughters. And when, in a ripe old age, he was about to pay the common debt of nature and depart this life, God again showed himself the worker of wonders for him, arranging that at his death the first of his sons, Constantine, should be present to receive the empire.
Life 1, chapter 19
1.19.1Heikel
Συνῆν μὲν γὰρ οὑτος τοῖς τῆς βασιλείας κοινωνοῖς, καὶ μέσοις αὐτοῖς, ὡς εἵρηται, κατʼ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν παλαιὸν τοῦ θεοῦ προφήτην τὰς διατριβὰς ἐποιεῖτο. ἤδη δʼ ἐκ τοῦ παιδὸς ἐπὶ τὸν νεανίαν τιμῆς τιμῆς τῆς πρώτης παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἡξιοῦτο. οἶον αὐτὸν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἔγνωμεν τὸ Παλαιστινῶν διερχόμενον ἔθνος σὺν τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ τῶν βασιλέων, οὑ καὶ ἐπὶ δεξιὰ παρεστὼς περιφανέστατος ἦν τοῖς ἀρᾶν θέλουσιν, οἶός τε βασιλικοῦ φρονήματος ἐξ ἐκείνου τεκμήρια παρέχων. σώματος μὲν γὰρ εἰς κάλλους ὥραν μέγεθός τε ἡλικίας οὑδʼ ἦν αὐτῷ παραβαλεῖν ἔτερον, ῥώμῃ δʼ ἱσχύος τοσοῦτον ἐπλεονέκτει τοὺς ὁμήλικας ὡς καὶ φοβερὸν αὐτοῖς εἶναι, ταῖς δὲ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀρεταῖς μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς κατὰ τὸ σῶμα πλεονεκτήμασιν ἐνηβρύνετο, σωφροσύνῃ πρώτιστα τὴν ψυχὴν κοσμούμενος πάντων, κἄπειτα παιδεύσει λόγων φρονήσει τʼ ἐμφύτῳ καὶ τῇ θεοσδότῳ σοφίᾳ διαφερόντως ἐκπρέπων.
Synēn men gar houtos tois tēs basileias koinōnois, kai mesois autois, hōs heirētai, katʼ auton ekeinon ton palaion tou theou prophētēn tas diatribas epoieito. ēdē dʼ ek tou paidos epi ton neanian timēs timēs tēs prōtēs parʼ autois hēxiouto. oion auton kai hēmeis egnōmen to Palaistinōn dierchomenon ethnos syn tǭ presbyterǭ tōn basileōn, hou kai epi dexia parestōs periphanestatos ēn tois aran thelousin, oios te basilikou phronēmatos ex ekeinou tekmēria parechōn. sōmatos men gar eis kallous hōran megethos te hēlikias houdʼ ēn autǭ parabalein eteron, rhōmę̄ dʼ hischyos tosouton epleonektei tous homēlikas hōs kai phoberon autois einai, tais de kata psychēn aretais mallon ē tois kata to sōma pleonektēmasin enēbryneto, sōphrosynę̄ prōtista tēn psychēn kosmoumenos pantōn, kapeita paideusei logōn phronēsei tʼ emphytǭ kai tę̄ theosdotǭ sophią diapherontōs ekprepōn.
For Constantine was living with the partners in rule and passing his time in their midst, as has been said, like that ancient prophet of God. And already, as he passed from boyhood to youth, he was held worthy of the highest honor among them. We ourselves saw him like this when he was traveling through the land of Palestine with the senior emperor, at whose right hand he stood, most conspicuous to those who wished to see, even then giving proofs of an imperial spirit. For in beauty of body and tallness of stature there was none to compare with him; in bodily strength he so surpassed those of his age as to be feared by them; yet he took more pride in the virtues of the soul than in bodily advantages, adorning his soul above all with self-control, and then distinguished by literary education, natural good sense, and God-given wisdom.
Life 1, chapter 20
1.20.1Heikel
Γαῦρον δὴ οὖν ἐπὶ τούτοις ῥωμαλέον τε καὶ μέγαν φρονήματός τε μεστὸν τὸν νεανίαν οἱ τηνικαῦτα κρατοῦντες θεώμενοι φθόνῳ καὶ φόβῳ, τὰς σὺν αὐτῷ διατριβὰς οὐκ ἀσφαλεῖς αὐτοῖς εἶναι διανοηθέντες, ἐπιβουλὰς κατʼ αὐτοῦ λαθραίας ἐμηχανῶντο, αἰδοῖ τῇ πρὸς τὸν αὐτοῦ πατέρα προφανῆ θάνατον αὐτῷ προστρίψασθαι φυλαττόμενοι. 2ὃ δὴ συναισθόμενος ὁ νεανίας, ἐπεὶ καὶ πρῶτον αὐτῷ καὶ δεύτερον κατάφωρα θεοῦ συμπνεύσει τὰ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς ἐγίνετο, φυγῇ τὴν σωτὴρίαν ἐπορίζετο κἀν τούτῳ τοῦ μεγάλου προφήτου Μωὑσέως τὸ μίμημα διασώζων. τὸ δὲ πᾶν αὐτῷ συνέπραττεν ὁ θεός, τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς διαδοχῇ προμηθούμνενος αὐτὸν παρεῖναι.
Gauron dē oun epi toutois rhōmaleon te kai megan phronēmatos te meston ton neanian hoi tēnikauta kratountes theōmenoi phthonǭ kai phobǭ, tas syn autǭ diatribas ouk asphaleis autois einai dianoēthentes, epiboulas katʼ autou lathraias emēchanōnto, aidoi tę̄ pros ton autou patera prophanē thanaton autǭ prostripsasthai phylattomenoi. 2ho dē synaisthomenos ho neanias, epei kai prōton autǭ kai deuteron kataphōra theou sympneusei ta tēs epiboulēs egineto, phygę̄ tēn sōtērian eporizeto kan toutǭ tou megalou prophētou Mōyseōs to mimēma diasōzōn. to de pan autǭ synepratten ho theos, tę̄ tou patros diadochę̄ promēthoumnenos auton pareinai.
Seeing the young man proud of these gifts, robust, tall, and full of spirit, those then in power, out of envy and fear, and judging his company unsafe for themselves, contrived secret plots against him, though they avoided inflicting an open death on him out of respect for his father. 2 The young man perceived this; and since, once and again, the plots were exposed to him by the inspiration of God, he secured his safety by flight, in this too preserving the likeness of the great prophet Moses. God worked with him in everything, providing that he should be present to succeed his father.
Life 1, chapter 21
1.21.1Heikel
Αὐτίκα δʼ οὖν ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἐπιβούλων τὰς μηχανὰς διαδρὰς σπεύδων ἀφίκετο πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ὁμοῦ μὲν αὐτὸς χρόνιος παρῆν, κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ τῷ πατρὶ τὰ τῆς τοῦ βίου τελευτῆς ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἵστατο. ὡς δʼ ἀπροσδόκητον εἶδεν ὁ Κωνστάντιος παρεστῶτα τὸν παῖδα, ἐξαλλόμενος τῆς στρωμνῆς περιβαλών τε αὐτὸν τὼ χεῖρε καὶ τὸ μόνον λυπηρὸν αὐτῷ μέλλοντι τὸν βίον ἀποτίθεσθαι (τοῦτο δʼ ἦν ἡ τοῦ παιδὸς ἀπουσία) τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποβεβληκέναι εἰπών, εὐχάριστον ἀνέπεμπε τῷ θεῷ τὴν εὐχήν, νῦν αὐτῷ τὸν θάνατον ἀθανασίας κρείττονα λογίσασθαι φήσας, καὶ δὴ τὰ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν διετάττετο,
Autika dʼ oun epeidē tōn epiboulōn tas mēchanas diadras speudōn aphiketo pros ton patera, homou men autos chronios parēn, kata to auto de tǭ patri ta tēs tou biou teleutēs epi xyrou histato. hōs dʼ aprosdokēton eiden ho Kōnstantios parestōta ton paida, exallomenos tēs strōmnēs peribalōn te auton tō cheire kai to monon lypēron autǭ mellonti ton bion apotithesthai (touto dʼ ēn hē tou paidos apousia) tēs psychēs apobeblēkenai eipōn, euchariston anepempe tǭ theǭ tēn euchēn, nyn autǭ ton thanaton athanasias kreittona logisasthai phēsas, kai dē ta kathʼ heauton dietatteto,
At once, then, having escaped the devices of the plotters, he hastened to his father and arrived after a long absence, at the very time when his father's life hung on a razor's edge. When Constantius saw his son unexpectedly standing beside him, he sprang up from his bed and threw his arms around him; and saying that he had now cast out of his soul the only grief he had in laying down his life (that is, his son's absence), he sent up a prayer of thanksgiving to God, declaring that he now counted death better than immortality, and set his affairs in order.
1.21.2Heikel
υἱοῖς θʼ ἅμα καὶ θυγατράσι συνταξάμενος χοροῦ δίκην αὐτὸν κυκλοῦσιν, ἐν αὐτοῖς βασιλείοις ἐπὶ βασιλικῇ στρωμνῇ, τὸν κλὴρον τῆς βασιλείας νόμῳ φύσεως τῷ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ προάγοντι τῶν παίδων παραδούς, διανεπαύσατο.
huiois thʼ hama kai thygatrasi syntaxamenos chorou dikēn auton kyklousin, en autois basileiois epi basilikę̄ strōmnę̄, ton klēron tēs basileias nomǭ physeōs tǭ tę̄ hēlikią proagonti tōn paidōn paradous, dianepausato.
Then, bidding farewell to his sons and daughters, who surrounded him like a chorus, in the palace itself, upon the imperial bed, he handed on the inheritance of the empire, by the law of nature, to the eldest of his sons, and passed to his rest.
Life 1, chapter 22
1.22.1Heikel
Οὐ μὴν ἀβασίλευτος ἔμενεν ἡ ἀρχή, αὐτῇ δʼ ἁλουργίδι πατρικῇ Κωνσταντῖνος κοσμησάμενος τῶν πατρικῶν οἴκων προᾐει, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀναβιώσεως τὸν πατέρα βασιλεύοντα διʼ ἑαυτοῦ δεικνὺς τοῖς πᾶσιν. εἶτα τῆς προκομιδῆς ἡγούμενος σὺν τοῖς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν πατρικοῖς φίλοις τὸν πατέρα προύπεμπε· δήμων τε πλήθη μύρια στρατιωτῶν τε δορυφορίαι, τῶν μὲν ἡγουμένων τῶν δὲ κατόπιν ἑπομένων, σὺν παντὶ κόσμῳ τὸν θεοφιλῃ συνέπεμπον, εὐφημίαις τε καὶ ὕμνοις οἱ πάντες τὸν τρισμακάριον ἐτίμων, ὁμογνώμονί τε συμφωίᾳ τοῦ τεθνεῶτος ἀναβίωσιν τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς κράτησιν ἐδόξαζον βοαῖς τε εὐφήμοις τὸν νέον βασιλέα αὐτοκράτορα καὶ σεβαστὸν αὔγουστον εὐθέως ἐκ πρώτης ἀνηγόρευον φωνῆς.
Ou mēn abasileutos emenen hē archē, autę̄ dʼ halourgidi patrikę̄ Kōnstantinos kosmēsamenos tōn patrikōn oikōn proę̄ei, hōsper ex anabiōseōs ton patera basileuonta diʼ heautou deiknys tois pasin. eita tēs prokomidēs hēgoumenos syn tois amphʼ auton patrikois philois ton patera proupempe; dēmōn te plēthē myria stratiōtōn te doryphoriai, tōn men hēgoumenōn tōn de katopin hepomenōn, syn panti kosmǭ ton theophilę̄ synepempon, euphēmiais te kai hymnois hoi pantes ton trismakarion etimōn, homognōmoni te symphōią tou tethneōtos anabiōsin tēn tou paidos kratēsin edoxazon boais te euphēmois ton neon basilea autokratora kai sebaston augouston eutheōs ek prōtēs anēgoreuon phōnēs.
Yet the empire did not remain without an emperor. Constantine, clothed in his father's purple, came forth from his father's house, showing to all, as it were, his father reigning again through himself. Then, leading the funeral procession with his father's friends about him, he escorted his father on his way. Countless crowds of people and guards of soldiers, some going before and others following behind, accompanied the God-beloved man with all ceremony; all honored the thrice-blessed with acclamations and hymns, and with one mind and voice glorified the son's rule as the dead man's return to life; and at once, with their first cry, they proclaimed the new emperor Imperator and venerable Augustus with loud acclamations.
1.22.2Heikel
καὶ τὸν μὲν τεθνη- κότα ἐκόσμουν αἱ βοαὶ ταῖς εἰς τὸν υἱὸν εὐφημίαις, τὸν δὲ παῖδα ἐμακάριζον τοιοῦδε πατρὸς διάδοχον ἀποδειχθέντα, πάντα δὲ τὰ ὑπὸ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔθνη εὐφροσύνης ἐπληροῦτο καὶ ἀλέκτου χαρᾶς ὡς μηδὲ χρόνου βραχυτάτου ῥοπὴν χηρεύσαντα βασιλικῆς εὐκοσμίας. τοῦτο τέλος εὐσεβοῦς καὶ φιλοθέου τρόπου ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ Κωνσταντίῳ θεὸς ἔδειξε τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς γένει.
kai ton men tethnē- kota ekosmoun hai boai tais eis ton huion euphēmiais, ton de paida emakarizon toioude patros diadochon apodeichthenta, panta de ta hypo tēn archēn ethnē euphrosynēs eplērouto kai alektou charas hōs mēde chronou brachytatou rhopēn chēreusanta basilikēs eukosmias. touto telos eusebous kai philotheou tropou epi basilei Kōnstantiǭ theos edeixe tǭ kathʼ hēmas genei.
The acclamations adorned the dead man with praises of his son, and they called the son blessed for having been shown the successor of such a father; and all the nations under his rule were filled with gladness and unspeakable joy, since they had not been bereft of imperial good order even for the briefest moment. This was the end of a pious and God-loving life that God displayed to our generation in the emperor Constantius.
Life 1, chapter 23
1.23.1Heikel
Τῶν δʼ ἄλλων, ὅσοι τὰς στροφὰς οὐκ εἶναι πρέπον ἔκρινα τῷ παρόντι παραδοῦναι διηγήματι οὐδὲ τὰς τῶν ἀγαθῶν μνήμας τῇ τῶν ἐναντίων παραθέσει μιαίνειν. ἀπαρκεῖ δὲ ἡ τῶν ἔργων πεῖρα πρὸς σωφρονισμὸν τῶν αὐταῖς ὄψεσι καὶ ἀκοαῖς τὴν τῶν ἑκάστῳ συμβεβηκότων παρειληφότων ἱστορίαν.
Tōn dʼ allōn, hosoi tas strophas ouk einai prepon ekrina tǭ paronti paradounai diēgēmati oude tas tōn agathōn mnēmas tę̄ tōn enantiōn parathesei miainein. aparkei de hē tōn ergōn peira pros sōphronismon tōn autais opsesi kai akoais tēn tōn hekastǭ symbebēkotōn pareilēphotōn historian.
As for the others, [who made war on the churches of God,] I have judged it unfitting to hand down their overthrows in the present narrative, or to stain the memory of the good by setting the opposite beside it. The experience of the events is enough to warn those who have received the story of what befell each of them by their own eyes and ears.
Life 1, chapter 24
1.24.1Heikel
Οὕτω δὴ Κωνσταντῖνον, τοιούτου φύντα πατρός, ἄρχοντα καὶ χαθηγεμόνα τῶν ὅλων θεὸς ὁ τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου πρύτανις διʼ ἑαυτοῦ προεχειρίζετο, ὡς μηδένα ἀνθρώπων μόνου τοῦδε τὴν προαγωγὴν αὐχῆσαι, τῶν ἄλλων ἐξ ἐπικρίσεως ἑτέρων τῆς τιμῆς ἠξιωμένων.
Houtō dē Kōnstantinon, toioutou phynta patros, archonta kai chathēgemona tōn holōn theos ho tou sympantos kosmou prytanis diʼ heautou proecheirizeto, hōs mēdena anthrōpōn monou toude tēn proagōgēn auchēsai, tōn allōn ex epikriseōs heterōn tēs timēs ēxiōmenōn.
Thus Constantine, born of such a father, God, the Ruler of the whole universe, chose of his own accord as ruler and leader of all, so that no human being could boast of having promoted him, whereas the others had been held worthy of the honor by the choice of others.
Life 1, chapter 25
1.25.1Heikel
Ὡς οὖν ἐπὶ τὴς βασιλείας ἵδρυτο, τέως μὲν τῆς πατρικῆς προενόει λήξεως ἐπισκοπῶν σὺν πολλῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάνθʼ ὅσα πρότερον ἔθνη ὑπὸ τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς μοίρᾳ διεκυβερνᾶτο, ὅσα τε γένη βαρβάρων τῶν ἀμφὶ Ῥῆνον ποταμὸν ἑσπέριόν τε ὠκεανὸν οἰκούντων στασιάζειν ἐτόλμα, πάντα ὑποτάττων ἥμερα ἐξ ἀτιθάσων κατειργάζετο, ἄλλα δʼ ἀναστέλλων ὥσπερ τινὰς θῆρας ἀγρίους ἀπεσόβει τῆς οἰκείας, ὅσα περ ἀνιάτως ἔχοντα πρὸς ἡμέρου βίου κατάστασιν ἑώρα. 2ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα κατὰ λόγον ἔκειτο αὐτῷ, τὰς λοιπὰς τῆς οἰκουμένης λήξεις πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν θέμενος, τέως μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ Βρεττανῶν ἔθνη διέβαινεν ἔνδον ἐν αὐτῷ κείμενα ὠκεανῷ, παραστησάμενος δὲ ταῦτα διεσκόπει τὰς ἑτέρας τοῦ παντὸς μοίρας, ὡς ἂν θεραπεύοι τὰ βοηθείας δεόμενα.
Hōs oun epi tēs basileias hidryto, teōs men tēs patrikēs proenoei lēxeōs episkopōn syn pollę̄ philanthrōpią panthʼ hosa proteron ethnē hypo tę̄ tou patros moirą diekybernato, hosa te genē barbarōn tōn amphi Rhēnon potamon hesperion te ōkeanon oikountōn stasiazein etolma, panta hypotattōn hēmera ex atithasōn kateirgazeto, alla dʼ anastellōn hōsper tinas thēras agrious apesobei tēs oikeias, hosa per aniatōs echonta pros hēmerou biou katastasin heōra. 2epei de tauta kata logon ekeito autǭ, tas loipas tēs oikoumenēs lēxeis pro ophthalmōn themenos, teōs men epi ta Brettanōn ethnē diebainen endon en autǭ keimena ōkeanǭ, parastēsamenos de tauta dieskopei tas heteras tou pantos moiras, hōs an therapeuoi ta boētheias deomena.
Once established in the empire, he first provided for his father's portion, overseeing with great humanity all the nations formerly governed under his father's share. All the barbarian tribes living by the Rhine river and the western ocean that dared to rebel he subdued, making them tame instead of wild; others he drove away from his own territory like wild beasts, those he saw to be incurably unfit for a settled and civilized life. 2 When these matters were settled to his mind, he set before his eyes the remaining portions of the inhabited world. First he crossed over to the nations of the Britons, which lie within the ocean itself, and having brought them to terms, he considered the other parts of the whole, so as to tend those in need of help.
Life 1, chapter 26
1.26.1Heikel
Εῖθʼ ὥσπερ μέγα σῶμα τὸ πᾶν τῆς γῆς ἐννοήσας στοιχεῖον, κἄπειτα τὴν τοῦ παντὸς κεφαλήν, τῆς ‘Ρωμαίων ἀρχῆς τὴν βασιλεύουσαν πόλιν, τυραννικῇ δουλείᾳ συνιδὼν καθυπηγμένην, παρεχώρει μὲν τὰ πρῶτα τὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἄμυναν τοῖς τῶν λοιπῶν κρατοῦσι μερῶν ἅτε δὴ χρόνῳ προάγουσιν, ἐπεὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδεὶς οἶός τε ἦν ἐπικουρεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πεῖραν λαβεῖν ἐθελήσαντες αἰσχρὸν ὑπέμειναν τέλος, οὐδὲ βιωτὸν αὐτῷ τὴν ζωὴν εἶναι εἰπών, εἰ τὴν βασιλίδα πόλιν οὕτω κάμνουσαν παρίδοι, παρεσκευάζετο τὰ πρὸς τὴν καθαίρεσιν τῆς τυραννίδος.
Eithʼ hōsper mega sōma to pan tēs gēs ennoēsas stoicheion, kapeita tēn tou pantos kephalēn, tēs ‘Rōmaiōn archēs tēn basileuousan polin, tyrannikę̄ douleią synidōn kathypēgmenēn, parechōrei men ta prōta tēn hyper autēs amynan tois tōn loipōn kratousi merōn hate dē chronǭ proagousin, epei de toutōn oudeis oios te ēn epikourein alla kai hoi peiran labein ethelēsantes aischron hypemeinan telos, oude biōton autǭ tēn zōēn einai eipōn, ei tēn basilida polin houtō kamnousan paridoi, pareskeuazeto ta pros tēn kathairesin tēs tyrannidos.
Then, thinking of the whole element of the earth as one great body, and perceiving that its head, the imperial city of the Roman government, had been brought under tyrannical slavery, he at first left its defense to those who ruled the other parts, since they were his seniors in age. But when none of them was able to help, and those who were willing to make the attempt met a shameful end, he declared that life was not worth living for him if he overlooked the imperial city in such distress, and began preparing to overthrow the tyranny.
Life 1, chapter 27
1.27.1Heikel
Εὖ δʼ ἐννοήσας ὡς κρείττονος ἢ κατὰ στρατιωτικὴν δέοι αὐτῷ βοηθείας διὰ τὰς κακοτέχνους καὶ γοητικὰς μαγγανείας τὰς παρὰ τῷ τυράννῳ ἐσπουδασμένας, θεὸν ἀνεζήτει βοηθόν, τὰ μὲν ἐξ ὁπλιτῶν καὶ στρατιωτικοῦ πλήθους δεύτερα τιθέμενος (τῆς γὰρ παρὰ θεοῦ βοηθείας ἀπούσης τὸ μηθὲν ταῦτα δύνασθαι ἡγεῖτο), τὰ δʼ ἐκ θεοῦ συνεργίας ἄμαχα εἶναι καὶ ἀήττητα λέγων.
Eu dʼ ennoēsas hōs kreittonos ē kata stratiōtikēn deoi autǭ boētheias dia tas kakotechnous kai goētikas manganeias tas para tǭ tyrannǭ espoudasmenas, theon anezētei boēthon, ta men ex hoplitōn kai stratiōtikou plēthous deutera tithemenos (tēs gar para theou boētheias apousēs to mēthen tauta dynasthai hēgeito), ta dʼ ek theou synergias amacha einai kai aēttēta legōn.
Knowing well that he needed help more powerful than military force, because of the wicked and magical sorceries zealously practiced by the tyrant, he sought God as his helper. He put the resources of armed men and a host of soldiers in second place (for he considered them able to do nothing without the help of God), and said that what comes from God's cooperation is irresistible and invincible.
1.27.2Heikel
ἐννοεῖ δῆτα ὁποῖον δέοι θεὸν ἐπιγράψασθαι, ζητῦντι δʼ αὐτῷ ἔννοιά τις ὑπεισῆλθεν, ὡς πλειόνων πρότερον τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐφαψαμένων οἱ μὲν πλείοσι θεοῖς τὰς σφῶν αὐτῶν ἀναρτήσαντες ἐλπίδας, λοιβαῖς τε καὶ θυσίαις καὶ ἀναθήμασι τούτους θεραπεύσαντες, ἀπατηθέντες τὰ πρῶτα διὰ μαντειῶν κεχαρισμένων χρησμῶν τε τὰ αἴσια ἀπαγγελλομένων αὐτοῖς τέλος οὐκ αἴσιον εὕραντο, οὐδέ τις θεῶν πρὸς τὸ μὴ θεηλάτοις ὑποβληθῆναι καταστροφαῖς δεξιὸς αὐτοῖς παρέστη, μόνον δὲ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἐκείνοις τραπέντα τῶν μὲν πλάνην καταγνῶναι, αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν ἐπέκεινα τῶν ὅλων θεόν, διὰ πάσης τιμήσαντα ζωῆς, σωτῆρα καὶ φύλακα τῆς βασιλείας ἀγαθοῦ τε παντὸς χορηγὸν εὕρασθαι.
ennoei dēta hopoion deoi theon epigrapsasthai, zētynti dʼ autǭ ennoia tis hypeisēlthen, hōs pleionōn proteron tēs archēs ephapsamenōn hoi men pleiosi theois tas sphōn autōn anartēsantes elpidas, loibais te kai thysiais kai anathēmasi toutous therapeusantes, apatēthentes ta prōta dia manteiōn kecharismenōn chrēsmōn te ta aisia apangellomenōn autois telos ouk aision heuranto, oude tis theōn pros to mē theēlatois hypoblēthēnai katastrophais dexios autois parestē, monon de ton heautou tēn enantian ekeinois trapenta tōn men planēn katagnōnai, auton de ton epekeina tōn holōn theon, dia pasēs timēsanta zōēs, sōtēra kai phylaka tēs basileias agathou te pantos chorēgon heurasthai.
He considered, then, what god he should enlist as his patron. As he searched, a thought came to him: of the many who had previously laid hold of power, those who had hung their hopes on many gods and served them with libations, sacrifices, and offerings were first deceived by flattering divinations and oracles that promised them favorable things, and then met an unfavorable end; nor did any of the gods stand at their right hand to keep them from being subjected to disasters sent from heaven. Only his own father had taken the opposite course to theirs and condemned their error; and having honored the God beyond all things throughout his life, he had found him the Savior and Guardian of his empire and the provider of every good.
1.27.3Heikel
ταῦτα παρʼ ἑαυτῷ διακρίνας εὖ τε λογισάμνενος, ὡς οἱ μὲν πλήθει θεῶν ἐπιθαρσήσαντες καὶ πλείοσιν περιπεπτώκασιν ὀλέθροις, ὡς μηδὲ γένος μὴ φυὴν μὴ ῥίζαν αὐτοῖς, μηδʼ ὄνομα μηδὲ μνήμην ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀπολειφθῆναι, ὁ δὲ πατρῷος αὐτῷ θεὸς τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως ἐναργῆ καὶ πάμπολλα δείγματα εἴη δεδωκὼς τῷ αὐτοῦ πατρί, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἤδη καταστρατεύσαντας πρότερον τοῦ τυράννου διασκεψάμενος σὺν πλήθει μὲν θεῶν τὴν παράταξιν πεποιημένους αἰσχρὸν δὲ τέλος ὑπομείνατας· ὁ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν σὺν αἰσχύνῃ τῆς συμβολῆς ἄπρακτος ἀνεχώρει, ὁ δὲ καὶ μέσοις αὐτοῖς τοῖς στρατεύμασι κατασφαγεὶς πάρεργον ἐγένετο θανά- του· ταὺτʼ οὖν πάντα συναγαγὼν τῇ διανοίᾳ, τὸ μὲν περὶ τοὺς μηθὲν ὄντας θεοὺς ματαιάζειν καὶ μετὰ τοσοῦτον ἔλεγχον ἀποπλανᾶσθαι μωρίας ἔργον ὑπελάμβανεν, τὸν δὲ πατρᾠον τιμᾶν μόνον ᾤετο δεῖν θεόν.
tauta parʼ heautǭ diakrinas eu te logisamnenos, hōs hoi men plēthei theōn epitharsēsantes kai pleiosin peripeptōkasin olethrois, hōs mēde genos mē phyēn mē rhizan autois, mēdʼ onoma mēde mnēmēn en anthrōpois apoleiphthēnai, ho de patrǭos autǭ theos tēs autou dynameōs enargē kai pampolla deigmata eiē dedōkōs tǭ autou patri, alla kai tous ēdē katastrateusantas proteron tou tyrannou diaskepsamenos syn plēthei men theōn tēn parataxin pepoiēmenous aischron de telos hypomeinatas; ho men gar autōn syn aischynę̄ tēs symbolēs apraktos anechōrei, ho de kai mesois autois tois strateumasi katasphageis parergon egeneto thana- tou; tautʼ oun panta synagagōn tę̄ dianoią, to men peri tous mēthen ontas theous mataiazein kai meta tosouton elenchon apoplanasthai mōrias ergon hypelambanen, ton de patrǭon timan monon ǭeto dein theon.
He weighed these things in himself and reasoned well: those who trusted in a multitude of gods had also fallen into many destructions, so that neither family nor offspring nor root, neither name nor memory of them was left among men; while his father's God had given his father clear and very many proofs of his power. He also considered those who had already marched against the tyrant before him, who had drawn up their battle array with a multitude of gods and met a shameful end: one of them withdrew from the encounter in disgrace, having achieved nothing, and the other was slain in the midst of his own troops and became a mere incident of death. Gathering all these things together in his mind, he judged it folly to trifle with gods who are nothing and to go astray after such a proof, and thought that he must honor his father's God alone.
Life 1, chapter 28
1.28.1Heikel
Ἀνεκαλεῖτο δῆτα ἐν εὐχαῖς τοῦτον, ἀντιβολῶν καὶ ποτνιώμενος φῆναι αὐτῷ ἑαυτὸν ὅστις εἴη καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δεξιὰν χεῖρα τοῖς προκειμένοις ἐπορέξαι. εὐχομένῳ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ λιπαρῶς ἱκετεύοντι τῷ βασιλεῖ θεοσημία τις ἐπιφαίνεται παραδοξοτάτη, ἣν τάχα μὲν ἂν ἄλλου λέγοντος οὐ ῥᾀδιον ἦν ἀποδέξασθαι, αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ νικητοῦ βασιλέως τοῖς τὴν γραφὴν διηγουμένοις ἡμῖν μακροῖς ὕστερον χρόνοις, ὅτε ἠξιώθημεν τῆς αὐτοῦ γνώσεώς τε καὶ ὁμιλίας, ἐξαγγείλαντος ὅρκοις τε πιστωσαμένου τὸν λόγον, τίς ἂν ἀμφιβάλοι μὴ οὐχὶ πιστεῦσαι τῷ διηγήματι; μάλισθʼ ὅτε καὶ ὁ μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνος ἀληθῆ τῷ λόγῳ παρέσχε τὴν μαρτυρίαν. 2ἀμφὶ μεσημβρινὰς ἡλίου ὥρας, ἤδη τῆς ἡμέρας ἀποκλινούσης, αὐτοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἰδεῖν ἔφη ἐν αὐτῷ οὐρανῷ ὑπερκείμενον τοῦ Ἡλίου σταυροῦ τρόπαιον ἐκ φωτὸς συνιστάμενον, γραφήν τε αὐτῷ συνῆφθαι λέγουσαν· τούτῳ νίκα. θάμβος δʼ ἐπὶ τῷ θεάματι κρατῆσαι αὐτόν τε καὶ τὸ στρατιωτικὸν ἅπαν, ὃ δὴ στελλομένῳ ποι πορείαν συνείπετό τε καὶ θεωρὸν ἐγίνετο τοῦ θαύματος.
Anekaleito dēta en euchais touton, antibolōn kai potniōmenos phēnai autǭ heauton hostis eiē kai tēn heautou dexian cheira tois prokeimenois eporexai. euchomenǭ de tauta kai liparōs hiketeuonti tǭ basilei theosēmia tis epiphainetai paradoxotatē, hēn tacha men an allou legontos ou rhądion ēn apodexasthai, autou de tou nikētou basileōs tois tēn graphēn diēgoumenois hēmin makrois hysteron chronois, hote ēxiōthēmen tēs autou gnōseōs te kai homilias, exangeilantos horkois te pistōsamenou ton logon, tis an amphibaloi mē ouchi pisteusai tǭ diēgēmati? malisthʼ hote kai ho meta tauta chronos alēthē tǭ logǭ paresche tēn martyrian. 2amphi mesēmbrinas hēliou hōras, ēdē tēs hēmeras apoklinousēs, autois ophthalmois idein ephē en autǭ ouranǭ hyperkeimenon tou Hēliou staurou tropaion ek phōtos synistamenon, graphēn te autǭ synēphthai legousan; toutǭ nika. thambos dʼ epi tǭ theamati kratēsai auton te kai to stratiōtikon hapan, ho dē stellomenǭ poi poreian syneipeto te kai theōron egineto tou thaumatos.
So he called upon this God in prayer, beseeching and imploring him to show him who he was and to stretch out his right hand to help in the task before him. As the emperor was praying thus and earnestly supplicating, a most extraordinary sign from God appeared to him. If someone else had told of it, it would perhaps not be easy to accept; but since the victorious emperor himself told it to us who are writing this account, long afterwards, when we were deemed worthy of his acquaintance and company, and confirmed the story with oaths, who could hesitate to believe the account? Especially since the time that followed has borne true witness to the story. 2 About the midday hours of the sun, when the day was already beginning to decline, he said that he saw with his own eyes, in the sky itself, above the sun, a trophy of a cross formed of light, and attached to it a writing that said, “By this conquer.” Amazement at the sight seized him and the whole army, which was accompanying him on a march he was making somewhere and became a witness of the miracle.
Life 1, chapter 29
1.29.1Heikel
Καὶ δὴ διαπορεῖν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔλεγε, τί ποτε εἴη τὸ φάσμα. ἐνθυμουμένῳ δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπὶ πολὺ λογιζομένῳ νὺξ ἐπᾐει καταλαβοῦσα. ἔνθα δὴ ὑπνοῦντι αὐτῷ τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ σὺν τῷ φανέντι κατʼ οὐρανὸν σημείῳ ὀφθῆναί τε καὶ παρακελεύσασθαι, μίμημα ποιησάμενον τοῦ κατʼ οὐρανὸν ὀφθέντος σημείου τούτῳ πρὸς τὰς τῶν πολεμίων συμβολὰς ἀλεξήματι χρῆσθαι.
Kai dē diaporein pros heauton elege, ti pote eiē to phasma. enthymoumenǭ dʼ autǭ kai epi poly logizomenǭ nyx epę̄ei katalabousa. entha dē hypnounti autǭ ton Christon tou theou syn tǭ phanenti katʼ ouranon sēmeiǭ ophthēnai te kai parakeleusasthai, mimēma poiēsamenon tou katʼ ouranon ophthentos sēmeiou toutǭ pros tas tōn polemiōn symbolas alexēmati chrēsthai.
He said that he was perplexed within himself as to what the apparition might be. As he pondered and reasoned about it at length, night overtook him. Then, as he slept, the Christ of God appeared to him with the sign that had appeared in the sky, and commanded him to make a copy of the sign seen in the sky and to use it as a protection in engagements with the enemy.
Life 1, chapter 30
1.30.1Heikel
Ἅμα δʼ ἡμέρᾳ διαναστὰς τοῖς φίλοις ἐξηγόρευε τὸ ἀπόρρητον. κἄπειτα χρυσοῦ καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν δημιουργοὺς συγκαλέσας μέσος αὐτὸς καθιζάνει καὶ τοῦ σημείου τὴν εἰκόνα φράζει, ἀπομιμεῖσθαί τε αὐτὴν χρυσῷ καὶ πολυτελέσι λίθοις διεκελεύετο. ὃ δὴ καὶ ἡμᾶς ὀφθαλμοῖς ποτε παραλαβεῖν αὐτὸς βασιλεύς, θεοῦ καὶ τοῦτο χαρισαμένου, ἠξίωσεν.
Hama dʼ hēmerą dianastas tois philois exēgoreue to aporrēton. kapeita chrysou kai lithōn polytelōn dēmiourgous synkalesas mesos autos kathizanei kai tou sēmeiou tēn eikona phrazei, apomimeisthai te autēn chrysǭ kai polytelesi lithois diekeleueto. ho dē kai hēmas ophthalmois pote paralabein autos basileus, theou kai touto charisamenou, ēxiōsen.
At daybreak he rose and told his friends the secret. Then, summoning workers in gold and precious stones, he sat in their midst, described the shape of the sign, and ordered them to reproduce it in gold and precious stones. The emperor himself once deemed us worthy to see it with our own eyes, God granting this too.
Life 1, chapter 31
1.31.1Heikel
Ἦν δὲ τοιῷ δε σχήματι κατεσκευασμένον. ἡψηλὸν δόρυ χρυσῷ κατημφιεσμένον κέρας εἶχεν ἐγκάρσιον σταυροῦ σχήματι πεποιημένον, ἄνω δὲ πρὸς ἄκρῳ τοῦ παντὸς στέφανος ἐκ λίθων πολυ- τελῶν καὶ χρυσοῦ συμπεπλεγμένος κατεστήρικτο, καθʼ οὗ τῆς σωτηρίου ἐπηγορίας τὸ σύμβολον, δύο στοιχεῖα τὸ Χριστοῦ παραδηλοῦντα ὄνομα διὰ τῶν πρώτων ὑπεσήμαινον χαρακτήρων, χιαζομένου τοῦ ῥῶ κατὰ τὸ μεσταίτατον. ἃ δὴ καὶ κατὰ τοῦ κράνους φέρειν εἴωθε κἀν τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνοις ὸ βασιλεύς. τοῦ δὲ πλαγίου κέρως τοῦ κατὰ τὸ δόρυ πεπαρμένου ὀθόνη τις ἐκκρεμὴς ἀπῃώρητο, βασθκὸν ὕφασμα ποικιλίᾳ συνημμένων πολυτελῶν λίθων φωτὸς αὐγαῖς ἐξαστραπτόντων καλυπτόμενον σὺν πολλῷ τε καθυφασμέυνον χρυσῷ, χρυσῷ, τι χρῆμα τοῖς ὁρῶσι παρέχον τοῦ κάλλους. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν τὸ φᾶρος τοῦ κέρως ἐξημμένον σύμμετρον μήκους τε καὶ πλάτους περιγραφὴν ἀπελάμβανε. τὸ δʼ ὄρθιον δόρυ. τῆς κάτω ἀρχῆς ἐπὶ πολὺ μηκυνόμενον ἄνω μετέωρον, ὑπὸ τῷ τοῦ σταυροῦ τροπαίῳ πρὸς αὐτοῖς ἄκροις τοῦ διαγραφέντος ὑφάσματος τὴν τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς βασιλέως εἰκόνα χρυσῆν μέχρι στέρνων τῶν τ αὐτοῦ παίδων ὁμοίως ἔφερεν. τούτῳ μὲν οὐν τῷ σωτηρίῳ σημείῳ πάσης ἀντικειμένης καὶ πολεμίας δυνάμεως ἀμυντηρἰῳ διὰ παντὸς ἐχρῆτο βασιλεύς, τῶν τε στρατοπέδων ἁπάντων ἡγεῖσθαι τὰ τούτου ομοιωματα προσέταττεν.
Ēn de toiǭ de schēmati kateskeuasmenon. hēpsēlon dory chrysǭ katēmphiesmenon keras eichen enkarsion staurou schēmati pepoiēmenon, anō de pros akrǭ tou pantos stephanos ek lithōn poly- telōn kai chrysou sympeplegmenos katestērikto, kathʼ hou tēs sōtēriou epēgorias to symbolon, dyo stoicheia to Christou paradēlounta onoma dia tōn prōtōn hypesēmainon charaktērōn, chiazomenou tou rhō kata to mestaitaton. ha dē kai kata tou kranous pherein eiōthe kan tois meta tauta chronois o basileus. tou de plagiou kerōs tou kata to dory peparmenou othonē tis ekkremēs apę̄ōrēto, basthkon hyphasma poikilią synēmmenōn polytelōn lithōn phōtos augais exastraptontōn kalyptomenon syn pollǭ te kathyphasmeunon chrysǭ, chrysǭ, ti chrēma tois horōsi parechon tou kallous. touto men oun to pharos tou kerōs exēmmenon symmetron mēkous te kai platous perigraphēn apelambane. to dʼ orthion dory. tēs katō archēs epi poly mēkynomenon anō meteōron, hypo tǭ tou staurou tropaiǭ pros autois akrois tou diagraphentos hyphasmatos tēn tou theophilous basileōs eikona chrysēn mechri sternōn tōn t autou paidōn homoiōs epheren. toutǭ men oun tǭ sōtēriǭ sēmeiǭ pasēs antikeimenēs kai polemias dynameōs amyntēriǭ dia pantos echrēto basileus, tōn te stratopedōn hapantōn hēgeisthai ta toutou omoiōmata prosetatten.
It was made in the following form. A tall spear overlaid with gold had a transverse bar forming the shape of a cross. Above, at the very top, was fixed a wreath woven of precious stones and gold, and within it the symbol of the Savior's title: two letters indicating the name of Christ by its first characters, the rho being crossed [by the chi] exactly in the middle. These letters the emperor was also accustomed to wear on his helmet in later times. From the crossbar fixed across the spear hung a cloth, a royal fabric covered with a variety of precious stones set together and flashing with rays of light, and richly interwoven with gold, presenting to the beholders a beauty [beyond description]. This banner, hanging from the crossbar, was of equal length and breadth. The upright spear, extending a long way upward from its lower end, bore beneath the trophy of the cross, near the top of the fabric described, the golden portrait of the God-beloved emperor from the chest up, and likewise those of his sons. This saving sign the emperor always used as a defense against every opposing and hostile power, and he ordered copies of it to lead all his armies.
Life 1, chapter 32
1.32.1Heikel
Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα σμικρὸν ὕστερον. κατὰ δὲ τὸν δηλωθέντα χρόνον τὴν παράδοξον καταπλαγεὶς ὄψιν, οὑδʼ ἓτερον θεῶν ἢ τὸν ὀφθέντα δοκιμάσας σέβειν τοὺς τῶν αὐτοῦ λόγων μύστας ἀνεκαλεῖτο, καὶ τίς εἴη θεὸς ἡρώτα ἠρώτα τίς τε ὁ τῆς ὀφθείσης ὄψεως τοῦ σημείου λόγος. οἱ δὲ τὸν μὲν εἶναι θεὸν ἔφασαν θεοῦ τοῦ ἑνὸς καὶ μόνου μονογενῆ παῖδα, τὸ δὲ σημεῖον τὸ φανὲν σύμβολον μὲν ἀθανασίας εἶναι τρόπαιον δʼ ὑπάρχειν τῆς κατὰ τοῦ θανάτου νίκης, ἣν ἐποιήσατό ποτε παρελθὼν ἐπὶ γῆς, ἐδίδασκόν τε τὰς τῆς παρόδου αἰτίας, τὸν ἀκριβῆ λόγον αὐτῷ τῆς κατʼ ἀνθρώπους οἰκονομίας ὑπο τιθέμενοι. ὁ δὲ καὶ τούτοις μὲν ἐμαθητεύετο τοῖς λόγοις, θαῦμα δ εἶχε τῆς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτῷ παραδοθείσης θεοφανείας, συμβάλλων τε τὴν οὐράνιον ὄψιν τῇ τῶν λεγομένων ἐρμηνείᾳ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐστη- ρίζετο, θεοδίδακτον αὐτῷ τὴν τούτων γνῶσιν παρεἶναι πειθόμενος. καὶ αὐτὸς δʼ ἤδη τοῖς ἐνθέοις ἀναγνώσμασι προσέχειν ἡξίου. καὶ δὴ τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ ἱερέας παρέδρους αὐτῶ ποιησάμενος τὸν ὀφθέντα θεὸν πάσαις δεῖν ὥετο θεραπείαις τιμᾶν. κἄπειτα φραξάμενος ταῖς εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγαθαῖς ἐλπίσιν ὥρμητο λοιπὸν τοῦ τυραννικοῦ πυρὸς τὴν ἀπειλὴν κατασβέσων.
Alla tauta smikron hysteron. kata de ton dēlōthenta chronon tēn paradoxon kataplageis opsin, houdʼ heteron theōn ē ton ophthenta dokimasas sebein tous tōn autou logōn mystas anekaleito, kai tis eiē theos hērōta ērōta tis te ho tēs ophtheisēs opseōs tou sēmeiou logos. hoi de ton men einai theon ephasan theou tou henos kai monou monogenē paida, to de sēmeion to phanen symbolon men athanasias einai tropaion dʼ hyparchein tēs kata tou thanatou nikēs, hēn epoiēsato pote parelthōn epi gēs, edidaskon te tas tēs parodou aitias, ton akribē logon autǭ tēs katʼ anthrōpous oikonomias hypo tithemenoi. ho de kai toutois men emathēteueto tois logois, thauma d eiche tēs ophthalmois autǭ paradotheisēs theophaneias, symballōn te tēn ouranion opsin tę̄ tōn legomenōn ermēneią tēn dianoian estē- rizeto, theodidakton autǭ tēn toutōn gnōsin pareinai peithomenos. kai autos dʼ ēdē tois entheois anagnōsmasi prosechein hēxiou. kai dē tous tou theou hiereas paredrous autō poiēsamenos ton ophthenta theon pasais dein hōeto therapeiais timan. kapeita phraxamenos tais eis auton agathais elpisin hōrmēto loipon tou tyrannikou pyros tēn apeilēn katasbesōn.
But this was a little later. At the time mentioned, struck by the extraordinary vision and resolving to worship no other god than the one who had appeared, he summoned those initiated in his teachings and asked who this God was and what was the meaning of the sign that had been seen. They said that he was God, the only-begotten Son of the one and only God, and that the sign that appeared was a symbol of immortality, a trophy of the victory over death which he had once won when he came upon earth; and they taught him the reasons for his coming, setting out for him the exact account of his dispensation among men. He was instructed in these teachings, and he marveled at the divine manifestation granted to his eyes; comparing the heavenly vision with the interpretation of what was said, he was confirmed in mind, persuaded that the knowledge of these things had come to him taught by God. He himself now resolved to devote himself to the inspired writings. And making the priests of God his counselors, he thought he must honor the God he had seen with every form of worship. Then, fortified by good hopes in him, he set out at last to quench the threat of the tyrant's fire.
Life 1, chapter 33
1.33.1Heikel
Καὶ γὰρ δὴ πολὺς ἢν ὁ ταύτῃ προαρπάσας τὴν βασιλεύουσαν πόλιν δυσσεβείαις καὶ ἀνοσιουργίαις ἐγχειρῶν, ὡς μηδὲν τόλμημα παρελθεῖν μιαρᾶς καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πράξεως. διαξευγνύς γέ τοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν τάς κατὰ νόμον γαμετάς, αὐταῖς ἐνυβρίζων αἰσχροτάτως τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἀπέπεμπεν, καὶ ταῦτʼ οὐκ ἀσήμοις οὐδʼ ἀφανέσιν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοῖς ἐμπαροινῶν τοῖς τὰ πρωτεῖα τῆς Ῥωμαίων συγκλήτου βουλῆς κατέχουσιν. μυρίαις μὲν οὑν ἐλευθέραις γυναιξὶν ἐνυβρίξων αἰσχρῶς, οὐκ εἶχεν ὅπως ἐμπλήσειε τὴν ἀκρατῆ καὶ ἀκόλαστον αὐτοῦ ψυχήν.
Kai gar dē polys ēn ho tautę̄ proarpasas tēn basileuousan polin dyssebeiais kai anosiourgiais encheirōn, hōs mēden tolmēma parelthein miaras kai akathartou praxeōs. diaxeugnys ge toi tōn andrōn tas kata nomon gametas, autais enybrizōn aischrotatōs tois andrasin apepempen, kai tautʼ ouk asēmois oudʼ aphanesin, allʼ autois emparoinōn tois ta prōteia tēs Rhōmaiōn synklētou boulēs katechousin. myriais men houn eleutherais gynaixin enybrixōn aischrōs, ouk eichen hopōs emplēseie tēn akratē kai akolaston autou psychēn.
For the man who had earlier seized the imperial city there was busily engaged in impieties and unholy deeds, so that he left no outrage of foul and impure conduct undared. He separated lawful wives from their husbands, abused them most shamefully, and sent them back to their husbands; and this not to obscure or undistinguished people, but in drunken insolence toward those who held the first rank in the Roman senate. Though he shamefully abused countless freeborn women, he could find no way to satisfy his incontinent and licentious soul.
1.33.2Heikel
ὡς δὲ καὶ Χριστιαναἷς ἐνεχείρει, καὶ οὐκέθʼ οἷός τε ἢν εὐπορίαν ταῖς μοιχείαις ἐπινοεῖν θᾶττον γὰρ τὴν ψυχὴν θανατῶσαι ἢ τὸ σῶμα αὐτῷ παρεχώρουν ἐπὶ φθορὰν αὗται.
hōs de kai Christianais enecheirei, kai oukethʼ hoios te ēn euporian tais moicheiais epinoein thatton gar tēn psychēn thanatōsai ē to sōma autǭ parechōroun epi phthoran hautai.
But when he assailed Christian women too, he could no longer find means for his adulteries; for they would sooner yield their life to death than their body to him for corruption.
Life 1, chapter 34
1.34.1Heikel
Μία γοῦν τις 〈γυνὴ〉 τῶν αὐτόθι ουγκλητικῶν ἀνδρῶν τὴν ἔπαρχον διεπόντων ἐξουσίαν, ὡς ἐπιστάντας τῷ οἴκῳ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα τῷ τυράννῳ διακονουμένους ἐπύθετο Χριστιανὴ δʼ ἦν), τόν τε ἄνδρα τὸν αὑτῆς ἔγνω δέους ἔνεκα λαβόντας ἀπάγειν αὐτὴν κελεῦσαι, βραχὺν ὑποπαραιτησαμένη χρόνον ὡς ἂν τοῦ σώματος τὸν συνήθη περιβάλοιτο κόσμον, εἴσεισιν ἐπὶ τοῦ ταμείου καὶ μονωθεῖσα ξίφος κατὰ τοῦ στέρνον πήγνυσι, θανοῦσά τε παραχρῆμα τὸν μὲν νεκρὸν τοῖς προαγωγοῖς καταλείπει, ἔργοις δʼ ἁπάσης γεγωνοτέροις φωνῆς, ὅτι μόνον χρῆμα ἀήττητόν τε καὶ ἀνώλεθρον ἡ βοωμένη παρὰ Χριστιανοῖς σωφροσύνη πέφυκεν, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους τούς τε νῦν ὄντας καὶ τοὺς μετεπειτα γενησομένους ἐξέφηνεν. αὕτη μεν οὐν τοιαύτη τις ὤφθη.
Mia goun tis 〈gynē〉 tōn autothi ounklētikōn andrōn tēn eparchon diepontōn exousian, hōs epistantas tǭ oikǭ tous ta toiauta tǭ tyrannǭ diakonoumenous epytheto Christianē dʼ ēn), ton te andra ton hautēs egnō deous eneka labontas apagein autēn keleusai, brachyn hypoparaitēsamenē chronon hōs an tou sōmatos ton synēthē peribaloito kosmon, eiseisin epi tou tameiou kai monōtheisa xiphos kata tou sternon pēgnysi, thanousa te parachrēma ton men nekron tois proagōgois kataleipei, ergois dʼ hapasēs gegōnoterois phōnēs, hoti monon chrēma aēttēton te kai anōlethron hē boōmenē para Christianois sōphrosynē pephyken, eis pantas anthrōpous tous te nyn ontas kai tous metepeita genēsomenous exephēnen. hautē men oun toiautē tis ōphthē.
One woman, the wife of one of the senators there who held the authority of prefect, learned that those who served the tyrant in such matters were standing at the house (she was a Christian), and knew that her husband, out of fear, had told them to take her and lead her away. She asked for a brief delay, as if to put on her usual adornment, went into her chamber, and, alone, plunged a sword into her breast. Dying at once, she left her corpse to the procurers; but by deeds louder than any voice she showed to all people, present and to come, that the self-control celebrated among Christians is the only thing unconquerable and indestructible. Such, then, was this woman.
Life 1, chapter 35
1.35.1Heikel
Τὸν δὲ τοιούτοις ἐπιτολμῶντα πάντες ὑπεπτηχότες, δῆμοι καὶ ἄρχοντες, ἔνδοξοί τε καὶ ἄδοξοι, δεινῇ κατετρύχοντο τυραννίδι, καὶ οὐδʼ ἠρεμούντων καὶ τὴν πικρὰν φερόντων δουλείαν ἀπαλλαγή τις ὅμως ἦν τῆς τοῦ τυράννου φονώσης ὠμότητος. ἐπὶ σμικρᾷ γοῦν ἤδη ποτὲ προφάσει τὸν δῆμον εἰς φόνον τοῖς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν δορυφόροις ἐξεδίδου, καὶ ἐκτείνετο μυρία πλήθη τοῦ δήμου Ῥωμαίων ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ μέσου τοῦ ἄστεος οὐ Σκυθῶν οὐδὲ βαρβάρων ἀλλʼ αὐτῶν τῶν οἱκείων δόρασι καὶ πανοπλίαις. συγκλητικῶν γε μὴν φόνος ὅσος διʼ ἐπιβουλὴν ἐνηργεῖτο τῆς ἐκάστου περιουσίας οὐδʼ ἐξαριθμήσασθαι δυνατόν, ἄλλοτε ἄλλαις πεπλασμέναις αἰτίαις μυρίων ἀναιρουμένων.
Ton de toioutois epitolmōnta pantes hypeptēchotes, dēmoi kai archontes, endoxoi te kai adoxoi, deinę̄ katetrychonto tyrannidi, kai oudʼ ēremountōn kai tēn pikran pherontōn douleian apallagē tis homōs ēn tēs tou tyrannou phonōsēs ōmotētos. epi smikrą goun ēdē pote prophasei ton dēmon eis phonon tois amphʼ auton doryphorois exedidou, kai ekteineto myria plēthē tou dēmou Rhōmaiōn epʼ autou mesou tou asteos ou Skythōn oude barbarōn allʼ autōn tōn hoikeiōn dorasi kai panopliais. synklētikōn ge mēn phonos hosos diʼ epiboulēn enērgeito tēs ekastou periousias oudʼ exarithmēsasthai dynaton, allote allais peplasmenais aitiais myriōn anairoumenōn.
All cowered before the man who dared such things, peoples and magistrates, eminent and obscure alike, and were worn down by a terrible tyranny. Even when they kept quiet and bore their bitter slavery, there was still no escape from the tyrant's murderous cruelty. On one occasion, on a slight pretext, he handed the people over to his guards for slaughter, and countless multitudes of the Roman people were killed in the middle of the city itself, not by the spears and armor of Scythians or barbarians but of their own countrymen. As for the murder of senators carried out to get hold of their property, it is impossible even to count it, countless men being put to death on one invented charge after another.
Life 1, chapter 36
1.36.1Heikel
Ἡ δὲ τῶν κακῶν τῷ τυράννῳ κορωνὶς ἐπὶ γοητείαν ἤλαυνε, μαγικαῖς ἐπινοίαις τοτὲ μὲν γυναῖκας ἐγκύμονας ἀνασχίζοντος τοτὲ δὲ νεογνῶν σπλάγχνα βρεφῶν διερευνωμένου λέοντάς τε κατασφάττοντος καί τινας ἀρρητοποιΐας ἐπὶ δαιμόνων προκλήσεις καὶ ἀποτροπιασμὸν τοῦ πολέμου συνισταμένου. διὰ τούτων γὰρ τῆς νίκης κρατήσειν ἤλπιξεν. οὕτω μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ Ῥώμης τυραννῶν οὐδ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν οἷα δρῶν τοὺς ὑπηκόους κατεδουλοῦτο, ὥστʼ ἤδη τῶν ἀναγκαίων τροφῶν ἐν ἐσχάτῃ σπάνει καὶ ἀπορίᾳ καταστῆναι, ὅσην ἐπὶ Ῥώμης ἄλλοτέ ἄλλοτέ ποτε οἱ καθʼ ἡμᾶς γενέσθαι μνημονεύουσιν.
Hē de tōn kakōn tǭ tyrannǭ korōnis epi goēteian ēlaune, magikais epinoiais tote men gynaikas enkymonas anaschizontos tote de neognōn splanchna brephōn diereunōmenou leontas te katasphattontos kai tinas arrētopoiïas epi daimonōn proklēseis kai apotropiasmon tou polemou synistamenou. dia toutōn gar tēs nikēs kratēsein ēlpixen. houtō men oun epi Rhōmēs tyrannōn oud estin eipein hoia drōn tous hypēkoous katedoulouto, hōstʼ ēdē tōn anankaiōn trophōn en eschatę̄ spanei kai aporią katastēnai, hosēn epi Rhōmēs allote allote pote hoi kathʼ hēmas genesthai mnēmoneuousin.
The crowning point of the tyrant's evils drove him to sorcery. By magical devices he would at one time rip open pregnant women, at another search the entrails of newborn babies, slaughter lions, and put together certain unspeakable rites for summoning demons and averting the war; for he hoped by these means to secure the victory. While he was thus tyrant at Rome, it is impossible to say what he did to enslave his subjects, so that they were reduced to the extremest scarcity and lack of necessary food, such as our contemporaries remember never to have occurred at Rome at any other time.
Life 1, chapter 37
1.37.1Heikel
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τούτων ἁπάντων οἶκτον ἀναλαβὼν Κωνσταντῑνος πάσαις πάσαις ὡπλίζετο κατὰ τῆς τυραννίδος. προστησάμενος δῆτα ἑαυτοῦ θεὸν τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων σωτῆρά τε καὶ βοηθὸν ἀνακαλεσάμενος τὸν Χριστόν, αὐτοῦ τε τὸ νικητικὸν τρόπαιον τὸ δὴ σωτήριον σημεῖον τῶν ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ὁπλιτῶν τε καὶ δορυφόρων προτάξας ἡγεῖτο πανστρατιᾷ, Ῥωμαίοις τὰ τῆς ἐκ προγόνοων ἐλευθερίας προμνώμενος. Μαξεντίου δῆτα μᾶλλον ταῖς κατὰ γοητείαν μηχαναῖς ἢ τῇ τῶν ὑπηκόων ἐπιθαρσοῦντος εὐνοίᾳ, προελθεῖν δʼ οὑδʼ ὅσον πυλῶν τοῦ ἄστεος ἐπιτολμῶντος, ὁπλιτῶν δʼ ἀναρίθμῳ πλήθει καὶ στρατοπέδων λόχοις μυρίοις πάντα τόπον καὶ χώραν καὶ πόλιν ὅση τις ὺπ΄ αὐτῷ δεδούλωτο φραξαμένου, ὸ τῆς ἐκ θεοῦ συμμαχίας ἀνημμένος βασιλεὺς ἐπιὼν πρώτῃ καὶ δευτέρᾳ καὶ τρίτῃ τοῦ τυράννου παρατάξει εὖ μάλα τε πάσας ἐξ αὐτῆς πρώτης ὁρμῆς χειρωσάμενος, πρόεισιν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ὅσον τῆς Ἰταλῶν χώρας.
Alla gar toutōn hapantōn oikton analabōn Kōnstantinos pasais pasais hōplizeto kata tēs tyrannidos. prostēsamenos dēta heautou theon ton epi pantōn sōtēra te kai boēthon anakalesamenos ton Christon, autou te to nikētikon tropaion to dē sōtērion sēmeion tōn amphʼ auton hoplitōn te kai doryphorōn protaxas hēgeito panstratią, Rhōmaiois ta tēs ek progonoōn eleutherias promnōmenos. Maxentiou dēta mallon tais kata goēteian mēchanais ē tę̄ tōn hypēkoōn epitharsountos eunoią, proelthein dʼ houdʼ hoson pylōn tou asteos epitolmōntos, hoplitōn dʼ anarithmǭ plēthei kai stratopedōn lochois myriois panta topon kai chōran kai polin hosē tis yp΄ autǭ dedoulōto phraxamenou, o tēs ek theou symmachias anēmmenos basileus epiōn prōtę̄ kai deuterą kai tritę̄ tou tyrannou parataxei eu mala te pasas ex autēs prōtēs hormēs cheirōsamenos, proeisin epi pleiston hoson tēs Italōn chōras.
But Constantine, taking pity on all these people, armed himself with every preparation against the tyranny. Setting before himself as protector the God over all, and calling on Christ as Savior and helper, he placed his victorious trophy, the saving sign, at the head of the soldiers and guards about him and led on with his whole army, winning back for the Romans the freedom of their ancestors. Maxentius, trusting more in the devices of sorcery than in the goodwill of his subjects, did not dare to go even outside the city gates, but fortified every place, district, and city under his yoke with countless armed men and innumerable companies of troops. The emperor, however, relying on alliance with God, attacked the tyrant's first, second, and third battle lines, overcame them all with ease at the very first onset, and advanced through the greater part of Italy.
Life 1, chapter 38
1.38.1Heikel
Ἤδη δʼ αὐτῆς Ῥώμης ἄγχιστα ἦν. εἶθʼ ὡς μὴ τοῦ τυράννου χάριν Ῥωμαίοις πολεμεῖν ἐξαναγκάζοιτο, θεὸς αὐτὸς οἷα δεσμοῖς τισι τὸν τύραννον πορρωτάτω πυλῶν ἐξέλκει, καὶ τὰ πάλαι δὴ κατ΄ ἀσεβῶν ὡς ἐν μύθου λόγῳ παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις ἀπιστούμενα, πιστά γε μὴν πιστοῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις ἐστηλιτευμένα, αὐταῖς ἐνεργείαις ἅπασιν ἁπλῶς εἰπεῑν πιστοῖς ἅμα καὶ ἀπίστοις ὀφθαλμοῖς τὰ παράδοξα θεωμένοις ἐπιστώσατο. ὥσπερ γοῦν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ ποτε Μωὑσέως καὶ τοῦ θεοσεβοῦς Ἑβραίων γένους ἅρματα Φαραὼ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ἔρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν καὶ ἐπιλέκτους ἀναβάτας τριστάτας κατεπόντισεν ἐν ἐρυθρᾷ”, κατὰ ταῦτα δὴ καὶ Μαξέντιος οἴ τʼ ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ὑπλῖται καὶ δορυφόροι „ἔδυσαν εἰς βυθὸν ὡσεὶ λίθος”, ὁπηνίκα νῶτα δοὺς τῇ ἐκ θεοῦ μετὰ Κωνσταντίνου δυνάμει τὸν πρὸ τῆς πορείας διῄει ποταμόν, ὃν αὐτὸς σκάφεσι ξεύξας καὶ εὖ μάλα γεφυρώσας μηχανὴν ὀλέθρου καθʼ ἑαυτοῦ συνεπήξατο, ὧδέ πη ἐλεῖν τὸν τῷ θεῷ φίλον ἐλπίσας. ἀλλὰ τῷδε μὲν δεξιὸς παρῆν ὁ αὐτοῦ θεός, ὁ δʼ τὰς τὰς κρυφίους μηχανὰς καθʼ ἐαυτοῦ δείλαιος συνίστη. ἐφʼ ᾠ καὶ ἡν εἰπεῖν, ὡς ἄρα λάκκον λάκκον καὶ ἀνέσκαψεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐμπεσεῖται εἰς βόθρον ὃν εἰργάσατο. ἐπιστρέψει ὁ πόνος αὐτοῦ εἰς κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ κορυφὴν αὐτοῦ ἡ ἀδικία αὐτοῦ καταβήσεται.” οὕτω δῆτα θεοῦ νεύματι τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ ζεύγματος μηχανῶν τοῦ τʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐγκρύμματος διαλυθέντος οὐ κατὰ τὸν ἐλισθέντ, ὑφιζάνει μὲν ἡ διάβασις χωρεῖ δʼ ἀθρόως αὔτανδρα κατà τοῦ βυθοῦ τὰ σκάφη, καὶ αὐτός γε πρῶτος ὸ δείλαιος εἶτα δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ὑπασπισταί τε καὶ δορυφόροι, ᾐ τὰ θεῖα προανεφώνει φώνει λόγια, „ἔδυσαν ὡσεὶ μόλιβδος ἐν ὕδατι σφοδρῷ.” ὥστʼ εἰκότως ἂν εἰ καὶ μὴ λόγοις ἔργοις δʼ οὖν ὁμοίως τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν μέγαν θεράποντα Μωῦσέα τοὺς παρὰ θεοῦ τὴν νίκην ἀραμένους αὐτὰ δὴ τὰ κατὰ τοῦ πάλαι δυσσεβοῦς τυράννου ὧδέ πως ἀνυμνεῖν καὶ λέγειν· „ ἄσωμεν τῷ κυρίῳ, ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται. ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ἔρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν, βοηθὸς καὶ σκεπαστὴς ἐγένετό μοι εἰς σωτη- ρίαν.“ καί „τίς ὅμοιός σοι ἐν θεοῖς, κύριε, τίς ὅμοιός σοι; ἐν ἁγίοις, θαυμαστὸς ἐν δόξαις, ποιῶν τέρατα.“
Ēdē dʼ autēs Rhōmēs anchista ēn. eithʼ hōs mē tou tyrannou charin Rhōmaiois polemein exanankazoito, theos autos hoia desmois tisi ton tyrannon porrōtatō pylōn exelkei, kai ta palai dē kat΄ asebōn hōs en mythou logǭ para tois pleistois apistoumena, pista ge mēn pistois hierais biblois estēliteumena, autais energeiais hapasin haplōs eipein pistois hama kai apistois ophthalmois ta paradoxa theōmenois epistōsato. hōsper goun epʼ autou pote Mōyseōs kai tou theosebous Hebraiōn genous harmata Pharaō kai tēn dynamin autou erripsen eis thalassan kai epilektous anabatas tristatas katepontisen en erythrą”, kata tauta dē kai Maxentios oi tʼ amphʼ auton hyplitai kai doryphoroi „edysan eis bython hōsei lithos”, hopēnika nōta dous tę̄ ek theou meta Kōnstantinou dynamei ton pro tēs poreias dię̄ei potamon, hon autos skaphesi xeuxas kai eu mala gephyrōsas mēchanēn olethrou kathʼ heautou synepēxato, hōde pē elein ton tǭ theǭ philon elpisas. alla tǭde men dexios parēn ho autou theos, ho dʼ tas tas kryphious mēchanas kathʼ eautou deilaios synistē. ephʼ ǭ kai hēn eipein, hōs ara lakkon lakkon kai aneskapsen auton kai empeseitai eis bothron hon eirgasato. epistrepsei ho ponos autou eis kephalēn autou, kai epi koryphēn autou hē adikia autou katabēsetai.” houtō dēta theou neumati tōn epi tou zeugmatos mēchanōn tou tʼ en autois enkrymmatos dialythentos ou kata ton elisthent, hyphizanei men hē diabasis chōrei dʼ athroōs autandra kata tou bythou ta skaphē, kai autos ge prōtos o deilaios eita de kai hoi amphʼ auton hypaspistai te kai doryphoroi, ę̄ ta theia proanephōnei phōnei logia, „edysan hōsei molibdos en hydati sphodrǭ.” hōstʼ eikotōs an ei kai mē logois ergois dʼ oun homoiōs tois amphi ton megan theraponta Mōysea tous para theou tēn nikēn aramenous auta dē ta kata tou palai dyssebous tyrannou hōde pōs anymnein kai legein; „ asōmen tǭ kyriǭ, endoxōs gar dedoxastai. hippon kai anabatēn erripsen eis thalassan, boēthos kai skepastēs egeneto moi eis sōtē- rian.“ kai „tis homoios soi en theois, kyrie, tis homoios soi? en hagiois, thaumastos en doxais, poiōn terata.“
He was now very near Rome itself. Then, so that he would not be forced to make war on the Romans because of the tyrant, God himself dragged the tyrant, as if in chains, very far from the gates. And the things done of old against the impious, which most people disbelieve as told in the manner of a myth, but which are trustworthy to believers, being recorded in the sacred books, he confirmed by actual events to all, in a word, believers and unbelievers alike, who saw the wonders with their own eyes. For just as once, in the time of Moses himself and the God-fearing race of the Hebrews, “Pharaoh's chariots and his army he cast into the sea, and his chosen riders, his captains, he drowned in the Red Sea,” so too Maxentius and the soldiers and guards around him “sank into the deep like a stone,” when, turning his back before the power from God that was with Constantine, he crossed the river that lay in his path. He himself had joined it with boats and bridged it well, and so had built a device of destruction against himself, hoping by it to catch the friend of God. But the God of the one stood at his right hand, while the other, wretched man, was constructing secret devices against himself. So one could say of him, “He dug a pit and hollowed it out, and he will fall into the hole that he made. His trouble will return upon his head, and his wrongdoing will come down upon his crown.” Thus, at God's nod, the mechanisms on the bridge and the ambush hidden in them came apart [at an unexpected moment]; the crossing gave way, and the boats went down at once, men and all, into the deep, first the wretch himself, and then the shield-bearers and guards around him, as the divine oracles had foretold: “They sank like lead in mighty water.” So those who had won the victory from God might fittingly, if not in words then in deeds, like those with the great servant Moses, hymn and say the very words sung against the impious tyrant of old: “Let us sing to the Lord, for he has been gloriously glorified; horse and rider he has thrown into the sea; he became my helper and protector for salvation,” and “Who is like you among the gods, O Lord, who is like you? Glorified among the holy ones, marvelous in glories, doing wonders.”
Life 1, chapter 39
1.39.1Heikel
Ταῦτά τε καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ἀδελφὰ Κωνσταντῖνος τῷ πανηγεμόνι καὶ τῆς νίκης αἰτίῳ κατὰ καιρὸν ὁμοίως τῷ μεγάλῳ θεράποντι ἕργοις αύτοῖς ἀνυμνήσας, μετ΄ ἐπινικίων εἰσήλαυνεν εἰς τὴν βασιλεύουσαν πόλιν. πάντες δʼ ἀθρόως αὐτὸν οἵ τʼ ἀπὸ τῆς συγκλή- του βουλῆς οἴ τʼ ἄλλως ἐπιφανεῖς καὶ διάσημοι τῶν τῇδε, ὥσπερ ἐξ εἰργμῶν ἠλευθερωμένοι σὺν παντὶ δήμῳ Ῥωμαίων φαιδροῖς ὄμμασιν αὐταῖς ψυχαῖς μετ΄ εὐφημιῶν· καὶ ἀπλήστου χαρᾶς ὺπεδέχοντο, ὸμοῦ τʼ ἄνδρες ἅμα γυναιξὶ καὶ παισὶ καὶ οἰκετῶν μυρίοις πλήθεσι λυτρωτὴν αὐτὸν σωτῆρά τε καὶ εὐεργέτην βοαῖς ἀσχέτοις ἐπεφώνουν. ὁ δʼ ἔμφυτον τὴν εἰς τὸν θεὸν εὐσέβειαν κεκτημένος μήδʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς βοαῖς χαυνούμενος μήδʼ ἐπαιρόμενος τοῖς ἐπαίνοις τῆς δʼ ἐκ θεοῦ συνῃσθημένος βοηθείας, εὐχαριστήριον ἀπεδίδου παραχρῆμα εὐχὴν τῷ τῆς νίκης αἰτίῳ.
Tauta te kai hosa toutois adelpha Kōnstantinos tǭ panēgemoni kai tēs nikēs aitiǭ kata kairon homoiōs tǭ megalǭ theraponti hergois autois anymnēsas, met΄ epinikiōn eisēlaunen eis tēn basileuousan polin. pantes dʼ athroōs auton hoi tʼ apo tēs synklē- tou boulēs oi tʼ allōs epiphaneis kai diasēmoi tōn tę̄de, hōsper ex eirgmōn ēleutherōmenoi syn panti dēmǭ Rhōmaiōn phaidrois ommasin autais psychais met΄ euphēmiōn; kai aplēstou charas ypedechonto, omou tʼ andres hama gynaixi kai paisi kai oiketōn myriois plēthesi lytrōtēn auton sōtēra te kai euergetēn boais aschetois epephōnoun. ho dʼ emphyton tēn eis ton theon eusebeian kektēmenos mēdʼ epi tais boais chaunoumenos mēdʼ epairomenos tois epainois tēs dʼ ek theou synę̄sthēmenos boētheias, eucharistērion apedidou parachrēma euchēn tǭ tēs nikēs aitiǭ.
Having hymned these and similar things, in deeds themselves, to God, the Ruler of all and the cause of the victory, just as the great servant had done in his time, Constantine rode in triumph into the imperial city. All together, members of the senate and the others there who were eminent and distinguished, as if freed from prison, along with the whole Roman people, received him with beaming eyes and with their whole souls, with acclamations and insatiable joy; men, women, and children, and countless crowds of slaves, hailed him with unrestrained shouts as redeemer, savior, and benefactor. But he, having an inborn piety toward God, was neither puffed up by the shouts nor elated by the praises, but, conscious of the help from God, at once offered a prayer of thanksgiving to the author of the victory.
Life 1, chapter 40
1.40.1Heikel
Φωνῇ τε μεγάλῃ καὶ στήλαις ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις τὸ σωτήριον ἀνεκήρυττε σημεῖον, μέσῃ τῇ βασιλευούσῃ πόλει μέγα τρόπαιον τουτὶ κατà τῶν πολεμίων ἐγείρας διαρρήδην τε ἀναξαλείπτοις ἐγχαράξας τύποις σωτήριον τουτὶ σημεῖον τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς καὶ τῆς καθόλου βασιλείας φυλακτηριον. αὐτίκα δʼ οὐν ὑψηλὸν δόρυ σταυροῦ σχήματι ὑπὸ χεῖρα ἰδίας εἰκόνος έν ἀνδριάντι κατειργασμένης έν τῷ μάλιστα τῶν ἐπὶ Ῥώμης δεδημοσιευμένῳ ἐν τόπῳ στήσαντας, αὐτὴν δὴ ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν ῥήμασιν αὐτοῖς ἐγχαράξαι τῇ Ῥωμαίων ἐγκελεύεται φωνῇ· Τούτῳ τῷ σωτηριώδει σημείῳ τῷ ἀληθεῖ ἐλέγχῳ τῆς ἀνδρείας τὴν πόλιν ὑμῶν ζυγοῦ τυραννικοῦ διασωθεῖσαν ἡλευθέρωσα. ἔτι μὴν καὶ τὴν σύγκλητον καὶ τὸν δῆμον Ῥωμαίων τῇ ἀρχαίᾳ ἐπιφανείᾳ καὶ λαμπρότητι ἐλευθερώσας ἀποκατέστησα.“
Phōnę̄ te megalę̄ kai stēlais hapasin anthrōpois to sōtērion anekērytte sēmeion, mesę̄ tę̄ basileuousę̄ polei mega tropaion touti kata tōn polemiōn egeiras diarrēdēn te anaxaleiptois encharaxas typois sōtērion touti sēmeion tēs Rhōmaiōn archēs kai tēs katholou basileias phylaktērion. autika dʼ oun hypsēlon dory staurou schēmati hypo cheira idias eikonos en andrianti kateirgasmenēs en tǭ malista tōn epi Rhōmēs dedēmosieumenǭ en topǭ stēsantas, autēn dē tautēn tēn graphēn rhēmasin autois encharaxai tę̄ Rhōmaiōn enkeleuetai phōnę̄; Toutǭ tǭ sōtēriōdei sēmeiǭ tǭ alēthei elenchǭ tēs andreias tēn polin hymōn zygou tyrannikou diasōtheisan hēleutherōsa. eti mēn kai tēn synklēton kai ton dēmon Rhōmaiōn tę̄ archaią epiphaneią kai lamprotēti eleutherōsas apokatestēsa.“
With a loud voice and by inscriptions he proclaimed the saving sign to all people, setting up this great trophy over his enemies in the middle of the imperial city, and expressly engraving it in indelible characters as the saving sign, the safeguard of the Roman government and of the whole empire. At once, then, he ordered a tall spear in the shape of a cross to be set up beneath the hand of a statue made in his likeness, in the most frequented place in Rome, and this very inscription to be engraved, in these words, in the Latin language: “By this saving sign, the true proof of courage, I saved your city and freed it from the yoke of the tyrant; moreover, having set them free, I restored the senate and people of Rome to their ancient distinction and splendor.”
Life 1, chapter 41
1.41.1Heikel
Ὁ μὲν οὖν θεοφιλὴς βασιλεὺς ὧδέ πη τῇ τοῦ νικοποιοῦ σταυροῦ ὁμολογίᾳ λαμπρυνόμενος σὺν παρρησίᾳ πάσῃ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ῥωμαίοις αὐτοῖς αὐτοῖς γνώριμον ἐποίει. πάντες δʼ ἀθρόως οἱ τὴν πόλιν οἰκοῦντες αὐτῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ δήμων πλήθεσιν, ὡσανεὶ πικρᾶς καὶ τυραννικῆς ἀναπνεύσαντες δυναστείας, φωτὸς ἀπολαύειν ἐδόκουν καθαρωτέρου αύγῶν καινοῦ τε καὶ νέου βίου παλιγγενεσίας μετέχειν. ἔθνη τε πάνθʼ ὅσα ὠκεανῷ τῷ κατὰ δύοντα ἥλιον περιωρίζετο, τῶν πρὶν συνεχόντων κακῶν ἠλευθερωμένα, πανηγύρεσι φαιδραῖς ἐνευφραινόμενα τὸν καλλίνικον τὸν θεοσεβῆ τὸν κοινὸν εὐεργέτην ἀνυμνοῦντα διετέλει, φωνῇ τε μιᾷ καὶ ἑνὶ στόματι κοινὸν ἀγαθὸν ἀνθρώποις ἐκ θεοῦ χάριτος οἱ πάντες Κωνσταντῖνον ὡμολόγουν ἐπιλάμψαι. ἡπλοῦτο δὲ καὶ βασιλικὸν ἁπανταχοῦ γράμμα, τοῖς μὲν τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἀφαρπαγεῖσι τὴν τῶν οἰκείων ἀπόλαυσιν δωρούμενον τοὺς δʼ ἄδικον ἐξορίαν ὑπομείναντας ἐπὶ τὰς σφῶν ἀνακαλούμενον ὲστίας, ἡλευθέρου δὲ καὶ δεσμῶν παντός τε κινδύνου καὶ δέους τοὺς ὑπὸ τῆς τυραννικῆς ὠμότητος τούτοις ὑποβεβλημένους.
Ho men oun theophilēs basileus hōde pē tę̄ tou nikopoiou staurou homologią lamprynomenos syn parrēsią pasę̄ ton huion tou theou Rhōmaiois autois autois gnōrimon epoiei. pantes dʼ athroōs hoi tēn polin oikountes autę̄ synklētǭ kai dēmōn plēthesin, hōsanei pikras kai tyrannikēs anapneusantes dynasteias, phōtos apolauein edokoun katharōterou augōn kainou te kai neou biou palingenesias metechein. ethnē te panthʼ hosa ōkeanǭ tǭ kata dyonta hēlion periōrizeto, tōn prin synechontōn kakōn ēleutherōmena, panēgyresi phaidrais eneuphrainomena ton kallinikon ton theosebē ton koinon euergetēn anymnounta dietelei, phōnę̄ te mią kai heni stomati koinon agathon anthrōpois ek theou charitos hoi pantes Kōnstantinon hōmologoun epilampsai. hēplouto de kai basilikon hapantachou gramma, tois men tas hyparxeis apharpageisi tēn tōn oikeiōn apolausin dōroumenon tous dʼ adikon exorian hypomeinantas epi tas sphōn anakaloumenon estias, hēleutherou de kai desmōn pantos te kindynou kai deous tous hypo tēs tyrannikēs ōmotētos toutois hypobeblēmenous.
So the God-beloved emperor, made glorious by his confession of the victorious cross, with all boldness made the Son of God known to the Romans themselves. All the inhabitants of the city together, with the senate itself and the multitudes of the people, as if they had drawn breath again after a bitter and tyrannical domination, seemed to enjoy rays of purer light and to share in the rebirth of a fresh new life. And all the nations bounded by the ocean toward the setting sun, freed from the evils that had formerly gripped them, kept holiday with bright festivals and continually hymned the glorious victor, the godly one, the common benefactor; and all confessed with one voice and one mouth that Constantine had shone forth, by the grace of God, as a common good for mankind. An imperial letter was also published everywhere, granting to those whose property had been seized the enjoyment of their own, recalling to their homes those who had suffered unjust exile, and releasing from chains and from every danger and fear those whom the tyrant's cruelty had subjected to them.
Life 1, chapter 42
1.42.1Heikel
Βασιλεὺς δʼ αὐτὸς τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργοὺς συγκαλῶν, θεραπείας αὐτοὺς διὰ τιμῆς ἄγων τῆς ἀνωτάτω ἠξίου, ἔργοις καὶ λόγοις τοὺς ἄνδρας ὼσανεὶ τῷ αὐτοῦ θεῷ καθιερωμένους φιλοφρονούμενος. ὑμοτράπεζοι δῆτα συνῆσαν συνῆσαν ἄνδρες εὐτελεῖς μὲν τῇ τοῦ σχήματος ὁφθῆναι περιβολῇ, άλλ΄ ού τοιοῦτοι καὶ αύτῷ νενομισμένοι, ὅτι μὴ τὸν ὁρώμενον τοῖς πολλοῖς ἄνθρωπον τὸν δʼ έν ἐνάστῳ τιμώμενον ἐποπτεύειν ἐδόκει θεόν. ἐπήγετο δʼ αύτοὺς καὶ ὅποι ποτὲ στέλλοιτο πορείαν, κἀν τούτῳ τὸνλ θεραπευόμενον πρὸς αὐτῶν δεξιὸν τῶν παρεῖναι πειθόμενος. ναὶ μὴν καὶ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τοῦ θεοῦ πλουσίας τὰς παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ παρεῖχεν ἐπικουρίας, ἐπαύξων μὲν καὶ εἰς ὕψος αἴρων τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἴκους, πλείστοις δʼ ἀναθήμασι τὰ σεμνὰ τῶν τῆς ἐκκλησίας καθηγιασμένων φαιδρύνων.
Basileus dʼ autos tous tou theou leitourgous synkalōn, therapeias autous dia timēs agōn tēs anōtatō ēxiou, ergois kai logois tous andras ōsanei tǭ autou theǭ kathierōmenous philophronoumenos. hymotrapezoi dēta synēsan synēsan andres euteleis men tę̄ tou schēmatos hophthēnai peribolę̄, all΄ ou toioutoi kai autǭ nenomismenoi, hoti mē ton horōmenon tois pollois anthrōpon ton dʼ en enastǭ timōmenon epopteuein edokei theon. epēgeto dʼ autous kai hopoi pote stelloito poreian, kan toutǭ tonl therapeuomenon pros autōn dexion tōn pareinai peithomenos. nai mēn kai tais ekklēsiais tou theou plousias tas parʼ heautou pareichen epikourias, epauxōn men kai eis hypsos airōn tous euktērious oikous, pleistois dʼ anathēmasi ta semna tōn tēs ekklēsias kathēgiasmenōn phaidrynōn.
The emperor himself summoned the ministers of God, held them in the highest honor and regard, and showed kindness in deeds and words to the men as consecrated to his God. They shared his table, men humble in the appearance of their dress but not so regarded by him, since he thought he beheld not the man seen by most, but the God honored in each. He took them with him wherever he traveled, trusting that in this way too the God they served would be at his right hand. Indeed, he also gave rich help from his own resources to the churches of God, enlarging the houses of prayer and raising them high, and adorning the sanctuaries of the church with very many offerings.
Life 1, chapter 43
1.43.1Heikel
Παντοίας τε χρημάτων διαδόσεις τοῖς ἐνδεέσι ποιούμενος. τούτων δʼ ἐκτὸς καὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν αὐτῷ προσιοῦσι φιλάνθρωπον καὶ εὐεργετικὸν παρέχων ἐαυτόν, τοῖς μὲν ἐπʼ ἀγορᾶς μεταιτοῦσιν οἰκτροῖς τισι καὶ ἀπερριμμένοις οὐ χρημάτων μόνον οὐδέ γε τῆς άναγκαίας τροφῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ σκέπης εὐσχήμονος τοῦ σώματος προὐνόει, τοῖς δ εὖ μὲν τὰ πρῶτα γεγονόσι βίου δὲ μεταβολῇ δυστυχήσασι δαψιλεστέρας παρεῖχε τὰς χορηγίας· βασιλικῷ γε τοι φρονήματι μεγαλοπρεπεῖς τὰς εὐποιίας τοῖς οὕτως ἔχουσι παρέχων, τοῖς μὲν ἀγρῶν κτήσεις ἐδωρεῖτο τοὺς δὲ διαφόροις άξιώμασιν ἐτίμα. καὶ τῶν μὲν ὀρφανίαν δυστυχησάντων έν πατρὸς ἐπεμέλετο χώρᾳ, γυναικῶν δὲ χηρῶν τὸ ἀπερίστατον ἀνακτώμενος δέ οἰκείας ἐτημέλει κηδεμονίας, ὥστʼ ἤδη καὶ γάμοις ζευγνύναι γνωρίμοις αὐτῶ καὶ πλουσίοις ἀνδράσι κόρας ἐρημίᾳ γονέων ὀρφανωθείσας. καὶ ταῦτʼ ἔπραττεν προδιδοὺς ταῑς γαμουμέναι ὅσα ἐχρῆν τοῖς λαμβάνουσι πρὸς γάμου κοινωνίαν εἰσφέρειν. ὤσπερ δʼ ἀνίσχων ὑπὲρ γῆς ἥλιος ἀφθόνως τοῖς πᾶσι τῶν τοῦ φωτὸς μεταδίδωσι μαρμαρυγῶν, κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τὴ καὶ Κωνσταντῑνος ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνίσχοντι τῶν βασιλικῶν προφαινόμενος, προφαινόμενος, ὡσανεὶ συνανατέλλων τῷ κατʼ οὐρανὸν φωστῆρι, τοῖς εἰς πρόσωπον αὐτῷ παριοῦσιν ἅπασι φωτὸς αὐγὰς τῆς οἰκείας ἐξέλαμπε καλοκαγαθίας. οὐκ ἦν ἁπλῶς αὐτῷ πλησίον γενέσθαι μὴ οὐχὶ ἀγαθοῦ τινος ἀπολαύσαντα, οὐδʼ ἦν ποτʼ ἐκπεσεῖν ἐλπίδος χρηστῆς τοῖς τῆς παρʼ αὐτοῦ τυχεῖν ἐπικουρίας προσδοκήσασι.
Pantoias te chrēmatōn diadoseis tois endeesi poioumenos. toutōn dʼ ektos kai tois exōthen autǭ prosiousi philanthrōpon kai euergetikon parechōn eauton, tois men epʼ agoras metaitousin oiktrois tisi kai aperrimmenois ou chrēmatōn monon oude ge tēs anankaias trophēs alla kai skepēs euschēmonos tou sōmatos prounoei, tois d eu men ta prōta gegonosi biou de metabolę̄ dystychēsasi dapsilesteras pareiche tas chorēgias; basilikǭ ge toi phronēmati megaloprepeis tas eupoiias tois houtōs echousi parechōn, tois men agrōn ktēseis edōreito tous de diaphorois axiōmasin etima. kai tōn men orphanian dystychēsantōn en patros epemeleto chōrą, gynaikōn de chērōn to aperistaton anaktōmenos de oikeias etēmelei kēdemonias, hōstʼ ēdē kai gamois zeugnynai gnōrimois autō kai plousiois andrasi koras erēmią goneōn orphanōtheisas. kai tautʼ epratten prodidous tais gamoumenai hosa echrēn tois lambanousi pros gamou koinōnian eispherein. ōsper dʼ anischōn hyper gēs hēlios aphthonōs tois pasi tōn tou phōtos metadidōsi marmarygōn, kata ta auta tē kai Kōnstantinos hama hēliǭ anischonti tōn basilikōn prophainomenos, prophainomenos, hōsanei synanatellōn tǭ katʼ ouranon phōstēri, tois eis prosōpon autǭ pariousin hapasi phōtos augas tēs oikeias exelampe kalokagathias. ouk ēn haplōs autǭ plēsion genesthai mē ouchi agathou tinos apolausanta, oudʼ ēn potʼ ekpesein elpidos chrēstēs tois tēs parʼ autou tychein epikourias prosdokēsasi.
He made all kinds of distributions of money to the needy. Besides these, he showed himself kind and beneficent to outsiders who came to him. For the wretched and outcast beggars in the marketplace he provided not only money and necessary food but also decent clothing for the body. To those who had been well born but had fallen into misfortune through a change of fortune he supplied more generous help, and with imperial magnanimity gave splendid benefactions to such people: to some he gave estates, others he honored with various dignities. He cared for the orphaned in a father's place, and relieved the helplessness of widows, looking after them with personal concern, so that he even gave in marriage to wealthy men of his acquaintance girls orphaned by the loss of their parents; and he did this by giving the brides beforehand what they needed to bring to their husbands in the partnership of marriage. And as the sun, rising over the earth, freely shares the rays of its light with all, so Constantine, coming forth from the palace together with the rising sun, as if rising with the heavenly luminary, shone on all who came into his presence the rays of his own goodness. It was simply impossible to come near him without receiving some benefit, and those who hoped to obtain his help were never disappointed.
Life 1, chapter 44
1.44.1Heikel
Κοινῶς μὲν οὖν πρὸς ἅπαντας ἦν τοιοῦτος. ἐξαίρετον δὲ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν παρʼ αὐτοῦ νέμων φροντίδα, διαφερομένων τινῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους κατὰ διαφόρους χώρας, οἷά τις κοινὸς ἐπίσκοπος ἐκ θεοῦ καθεσταμένος συνόδους τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργῶν συνεκρότει. ἐν μέσῃ δὲ τῇ τούτων διατριβῇ οὐκ ἀπαξιῶν παρεῖναί τε καὶ συνιζάνειν κοινωνὸς τῶν ἐπισκοπουμένων ἐγίνετο, τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης τοῦ θεοῦ βραβεύων τοῖς πᾶσι, καθῆστό τε καὶ μέσος ὡσεὶ καὶ τῶν πολλῶν εἶς, δορυφόρους μὲν καὶ ὸπλίτας καὶ πὰν τὸ σωματοφυλάκων γένος ἀποσεισάμενος, τῷ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβῳ κατημφιεσμένος τῶν τε πιστῶν ἑταίρων τοῖς εὐνουστάτοις περιεστοιχισμένος. εἶθʼ ὅσους μὲν ἐώρα τῇ κρείττονι γνώμῃ πειθηνίους πρὸς εὐσταθῆ τε καὶ ὁμογνώμονα παρεσκευασμένους τρόπον εὖ μάλα τούτους ἀπεδέχετο, χαίροντα δεικνὺς ἐαυτὸν τῇ κοινῇ πάντων ὁμονοίᾳ, τοὺς δʼ ἀπειθῶς ἔχοντας ἀπεστρέφετο.
Koinōs men oun pros hapantas ēn toioutos. exaireton de tę̄ ekklēsią tou theou tēn parʼ autou nemōn phrontida, diapheromenōn tinōn pros allēlous kata diaphorous chōras, hoia tis koinos episkopos ek theou kathestamenos synodous tōn tou theou leitourgōn synekrotei. en mesę̄ de tę̄ toutōn diatribę̄ ouk apaxiōn pareinai te kai synizanein koinōnos tōn episkopoumenōn egineto, ta tēs eirēnēs tou theou brabeuōn tois pasi, kathēsto te kai mesos hōsei kai tōn pollōn eis, doryphorous men kai oplitas kai pan to sōmatophylakōn genos aposeisamenos, tǭ de tou theou phobǭ katēmphiesmenos tōn te pistōn hetairōn tois eunoustatois periestoichismenos. eithʼ hosous men eōra tę̄ kreittoni gnōmę̄ peithēnious pros eustathē te kai homognōmona pareskeuasmenous tropon eu mala toutous apedecheto, chaironta deiknys eauton tę̄ koinę̄ pantōn homonoią, tous dʼ apeithōs echontas apestrepheto.
Toward all in common, then, he was such. But to the church of God he gave special care. When some were at variance with one another in various regions, he, like a common bishop appointed by God, convened synods of the ministers of God. He did not disdain to be present in the midst of their proceedings and to sit with them, taking part in their deliberations and arbitrating for all what makes for the peace of God. He sat in their midst as if he were one of the many, having dismissed his spearmen, soldiers, and every kind of bodyguard, clothed with the fear of God and surrounded by the most loyal of his faithful companions. Then those whom he saw persuaded by the better counsel and disposed to a stable and harmonious course, he warmly welcomed, showing that he rejoiced in the common concord of all; but he turned away from the disobedient.
Life 1, chapter 45
1.45.1Heikel
Ἤδη δέ τινας καὶ κατʼ αὐτοῦ τραχυνομένους ἔφερεν ἀνεξικάκως, ἠρέμα καὶ πρείᾳ φωνῇ σωφρονεῖν ἀλλὰ μὴ στασιάζειν καὶ τούτοις ἐγκελευσάμενος. τούτων δʼ οἱ μὲν ἀπηλλάττοντο καταιδούμενοι τὰς παραινέσεις, τοὺς δʼ ἀνιάτως πρὸς σώφρονα λογισμὸν ἔχοντας τῷ παραδιδοὺς παραδιδοὺς ἠφίει, μηδὲν μηδαμῶς αὐτὸς κατά τινος λυπηρὸν διανοούμενος. ἔνθεν εἰκότως τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς Ἄφρων χώρας διαστασιάζοντας εἰς τοσοῦτον συνέβαινεν ἐπιτριβῆς ἐλαύνειν ὡς καὶ τολμηροῖς τισιν ἐγχειρεῖν, πονηροῦ τινος ὡς ἔοικε δαίμονος βασκαίνοντος τῇ τῶν παρόντων ἀγαθῶν ἀφθονίᾳ παρορμῶντός τʼ εἰς ἀτόπους πράξεις τοὺς ἄνδρας, ὡς ἂν κινήσειε κατʼ αὐτῶν τὸν βασιλέως θυμόν. οὑ μὴν προὐχώρει τῷ φθόνῳ, γέλωτα τιθεμένου τοῦ βασιλέως τὰ πραττόμενα καὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ κίνησιν συνιέναι φάσκοντος. μὴ γὰρ σωφρονούντων εἶναι ἀνδρῶν τὰ τολμώμενα ἀλλʼ ἢ πάντη παρακοπτοντων ἢ ὑπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ δαίμονος οἰστρουμένων, οὓς ἐλεεῑσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ κολάζεσθαι χρῆναι· αὐτὸν δὲ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον ζημιοῦσθαι πρὸς τῆς τῶν ἀφρυινόντων μανίας, ἢ ὅσον τὸ συμπαθεῖν αὐτοῖς ὑπερβολῇ φιλανθρωπίας.
Ēdē de tinas kai katʼ autou trachynomenous epheren anexikakōs, ērema kai preią phōnę̄ sōphronein alla mē stasiazein kai toutois enkeleusamenos. toutōn dʼ hoi men apēllattonto kataidoumenoi tas paraineseis, tous dʼ aniatōs pros sōphrona logismon echontas tǭ paradidous paradidous ēphiei, mēden mēdamōs autos kata tinos lypēron dianooumenos. enthen eikotōs tous epi tēs Aphrōn chōras diastasiazontas eis tosouton synebainen epitribēs elaunein hōs kai tolmērois tisin encheirein, ponērou tinos hōs eoike daimonos baskainontos tę̄ tōn parontōn agathōn aphthonią parormōntos tʼ eis atopous praxeis tous andras, hōs an kinēseie katʼ autōn ton basileōs thymon. hou mēn prouchōrei tǭ phthonǭ, gelōta tithemenou tou basileōs ta prattomena kai tēn ek tou ponērou kinēsin synienai phaskontos. mē gar sōphronountōn einai andrōn ta tolmōmena allʼ ē pantē parakoptontōn ē hypo tou ponērou daimonos oistroumenōn, hous eleeisthai mallon ē kolazesthai chrēnai; auton de kata mēdena tropon zēmiousthai pros tēs tōn aphruinontōn manias, ē hoson to sympathein autois hyperbolę̄ philanthrōpias.
Some who were even harsh toward him he bore with patience, bidding them, quietly and with a gentle voice, to be sensible and not factious. Of these, some were ashamed at his exhortations and desisted; those who were incurably deaf to sound reasoning he let go, leaving them to [God], never himself planning anything painful against anyone. Hence it naturally came about that those who were quarreling in the region of Africa were driven to such a pitch of violence that they even ventured on some reckless deeds, a wicked demon, as it seems, envying the abundance of present blessings and urging the men on to outrageous acts, so as to rouse the emperor's anger against them. But envy made no headway, for the emperor laughed at what was done and said he understood that the impulse came from the evil one. For what they dared, he said, was not the act of sensible men but of men wholly deranged or goaded by the evil demon, who ought to be pitied rather than punished; and he himself was in no way harmed by the madness of the senseless, except so far as he sympathized with them out of his exceeding humanity.
Life 1, chapter 46
1.46.1Heikel
Ὡδε μὲν οὖν τὸν τῶν ἀπάντων ἔφορον θεὸν διὰ πάσης βασιλεὺς θεραπεύων πράξεως ἄτρυτον ἐποιεῖτο τὴν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν αὐτοῦ πρόνοιαν. θεὸς δʼ αὐτὸν ἀμειβόμενος πάντα γένη βαρβάρων τοῖς αὐτοῦ καθυπέταττε ποσὶν ὡς πάντη καὶ πανταχοῦ τρόπαια κατ ἐχθρῶν ἐγείρειν, νικητήν τʼ αὐτὸν παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀνεκήρυττεν ἐπίφοβόν τε ἐχθροῖς καὶ πολεμίοις καθίστη, οὐκ ὄντα τὴν φύσιν τοιοῦτον ἡμερώτατον δὲ καὶ πραότατον καὶ φιλανθρωπότατον εἴ τις πώποτε καὶ ἄλλος.
Hōde men oun ton tōn apantōn ephoron theon dia pasēs basileus therapeuōn praxeōs atryton epoieito tēn tōn ekklēsiōn autou pronoian. theos dʼ auton ameibomenos panta genē barbarōn tois autou kathypetatte posin hōs pantē kai pantachou tropaia kat echthrōn egeirein, nikētēn tʼ auton para tois pasin anekērytten epiphobon te echthrois kai polemiois kathistē, ouk onta tēn physin toiouton hēmerōtaton de kai praotaton kai philanthrōpotaton ei tis pōpote kai allos.
In this way, then, the emperor served God, the overseer of all, in every action, and made untiring provision for his churches. And God, repaying him, subjected all the races of barbarians under his feet, so that everywhere he raised trophies over his enemies; he proclaimed him victor among all and made him fearsome to enemies and foes, though he was not such by nature, but the gentlest, meekest, and most humane of men, if anyone ever was.
Life 1, chapter 47
1.47.1Heikel
Ἐν τούτοις δʼ ὄντι αὐτῷ μηχανὴν θανάτου συρράπτων ἁλοὺς τῶν τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀποθεμένων ὁ δεύτερος αἰσχίστῳ καταστρέφει θανάτῳ. πρώτου δὲ τούτου τὰς ἐπὶ τιμῇ γραφὰς ἀνδριάντας τε καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτα ἐπʼ ἀναθέσει τιμῆς νενόμιστο πανταχοῦ γῆς ὡς ἀνοσίου καὶ δυσσεβοῦς καθῄρουν.
En toutois dʼ onti autǭ mēchanēn thanatou syrraptōn halous tōn tēn archēn apothemenōn ho deuteros aischistǭ katastrephei thanatǭ. prōtou de toutou tas epi timę̄ graphas andriantas te kai hosa alla toiauta epʼ anathesei timēs nenomisto pantachou gēs hōs anosiou kai dyssebous kathę̄roun.
While he was so engaged, the second of those who had laid down the imperial power was caught stitching together a plot for his death, and came to a most shameful end. His were the first honorific pictures, statues, and all such things customarily set up in honor, that were pulled down everywhere on earth, as those of an unholy and impious man.
1.47.2Heikel
εἶτα δὲ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον τῶν πρὸς γένους ἕτεροι κρυφίους αὐτῷ συρράπτοντες ἐπιβουλὰς ἡλί- σκοντο, παραδόξως τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς τούτων ὰπάντων βουλὰς τῷ αὐτοῦ θεράποντι διὰ φασμάτων ἐκκαλύπτοντος.
eita de kai meta touton tōn pros genous heteroi kryphious autǭ syrraptontes epiboulas hēli- skonto, paradoxōs tou theou tas toutōn apantōn boulas tǭ autou theraponti dia phasmatōn ekkalyptontos.
Then after him others of his family were caught weaving secret plots against him, God wonderfully revealing all their designs to his servant through visions.
1.47.3Heikel
καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ θεοφανείας αὐτὸν πολλάκις ἠξίου, παραδοξότατα θείας ὄψεως ἐπιφαινομένης αὐτῷ παντοίας τε παρεχούσης πραγμάτων ἔσεσθαι μελλόντων προ- γνώσεις. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἐκ θεοῦ χάριτος ἀδιήγητα θαύματα οὑδʼ ἔστι λόγῳ περιλαβεῖν δυνατόν, ὅσα περ θεὸς αὐτὸς τῷ αὐτοῦ θεράποντι παρέχειν ἠξίου.
kai gar dē kai theophaneias auton pollakis ēxiou, paradoxotata theias opseōs epiphainomenēs autǭ pantoias te parechousēs pragmatōn esesthai mellontōn pro- gnōseis. ta men oun ek theou charitos adiēgēta thaumata houdʼ esti logǭ perilabein dynaton, hosa per theos autos tǭ autou theraponti parechein ēxiou.
For indeed he often granted him manifestations of God, a divine vision appearing to him most wonderfully and furnishing all kinds of foreknowledge of things to come. The indescribable wonders of God's grace, which God himself deigned to grant his servant, it is not possible to put into words.
1.47.4Heikel
οἷς δὴ πεφραγμένος έν ἀσφαλεῖ λοιπὸν τὴν ζωὴν διῆγεν, χαίρων μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀρχομένων εὐνοίᾳ, χαίρων δὲ καὶ ἐφ οἶς τοὺς ὑπʼ αὐτῷ πάντας εὔθυμον διατελοῦντας ἑώρα βίον, ὑπερ- βαλλόντως δὲ ἐνευφραινόμενος τῇ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ φαιδρότητι.
hois dē pephragmenos en asphalei loipon tēn zōēn diēgen, chairōn men epi tę̄ tōn archomenōn eunoią, chairōn de kai eph ois tous hypʼ autǭ pantas euthymon diatelountas heōra bion, hyper- ballontōs de eneuphrainomenos tę̄ tōn ekklēsiōn tou theou phaidrotēti.
Fortified by these, he thereafter passed his life in safety, rejoicing in the goodwill of his subjects, rejoicing too to see all under him leading a cheerful life, and delighting above all in the bright prosperity of the churches of God.
Life 1, chapter 48
1.48.1Heikel
Οὕτω δʼ ἔχοντι δεκαέτης αὐτῷ τῆς βασιλείας ἠνύετο χρόνος. ἐφʼ ᾦ δὴ πανδήμους ἐκτελῶν ἐορτὰς τῷ πάντων βασιλεῖ θεῷ εὐχαρίστους εὐχὰς ὥσπερ τινὰς ἀπύρους καὶ ἀκάπνους θυσίας ἀνεπέμ- πετο. ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μὲν τούτοις χαίρων διετέλει, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἐφʼ οἷς ἀκοῇ περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἑᾠαν τρυχομένων ἐθνῶν ἐπυνθάνετο.
Houtō dʼ echonti dekaetēs autǭ tēs basileias ēnyeto chronos. ephʼ ǭ dē pandēmous ektelōn eortas tǭ pantōn basilei theǭ eucharistous euchas hōsper tinas apyrous kai akapnous thysias anepem- peto. allʼ epi men toutois chairōn dietelei, ou mēn kai ephʼ hois akoę̄ peri tōn kata tēn heǭan trychomenōn ethnōn epynthaneto.
While things stood so, the tenth year of his reign was completed. On this occasion he held public festivals and sent up prayers of thanksgiving to God, the King of all, like sacrifices without fire or smoke. But while he continued to rejoice in these things, he did not rejoice at what he heard by report about the nations being worn down in the east.
Life 1, chapter 49
1.49.1Heikel
Δεινὸς γάρ τις αὐτῷ κάνταῦθα τῇ τʼ ἐκκλησία τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς τε λοιποῖς ἐπαρχιώταις ἐφεδρεύειν ἀπηγγέλλετο θήρ, τοῦ πονηροῦ δαίμονος ὥσπερ ἁμιλλωμένου τοῖς παρὰ τῷ θεοφιλεῖ πραττομένοις τἀναντία κατεργάζεσθαι, ὡς δοκεῖν τὴν σύμπασαν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίοις ἀρχὴν δυσὶ τμήμασιν ἀπολφθεῖσαν ἐοικέναι νυκτὶ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ, σκότους μὲν τοῖς τὴν ἐᾠαν λαχοῦσιν ἐπιπολάζοντος ἡμέρας δὲ τηλαυγεστάτης τοῖς τῆς θατέρας μοίρας οἰκήτορσι καταλαμπούσης·
Deinos gar tis autǭ kantautha tę̄ tʼ ekklēsia tou theou tois te loipois eparchiōtais ephedreuein apēngelleto thēr, tou ponērou daimonos hōsper hamillōmenou tois para tǭ theophilei prattomenois tanantia katergazesthai, hōs dokein tēn sympasan hypo Rhōmaiois archēn dysi tmēmasin apolphtheisan eoikenai nykti kai hēmerą, skotous men tois tēn eǭan lachousin epipolazontos hēmeras de tēlaugestatēs tois tēs thateras moiras oikētorsi katalampousēs;
For there too, it was reported to him, a terrible beast lay in wait for the church of God and for the other inhabitants of the provinces, the wicked demon, as it were, vying to accomplish the opposite of what the God-beloved man was doing; so that the whole Roman empire, divided into two parts, seemed like night and day, darkness overspreading those who had the east as their lot, while the brightest day shone on the inhabitants of the other portion.
1.49.2Heikel
οἷς μυ- ρίων ἀγαθῶν ἐκ θεοῦ πρυτανευομένων, οὐκ ἠν τῷ μισοκάλῳ φθόνῳ φορητὴ ἡ τῶν γινομένων θέα, ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ τῷ θάτερον μέρος τῆς οἰκουμένης καταπονοῦντι τυράννῳ, ὃς εὖ φερομένης τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτῶ Κωνσταντίνου τε τοσούτου βασιλέως ἐπιγαμβρίας ἠξιωμένος, μιμήσεως μὲν τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς ἀπελιμπάνετο τῆς δὲ τῶν δυσσεβῶν προαιρέσεως ἐζήλου τὴν κακοτροπίαν, καὶ ὡν τοῦ βίου τὴν καταστροφὴν ἐπεῖδεν αὐτοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τούτων ἕπεσθαι τῇ γνώμῃ μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς τοῦ κρείττονος φιλικαῖς δεξιαῖς ἐπειρᾶτο.
hois my- riōn agathōn ek theou prytaneuomenōn, ouk ēn tǭ misokalǭ phthonǭ phorētē hē tōn ginomenōn thea, hōsper oun oude tǭ thateron meros tēs oikoumenēs kataponounti tyrannǭ, hos eu pheromenēs tēs archēs autō Kōnstantinou te tosoutou basileōs epigambrias ēxiōmenos, mimēseōs men tou theophilous apelimpaneto tēs de tōn dyssebōn proaireseōs ezēlou tēn kakotropian, kai hōn tou biou tēn katastrophēn epeiden autois ophthalmois toutōn hepesthai tę̄ gnōmę̄ mallon ē tais tou kreittonos philikais dexiais epeirato.
While countless blessings were being dispensed to the latter by God, the sight of what was happening was unbearable to envy, the hater of good, as it was also to the tyrant oppressing the other part of the world. His rule was prospering, and he had been deemed worthy of a marriage alliance with so great an emperor as Constantine; yet he fell short of imitating the God-beloved man and emulated the wickedness of the policy of the impious, and he chose to follow the counsel of those whose ruin he had seen with his own eyes rather than the friendly right hand of the better man.
Life 1, chapter 50
1.50.1Heikel
Πόλεμον δʼ οὖν ἄσπονδον πρὸς τὸν εὐεργέτην εὐεργέτην οὐ φιλικῶν νόμων φεισάμενος, οὐχ ὁρκωμοσιῶν οὐ συγγενείας οὐ συν- θηκῶν μνήμην ἐν διανοίᾳ λαβών. ὁ μὲν γὰρ φιλανθρωπότατος εὐνοίας αὐτῷ παρέχων άληθοῦς σύμβολα, τῆς ἐκ πατέρων συγγενείας βασιλικοῦ τʼ ἀνέκαθεν αἴματος κοινωνὸν γενέσθαι ἡξίου γἀμῳ τὴν ἀδελφὴν συνάψας, τῆς τε κατὰ πάντων ἀπολαύειν ἀρχῆς τῶν τὴν ἑῴαν λαχόντων παρεῖχε τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ὁ δὲ τούτοις τἀναντία γινώσκων παντοίας κατὰ τοῦ κρείττονος μηχανὰς συνεσκευάζετο ἄλλοτ ἄλλους ἐπινοῶν ἐπιβουλῆς τρόπους, ὡς ἂν κακοῖς τὸν εὐεργέτην ἀμείψοιτο. καὶ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα φιλίαν ὐποκοριζόμενος δόλῳ καὶ ἀπάτῃ πάντʼ ἔπραττεν, ἐφʼ οἷς ἐτόλμα λήσεσθαι ἐλπίζων, τῷ δὲ ἄρα θεὸς τὰς ἐν σκότῳ μηχανωμένας ἐπιβουλὰς καταφώρους ἐποίει. ὁ δʼ ὡς ἐπὶ τοῖς πρώτοις ἠλίσκετο, ἐπὶ δευτέρας ἀπάτας ἐχώρει, νῦν μὲν φιλικὰς προτείνων δεξιὰς νῦν δὲ συνθήκας ὁρκωμοσίοις πιστούμενος. εἶτʼ ἀθρόως ἀθετῶν τὰ δεδογμένα, καὶ αὖθις ἀντιβολῶν διà πρεσβείας, καὶ πάλιν ἀσχημονῶν ταῖς ψευδολογίαις, τέλος προφανῆ πόλεμον ἀνακηρύττει, ἀπονοίᾳ τε λογισμοῦ κατʼ αὐτοῦ λοιπὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ὅν ἠπίστατο σέβειν τὸν βασιλέα παρατάττεσθαι ὡρμᾶτο.
Polemon dʼ oun aspondon pros ton euergetēn euergetēn ou philikōn nomōn pheisamenos, ouch horkōmosiōn ou syngeneias ou syn- thēkōn mnēmēn en dianoią labōn. ho men gar philanthrōpotatos eunoias autǭ parechōn alēthous symbola, tēs ek paterōn syngeneias basilikou tʼ anekathen aimatos koinōnon genesthai hēxiou gamǭ tēn adelphēn synapsas, tēs te kata pantōn apolauein archēs tōn tēn heǭan lachontōn pareiche tēn exousian, ho de toutois tanantia ginōskōn pantoias kata tou kreittonos mēchanas syneskeuazeto allot allous epinoōn epiboulēs tropous, hōs an kakois ton euergetēn ameipsoito. kai ta men prōta philian ypokorizomenos dolǭ kai apatę̄ pantʼ epratten, ephʼ hois etolma lēsesthai elpizōn, tǭ de ara theos tas en skotǭ mēchanōmenas epiboulas kataphōrous epoiei. ho dʼ hōs epi tois prōtois ēlisketo, epi deuteras apatas echōrei, nyn men philikas proteinōn dexias nyn de synthēkas horkōmosiois pistoumenos. eitʼ athroōs athetōn ta dedogmena, kai authis antibolōn dia presbeias, kai palin aschēmonōn tais pseudologiais, telos prophanē polemon anakēryttei, aponoią te logismou katʼ autou loipon tou theou hon ēpistato sebein ton basilea paratattesthai hōrmato.
So he [took up] an implacable war against his benefactor, respecting no laws of friendship and keeping in mind no memory of oaths, kinship, or treaties. For the most humane emperor, giving him tokens of true goodwill, had thought him worthy to share in his ancestral kinship and ancient royal blood by joining his sister to him in marriage, and had granted him authority to enjoy rule over all the peoples of the east. But he, minded the opposite way, contrived all kinds of devices against the better man, devising now one mode of plotting, now another, so as to repay his benefactor with evil. At first, pretending friendship, he did everything by deceit and trickery, hoping to escape notice in what he dared; but God made the plots devised in darkness manifest to the other. When he was caught in his first schemes, he went on to second deceptions, now offering the right hand of friendship, now confirming treaties with oaths. Then suddenly he broke what had been agreed, and again sought terms through embassies, and again disgraced himself with lies, until finally he declared open war, and in his madness set out to array himself against God himself, whom he knew the emperor worshiped.
Life 1, chapter 51
1.51.1Heikel
Πρώτους γέ τοι τοὺς ὺπ΄ αὐτῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργοὺς μηδὲν πώποτε πλημμελὲς περὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν διαπονηθέντας ἠρέμα τέως περιειργάζετο, προφάσεις κατʼ αὐτῶν κακοτέχνους θηρώμενος. μηδεμιᾶς γε μὴν εὐπορῶν αἰτίας μηδʼ ἔχων ὅπη τοῖς ἀνδράσι καταμέμψοιτο, νόμον ἐκπέμπει διακελευόμενον. μηδαμῆ μηδαμῶς ἀλλήλοις ἐπικοινωνεῖν τοὺς ἐπισκόπους, μηδʼ ἐπιδημεῖν αὐτῶν ἐξεῖναί τινι τῇ τοῦ πέλας λυσιτελῶν μηδέ γε συνόδους μηδὲ βουλὰς καὶ διασκέψεις περι τῶν λυσιτελῶν ποιεῖσθαι. τὸ δʼ ἧν παραλύειν τῆς καθʼ ἡμῶν ἐπηρείας. ἢ γὰρ παραβαίνοντας τὸν νόμον ἐχρῆν ὑποβάλλεσθαι τιμωρίᾳ, ἢ πειθαρχοῦντας τῷ παραγγέλματι παραλύειν ἐκκλησίας θεσμούς. ἄλλως γὰρ οὐ δυνατὸν τὰ μεγάλα τῶν σκεμμάτων ἢ διὰ συνόδων κατορθώσεως τυγχάνειν. ἐπισκόπων γοῡν οὐδʼ ἐτέρως ἢ μόνον οὕτω γίνεσθαι τὰς χειροτονίας θεσμοὶ προδιειλήφασι θείοι. καὶ ἄλλως δʼ ὁ θεομισὴς τῷ θεοφιλεῖ τάναντία πράττειν ἐγνωκὼς τὰ τοιάδε παρήγγελλεν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ἱερεῖς τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ πρὸς τὸν ἱερὸν νόμον τιμῇ, εἰρήνης τε καὶ ὁμονοίας ἐξάρχων, ἐπὶ ταὐτὸν συνῆγεν, ὁ δὲ τὰ καλὰ παραλύειν μηχανώμενος διασκεδάζειν τὴν σύμφωνον ἁρμονίαν ἐπειρᾶτο.
Prōtous ge toi tous yp΄ autǭ tou theou leitourgous mēden pōpote plēmmeles peri tēn archēn diaponēthentas ērema teōs perieirgazeto, prophaseis katʼ autōn kakotechnous thērōmenos. mēdemias ge mēn euporōn aitias mēdʼ echōn hopē tois andrasi katamempsoito, nomon ekpempei diakeleuomenon. mēdamē mēdamōs allēlois epikoinōnein tous episkopous, mēdʼ epidēmein autōn exeinai tini tę̄ tou pelas lysitelōn mēde ge synodous mēde boulas kai diaskepseis peri tōn lysitelōn poieisthai. to dʼ hēn paralyein tēs kathʼ hēmōn epēreias. ē gar parabainontas ton nomon echrēn hypoballesthai timōrią, ē peitharchountas tǭ parangelmati paralyein ekklēsias thesmous. allōs gar ou dynaton ta megala tōn skemmatōn ē dia synodōn katorthōseōs tynchanein. episkopōn goun oudʼ eterōs ē monon houtō ginesthai tas cheirotonias thesmoi prodieilēphasi theioi. kai allōs dʼ ho theomisēs tǭ theophilei tanantia prattein egnōkōs ta toiade parēngellen. ho men gar tous hiereis tou theou tę̄ pros ton hieron nomon timę̄, eirēnēs te kai homonoias exarchōn, epi tauton synēgen, ho de ta kala paralyein mēchanōmenos diaskedazein tēn symphōnon harmonian epeirato.
First of all he quietly harassed the ministers of God under him, who had never committed any offense against his rule, hunting for malicious pretexts against them. Finding no charge and having nothing to accuse the men of, he sent out a law ordering that the bishops were in no way to have communication with one another, that none of them was permitted to visit a neighbor's [church], and that they were not to hold synods, councils, or deliberations about matters of common benefit. This was a pretext for abusing us. For either we had to break the law and be subjected to punishment, or obey the order and undo the ordinances of the church; for it is impossible to settle great questions otherwise than through synods. Indeed, the divine ordinances have laid down that the ordinations of bishops take place in this way and no other. And besides, the God-hated man issued such orders because he was set on acting contrary to the God-beloved. For the one, out of honor for the sacred law, brought the priests of God together, leading them in peace and concord; the other, contriving to undo what was good, tried to scatter their harmonious agreement.
Life 1, chapter 52
1.52.1Heikel
Εἶτʼ ἐπειδήπερ ὁ τῷ θεῷ φίλος εἴσω βασιλικῶν τοὺς θερά- ποντας τοῦ θεοῦ δέχεσθαι ἡξίου, τἀναντία φρονῶν ὁ θεομισὴς ἄπαντας τοὺς ὑπʼ αὐτῷ θεοσεβεῖς βασιλικῶν ἀπήλαυνεν οἴκων, αὐτούς τε μάλιστα τοὺς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν πιστοτάτους καὶ εὐνουστάτους ἄνδρας εἰς ἐξορίαν ἐδίδου, τούς τʼ ἐκ προτέρων ἀνδραγαθημάτων τιμῆς καὶ ἀξιωμάτων παρʼ αὐτῷ λαχόντας δουλεύειν ἑτέροις οἰκετικάς τε ποιεῖσθαι διακονίας προσέταττεν, πάντων δὲ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἀντὶ ἑρμαίου προαρπάζων ἤδη καὶ θάνατον ἠπείλει τοῖς τὸ σωτήριον ἐπιγραφομένοις ὅνομα. ὁ δὲ αὐτός γε τοι τὴν ψυχὴν ἐμπαθῆ καὶ ἀκόλαστον κεκτημένος μυρίας τε δρῶν μοιχείας ἐπιρρήτους τ΄ αἰσχρουργίας, τὸν σωφροσύνης κόσμον τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπεγίνωσκε φύσεως, ἐλέγχῳ κακῷ χρώμενος ἑαυτῷ.
Eitʼ epeidēper ho tǭ theǭ philos eisō basilikōn tous thera- pontas tou theou dechesthai hēxiou, tanantia phronōn ho theomisēs apantas tous hypʼ autǭ theosebeis basilikōn apēlaunen oikōn, autous te malista tous amphʼ auton pistotatous kai eunoustatous andras eis exorian edidou, tous tʼ ek proterōn andragathēmatōn timēs kai axiōmatōn parʼ autǭ lachontas douleuein heterois oiketikas te poieisthai diakonias prosetatten, pantōn de tas hyparxeis anti hermaiou proarpazōn ēdē kai thanaton ēpeilei tois to sōtērion epigraphomenois honoma. ho de autos ge toi tēn psychēn empathē kai akolaston kektēmenos myrias te drōn moicheias epirrētous t΄ aischrourgias, ton sōphrosynēs kosmon tēs tōn anthrōpōn apeginōske physeōs, elenchǭ kakǭ chrōmenos heautǭ.
Then, since the friend of God thought fit to receive the servants of God within the palace, the God-hated man, minded the opposite way, drove all the godly under him out of the palace. He sent into exile especially the most faithful and loyal men about him; he ordered those who had received honor and rank from him for earlier brave deeds to serve others and perform the tasks of household slaves; he seized everyone's property as if it were a windfall; and he now threatened death to those who bore the saving name. He himself, having a passionate and licentious soul and committing countless adulteries and unspeakable obscenities, despaired of the adornment of chastity in human nature, using himself as a bad test case.
Life 1, chapter 53
1.53.1Heikel
Διὸ δὴ δεύτερον νόμον ἐτίθει, μὴ δεῖν προστάττων ἄνδρας ἅμα γυναιξὶν ἐπὶ τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ παρεῖναι εὐχάς, μηδʼ ἐπὶ τὰ σεμνὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς διδασκαλεῖα φοιτᾶν τὸ γυναικῶν γένος, μηδʼ ἐπισκόπους καθηγεῖσθαι γυναιξὶ θεοσεβῶν λόγων γυναῖκας δʼ αἱρεῖσθαι γυναικῶν διδασκάλους. γελωμένων δὲ τούτων παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν. ἄλλο τι πρὸς καθαίρεσιν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἐμηχανᾶτο, δεῖν φήσας πυλῶν ἐκτὸς ἐπὶ καθαρῷ πεδίῳ τὰς ἐξ ἔθους συγκροτήσεις τῶν λαῶν ποιεῖσθαι. τῶν γὰρ κατὰ πόλιν προσευκτηρίων παρὰ πολὺ τὸν ἐκτὸς πυλῶν ἀέρα τῷ κοινῷ διαλλάττειν.
Dio dē deuteron nomon etithei, mē dein prostattōn andras hama gynaixin epi tas tou theou pareinai euchas, mēdʼ epi ta semna tēs aretēs didaskaleia phoitan to gynaikōn genos, mēdʼ episkopous kathēgeisthai gynaixi theosebōn logōn gynaikas dʼ haireisthai gynaikōn didaskalous. gelōmenōn de toutōn para tois pasin. allo ti pros kathairesin tōn ekklēsiōn emēchanato, dein phēsas pylōn ektos epi katharǭ pediǭ tas ex ethous synkrotēseis tōn laōn poieisthai. tōn gar kata polin proseuktēriōn para poly ton ektos pylōn aera tǭ koinǭ diallattein.
So he laid down a second law, ordering that men must not attend the prayers to God together with women, that women must not go to the holy schools of virtue, and that bishops must not instruct women in godly teaching, but that women should be chosen as teachers of women. When these orders were laughed at by all, he devised another measure for the destruction of the churches, saying that the customary assemblies of the people must be held outside the gates in open country; for the air outside the gates, he said, was far better for a crowd than that of the houses of prayer in the city.
Life 1, chapter 54
1.54.1Heikel
Ὡς δʼ οὐκ εἶχεν οὐδʼ ἐν τούτῳ τοὺς ὑπακούοντας, γυμνῇ λοιπὸν τῇ κεφαλῇ τοὺς κατὰ πόλιν στρατιώτας ἡγεμονικῶν ταγμάτων ἀποβάλλεσθαι, εἰ μὴ τοῖς δαίμοσιν αἱροῖντο θύειν, παρεκελεύετο. ἐγυμνοῦντο δῆτα τῶν κατὰ πᾶν ἔθνος ἀξιωμάτων αἱ τάξεις ἀνδρῶν θεοσεβῶν, ἐγυμνοῦτο δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ τούτων νομοθέτης εὐχῶν, ὁσίων ἀνδρῶν ἐαυτὸν στερήσας. τί δὲ δεῖ τῶν ἐκτὸς μνημονεύειν, ὡς τοὺς ἐν εἱρκταῖς ταλαιπωρουμένους μηδένα μεταδόσει τροφῆς φιλανθρωπεύεσθαι ἐκέλευσε, μηδʼ ἐλεεῖν τοὺς έν δεσμοῖς λιμῷ διαφθειρομένους, μηδʼ ἁπλῶς ἀγαθὸν εἶναι μηδένα, μηδʼ ἀγαθόν τι πράττειν τοὺς καὶ πρὸς τῆς φύσεως ἐπὶ τὸ συμπαθὲς τῶν πέλας ἐλκομένους; καὶ ἠν γε νόμων οὑτος ἄντικρυς ἀναιδὴς καὶ παρανομώτατος, πᾶσαν ήμερον ὐπρακοντίξων φύσιν, ἐφʼ ᾦ καὶ τιμωρία προσέκειτο τοὺς ἐλεοῦντας τὰ ἴσα πάσχειν τοῖς ἐλεουμένοις, δεσμοῖς τε καὶ φυλακαῖς καθείργνυσθαι τὴν ἴσην τοῖς καταπονουμένοις ὑπομένοντας τιμωρίαν τοὺς τὰ φιλάνθρωπα διακονουμένους.
Hōs dʼ ouk eichen oudʼ en toutǭ tous hypakouontas, gymnę̄ loipon tę̄ kephalę̄ tous kata polin stratiōtas hēgemonikōn tagmatōn apoballesthai, ei mē tois daimosin hairointo thyein, parekeleueto. egymnounto dēta tōn kata pan ethnos axiōmatōn hai taxeis andrōn theosebōn, egymnouto de kai autos ho toutōn nomothetēs euchōn, hosiōn andrōn eauton sterēsas. ti de dei tōn ektos mnēmoneuein, hōs tous en heirktais talaipōroumenous mēdena metadosei trophēs philanthrōpeuesthai ekeleuse, mēdʼ eleein tous en desmois limǭ diaphtheiromenous, mēdʼ haplōs agathon einai mēdena, mēdʼ agathon ti prattein tous kai pros tēs physeōs epi to sympathes tōn pelas elkomenous? kai ēn ge nomōn houtos antikrys anaidēs kai paranomōtatos, pasan ēmeron yprakontixōn physin, ephʼ ǭ kai timōria prosekeito tous eleountas ta isa paschein tois eleoumenois, desmois te kai phylakais katheirgnysthai tēn isēn tois kataponoumenois hypomenontas timōrian tous ta philanthrōpa diakonoumenous.
When he found no one obeying him in this either, he at last ordered openly that the soldiers in the cities be dismissed from the governors' units unless they chose to sacrifice to the demons. So the ranks of godly men were stripped of their dignities in every province, and the lawgiver himself was stripped of their prayers, depriving himself of holy men. Why should I mention how he dealt with those outside, how he ordered that no one should show kindness by sharing food with those suffering in prison, nor pity those in chains perishing of hunger, nor, in short, that anyone be good, nor that those drawn by nature itself to sympathy with their neighbors should do any good? This law was utterly shameless and most lawless, surpassing every savage nature; and a penalty was added to it, that those who showed pity should suffer the same as those they pitied, and that those who did humane service should be shut up in chains and prisons, undergoing the same punishment as the afflicted.
Life 1, chapter 55
1.55.1Heikel
Τοιαῦται Δικινίου αἱ διατάξεις. τί δὲ χρὴ τὰς περὶ γάμων αὐτοῦ καινοτομίας ἀπαριθμεῖσθαι ἢ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς τὸν βίον μεταλλάττουσιν νεωτερισμούς· διʼ ὡν τοὺς παλαιοὺς Ῥωμαίων εὖ καὶ σοφῶς κειμένους νόμους περιγράφαι τολμήσας βαρβάρους τινὰς καὶ ἀνημέρους ἀντεισῆγεν, καήφεις ἐπινοῶν μυρίας κατὰ τῶν ὑπηκόων; ἔνθεν ἀναμετρήσεις ἐπενόει γῆς, ὡς ἂν πλείονα τῷ μέτρῳ λογίςοτο τὴν ἐλαχίστην, διʼ ἀπληστίαν περιττῶν εἰσπράξεων. ἔνθεν τῶν κατʼ ἀγροὺς μηκέτι ὄντων ἀνθρώπων πρόπαλαι δʼ έν νεκροῖς κειμένων ἀναγραφὰς ἐποιεῖτο, αἰσ·χρὸν αὐτῷ κέρδος ἐκ τούτου ποριζόμενος. οὐ γὰρ εἶχεν αὐτῷ μέτρον ἡ μικρολογία οὐδʼ ἡ ἀπληστία κόρῳ περιωρίζετο. διὸ δὴ πάντας πληρώσας θησαυροὺς χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου χρημάτων τʼ ἀπείρῳ πλήθει στένων ἀπωδύρετο πτωχείαν, Τανταλείῳ πάθει τὴν ψυχὴν τρυχόμενος. οἵας δʼ ἐφεῦρε κατὰ τῶν μηδὲν ἠδικηκότων ὑπερορίους τιμωρίας, οἴας ὑπαρχόντων δημεύσεις, οἴας εὐπαταριδῶν καὶ ἀξιολόγων ἀνδρῶν ἀπαγωγάς, ὡν τὰς κουριδίας γαμετὰς μιαροῖς οἰκέταις ἐφʼ ὕβρει πράξεως αἰσχρᾶς παρεδίδου, ὅσαις δʼ αὐτός, καίπερ ἤδη γἠρᾳ τὸ σῶμα πεπαλαιωμένος, γυναιξὶν ὑπάνδροις παρθένοις τε κόραις ἐπεχείρει, οὐ δὴ ταῦτα χρεὼν μηκύνειν, τῆς τῶν ἐσχάτων αὐτοῦ πράξεων ὑπερβολῆς σμικρὰ τὰ πρῶτα καὶ τὸ μηθὲν ἀποδειξάσης.
Toiautai Dikiniou hai diataxeis. ti de chrē tas peri gamōn autou kainotomias aparithmeisthai ē tous epi tois ton bion metallattousin neōterismous; diʼ hōn tous palaious Rhōmaiōn eu kai sophōs keimenous nomous perigraphai tolmēsas barbarous tinas kai anēmerous anteisēgen, kaēpheis epinoōn myrias kata tōn hypēkoōn? enthen anametrēseis epenoei gēs, hōs an pleiona tǭ metrǭ logisoto tēn elachistēn, diʼ aplēstian perittōn eispraxeōn. enthen tōn katʼ agrous mēketi ontōn anthrōpōn propalai dʼ en nekrois keimenōn anagraphas epoieito, ais;chron autǭ kerdos ek toutou porizomenos. ou gar eichen autǭ metron hē mikrologia oudʼ hē aplēstia korǭ periōrizeto. dio dē pantas plērōsas thēsaurous chrysou kai argyrou chrēmatōn tʼ apeirǭ plēthei stenōn apōdyreto ptōcheian, Tantaleiǭ pathei tēn psychēn trychomenos. hoias dʼ epheure kata tōn mēden ēdikēkotōn hyperorious timōrias, oias hyparchontōn dēmeuseis, oias eupataridōn kai axiologōn andrōn apagōgas, hōn tas kouridias gametas miarois oiketais ephʼ hybrei praxeōs aischras paredidou, hosais dʼ autos, kaiper ēdē gērą to sōma pepalaiōmenos, gynaixin hypandrois parthenois te korais epecheirei, ou dē tauta chreōn mēkynein, tēs tōn eschatōn autou praxeōn hyperbolēs smikra ta prōta kai to mēthen apodeixasēs.
Such were the ordinances of Licinius. Why should one enumerate his innovations concerning marriage, or his novelties regarding those departing this life, by which he dared to set aside the ancient, well and wisely established laws of the Romans and introduced barbarous and savage ones in their place, devising countless pretexts against his subjects? Hence he devised remeasurements of land, so that the smallest plot might be reckoned larger by the measure, out of greed for excessive levies. Hence he entered in the registers country people who no longer existed but had long been lying among the dead, providing himself with shameful gain from this. For his meanness had no measure and his greed knew no satiety. So, having filled all his treasuries with gold and silver and a boundless quantity of goods, he groaned and bewailed his poverty, his soul tormented with the suffering of Tantalus. What banishments he devised against those who had done no wrong, what confiscations of property, what arrests of well-born and distinguished men, whose wedded wives he handed over to vile slaves for shameful outrage; how many married women and virgin girls he himself assailed, though already aged in body — there is no need to dwell on these things, since the excess of his last deeds made the first seem small and nothing.
Life 1, chapter 56
1.56.1Heikel
Τὸ γοῦν τέλος αὐτῷ τῆς μανίας κατὰ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ὼπλίζετο, ἐπί τε τοὺς ἐπισκόπους ἐχώρει, οὓς ἂν μάλιστα ἐναντιουμέ- νους ἑώρα καὶ ἐχθροὺς ἡγεῖτο τοὺς τῷ θεοφιλεῖ καὶ μεγάλῳ βασιλεῖ φίλους. διὸ δὴ μάλιστα καθʼ ἡμῶν τὸν θυμὸν ὠξύνετο, τοῦ σώφρονος παρατραπεὶς λογισμοῦ διαρρήδην τε μανεὶς τὰς φρένας, ουτε τὴν μνήμην τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ Χριστιανοὺς ἐκδιωξάντων ὲν νῷ κατεβάλλετο, οὔθʼ ὡν αὐτὸς ὁλετὴρ καὶ τιμωρὸς διʼ ἃς μετῆλθον ἀσεβείας κατέστη, οὔθʼ ὦν αὐτόπτης γέγονεν, αὐτοῖς παραλαβὼν ὅμμασι τὸν πρωτοστάτην τῶν κακῶν, ὅστις πότε ἡν ἐκεῖνος, θεηλάτῳ μάστιγι πληγέντα.
To goun telos autǭ tēs manias kata tōn ekklēsiōn ōplizeto, epi te tous episkopous echōrei, hous an malista enantioume- nous heōra kai echthrous hēgeito tous tǭ theophilei kai megalǭ basilei philous. dio dē malista kathʼ hēmōn ton thymon ōxyneto, tou sōphronos paratrapeis logismou diarrēdēn te maneis tas phrenas, oute tēn mnēmēn tōn pro autou Christianous ekdiōxantōn en nǭ kateballeto, outhʼ hōn autos holetēr kai timōros diʼ has metēlthon asebeias katestē, outhʼ ōn autoptēs gegonen, autois paralabōn hommasi ton prōtostatēn tōn kakōn, hostis pote hēn ekeinos, theēlatǭ mastigi plēgenta.
At last, in the height of his madness, he armed himself against the churches and went after the bishops, whom he regarded as his chief opponents, and considered as enemies those who were friends of the God-beloved great emperor. Therefore he sharpened his anger especially against us, turned aside from sound reason and plainly out of his mind. He did not take to heart the memory of those before him who had persecuted Christians, nor of those whose destroyer and avenger he himself had been appointed because of the impieties they pursued, nor of what he himself had witnessed, when he saw with his own eyes the ringleader of the evils, whoever he was, struck by a scourge sent from God.
Life 1, chapter 57
1.57.1Heikel
Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τῆς τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν κατήρχετο πολιορκίας οὑτος πρῶτός τε τὴν ἐαυτοῦ ψυχὴν δικαίων καὶ θεοσεβῶν ἐνέφυρεν αἴμασι, θεόπεμπτος αὐτὸν μετήρχετο τιμωρία ἐξ αὐτῆς αὐτοῦ καταρξαμένη σαρκὸς καὶ μέχρι τῆς ψυχῆς προελθοῦσα. ἀθρόα μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ περὶ τὰ μέσα τῶν ἀπορρήτων τοῦ σώματος ἀπόστασις γίνεται, εἶθʼ ἕλκος ἐν βάθει συριγγῶδες, καὶ τούτων ἀνίατος νομὴ κατὰ τῶν ἐνδοτάτω σπλάγχνων, ἀφʼ ὡν ἄλεκτόν τι πλῆθος σκωλήκων βρύειν θανατώδη τε ὀδμὴν ἀποπνεῖν, τοῦ παντὸς ὄγκου τῶν σαρκῶν ἐκ πολυτροφίας εἰς ὑπερβολὴν πλήθους πιμελῆς μεταβεβληκότος, ἢν τότε κατασαπεῖσαν ἀφόρητον καὶ φρικτοτάτην τοῖς πλησιάζουσι παρέχειν τὴν θέαν φασι. καὶ δὴ τοσούτοις παλαίων κακοῖς όψέ ποτε συναίσθησιν τῶν κατὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τετολμημένων αὐτῷ λαμβάνει, βάνει, κἄπειτα τῷ θεῷ ἐξομολογησάμενος τὸν κατὰ τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἀποπαύει διωγμόν, νόμοις τε καὶ διατάγμασι βασιλικοῖς τὰς ἐκκλησίας αὐτῶν οἰκοδομεῖν ἐπισπέρχει, τά τε συνήθη πράττειν αὐτοὺς εὐχὰς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ποιουμένους διακελεύεται.
Epeidē gar tēs tōn ekklēsiōn katērcheto poliorkias houtos prōtos te tēn eautou psychēn dikaiōn kai theosebōn enephyren aimasi, theopemptos auton metērcheto timōria ex autēs autou katarxamenē sarkos kai mechri tēs psychēs proelthousa. athroa men gar autǭ peri ta mesa tōn aporrētōn tou sōmatos apostasis ginetai, eithʼ helkos en bathei syringōdes, kai toutōn aniatos nomē kata tōn endotatō splanchnōn, aphʼ hōn alekton ti plēthos skōlēkōn bryein thanatōdē te odmēn apopnein, tou pantos onkou tōn sarkōn ek polytrophias eis hyperbolēn plēthous pimelēs metabeblēkotos, ēn tote katasapeisan aphorēton kai phriktotatēn tois plēsiazousi parechein tēn thean phasi. kai dē tosoutois palaiōn kakois opse pote synaisthēsin tōn kata tēs ekklēsias tetolmēmenōn autǭ lambanei, banei, kapeita tǭ theǭ exomologēsamenos ton kata tōn Christianōn apopauei diōgmon, nomois te kai diatagmasi basilikois tas ekklēsias autōn oikodomein episperchei, ta te synēthē prattein autous euchas hyper autou poioumenous diakeleuetai.
For since this man had begun the siege of the churches and had been the first to defile his own soul with the blood of righteous and godly men, a punishment sent by God pursued him, beginning from his very flesh and advancing to his soul. Suddenly an abscess formed around the middle of the secret parts of his body, then a deep fistulous ulcer, and an incurable spreading of these through the innermost bowels, from which an unspeakable multitude of worms swarmed and a deadly stench was given off; the whole mass of his flesh had been turned by gluttony into an excessive quantity of fat, which, rotting then, presented, they say, an unbearable and most horrifying sight to those who came near. Wrestling with such evils, he at last came to a realization of what he had dared against the church; and then, confessing to God, he stopped the persecution against the Christians, urged them by laws and imperial decrees to build their churches, and ordered them to perform their customary worship, making prayers for him.
Life 1, chapter 58
1.58.1Heikel
Ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν τοῦ διωγμοῦ κατάρξας τοιαύτην ὑπεῖχε δίκην. τούτων δʼ αὐτόπτης ὁ πρὸς τοῦ λογου δηλούμενος γεγονὼς ταῦτα τ΄ ἀκριβῶς ἀκριβῶς τῇ πείρᾳ, λήθην λήθην ἁπάντων ἐποιεῖτο. οὔτε τὴν κατὰ τοῦ προτέρου ποινὴν ἀνενέγκας τῇ μνήμῃ οὔτε τὴν ἐκ τοῦ δευτέρου τιμωρὸν δίκην.
Allʼ ho men tou diōgmou katarxas toiautēn hypeiche dikēn. toutōn dʼ autoptēs ho pros tou logou dēloumenos gegonōs tauta t΄ akribōs akribōs tę̄ peirą, lēthēn lēthēn hapantōn epoieito. oute tēn kata tou proterou poinēn anenenkas tę̄ mnēmę̄ oute tēn ek tou deuterou timōron dikēn.
Such was the penalty suffered by the one who began the persecution. The man now spoken of in our account, though he had been an eyewitness of these things and knew them precisely by experience, forgot them all, calling to mind neither the punishment of the first nor the avenging justice that came upon the second.
1.58.2Heikel
ὃς δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπερβαλέσθαι τὸν πρωτον ὡς ἐν κακῶν πεφιλοτιμημένος ἀγῶνι, καινοτέρων τιμωριῶν εὑρέσει καθʼ ἡμῶν ἐκαλλωπίξετο. οὐκ ἀπήρκει γὰρ αὐτῷ πῦρ καὶ σίδηρος καὶ προσήλωσις οὐδέ γε θῆρες ἄγριοι καὶ θαλάσσης βυθοί, ἤδη δὲ πρὸς ἅπασι τούτοις ξένην τινὰ κόλασιν αὐτὸς ἐφευρών, τὰ τοῦ φωτὸς αἰσθητήρια λυμαίνεσθαι δεῖν ἐνομοθέτει. ἀθρόα δῆτα πλήθη οὐκ ἀνδρῶν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν, ὁράσεις δεξιῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ποδῶν τ΄ ἀγκύλας σιδήρῳ καὶ καυτῆρσιν ἀχρειού- μενα, ταλαιπωρεῖσθαι μετάλλοις παρεδίδοτο.
hos dē kai autos hyperbalesthai ton prōton hōs en kakōn pephilotimēmenos agōni, kainoterōn timōriōn heuresei kathʼ hēmōn ekallōpixeto. ouk apērkei gar autǭ pyr kai sidēros kai prosēlōsis oude ge thēres agrioi kai thalassēs bythoi, ēdē de pros hapasi toutois xenēn tina kolasin autos epheurōn, ta tou phōtos aisthētēria lymainesthai dein enomothetei. athroa dēta plēthē ouk andrōn monon alla kai paidōn kai gynaikōn, horaseis dexiōn ophthalmōn podōn t΄ ankylas sidērǭ kai kautērsin achreiou- mena, talaipōreisthai metallois paredidoto.
He too, as if striving to outdo the first in a contest of evils, prided himself on inventing newer punishments against us. Fire and sword and nailing were not enough for him, nor wild beasts and the depths of the sea; besides all these he devised a strange punishment of his own and decreed that the organs of sight be destroyed. So whole crowds, not of men only but also of children and women, had the sight of their right eyes and the sinews of their feet disabled with iron and cautery, and were handed over to be worn out in the mines.
1.58.3Heikel
ὡς εἴνεκα καὶ τοῦτον οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοκρισία μετᾐει, ὅτε δαιμόνων ἐλπί- σιν, ὧν δὴ ᾤετο θεῶν, ὁπλιτῶν τε μυριάσιν ἀναρίθμοις ἐπιθαρσήσας πολέμῳ παρετάττετο. τηνικαῦτα γὰρ γυμνωθεὶς τῆς ἐκ θεοῦ ἐλπίδος ὑπεκδύεται τὸν οὐ πρέποντα αὐτῷ βασιλικὸν κόσμον, δειλῶς τε καὶ ἀνάνδρως ὑποδὺς τὸ πλῆθος δρασμῷ τὴν σωτηρίαν ἐπινοεῖ, κἄπειτα κρυπταζόμενος ἀνὰ τοὺς ἀγροὺς καὶ τὰς κώμας ἐν οἰκέτου σχήματι διαλανθάνειν ᾤετο. ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ καὶ τὸν μέγαν καὶ τῆς καθόλου προνοίας διαδέδρακεν ὁφθαλμόν. ὡς γὰρ ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ λοιπὸν κεῖσθαι αὐτῷ τὴν ζωὴν ἤλπισε, βέλει θεοῦ πεπυρωμένῳ πληγὶς πρηνὴς ἔκειτο, θεηλάτῳ πυρὶ τὸ πᾶν δαπανώμενος σῶμα, ὡς τὸ πᾶν εἶδος αὐτῷ τῆς παλαιᾶς μορφῆς ἀφανισθῆναι, ξηρῶν όστέων καὶ κατεσκελετευμένων δίκην εἰδώλων περιλειφθέντων αὐτῷ μόνων. Σφοδροτέρας δὲ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ πληγῆς ἐνταθείσης προπηδῶσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ὄμματα, τῆς τε οἰκείας λήξεως ἐκπεσόντα πηρὸν αὐτὸν ἀφίησιν, ἃ κατὰ τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ μαρτύρων πρῶτος ἐφεῦρε κολαστήρια, ταῦθʼ ὑπομείναντα δικαιοτάτῃ τοῦ θεοῦ ψήφῳ. καὶ δὴ ἔτʼ ἐμπνέων ἐπὶ τοῖς τοσούτοις ὁψέ ποτε καὶ οὗτος τῷ Χριστιανῶν ἀνθωμολογεῖτο θεῷ καὶ τὰς οἰκείας ἐξηγόρευε θεομαχίας, παλινῳδίας τε συνέταττεν ὁμοίως τῷ προτέρῳ καὶ αὐτός, νόμοις καὶ διατάγμασιν ἐγγράφως τὴν οὐκείαν περὶ οὓς ᾤετο θεοὺς πλάνην ὁμολογῶν, μόνον τε τὸν Χριστιανῶν αὐτῇ πείρᾳ θεὸν ἐγνωκέναι μαρτυρόμενος. ταῦτʼ ἔργοις μαθὼν ὁ Δικίνιος ἀλλʼ οὐ παρʼ ἐτέροις ἀκοῇ πυθόμενος τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπεφύετο, ὥσπερ τινὶ σκοτομήνῃ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐγακλυπτόμενος.
hōs eineka kai touton ouk eis makran hē tou theou dikaiokrisia metę̄ei, hote daimonōn elpi- sin, hōn dē ǭeto theōn, hoplitōn te myriasin anarithmois epitharsēsas polemǭ paretatteto. tēnikauta gar gymnōtheis tēs ek theou elpidos hypekdyetai ton ou preponta autǭ basilikon kosmon, deilōs te kai anandrōs hypodys to plēthos drasmǭ tēn sōtērian epinoei, kapeita kryptazomenos ana tous agrous kai tas kōmas en oiketou schēmati dialanthanein ǭeto. allʼ ouchi kai ton megan kai tēs katholou pronoias diadedraken hophthalmon. hōs gar en asphalei loipon keisthai autǭ tēn zōēn ēlpise, belei theou pepyrōmenǭ plēgis prēnēs ekeito, theēlatǭ pyri to pan dapanōmenos sōma, hōs to pan eidos autǭ tēs palaias morphēs aphanisthēnai, xērōn osteōn kai kateskeleteumenōn dikēn eidōlōn perileiphthentōn autǭ monōn. Sphodroteras de tēs tou theou plēgēs entatheisēs propēdōsin autǭ ta ommata, tēs te oikeias lēxeōs ekpesonta pēron auton aphiēsin, ha kata tōn tou theou martyrōn prōtos epheure kolastēria, tauthʼ hypomeinanta dikaiotatę̄ tou theou psēphǭ. kai dē etʼ empneōn epi tois tosoutois hopse pote kai houtos tǭ Christianōn anthōmologeito theǭ kai tas oikeias exēgoreue theomachias, palinǭdias te synetatten homoiōs tǭ proterǭ kai autos, nomois kai diatagmasin engraphōs tēn oukeian peri hous ǭeto theous planēn homologōn, monon te ton Christianōn autę̄ peirą theon egnōkenai martyromenos. tautʼ ergois mathōn ho Dikinios allʼ ou parʼ eterois akoę̄ pythomenos tois autois epephyeto, hōsper tini skotomēnę̄ tēn dianoian egaklyptomenos.
For this reason God's righteous judgment overtook him too before long, when, trusting in the hopes of demons, whom he took for gods, and in countless myriads of soldiers, he drew up for war. Then, stripped of any hope from God, he slipped off the imperial dress that did not befit him, cowardly and unmanly crept into the crowd, and thought of saving himself by flight; then, hiding in the fields and villages in the dress of a servant, he thought he could escape notice. But he did not escape the great eye of universal providence. For just when he hoped that his life was now safe, he was struck by God's fiery dart and lay prostrate, his whole body consumed by fire sent from God, so that every trace of his former appearance vanished, and only dry bones, reduced to a skeleton, were left to him, like phantoms. [59] As God's blow pressed on more violently, his eyes started out and, falling from their sockets, left him blind; so by God's most just verdict he suffered the very punishments he had first devised against the martyrs of God. And while he still breathed, after all this, he too at last made confession to the God of the Christians and openly declared his own fighting against God. He too, like the former, composed recantations, confessing in writing, by laws and decrees, his error concerning those he took for gods, and testifying that he had come to know by experience that the God of the Christians alone [is God]. Licinius, who had learned these things by events and not by hearsay from others, nevertheless clung to the same courses, as if his mind were veiled in moonless darkness.
Life 2, chapter 1
2.1.1Heikel
Ὡδε μὲν οὖν ὁ δηλωθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν θεομάχων βυθὸν κατεκρημνίζετο, καὶ ὡν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπεῖδεν τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς δυσσεβείας ὀλέθρους, τούτων τὸν ζῆλον ἐπὶ κακῷ τῷ αὐτοῦ μετιών, τὸν κατὰ Χριστιανῶν διωγμὸν ὥσπερ τινὰ πάλαι κατεσβεσμένην πυρὸς ἀκμὴν ἀνερρίπιζε, δεινοτέραν ἢ οἱ πρόσθεν τὴν τῆς δυσσεβείας ἐξάπτων φλόγα. καὶ δὴ οἷά τις θὴρ δεινὸς ἢ σκολιὸς ὄφις περὶ ἑαυτὸν ἰλυσπώμενος, θυμοῦ τε καὶ ἀπειλῆς θεομάχου πνέων, οὔπω μὲν ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς διὰ τὸν Κωνσταντίνου φόβον ταῖς ὑπʼ αὐτὸν ἐκκλη- σίαις τοῦ θεοῦ πολεμεῖν ἐτόλμα, κρύπτων δὲ τῆς κακίας τὸν ἰὸν λαθραίας καὶ μερικὰς ἐποιεῖτο τὰς κατὰ τῶν ἐπισκόπων συσκευάς, ἀνῄρει τε διʼ ἐπιβουλῆς τῶν κατʼ ἔθνος ἀρχόντων τοὺς τούτων δοκιμωτάτους. καὶ ὁ τρόπος δὲ τοῦ κατʼ αὐτῶν φόνου ξενίζων τις ἠν, οἶος οὐδὲ πώποτε ἀκοῇ γνωσθῆναι. τὰ γοῦν ἀμφὶ τὴν Ἀμάσειαν τοῦ Πόντου κατεργασθέντα πᾶσαν ὑπερβολὴν ὠμότητος ὑπερηκοντιζεν.
Hōde men oun ho dēlōtheis epi ton tōn theomachōn bython katekrēmnizeto, kai hōn ophthalmois epeiden tous epi tēs dyssebeias olethrous, toutōn ton zēlon epi kakǭ tǭ autou metiōn, ton kata Christianōn diōgmon hōsper tina palai katesbesmenēn pyros akmēn anerripize, deinoteran ē hoi prosthen tēn tēs dyssebeias exaptōn phloga. kai dē hoia tis thēr deinos ē skolios ophis peri heauton ilyspōmenos, thymou te kai apeilēs theomachou pneōn, oupō men ek tou prophanous dia ton Kōnstantinou phobon tais hypʼ auton ekklē- siais tou theou polemein etolma, kryptōn de tēs kakias ton ion lathraias kai merikas epoieito tas kata tōn episkopōn syskeuas, anę̄rei te diʼ epiboulēs tōn katʼ ethnos archontōn tous toutōn dokimōtatous. kai ho tropos de tou katʼ autōn phonou xenizōn tis ēn, oios oude pōpote akoę̄ gnōsthēnai. ta goun amphi tēn Amaseian tou Pontou katergasthenta pasan hyperbolēn ōmotētos hyperēkontizen.
Thus the man described was plunging himself into the pit of the God-fighters. Emulating, to his own harm, those whose destruction for impiety he had seen with his own eyes, he fanned up again the persecution against the Christians like a blaze of fire long since extinguished, kindling the flame of impiety more fiercely than those before him. And like some terrible beast or crooked serpent writhing about itself, breathing anger and God-fighting threats, he did not yet dare, for fear of Constantine, to make open war on the churches of God under him; but hiding the venom of his wickedness, he made secret and piecemeal plots against the bishops, and did away with the most esteemed of them through the treachery of the provincial governors. The manner of their murder was strange, such as had never before been heard of. What was done at Amaseia in Pontus surpassed every excess of cruelty.
Life 2, chapter 2
2.2.1Heikel
Ἔνθα τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν αἱ μὲν ἐξ ὕψους εἰς ἔδαφος τοῦτο δεύτερον μετὰ τὰς πρώτας καθῃροῦντο πολιορκίας, τὰς δʼ ἀπέκλειον οἱ κατὰ τόπους ἡγεμόνες, ὡς ἂν μὴ συνάγοιτό τις τῶν εἰωθότων μηδὲ τῷ θεῷ τὰς ἐνθέσμους ἀποδιδοίη λατρείας. συντελεῖσθαι γὰρ οὐχ ἡγεῖτο ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ταύτας ὁ τὰ τοιάδε προστάττων, συνειδότι φαύλῳ τοῦτο λογιζόμενος, ὑπὲρ δὲ Κωνσταντίνου πάντα πράττειν ἡμᾶς καὶ τὸν θεὸν ἱλεοῦσθαι πέπειστο.
Entha tōn ekklēsiōn hai men ex hypsous eis edaphos touto deuteron meta tas prōtas kathę̄rounto poliorkias, tas dʼ apekleion hoi kata topous hēgemones, hōs an mē synagoito tis tōn eiōthotōn mēde tǭ theǭ tas enthesmous apodidoiē latreias. synteleisthai gar ouch hēgeito hyper autou tautas ho ta toiade prostattōn, syneidoti phaulǭ touto logizomenos, hyper de Kōnstantinou panta prattein hēmas kai ton theon hileousthai pepeisto.
There some of the churches were pulled down from top to bottom, for the second time since the first sieges, while others were shut up by the local governors, so that none of the regular worshipers might assemble or render to God the lawful services. For the man who gave these orders did not think the services were performed for him, reckoning so from a bad conscience, but was convinced that we did everything, and propitiated God, on Constantine's behalf.
2.2.2Heikel
οἱ δʼ αὐτοὶ θῶπες ὄντες τινὲς καὶ κόλακες, τὰ φίλα πράττειν τῷ δυσαγεῖ πεπεισμένοι, τοὺς δοκιμωτάτους τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν προέδρους κεφαλικαῖς ὑπέβαλλον τιμωρίαις, ἀπήγοντό τε καὶ ἐχολάςοντο ἀπροφασίστως τοῖς μιαιφόνοις ὁμοίως οἱ κατὰ μηδὲν ἠδικηκότες. ἤδη δέ τινες καινοτέραν ὑπέμενον τοῦ βίου τελευτήν, ξίφει τὸ σῶμα εἰς πολλὰ κατακρεουργούμενοι τμήματα καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀπηνῆ ταύτην καὶ πάσης τραγικῆς ἀκοῆς φρικτοτἐραν κόλασιν θαλαττίοις βυθοῖς ἰχθύσιν εἰς βορὰν ῥιπτούμενοι.
hoi dʼ autoi thōpes ontes tines kai kolakes, ta phila prattein tǭ dysagei pepeismenoi, tous dokimōtatous tōn ekklēsiōn proedrous kephalikais hypeballon timōriais, apēgonto te kai echolasonto aprophasistōs tois miaiphonois homoiōs hoi kata mēden ēdikēkotes. ēdē de tines kainoteran hypemenon tou biou teleutēn, xiphei to sōma eis polla katakreourgoumenoi tmēmata kai meta tēn apēnē tautēn kai pasēs tragikēs akoēs phriktoteran kolasin thalattiois bythois ichthysin eis boran rhiptoumenoi.
Certain fawners and flatterers, convinced that they were doing what pleased the accursed man, subjected the most esteemed presidents of the churches to capital punishment; men who had done no wrong were led away and punished without any pretext, like murderers. Some even suffered a new kind of death: their bodies were hacked with the sword into many pieces, and after this cruel punishment, more horrifying than any tragic tale, they were thrown into the depths of the sea as food for fish.
2.2.3Heikel
φυγαὶ δὴ αὐθις ἐπὶ τούτοις ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ σμικρῷ πρότερον τῶν θεοσεβῶν ἐγίνοντο ἀνδρῶν, καὶ πάλιν ἀγροὶ καὶ πάλιν ἐρημίαι τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ θεραπευτὰς ὑπεδέχοντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα τοῦτον προὐχώρει τῷ τυράννῳ τὸν τρόπον, λοιπὸν τὸν κατὰ πάντων ἀνακινεῖν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ διάνοιαν ἐβάλλετο, ἐκράτει τε γνώμης καὶ οὐδὲν ἐμποδὼν ἦν αὐτῷ μὴ οὐχὶ διʼ ἔργων ἤδη χωρεῖν, εἰ δὴ μὴ φθάσας τὸ μέλλον ὁ τῶν οἰκείων ὑπέρμαχος ὡς ἐν σκότῳ καὶ νυκτὶ ζοφωδεστάτῃ φωστῆρα μέγαν ἐξέλαμψε, τὸν αὐτοῦ θεράποντα Κωνσταντῖνον ἐπὶ τὰ τῇδε χειραγωγήσας.
phygai dē authis epi toutois hōsper oun kai smikrǭ proteron tōn theosebōn eginonto andrōn, kai palin agroi kai palin erēmiai tous tou theou therapeutas hypedechonto. epei de kai tauta touton prouchōrei tǭ tyrannǭ ton tropon, loipon ton kata pantōn anakinein diōgmon epi dianoian eballeto, ekratei te gnōmēs kai ouden empodōn ēn autǭ mē ouchi diʼ ergōn ēdē chōrein, ei dē mē phthasas to mellon ho tōn oikeiōn hypermachos hōs en skotǭ kai nykti zophōdestatę̄ phōstēra megan exelampse, ton autou theraponta Kōnstantinon epi ta tę̄de cheiragōgēsas.
So once more, as a little before, godly men took to flight, and again the fields and again the deserts received the servants of God. And when these things had gone forward as the tyrant wished, he then set his mind on stirring up the persecution against all, and was fixed in his purpose; nothing would have prevented him from proceeding to action, had not the champion of his own people anticipated what was coming and made a great luminary shine out, as in darkness and the gloomiest night, leading his servant Constantine by the hand to those regions.
Life 2, chapter 3
2.3.1Heikel
Ὃς οὐκέτ ἀνεκτὴν εἶναι συνιδὼν τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων ἀκοήν, τὸν σώφρονα συνάγει λογισμόν, καὶ τὸ στερρὸν τοῦ τρόπου τῇ συμφύῳ φιλανθρωπίᾳ κερασάμενος ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμυναν τῶν καταπονουμένων ὲ́σπευδεν, κρίνας δεῖν εἶναι εὐσεβὲς καὶ ὅσιον ἐκποδὼν ἕνα ποιησάμενον τὸ πλεῖστον τῶν ἀνθρώπων διασώσασθαι γένος· πολλῇ γὰρ αὐτῷ χρωμένῳ φιλανθρωπίᾳ καὶ τὸν οὐ συμπαθείας ἄξιον ἐλεοῦντι, τῷ μὲν μηθὲν γίγνεσθαι πλέον, τῆς τῶν κακῶν ἐπιτηδεύσεως μηδαμῶς ἀπαλλαττομένῳ ἐπαύξοντι ἐπαύξοντι δὲ μᾶλλον τὴν κατὰ τῶν ὑποχειρἱων λύτταν, τοῖς δὲ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κεκακωμένοις μηδεμίαν σωτηρίας ἐλπίδα λείπεσθαι. ταῦτʼ ἐννοήσας βασιλεὺς ἀνυπερθέτως δεξιὰν ορέγειν σωτήριον τοῖς εἰς ἔσχατα κακῶν ἐληλακόσιν ὡρμᾶτο. τῆς μὲν οὐν στρατιωτικῆς ἐξοπλίσεως τὴν συνήθη παρασκευὴν ἐποιεῖτο, ἤθροιστό τε αὐτῷ πᾶσα φάλαγξ πεζοῦ τε καὶ ἱππικοῦ τάγματος, ἡγεῖτο δʼ ἐπὶ πάντων τὰ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀγαθῆς ἐλπίδος διὰ τοῦ προλεχθέντος σημείου σύμβολα.
Hos ouket anektēn einai synidōn tēn tōn eirēmenōn akoēn, ton sōphrona synagei logismon, kai to sterron tou tropou tę̄ symphyǭ philanthrōpią kerasamenos epi tēn amynan tōn kataponoumenōn espeuden, krinas dein einai eusebes kai hosion ekpodōn hena poiēsamenon to pleiston tōn anthrōpōn diasōsasthai genos; pollę̄ gar autǭ chrōmenǭ philanthrōpią kai ton ou sympatheias axion eleounti, tǭ men mēthen gignesthai pleon, tēs tōn kakōn epitēdeuseōs mēdamōs apallattomenǭ epauxonti epauxonti de mallon tēn kata tōn hypocheiriōn lyttan, tois de hypʼ autou kekakōmenois mēdemian sōtērias elpida leipesthai. tautʼ ennoēsas basileus anyperthetōs dexian oregein sōtērion tois eis eschata kakōn elēlakosin hōrmato. tēs men oun stratiōtikēs exopliseōs tēn synēthē paraskeuēn epoieito, ēthroisto te autǭ pasa phalanx pezou te kai hippikou tagmatos, hēgeito dʼ epi pantōn ta tēs epi ton theon agathēs elpidos dia tou prolechthentos sēmeiou symbola.
Constantine, seeing that what he heard was no longer bearable, collected his sober judgment, and, tempering the firmness of his character with his innate humanity, hastened to the defense of the oppressed. He judged it pious and holy to remove one man and so save the greater part of the human race. For while he had shown great humanity and pitied one unworthy of sympathy, nothing was gained with that man, who in no way gave up the practice of evil but rather increased his fury against his subjects, while no hope of safety was left to those he ill-treated. With this in mind the emperor set out without delay to stretch out a saving right hand to those driven to the extremity of evils. He made the usual preparations of military armament; the whole phalanx of infantry and cavalry was assembled, and before them all went the symbols of good hope in God, in the form of the sign already described.
Life 2, chapter 4
2.4.1Heikel
Εὐχῶν δʼ εἰ καί ποτε νῦν αὐτῶ δεῖσθαι καλῶς ἐπιστάμενος τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ ἱεράρχας ἐπήγετο, συνεῖναι τʼ αὐτῷ καὶ παρεῖναι ὥσπερ τινὰς ψυχῆς ἀγαθοὺς φύλακας τούτους δεῖν ἡγούμενος. ἔνθεν εἰκότως ἡ τὴν τυραννίδα προβεβλημένος, πυθόμενος Κωνσταντίνῳ τὰς τὰς ἐχθρῶν νίκας μηδʼ ἄλλως ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ συμπράττοντος πορίζεσθαι, συνεῖναί τʼ αὐτῷ καὶ παρεῖναι διὰ παντὸς τοὺς εἐρημένους, καὶ τό γε τοῦ σωτηρίου πάθους σύμβολον αὐτοῦ τε καὶ τοῦ παντὸς καθηγήσασθαι στρατοῦ, ταῦτα μὲν γέλωτος ἄξια ὑπελάμβανεν εἶναι, χλευάζων ἄμα καὶ βλασφήμοις αὐτὰ διασύρων λόγοις, αὐτός τε θεοπρόπους καὶ μάντεις Αἰγυπτίων φαρμακεῖς καὶ γόητας θύτας τε καὶ προφήτας ὦν ἡγεῖτο θεῶν περὶ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίει, κἄπειτα θυσίαις οὓς δὴ ᾤετο θεοὺς μειλισσόμενος, διηρώτα ὅπη αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς ἐκβάσεως τοῦ πολέμου χωρήσειεν. οἱ δʼ ἀμελλήτως ἑδρῶν νικητὴν ἔσεσθαι καὶ πολέμου κρατήσειν συμφώνως αὐτῷ μαντείαις μακραῖς ἐπῶν τε καλλιεπείαις τῶν ἁπανταχοῦ χρηστηρίων προίσχοντο, οἰωνοπόλοι δὲ διὰ τῆς τῶν ὀρνίθων πτήσεως σημαίνεσθαι αὐτῷ καὶ αἴσια προὔλεγον, καὶ θυται τὰ ὅμοια τὴν τῶν σπλάγχνων αἰνίττεσθαι κίνησιν ἐδήλουν. ἐπαρθεὶς δῆτα ταῖς τούτων ἀπατηλαῖς ἐπαγγελίαις σὺν πολλῷ θράσει προῄει ταῖς βασιλέως παρεμβολαῖς, ὡς οἷός τε ἠν, παρατάττεσθαι.
Euchōn dʼ ei kai pote nyn autō deisthai kalōs epistamenos tous tou theou hierarchas epēgeto, syneinai tʼ autǭ kai pareinai hōsper tinas psychēs agathous phylakas toutous dein hēgoumenos. enthen eikotōs hē tēn tyrannida probeblēmenos, pythomenos Kōnstantinǭ tas tas echthrōn nikas mēdʼ allōs ē tou theou symprattontos porizesthai, syneinai tʼ autǭ kai pareinai dia pantos tous eerēmenous, kai to ge tou sōtēriou pathous symbolon autou te kai tou pantos kathēgēsasthai stratou, tauta men gelōtos axia hypelambanen einai, chleuazōn ama kai blasphēmois auta diasyrōn logois, autos te theopropous kai manteis Aigyptiōn pharmakeis kai goētas thytas te kai prophētas ōn hēgeito theōn peri heauton epoiei, kapeita thysiais hous dē ǭeto theous meilissomenos, diērōta hopē autǭ ta tēs ekbaseōs tou polemou chōrēseien. hoi dʼ amellētōs hedrōn nikētēn esesthai kai polemou kratēsein symphōnōs autǭ manteiais makrais epōn te kalliepeiais tōn hapantachou chrēstēriōn proischonto, oiōnopoloi de dia tēs tōn ornithōn ptēseōs sēmainesthai autǭ kai aisia proulegon, kai thytai ta homoia tēn tōn splanchnōn ainittesthai kinēsin edēloun. epartheis dēta tais toutōn apatēlais epangeliais syn pollǭ thrasei proę̄ei tais basileōs parembolais, hōs hoios te ēn, paratattesthai.
Knowing well that now, if ever, he needed prayers, he took the priests of God with him, thinking it necessary that they should be with him and beside him as good guardians of the soul. Hence, naturally, the man who had set himself up as tyrant, learning that Constantine won his victories over his enemies only with God's help, that the men mentioned were always with him and at his side, and that the symbol of the saving passion led both him and his whole army, regarded these things as laughable, mocking them and tearing them to pieces with blasphemous words. He himself gathered around him diviners and seers, Egyptian sorcerers and magicians, sacrificers and prophets of those he took for gods; and then, propitiating with sacrifices those he thought gods, he asked how the outcome of the war would go for him. Without hesitation they held out to him, all in agreement, long oracles and elegant verses from oracles everywhere, saying that he would be victor and prevail in the war; augurs foretold that favorable things were signified to him by the flight of birds, and sacrificers declared that the movement of the entrails hinted the same. Elated by their deceitful promises, he advanced with great boldness to array himself, as best he could, against the emperor's camp.
Life 2, chapter 5
2.5.1Heikel
Μέλλων δέ γε τοῦ πολέμου κατάρχειν, τῶν ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ὑπα- σπιστῶν τῶν τε τετιμημένων φίλων τοὺς ἐrκρίτους εἴς τινα τῶν αὐτοῖς νενομισμένων ἱερῶν συνεκάλει τόπων. ἄλσος δʼ ἦν ἐπίρρυτον καὶ ἀμφιλαφές, παντοῖα δὲ ἐν τούτῳ γλυφαῖς λίθων ἀγάλματα ὡς ἡγεῖτο θεῶν ἵδρυτο. οἶς κηροὺς ἐξάψας καὶ τὰ συνήθη θυσάμενος, τοιόνδε λόγον ἀποδοῦναι λέγεται·
Mellōn de ge tou polemou katarchein, tōn amphʼ auton hypa- spistōn tōn te tetimēmenōn philōn tous erkritous eis tina tōn autois nenomismenōn hierōn synekalei topōn. alsos dʼ ēn epirryton kai amphilaphes, pantoia de en toutǭ glyphais lithōn agalmata hōs hēgeito theōn hidryto. ois kērous exapsas kai ta synēthē thysamenos, toionde logon apodounai legetai;
When he was about to begin the war, he summoned the picked men of his shield-bearers and his honored friends to one of the places they regarded as sacred. It was a well-watered and shady grove, and in it stood all kinds of statues, carved in stone, of those he regarded as gods. Having lit candles to them and performed the customary sacrifices, he is said to have delivered a speech like this:
2.5.2Heikel
„Ἄνδρες φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι, πάτριοι μὲν οἴδε θεοί, οὓς ἐκ προγόνων τῶν ἀνέκαθεν παρειληφότες σέβειν τιμῶμεν, ὁ δὲ τῆς ἐναντίας ἡμῖν ἐξάρχων παρατάξεως τὰ πάτρια παρασπονδήσας τὴν ἄθεον εἵλετο δόξαν, οἶδʼ ὁπόθεν ξένον τινὰ πεπλανημένως περιέπων θεόν, αἰσχρῷ τε τούτου σημείῳ τὸν οἰκεῖον καταισχύνει στρατόν· ᾧ πεποιθὼς ὁρμᾶται οὐ πρὸς ἡμᾶς πολὺ πρότερον δὲ πρὸς αὐτοῦς οὕς παρέβη θεοὺς ἀράμενος τὰ ὅπλα.
„Andres philoi kai symmachoi, patrioi men oide theoi, hous ek progonōn tōn anekathen pareilēphotes sebein timōmen, ho de tēs enantias hēmin exarchōn parataxeōs ta patria paraspondēsas tēn atheon heileto doxan, oidʼ hopothen xenon tina peplanēmenōs periepōn theon, aischrǭ te toutou sēmeiǭ ton oikeion kataischynei straton; hǭ pepoithōs hormatai ou pros hēmas poly proteron de pros autous hous parebē theous aramenos ta hopla.
“Friends and allies, these are our ancestral gods, whom we honor with worship, having received them from our forefathers of old. But the man who leads the army opposed to us has broken faith with the ways of our fathers and chosen the godless opinion, in his error cherishing some foreign god from who knows where, and he disgraces his own army with that god's shameful sign. Trusting in him he sets out, taking up arms not so much against us as, long before, against the very gods he has transgressed.
2.5.3Heikel
ὁ δὴ οὖν παρὼν ἐλέγξει καιρὸς τὸν τῇ δόξῃ πεπλανημένον, θεοῖς τοῖς παρʼ ἡμῖν καὶ τοῖς παρὰ θατέρῳ μέρει τιμωμένοις βραβεύων. ἤ γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἀποδείξας νικητὰς δικαιότατα τοὺς ἡμετέρους θεοὺς σωτῆρας ἀληθεῖς καὶ βοηθοὺς ἐπιδείξει, ἤ εἰ κρατήσειεν τῶν ἡμετέρων, πλείστων γε ὄντων καὶ τέως τῷ πλήθει πλεονεκτούντων, εἷς τις οὗτος οὐκ οἶκ οἶδʼ ὁποῖος οὐδʼ ὁπόθεν ὡρμημένος ὁ Κωνσταντίνου θεός, μηδεὶς λοιπὸν ἐν ἀμφιβόλῳ τιθέσθω τίνα δέοι θεὸν σέβειν, προσχωρεῖν δέον τῷ κρατοῦντι καὶ τούτῳ τῆς νίκης ἀνατιθέναι τὰ βραβεῖα.
ho dē oun parōn elenxei kairos ton tę̄ doxę̄ peplanēmenon, theois tois parʼ hēmin kai tois para thaterǭ merei timōmenois brabeuōn. ē gar hēmas apodeixas nikētas dikaiotata tous hēmeterous theous sōtēras alētheis kai boēthous epideixei, ē ei kratēseien tōn hēmeterōn, pleistōn ge ontōn kai teōs tǭ plēthei pleonektountōn, heis tis houtos ouk oik oidʼ hopoios oudʼ hopothen hōrmēmenos ho Kōnstantinou theos, mēdeis loipon en amphibolǭ tithesthō tina deoi theon sebein, proschōrein deon tǭ kratounti kai toutǭ tēs nikēs anatithenai ta brabeia.
The present occasion, then, will expose which of us is mistaken in his opinion, acting as umpire between the gods honored by us and those honored by the other side. For either it will show us victors and so most justly prove our gods to be true saviors and helpers; or, if this one god of Constantine, of what sort and from where I do not know, prevails over ours, who are very many and so far have the advantage in numbers, then let no one hereafter be in doubt which god one ought to worship, but let him go over to the victor and ascribe to him the prizes of victory.
2.5.4Heikel
καὶ εἰ μὲν ὁ ξένος καὶ νῦν γελώμενος ἡμῖν κρείττων φανείη, μηδὲν ἐμποδὼν γινέσθω τοῦ καὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτὸν γνωρίζειν τε καὶ τιμᾶν, μακρὰ χαίρειν τούτοις εἰπόντας οἷς μάτην τοὺς κηροὺς ἐξάπτομεν, εἰ δʼοἱ ἡμέτεροι κρατήσειαν, ὅ δὴ οὐκ ἀμφιβάλλεται, μετὰ τὴν ἐνταυθοῖ νίκην ἐπὶ τὸν κατὰ τῶν ἀθέων πόλεμον ὁρμῶμεν“.
kai ei men ho xenos kai nyn gelōmenos hēmin kreittōn phaneiē, mēden empodōn ginesthō tou kai hēmas auton gnōrizein te kai timan, makra chairein toutois eipontas hois matēn tous kērous exaptomen, ei dʼhoi hēmeteroi kratēseian, ho dē ouk amphiballetai, meta tēn entauthoi nikēn epi ton kata tōn atheōn polemon hormōmen“.
And if the foreign god, now laughed at by us, should prove stronger, let nothing prevent us too from acknowledging and honoring him, bidding a long farewell to those for whom we light our candles in vain. But if ours prevail, which is not in doubt, then after the victory here let us set out on the war against the godless.”
2.5.5Heikel
ὁ μὲν δὴ τοῖς πραφὴν οἱ τῶν λόγων αὐτήκοοι τῆς τούτων σμικρὸν ὕστερον μετεδίδοσαν γνώσεως. καὶ δὴ τοιούτους διεξελθὼν λόγους ἡγεῖσθαι τῆς συμβολῆς τὰ στρατιωτικὰ παρήγελλεν.
ho men dē tois praphēn hoi tōn logōn autēkooi tēs toutōn smikron hysteron metedidosan gnōseōs. kai dē toioutous diexelthōn logous hēgeisthai tēs symbolēs ta stratiōtika parēgellen.
So he spoke to those present; and those who heard the words themselves passed on the knowledge of them a little later to the one writing this. Having gone through such words, he ordered the troops to begin the engagement.
Life 2, chapter 6
2.6.1Heikel
Τούτων δὲ πραττομένων φάσμα τι λόγου κρεῖττον ἀμφὶ τὰς ὑπηκόους τῷ τυράννῳ πόλεις ὦφθαί φασιν· ὀπλιτῶν γὰρ τῶν ὑπὸ Κωνσταντῖνον ἐδόκουν ὁρᾶν διάφορα τάγματα ἐν αὐταῖς μέσαις ἡμέραις διερχόμενα τὰς πόλεις ὡσανεὶ κεκρατηκότα τῆς μάχης· καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐβλέπετο μηδενός πω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μηδαμῆ φαινομένου, θειοτέρᾳ δὲ καὶ κρείττονι δυνάμει τῆς φανείσης ὄψεως τὸ μέλλον ἔσεσθαι προφαινούσης. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ στρατιωτικὰ συμβολῆς ἥπτετο, προκατῆρχε τοῦ πολέμου ὁ τὰς φιλικὰς διαρρήξας συνθήκας. ἐνταῦθα δὴ Κων- σταντῖνος θεὸν σωτῆρα τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων ἐπικαλεσάμενος, σύνθημά τε τοῦτο δοὺς τοῖς ἀμφ αὐτὸν ὁπλίταις, πρώτης ἐκράτει παρατάξεως, εἶτʼ οὐκ εἰς μακρὸν δευτέρας συμβολῆς κρείττων ἦν καὶ κρειττόνων ἤδη νικητηρίων ἐτύγχανεν, τοῦ σωτηρίου τροπαίου προπομπεύοντος τῆς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν φάλαγγος. Ἔνθα δὴ οὖν ἀνεφάνη τοῦτο, φυγὴ μὲν τῶν ἐναντίων ἐγίνετο δίωξις δὲ τῶν κρατούντων. ὃ δὴ συνιδὼν βασιλεύς, τοῦ οἰκείου στρατοῦ εἴ που τι τάγμα κεκμη- κὸς ἑώρα, οἷόν τι νικητικὸν ἀλεξιφάρμακον ἐνταυθοῖ τὸ σωτήριον τρόπαιον παρεῖναι διεκελεύετο, ᾠ παραυτίκα συνανέβαινεν ἡ νίκη, ἀλκῆς καὶ ῥώμης σὺν θείᾳ τινὶ μοίρᾳ δυναμούσης τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους
Toutōn de prattomenōn phasma ti logou kreitton amphi tas hypēkoous tǭ tyrannǭ poleis ōphthai phasin; oplitōn gar tōn hypo Kōnstantinon edokoun horan diaphora tagmata en autais mesais hēmerais dierchomena tas poleis hōsanei kekratēkota tēs machēs; kai tautʼ eblepeto mēdenos pō tę̄ alētheią mēdamē phainomenou, theioterą de kai kreittoni dynamei tēs phaneisēs opseōs to mellon esesthai prophainousēs. epei de ta stratiōtika symbolēs hēpteto, prokatērche tou polemou ho tas philikas diarrēxas synthēkas. entautha dē Kōn- stantinos theon sōtēra ton epi pantōn epikalesamenos, synthēma te touto dous tois amph auton hoplitais, prōtēs ekratei parataxeōs, eitʼ ouk eis makron deuteras symbolēs kreittōn ēn kai kreittonōn ēdē nikētēriōn etynchanen, tou sōtēriou tropaiou propompeuontos tēs amphʼ auton phalangos. Entha dē oun anephanē touto, phygē men tōn enantiōn egineto diōxis de tōn kratountōn. ho dē synidōn basileus, tou oikeiou stratou ei pou ti tagma kekmē- kos heōra, hoion ti nikētikon alexipharmakon entauthoi to sōtērion tropaion pareinai diekeleueto, ǭ parautika synanebainen hē nikē, alkēs kai rhōmēs syn theią tini moirą dynamousēs tous agōnizomenous
While this was going on, they say that an apparition beyond words was seen in the cities subject to the tyrant. People seemed to see various units of Constantine's troops passing through the cities at midday as though they had won the battle; and this was seen when none of them was actually present anywhere, a diviner and higher power showing beforehand, through the vision, what was going to happen. When the armies came to grips, the man who had broken the treaties of friendship began the war. Then Constantine, calling upon God the Savior over all and giving this as the watchword to his soldiers, won the first battle, and not long afterwards prevailed in a second engagement and gained still greater victories, the saving trophy going before the phalanx around him. [7] Wherever it appeared, the enemy fled and the victors pursued. When the emperor noticed this, wherever he saw any unit of his own army exhausted, he ordered the saving trophy to be brought there as a victorious remedy; and with it victory at once came up, courage and strength, with a certain divine dispensation, invigorating the combatants.
Life 2, chapter 8
2.8.1Heikel
Διὸ δὴ τῶν ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ὑπασπιστῶν τοὺς καὶ σώματος ἰσχύι καὶ ἀρετῇ ἀρετῇ καὶ θεοσεβείας τρόποις ἐγκρίτους μόνῃ τῇ τοῦ σημείου διακονίᾳ προσκαρτερεῖν ἐκέλευσεν· ἦσαν δʼ ἄνδρες τὸν ἀριθμὸν οὐχ ἥττους πεντήκοντα, οἶς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἦν μέλον ἢ κυκλοῦν καὶ περιέπειν δορυφορίᾳ τὸ σημεῖον, ἀμοιβαίως ἑκάστου φέροντος αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων. ταῦτα βασιλεὺς αὐτὸς τοῖς τὴν γραφὴν ποιουμένοις ἡμῖν ἐπὶ καιροῦ σχολῆς μακρῷ τῶν πραγμάτων ὕστερον ὑφηγεῖτο, προσθεὶς θαῦμα μνημονευθῆναι ἄξιον τῷ διηγήματι.
Dio dē tōn amphʼ auton hypaspistōn tous kai sōmatos ischui kai aretę̄ aretę̄ kai theosebeias tropois enkritous monę̄ tę̄ tou sēmeiou diakonią proskarterein ekeleusen; ēsan dʼ andres ton arithmon ouch hēttous pentēkonta, ois ouden heteron ēn melon ē kykloun kai periepein doryphorią to sēmeion, amoibaiōs hekastou pherontos auto epi tōn ōmōn. tauta basileus autos tois tēn graphēn poioumenois hēmin epi kairou scholēs makrǭ tōn pragmatōn hysteron hyphēgeito, prostheis thauma mnēmoneuthēnai axion tǭ diēgēmati.
Therefore he ordered those of his shield-bearers who excelled in bodily strength, courage, and godly character to devote themselves solely to the service of the sign. The men were no fewer than fifty in number, and their only concern was to surround and guard the sign, carrying it in turns on their shoulders. The emperor himself told these things to us who are writing this, at a time of leisure long after the events, and added to his account a wonder worth recording.
Life 2, chapter 9
2.9.1Heikel
Ἔφη γάρ ποτε ἐν μέσῃ τοῦ πολέμου συμβολῇ κτύπου καὶ ταραχῆς ἀθρόας διαλαβούσης τὸ στρατιωτικόν, τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων φέροντα τὸ σημεῖον ὑπὸ δειλίας ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ γενέσθαι κἄπειτα μεταπαραδοῦναι αὐτὸ ἑτέρῳ, ὡς ἂν διαφύγοι τὸν πόλεμον. ὡς δʼ ὁ μὲν ὑπεδέδεκτο, ὁ δʼ ὑποβὰς ἐκτὸς ἐγένετο τῆς τοῦ σημείου φυλακῆς, βέλος ἀκοντισθὲν αὐτοῦ κατὰ τῆς νηδύος πήγνυται καὶ τὴν ζωὴν ἀφαιρεῖται αὐτοῦ. ἀλλʼ οὑτος μὲν δειλίας καὶ ἀπιστίας δίκην ἐκτίσας ἐνταυθοῖ νεκρὸς ἔκειτο, τοῦ δὲ τὸ σωτήριον τρόπαιον αἰωροῦντος ζωῆς ἐγίγνετο φυλακτήριον, ὡς πολλάκις βελῶν κατʼ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένων τὸν μὲν φέροντα διασώσεσθαι, τὸ δὲ τοῦ τροπαίου δόρυ δέχεσθαι βαλλόμενα. καὶ ἦν γε τοῦτο παντὸς ἐπέκεινα θαύματος, ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτῃ περιφερείᾳ τοῦ δόρατος ἱκνούμενα τὰ τῶν πολε- μίων βέλη ἐν αὐτῷ μὲν πηγνύμενα κατεπείρετο, ἠλευθέρου δὲ θανάτου τὸν φέροντα, ὡς μηδὲν ἅπτεσθαι τῶν ταύτην ποιουμένων τὴν διακονίαν πώποτε. οὐχ ἡμέτερος δʼ ὁ λόγος ἀλλʼ αὐτοῦ πάλιν βασιλέως εἰς ἡμετέρας ἀκοὰς πρὸς ἑτέροις καὶ τοῦτον ἀπομνημονεύσαντος· ὃς ἐπειδὴ θεοῦ δυνάμει τὰς πρώτας ἤρατο νίκας, ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσω λοιπὸν ἤλαυνε, τὸ στρατιωτικὸν ἐν τάξει κινήσας.
Ephē gar pote en mesę̄ tou polemou symbolę̄ ktypou kai tarachēs athroas dialabousēs to stratiōtikon, ton epi tōn ōmōn pheronta to sēmeion hypo deilias en agōnią genesthai kapeita metaparadounai auto heterǭ, hōs an diaphygoi ton polemon. hōs dʼ ho men hypededekto, ho dʼ hypobas ektos egeneto tēs tou sēmeiou phylakēs, belos akontisthen autou kata tēs nēdyos pēgnytai kai tēn zōēn aphaireitai autou. allʼ houtos men deilias kai apistias dikēn ektisas entauthoi nekros ekeito, tou de to sōtērion tropaion aiōrountos zōēs egigneto phylaktērion, hōs pollakis belōn katʼ autou pempomenōn ton men pheronta diasōsesthai, to de tou tropaiou dory dechesthai ballomena. kai ēn ge touto pantos epekeina thaumatos, hōs en brachytatę̄ periphereią tou doratos hiknoumena ta tōn pole- miōn belē en autǭ men pēgnymena katepeireto, ēleutherou de thanatou ton pheronta, hōs mēden haptesthai tōn tautēn poioumenōn tēn diakonian pōpote. ouch hēmeteros dʼ ho logos allʼ autou palin basileōs eis hēmeteras akoas pros heterois kai touton apomnēmoneusantos; hos epeidē theou dynamei tas prōtas ērato nikas, epi ta prosō loipon ēlaune, to stratiōtikon en taxei kinēsas.
He said that once, in the middle of an engagement, when sudden noise and confusion seized the army, the man carrying the sign on his shoulders fell into a panic from cowardice and handed it over to another, so as to escape the fighting. When the other had taken it, and he had stepped back out of the protection of the sign, a spear thrown at him pierced his belly and took his life. So he paid the penalty for cowardice and unbelief and lay dead there; but to the one who held the saving trophy aloft it became a safeguard of life, so that, though many missiles were sent against him, the bearer was preserved and the shaft of the trophy received the missiles. And this was beyond all wonder: the enemy's missiles struck the very narrow circumference of the shaft and stuck fast in it, while it freed the bearer from death, so that none of those performing this service was ever touched. The account is not ours, but again the emperor's own, who related this too, among other things, in our hearing. Having won the first victories by God's power, he then advanced, moving his army forward in order.
Life 2, chapter 10
2.10.1Heikel
Τούτων δὲ τὴν πρώτην ὁρμὴν οἱ τῆς ἐναντίας προκατάρχοντες λήξεως οὐχ ὑποστάντες, τοῖν χεροῖν ῥίψαντες τὰ ὅπλα προσεχώρουν τοῖς βασιλέως ποσίν, ὁ δὲ τοὺς πάντας σώους ὑπεδέχετο τῇ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀσμενίζων σωτηρίᾳ. ἄλλοι δʼ ἐπὶ τοῖς ὅπλοις μείναντες ἐνεχείρουν τῇ τοῦ πολέμου συμβολῇ· οὓς ἐπειδὴ προκλήσεις φιλικὰς προισχόμενος βασιλεὺς οὐ πειθομένους ἔγνω, τὸν στρατὸν ἠφίει. οἱ δʼ αὐτίκα νῶτα δόντες εἰς φυγὴν ἐτράποντο. εἶτα οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν νόμῳ πολέμου ἐκτείνοντο καταλαμβανόμενοι, πλείους δʼ ἐπ ἀλλήλοις πίπτοντες τοῖς οἰκείοις κατεβάλλοντο ξίφεσιν.
Toutōn de tēn prōtēn hormēn hoi tēs enantias prokatarchontes lēxeōs ouch hypostantes, toin cheroin rhipsantes ta hopla prosechōroun tois basileōs posin, ho de tous pantas sōous hypedecheto tę̄ tōn andrōn asmenizōn sōtērią. alloi dʼ epi tois hoplois meinantes enecheiroun tę̄ tou polemou symbolę̄; hous epeidē proklēseis philikas proischomenos basileus ou peithomenous egnō, ton straton ēphiei. hoi dʼ autika nōta dontes eis phygēn etraponto. eita hoi men autōn nomǭ polemou ekteinonto katalambanomenoi, pleious dʼ ep allēlois piptontes tois oikeiois kateballonto xiphesin.
The leaders on the opposing side could not withstand their first onset; they threw down their weapons and fell at the emperor's feet, and he received them all unharmed, glad at the men's deliverance. Others remained under arms and attempted to give battle. When the emperor, after offering them friendly terms, found that they would not be persuaded, he let his army loose on them. They at once turned their backs and fled. Then some of them were overtaken and killed by the law of war, while more fell upon one another and were cut down by their own swords.
Life 2, chapter 11
2.11.1Heikel
Ἐκπλαγεὶς δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ τούτων ἐξάρχων, ἐπειδὴ τῆς παρὰ τῶν οἰκείων βοηθείας γυμνωθέντα συνεῖδεν ἑαυτόν, φροῦδον τε ἠν αὐτῷ τὸ πολὺ πλῆθος τῆς συνειλεγμένης αὐτῷ στρατείας τε καὶ συμμαχίας, ἥ τε ὡν ᾤετο θεῶν ἐλπὶς τὸ μηθὲν οὐσα πείρᾳ διηλέγχετο, τηνικαῦτα δρασμὸν αἴσχιστον ὑπομένει· φεύγων δῆτα σὺν βραχέσιν ἐπὶ τὰ εἴσω τῆς ὑπηκόου διέβαινεν έν ἀσφαλεῖ τʼ ἐγίνετο, τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς μὴ κατὰ πόδας διώκειν τοῖς οἰκείοις ἐγκελευομένου, ὡς ἂν τύχοι σωτηρίας ὁ φεύγων. ἤλπιζε γάρ ποτε αὐτόν, συναισθόμενον οἶ κακῶν ἵοι, λῆξαι μὲν τῆς μανιώδους. θρασύτητος, ἐπὶ τὸν κρείττονα δὲ λογισμὸν μεταβαλεῖσθαι τὴν γνώμην.
Ekplageis dʼ epi toutois ho toutōn exarchōn, epeidē tēs para tōn oikeiōn boētheias gymnōthenta syneiden heauton, phroudon te ēn autǭ to poly plēthos tēs syneilegmenēs autǭ strateias te kai symmachias, hē te hōn ǭeto theōn elpis to mēthen ousa peirą diēlencheto, tēnikauta drasmon aischiston hypomenei; pheugōn dēta syn brachesin epi ta eisō tēs hypēkoou diebainen en asphalei tʼ egineto, tou theophilous mē kata podas diōkein tois oikeiois enkeleuomenou, hōs an tychoi sōtērias ho pheugōn. ēlpize gar pote auton, synaisthomenon oi kakōn hioi, lēxai men tēs maniōdous. thrasytētos, epi ton kreittona de logismon metabaleisthai tēn gnōmēn.
Their leader was struck with dismay at this, when he saw himself stripped of help from his own men, the great host of troops and allies he had assembled gone, and his hope in those he thought gods proved by experience to be nothing. Then he took to a most shameful flight. Fleeing with a few, he crossed into the interior of his domain and was in safety, since the God-beloved man ordered his men not to pursue him closely, so that the fugitive might be saved. For he hoped that one day, perceiving what evils he was headed for, he would cease his mad rashness and change his mind to better counsel.
2.11.2Heikel
ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν φιλανθρωπίας ὑπερβολῇ ταῦτα διενοεῖτο ἀνεξικακεῖν τʼ ἤθελεν καὶ νἐμειν τῷ μὴ ἀξίῳ συγγνώμην, ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἀπείχετο μοχθηρίας, κακὰ δʼ ἐπὶ κακοῖς σωρεύων χειρόνων ἥπτετο τολμημάτων, καὶ δὴ πάλιν γοήτων κακοτέχνοις ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐγχειρῶν ἐθρασύνετο· ἠν δὲ καὶ ἐπʼ ἀυτῷ, ὡς ἅρα „ὁ θεὸς ἐσκλήρυνε τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ“ παλαιῷ τυράννῳ παραπλησίως, φάναι.
allʼ ho men philanthrōpias hyperbolę̄ tauta dienoeito anexikakein tʼ ēthelen kai nemein tǭ mē axiǭ syngnōmēn, ho de ouk apeicheto mochthērias, kaka dʼ epi kakois sōreuōn cheironōn hēpteto tolmēmatōn, kai dē palin goētōn kakotechnois epitēdeumasin encheirōn ethrasyneto; ēn de kai epʼ autǭ, hōs hara „ho theos esklēryne tēn kardian autou“ palaiǭ tyrannǭ paraplēsiōs, phanai.
But while the one, in his exceeding humanity, intended this, and was willing to bear with him and grant pardon to the undeserving, the other did not refrain from wickedness, but, heaping evils on evils, took up worse audacities, and again grew bold, resorting to the evil arts of sorcerers. Of him too one could say, as of the ancient tyrant, that “God hardened his heart.”
Life 2, chapter 12
2.12.1Heikel
Ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν τοιούτοις ἐμπλέκων ἑαυτὸν κατὰ βαράθρων ἀπωλείας ὤθει, βασιλεὺς δὲ ἐπεὶ ἑώρα δευτέρας αὐτῷ δεῖσθαι πολέμου παρατάξεως, τῷ αὐτοῦ σωτῆρι τὴν σχολὴν ἀνετίθει, τοῦ μὲν στρατοῦ τὴν σκηνὴν ἐκτὸς καὶ πορρωτάτω πηξάμενος, ἁγνῇ δʼ ἐνταυθοῖ χρώμενος καὶ καθαρᾷ διαίτῃ τῷ τε θεῷ θεῷ τὰς εὐχὰς ἀποδιδούς, κατʼ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν παλαιὸν τοῦ θεοῦ προφήτην, ὅν τῆς παρεμβολῆς ἐκτὸς πήξασθαι τὴν σκηνὴν τὰ θεῖα πιστοῦνται λόγια. προσεκαρτέρουν δʼ αὐτῷ βραχεῖς οἱ πίστει καὶ θεοσεβείας εὐνοίᾳ παρʼ αὐτῷ δεδοκιμασμένοι. τοῦτο δʼ αὐτῷ σύνηθες ἦς πράττειν, καὶ εἴποτε ἄλλοτε παρατάξει πολέμων ὡρμᾶτο συμβαλεῖν. βραδὺς μὲν γὰρ ἦν διʼ ἀσφάλειαν, θεοῦ δὲ βουλῇ πάντα πράττειν ἠξίου.
Allʼ ho men toioutois emplekōn heauton kata barathrōn apōleias ōthei, basileus de epei heōra deuteras autǭ deisthai polemou parataxeōs, tǭ autou sōtēri tēn scholēn anetithei, tou men stratou tēn skēnēn ektos kai porrōtatō pēxamenos, hagnę̄ dʼ entauthoi chrōmenos kai katharą diaitę̄ tǭ te theǭ theǭ tas euchas apodidous, katʼ auton ekeinon ton palaion tou theou prophētēn, hon tēs parembolēs ektos pēxasthai tēn skēnēn ta theia pistountai logia. prosekarteroun dʼ autǭ bracheis hoi pistei kai theosebeias eunoią parʼ autǭ dedokimasmenoi. touto dʼ autǭ synēthes ēs prattein, kai eipote allote parataxei polemōn hōrmato symbalein. bradys men gar ēn diʼ asphaleian, theou de boulę̄ panta prattein ēxiou.
While the one, entangling himself in such things, was pushing himself into the pits of destruction, the emperor, when he saw that a second battle would be needed, devoted his leisure to his Savior. He pitched his tent outside and far away from the army, and there kept a pure and holy way of life and offered prayers to God, just like that ancient prophet of God who, as the divine oracles assure us, pitched his tent outside the camp. A few men attended him, those proved to him by their faith and loyal godliness. This was his custom whenever else he set out to join battle; for he was slow for safety's sake, and wished to do everything by God's counsel.
2.12.2Heikel
ἐπὶ καὶ θεοφανείας ἐτύγχανεν, εἶτα ὥσπερ θειοτέρᾳ κινηθεὶς ἐμπνεύσει, τῆς μέλλειν ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτῆς ὥρας ξιφῶν ἅπτεσθαι παρεκελεύετο. οἱ δʼ ἀθρόως ἐπιθέμενοι ἡβηδὸν ἔκοπτον, ἔστʼ ἄν τὴν νίκην ἐν ὥρας ἀκαρεῖ ῥοπῇ ἀπολαβόντες τρόπαια κατʼ ἐχθρῶν ἀνίστων ἐπινίκια.
epi kai theophaneias etynchanen, eita hōsper theioterą kinētheis empneusei, tēs mellein alla kai autēs hōras xiphōn haptesthai parekeleueto. hoi dʼ athroōs epithemenoi hēbēdon ekopton, estʼ an tēn nikēn en hōras akarei rhopę̄ apolabontes tropaia katʼ echthrōn anistōn epinikia.
[Praying earnestly to God, he was always shortly] granted a manifestation of God; then, as if moved by a diviner inspiration, he would order them not to delay but to take up their swords that very hour. They attacked all together and cut down [the enemy] to a man, until, having won the victory in a moment of time, they set up trophies of victory over their enemies.
Life 2, chapter 13
2.13.1Heikel
Οὕτω μὲν δὴ βασιλεὺς ἄγειν ἑαυτόν τε καὶ τὸν αὐτοῦ στρατὸν ἐν ταῖς τῶν πολέμων παρατάξεσι καὶ πάλαι πρότερον εἰώθει, τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θεὸν πρὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀεὶ τιθέμενος καὶ πάντα ταῖς αὐτοῦ βουλαῖς πράττειν διανοούμενος ἐν εὐλαβείᾳ τε τιθέμενος τὸν τῶν πολλῶν θάνατον.
Houtō men dē basileus agein heauton te kai ton autou straton en tais tōn polemōn parataxesi kai palai proteron eiōthei, ton heautou theon pro tēs psychēs aei tithemenos kai panta tais autou boulais prattein dianooumenos en eulabeią te tithemenos ton tōn pollōn thanaton.
This was how the emperor had long been accustomed to conduct himself and his army in battle: always setting his God before his soul, intending to do everything by his counsels, and taking care to avoid the death of many.
2.13.2Heikel
ἔνθεν οὐ μᾶλλον τῆς τῶν οἰκείων ἤ τῶν ἐχθρῶν προυνόει σωτηρίας. διὸ καὶ κρατήσασιν ἐν μάχῃ τοῖς οἰκείοις τῶν ἁλόντων φειδὼ ποιεῖσθαι παρῄνει μηδʼἀνθρώπους ὄντας τῆς ὁμογενοῦς φύσεως ἐν λήθῃ γίγνεσθαι. εἰ δὲ καί ποτε τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τοὺς θυμοὺς ἀκρατεῖς ἑώρα, χρυσοῦ δόσει αὐτοὺς ἐχαλίνου, τὸν ζωγροῦντά τινα τῶν πολεμίων ὡρισμένῃ χρυσοῦ τιμάσθαι προστάττων ὁλκῇ. καὶ τοῦτο δέλεαρ ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίας ἡ βασιλέως εὕρατο σύνεσις, ὥστʼ ἤδη μυρίοι καὶ αὐτῶν ἐσώξοντο βαρβάρων, χρυσῷ βασιλέως τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῖς ἔξωνουμένου.
enthen ou mallon tēs tōn oikeiōn ē tōn echthrōn prounoei sōtērias. dio kai kratēsasin en machę̄ tois oikeiois tōn halontōn pheidō poieisthai parę̄nei mēdʼanthrōpous ontas tēs homogenous physeōs en lēthę̄ gignesthai. ei de kai pote tōn hoplitōn tous thymous akrateis heōra, chrysou dosei autous echalinou, ton zōgrounta tina tōn polemiōn hōrismenę̄ chrysou timasthai prostattōn holkę̄. kai touto delear anthrōpōn sōtērias hē basileōs heurato synesis, hōstʼ ēdē myrioi kai autōn esōxonto barbarōn, chrysǭ basileōs tēn zōēn autois exōnoumenou.
Hence he cared for the safety of the enemy no less than for that of his own men. So he urged his soldiers, when victorious in battle, to spare those they captured, and not, being human, to forget their common nature. And if he ever saw the soldiers' passions unrestrained, he curbed them with gifts of gold, ordering that anyone who took one of the enemy alive should be rewarded with a fixed weight of gold. The emperor's wisdom found this bait for saving human lives, so that countless men, even of the barbarians, were saved, the emperor buying their lives with gold.
Life 2, chapter 14
2.14.1Heikel
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τούτοις ἀδελφὰ μυρία φίλα ἦν πράττειν Βασιλεῖ καὶ ἄλλοτε. κἀπὶ τοῦ παρόντος δὲ συνήθως πρὸ τῆς μάχης ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ σκηνοποιούμενος ταῖς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐχαῖς τὴν σχολὴν ἀνετίθει, ῥᾳστώνης μὲν ἁπάσης καὶ τρυφηλῆς διαίτης ἀλλοτριούμενος ἀσιτίαις δὲ καὶ κακώσει τοῦ σώματος πιέζων ἑαυτόν ταύτῃ τε τὸν θεὸν ἱκετηρίοις λιταῖς ἱλεούμενος, ὡς ἂν δεξιὸν αὐτὸν καὶ βοηθὸν ἔχοι πράττοι τε ταῦτα ἅπερ αὐτῷ θεὸς ἐμβάλλοι τῇ διανοίᾳ. ἀλλ΄ ὁ μὲν ἄυπνον ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν φροντίδα, οὐ μᾶλλον τῶν οἰκείων ἢ τῆς τῶν πολεμίων ὑπερευχόμενος σωτηρίας.
Tauta men oun kai toutois adelpha myria phila ēn prattein Basilei kai allote. kapi tou parontos de synēthōs pro tēs machēs ephʼ heautǭ skēnopoioumenos tais pros ton theon euchais tēn scholēn anetithei, rhąstōnēs men hapasēs kai tryphēlēs diaitēs allotrioumenos asitiais de kai kakōsei tou sōmatos piezōn heauton tautę̄ te ton theon hiketēriois litais hileoumenos, hōs an dexion auton kai boēthon echoi prattoi te tauta haper autǭ theos emballoi tę̄ dianoią. all΄ ho men aupnon epoieito tēn hyper tōn koinōn phrontida, ou mallon tōn oikeiōn ē tēs tōn polemiōn hypereuchomenos sōtērias.
These and countless similar things the emperor was glad to do at other times too. On the present occasion also, as was his custom before battle, he pitched a tent for himself and devoted his leisure to prayers to God, keeping away from all ease and luxurious living, disciplining himself with fasts and bodily mortification, and propitiating God with suppliant prayers, so that he might have him at his right hand as his helper and might do whatever God put into his mind. He kept a sleepless watch over the common good, praying for the safety of the enemy no less than for that of his own men.
Life 2, chapter 15
2.15.1Heikel
Ἐπεὶ δʼ ὁ μικρῷ πρόσθεν φυγὰς εἰρωνείᾳ καθυπεκρίνετο φιλικὰς αὖθις ἀντιβολῶν σπείσασθαι δεξιάς, καὶ ταύτας αὐτῷ παρέχειν ἠξίου, ἐπὶ συνθηκῶν ὅροις βιωφελῶς καὶ τῷ παντὶ λυσιτελῶς προτεινομένας. ταῖς μὲν οὐν συνθήκαις προθύμως ὑπακούειν ὁ δηλωθεὶς ὑπεκρίνετο ὅρκοις βεβαιῶν τὴν πίστιν, λαθραίαν δὲ αὐθις ὁπλιτῶν συνῆγεν παρασκευὴν καὶ πάλιν πολέμου καὶ μάχης κατῆρχεν βαρβάρους τʼ ἄνδρας ἀνεκαλεῖτο συμμάχους, θεούς τε ζητῶν περιῄει ἑτέρους, ὡς ἂν ἐπὶ τοῖς προτέροις ἠπατημένος. καὶ τῶν αὐτῷ πρὸ μικροῦ περὶ θεῶν ὁμιληθέντων οὐδεμίαν ἐν νῷ κατεβάλλετο μνήμην, οὐδὲ τὸν ὑπέρμαχον Κωνσταντίνου γνωρίζειν θεὸν ἤθελε, πλεiους δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ καινότεροι γελοίως ἀνεζητοῦντο.
Epei dʼ ho mikrǭ prosthen phygas eirōneią kathypekrineto philikas authis antibolōn speisasthai dexias, kai tautas autǭ parechein ēxiou, epi synthēkōn horois biōphelōs kai tǭ panti lysitelōs proteinomenas. tais men oun synthēkais prothymōs hypakouein ho dēlōtheis hypekrineto horkois bebaiōn tēn pistin, lathraian de authis hoplitōn synēgen paraskeuēn kai palin polemou kai machēs katērchen barbarous tʼ andras anekaleito symmachous, theous te zētōn perię̄ei heterous, hōs an epi tois proterois ēpatēmenos. kai tōn autǭ pro mikrou peri theōn homilēthentōn oudemian en nǭ kateballeto mnēmēn, oude ton hypermachon Kōnstantinou gnōrizein theon ēthele, pleious dʼ autǭ kai kainoteroi geloiōs anezētounto.
When the recent fugitive, with dissimulation, pretended to beg again for a pact of friendship, [Constantine] thought fit to grant it to him, on terms of treaty offered for the good of life and the advantage of all. The man described pretended to accept the treaty eagerly, confirming his good faith with oaths; but again he secretly gathered a force of soldiers, again began war and battle, called in barbarian men as allies, and went about seeking other gods, as having been deceived by the former ones. He took to heart no memory of what he had said shortly before about gods, nor was he willing to acknowledge Constantine's champion God; instead, ridiculously, he sought out more and newer gods.
Life 2, chapter 16
2.16.1Heikel
Εἲτα ἔργῳ μαθὼν ὁπόση τις ἦν θεικὴ καὶ ἀπόρρητος ἐν τῷ σωτηρίῳ τροπαίῳ δύναμις, διʼ ἦς ὁ Κωνοταντίνου κρατεῖν ἔμαθε στρατός, τοῖς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ὁπλίταις παρῄνει μηδαμῶς ἐξ ἐναντίας ἰέναι τούτῳ μηδʼ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἀπεριβλέπτως όρᾶν επʼ αὐτῷ· δεινὸν γὰρ εἶναι ἰσχύι αὐτῷ τε ἐχθρὸν καὶ πολέμιον, διὸ χρῆναι φυλάττεσθαι τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸ συμβολήν. καὶ δὴ ταῦτα συνταξάμενος, τῷ διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν ὀκνοῦντι καὶ τὸν κατʼ αὐτοῦ θάνατον ἀναβαλλομένῳ μἐνω̣ μάχῃ συμβαλεῖν ὡρμᾶτο. οἵδε μὲν οὖν πολυπληθείᾳ θεῶν θαρροῦντες σὺν πολλῇ δυνάμει χειρὸς στρατιωτικῆς ἐπῄεσαν, νεκρῶν εἴδωλα καμόντων ἐν ἀψύχοις ἀγάλμασι προβεβλημένοι· ὁ δʼ εὐσεβείας θώρακι περιπεφραγμένος, τὸ σωτήριον καὶ ζωοποιὸν σημεῖον ὥσπερ τι φόβητρον καὶ κακῶν ἀμυντήριον τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἐναντίων παρέταττεν. καὶ τέως μὲν ἐπεῖχε φειδοῖ χρώμενος τὰ πρῶτα, ὡς ἂν μὴ πρότερος κατάρχοι τοῦ πολἐμου ὡν πεποίητο συνθηκῶν εἵνεκα,
Eita ergǭ mathōn hoposē tis ēn theikē kai aporrētos en tǭ sōtēriǭ tropaiǭ dynamis, diʼ ēs ho Kōnotantinou kratein emathe stratos, tois amphʼ auton hoplitais parę̄nei mēdamōs ex enantias ienai toutǭ mēdʼ hōs etychen aperibleptōs oran epʼ autǭ; deinon gar einai ischui autǭ te echthron kai polemion, dio chrēnai phylattesthai tēn pros auto symbolēn. kai dē tauta syntaxamenos, tǭ dia philanthrōpian oknounti kai ton katʼ autou thanaton anaballomenǭ menō machę̄ symbalein hōrmato. hoide men oun polyplētheią theōn tharrountes syn pollę̄ dynamei cheiros stratiōtikēs epę̄esan, nekrōn eidōla kamontōn en apsychois agalmasi probeblēmenoi; ho dʼ eusebeias thōraki peripephragmenos, to sōtērion kai zōopoion sēmeion hōsper ti phobētron kai kakōn amyntērion tǭ plēthei tōn enantiōn paretatten. kai teōs men epeiche pheidoi chrōmenos ta prōta, hōs an mē proteros katarchoi tou polemou hōn pepoiēto synthēkōn heineka,
Then, having learned by experience how great a divine and secret power was in the saving trophy, through which Constantine's army had learned to prevail, he urged his soldiers never to advance against it, nor even to look at it carelessly; for it was terrible in strength and hostile and inimical to him, so they must avoid engaging with it. Having given these orders, he set out to join battle with the man who, out of humanity, was hesitating and putting off his death. They, trusting in their multitude of gods, advanced with a great force of soldiers, holding before them images of the dead in lifeless statues; but he, fortified with the breastplate of piety, set the saving and life-giving sign against the multitude of the enemy as a terror and a defense against evils. At first he held back, using forbearance, so as not to be the first to begin the war, because of the treaty that had been made;
Life 2, chapter 17
2.17.1Heikel
ὡς δʼ ἐπιμόνως ἔχοντας τοὺς ὑπεναντίους ἤδη τε ξιφῶν ἁπτομένους ἑώρα, τηνικαῦτα διαγανακτήσας βασιλεὺς μιᾷ ῥοπῇ πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν ἐναντίων ἐτροποῦτο δύναμιν ὁμοῦ τε τὰς κατʼ ἐχθρῶν καὶ κατὰ δαιμόνων ἀπεφέρετο νίκας.
hōs dʼ epimonōs echontas tous hypenantious ēdē te xiphōn haptomenous heōra, tēnikauta diaganaktēsas basileus mią rhopę̄ pasan tēn tōn enantiōn etropouto dynamin homou te tas katʼ echthrōn kai kata daimonōn apephereto nikas.
but when he saw his adversaries persisting and already grasping their swords, the emperor was roused to indignation, routed the whole force of the enemy with a single charge, and carried off victories over enemies and demons alike.
Life 2, chapter 18
2.18.1Heikel
Εἶτα αὐτὸν τὸν θεομισῆ κἄπειτα τοὺς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν νόμῳ πολέμου διακρίνας τῇ πρεπούσῃ παρεδίδου τιμωρίᾳ, ἀπήγοντό τʼ αὐτῷ τυράννῳ καὶ ἀπώλλυντο τὴν προσήκουσαν ὑπέχοντες δίκην οἱ τῆς θεομαχίας σύμβουλοι, οἵ τε σμικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν τῇ τῶν ματαίων ἐλπίδι μετεωρισθέντες ἔργῳ τὸν Κωνσταντίνου θεὸν ὅστις ἠν παρελάμβανον καὶ τοῦτον ἄρα θεὸν ἀληθῆ καὶ μόνον γνωρίζειν ὡμολόγουν.
Eita auton ton theomisē kapeita tous amphʼ auton nomǭ polemou diakrinas tę̄ prepousę̄ paredidou timōrią, apēgonto tʼ autǭ tyrannǭ kai apōllynto tēn prosēkousan hypechontes dikēn hoi tēs theomachias symbouloi, hoi te smikron emprosthen tę̄ tōn mataiōn elpidi meteōristhentes ergǭ ton Kōnstantinou theon hostis ēn parelambanon kai touton ara theon alēthē kai monon gnōrizein hōmologoun.
Then, having judged the God-hater himself, and after him those about him, by the law of war, he handed them over to fitting punishment. Together with the tyrant were led away and put to death, paying the due penalty, the counselors of his war against God; and those who a little before had been buoyed up by hope in vain things learned by experience who Constantine's God was, and confessed that they acknowledged him as the true and only God.
Life 2, chapter 19
2.19.1Heikel
Καὶ δὴ τῶν δυσσεβῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκποδὼν ἠρμένων καθαραὶ λοιπὸν ἠσαν ἡλίου αὐγαὶ τυραννικῆς δυναστείας, συνήπτετό τε πᾶσα ὅση τις ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίους ἐτύγχανε μοῖρα, τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἑῴαν Μνῶν ἑνουμένων θατέρῳ μέρει, μιᾷ τε τῇ τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχῇ ὥσπερ τινὶ κεφαλῇ τὸ πᾶν κατεκοσμεῖτο σῶμα μοναρχικῆς ἐξουσίας διὰ πάντων ἡκούσης, λαμπραί τε φωτὸς εὐσεβείας μαρμαρυγαὶ τοῖς πρὶν καθημένοις ἐν σκότῳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου φαιδρὰς παρεῖχον ἡμέρας. οὐδʼ ἦν τις ἔτι προτἐρων μνήμη κακῶν. ἁπανταχοῦ πάντων τὸν νικητὴν ἀνυμνούντων μόνον τε τὸν τούτου σωτῆρα θεὸν ὁμολογούντων γνωρίζειν. ὁ δʼ ἀρετῇ θεοσεβείας πάσῃ ἐμπρέπων νικητὴς βασιλεὺς ταύτην γὰρ αὐτὸς αὐτῷ τὴν ἐπώνυμον κυριωτάτην ἐπηγορίαν εὕρατο τῆς ἐκ θεοῦ δεδομένης αὐτῷ κατὰ πάντων ἐχθρῶν τε καὶ πολεμίων νίκης εἵνεκα) τὴν ἑᾠαν ἀπελάμβανε, καὶ μίαν συνημ- μένην κατὰ τὸ παλαιὸν τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχὴν ὑφʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐποιεῖτο, μοναρχίας μὲν ἐξάρχων θεοῦ κηρύγματος τοῖς πᾶσι μοναρχίᾳ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ Ῥωμαίων κράτους τὸν σύμπαντα πηδαλιουχῶν βίον. ἀφᾐρητό τε πᾶν δέος τῶν πρὶν πιεζούντων τοὺς πάντας κακῶν, λαμπρὰς δʼ ἐπετέλουν ἑορτὰς οἱ κατὰ πάσας ἐπαρχίας καὶ πόλεις δῆμοι, μειδιῶσί τε προσώποις ὄμμασί τε φαιδροῖς οἱ πρὶν κατηφεῖς ἀλλήλοις ἐνέβλεπον, χοροὶ δʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ ὕμνοι τὸν παμβασιλέα θεὸν πρώτιστα πάντων ὄντα δὴ τοῦτον ἐδίδασκον, κἄπειτα τὸν καλλίνικον παῖδάς τʼ αὐτοῦ κοσμιωτάτους καὶ θεοφιλεῖς καίσαρας φωναῖς ἀσχέτοις ἐγέραιρον, κακῶν τʼ ἀμνηστία παλαιῶν ἦν καὶ δυσσεβείας πάσης λήθη, παρόντων δʼ ἀγαθῶν ἀπόλαυσις καὶ προσέτι μελλόντων προσδοκία.
Kai dē tōn dyssebōn andrōn ekpodōn ērmenōn katharai loipon ēsan hēliou augai tyrannikēs dynasteias, synēpteto te pasa hosē tis hypo Rhōmaious etynchane moira, tōn kata tēn heǭan Mnōn henoumenōn thaterǭ merei, mią te tę̄ tou pantos archę̄ hōsper tini kephalę̄ to pan katekosmeito sōma monarchikēs exousias dia pantōn hēkousēs, lamprai te phōtos eusebeias marmarygai tois prin kathēmenois en skotǭ kai skią thanatou phaidras pareichon hēmeras. oudʼ ēn tis eti proterōn mnēmē kakōn. hapantachou pantōn ton nikētēn anymnountōn monon te ton toutou sōtēra theon homologountōn gnōrizein. ho dʼ aretę̄ theosebeias pasę̄ emprepōn nikētēs basileus tautēn gar autos autǭ tēn epōnymon kyriōtatēn epēgorian heurato tēs ek theou dedomenēs autǭ kata pantōn echthrōn te kai polemiōn nikēs heineka) tēn heǭan apelambane, kai mian synēm- menēn kata to palaion tēn Rhōmaiōn archēn hyphʼ heauton epoieito, monarchias men exarchōn theou kērygmatos tois pasi monarchią de kai autos tou Rhōmaiōn kratous ton sympanta pēdaliouchōn bion. aphę̄rēto te pan deos tōn prin piezountōn tous pantas kakōn, lampras dʼ epeteloun heortas hoi kata pasas eparchias kai poleis dēmoi, meidiōsi te prosōpois ommasi te phaidrois hoi prin katēpheis allēlois eneblepon, choroi dʼ autois kai hymnoi ton pambasilea theon prōtista pantōn onta dē touton edidaskon, kapeita ton kallinikon paidas tʼ autou kosmiōtatous kai theophileis kaisaras phōnais aschetois egerairon, kakōn tʼ amnēstia palaiōn ēn kai dyssebeias pasēs lēthē, parontōn dʼ agathōn apolausis kai proseti mellontōn prosdokia.
So, with the impious men removed, the sun's rays were at last clear of tyrannical domination. Every portion under Roman rule was joined together, the peoples of the east being united to the other part, and the whole body was adorned with one rule over all, as with a single head, the authority of one ruler extending through all; and bright gleams of the light of piety gave shining days to those who had before sat in darkness and the shadow of death. There was no longer any memory of former evils, as all everywhere hymned the victor and confessed that they acknowledged his Savior as the only God. And the victorious emperor, resplendent in every virtue of godliness (for he found for himself this most fitting title, Victor, because of the victory God had given him over all his enemies and foes), took over the east, and made the Roman empire, joined into one as of old, subject to himself. He was the first to proclaim to all the sole rule of God, and he himself steered the whole of life by the sole rule of Roman power. All fear of the evils that had formerly oppressed everyone was removed. The peoples in every province and city celebrated brilliant festivals; those who before had been downcast looked at one another with smiling faces and bright eyes; with dances and hymns they declared first of all that the God and King of all is indeed this one, and then honored with unrestrained voices the glorious victor and his most orderly and God-beloved sons, the Caesars. There was forgetfulness of old evils and oblivion of all impiety, enjoyment of present goods, and besides, expectation of those to come.
Life 2, chapter 20
2.20.1Heikel
Ἡπλοῦντο δὲ καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ πρότερον παρὰ τοῖς θάτερον μέρος τῆς οἰκουμένης λαχοῦσι, βασιλέως φιλανθρωπίας ἔμπλεοι διατάξεις, νόμοι τε τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὁσίας πνέοντες παντοίας παρεῖχον ἀγαθῶν ἐπαγγελίας, τοῖς μὲν κατʼ ἔθνος ἐπαρχιώταις τὰ πρόσφορα καὶ λυσιτελῆ δωρούμενοι, ταῖς δʼ ἐκκλησίαις τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ κατάλληλα διαγορεύοντες.
Hēplounto de kai parʼ hēmin, hōsper oun kai proteron para tois thateron meros tēs oikoumenēs lachousi, basileōs philanthrōpias empleoi diataxeis, nomoi te tēs pros ton theon hosias pneontes pantoias pareichon agathōn epangelias, tois men katʼ ethnos eparchiōtais ta prosphora kai lysitelē dōroumenoi, tais dʼ ekklēsiais tou theou ta katallēla diagoreuontes.
Among us too, as before among those who had the other part of the world, the emperor's ordinances full of humanity were published; and laws breathing holiness toward God offered all kinds of promised benefits, granting to the provincials in each nation what was suitable and useful, and prescribing to the churches of God what was fitting for them.
2.20.2Heikel
ἀνεκαλοῦντο γοῦν ἐκείνους πρώτιστα πάντων ὅσοι τοῦ μὴ εἰδωλολατρῆσαι χάριν ὑπὸ τῶν κατʼ ἔθνος ἡγουμένων ἐξορίας καὶ μετοικίας ὑπέμειναν, κἄπειτα τοὺς βουλευτηρίοις ἐγκριθέντας τῆς αὐτῆς ἕνεκεν ἀἰτίας ἠλευθέρουν τῶν λειτουργημάτων, καὶ τοῖς ἀφῃρημένοις δὲ τὰς οὐσίας ἀναλαμβάνειν ταύτας ἐγκελευόμενοι.
anekalounto goun ekeinous prōtista pantōn hosoi tou mē eidōlolatrēsai charin hypo tōn katʼ ethnos hēgoumenōn exorias kai metoikias hypemeinan, kapeita tous bouleutēriois enkrithentas tēs autēs heneken aitias ēleutheroun tōn leitourgēmatōn, kai tois aphę̄rēmenois de tas ousias analambanein tautas enkeleuomenoi.
First of all, they recalled those who, for refusing to worship idols, had endured exile and deportation at the hands of the provincial governors; then they freed from public duties those who for the same reason had been enrolled in the city councils; and they ordered that those deprived of their property should recover it.
2.20.3Heikel
οἵ τʼ ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ ἀγῶνος καρτερίᾳ ψυχῆς διὰ θεὸν λαμπρυνόμενοι, μετάλλοις τε κακοπαθεῖν παραδοθέντες, ἢ νήσοις οἰκεῖν κριθέντες, ἢ δημοσίοις ἔργοις δουλεύειν κατηναγκασμένοι, τούτων ἀθρόως ἁπάντων ἐλευθερίας ἀπήλαυον. καὶ τοὺς στρατιωτικῆς δʼ ἀξίας διʼ ἔνστασιν θεοσεβείας ἀποβλήτους γενομένους ἀνεκαλεῖτο τῆς ὕβρεως ἡ βασιλικὴ δωρεά, τοῖς ἐπʼ ἐξουσίας αἴρεσιν παρέχουσα ἢ τὰς οἰκείας ἀπολαμβάνειν καὶ διαπρέπειν τοῖς προτέροις αὐτῶν ἀξιώμασιν, ἢ ἀγαπῶντας τὸν εὐσταλῆ βίον πάντων λειτουργημάτων ἀνεπηρεάστους διατελεῖν. καὶ τοὺς γυναικείοις δʼ ἔργοις ἐφ ὕβρει καὶ ἀτιμίᾳ δουλεύειν κριθέντας ὁμοίως τοῖς λοιποῖς ἠλευθέρουν.
hoi tʼ en kairǭ tou agōnos karterią psychēs dia theon lamprynomenoi, metallois te kakopathein paradothentes, ē nēsois oikein krithentes, ē dēmosiois ergois douleuein katēnankasmenoi, toutōn athroōs hapantōn eleutherias apēlauon. kai tous stratiōtikēs dʼ axias diʼ enstasin theosebeias apoblētous genomenous anekaleito tēs hybreōs hē basilikē dōrea, tois epʼ exousias airesin parechousa ē tas oikeias apolambanein kai diaprepein tois proterois autōn axiōmasin, ē agapōntas ton eustalē bion pantōn leitourgēmatōn anepēreastous diatelein. kai tous gynaikeiois dʼ ergois eph hybrei kai atimią douleuein krithentas homoiōs tois loipois ēleutheroun.
Those who in the time of the contest had shone through endurance of soul for God's sake, and had been handed over to suffer in the mines, or sentenced to live on islands, or forced to serve as slaves in public works — all of them at once enjoyed freedom. The imperial gift also recalled from disgrace those who had been dismissed from military rank for their steadfast piety, giving them the choice either to recover their own positions and be distinguished in their former ranks, or, if they preferred a quiet life, to remain free of all public duties. Those sentenced to serve in women's work, for outrage and disgrace, were likewise set free with the rest.
Life 2, chapter 21
2.21.1Heikel
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τῶν ταῦθʼ ὑπομεινάντων ἡ βασιλέως ἐνομοθέτει γραφή. περὶ δὲ τῆς ὑπάρξεως τῶν αὐτῶν ἐντελῶς διηγόρευεν ὁ νόμος. τῶν τε γὰρ ἁγίων τοῦ θεοῦ μαρτύρων τῶν ἐν ὁμολογίᾳ τὴν τελευτὴν ἀποθεμένων τοῦ βίου τὰς οὐσίας ἐκέλευε τοὺς τῷ γένει προσήκοντας ἀπολαμβάνειν, εἰ δὲ μὴ τούτων τις εἴη, τὰς ἐκκλησίας ὑποδέχεσθαι τοὺς κλήρους. καὶ τὰ ἐκ ταμείου δὲ πρό- τερον ἑτέροις ἢ κατὰ πρᾶσιν ἢ κατὰ δωρεὰν ἐκποιηθέντα τά τʼ ἐν αὐτῷ καταλειφθέντα εἰς τοὐπίσω προσήκειν τοῖς δεσπόταις ἀποδίδοσθαι τὸ τῆς δωρεᾶς γράμμα διεκελεύετο. τοσαῦτα μὲν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ αἱ καταπεμφθεῖσαι όωρεαὶ παρεἶχον.
Kai tauta men peri tōn tauthʼ hypomeinantōn hē basileōs enomothetei graphē. peri de tēs hyparxeōs tōn autōn entelōs diēgoreuen ho nomos. tōn te gar hagiōn tou theou martyrōn tōn en homologią tēn teleutēn apothemenōn tou biou tas ousias ekeleue tous tǭ genei prosēkontas apolambanein, ei de mē toutōn tis eiē, tas ekklēsias hypodechesthai tous klērous. kai ta ek tameiou de pro- teron heterois ē kata prasin ē kata dōrean ekpoiēthenta ta tʼ en autǭ kataleiphthenta eis toupisō prosēkein tois despotais apodidosthai to tēs dōreas gramma diekeleueto. tosauta men tę̄ ekklēsią tou theou hai katapemphtheisai oōreai pareichon.
These were the provisions of the emperor's letter concerning those who had endured such things. Concerning their property the law gave full directions. It ordered that the property of the holy martyrs of God who had ended their lives in confession should be received by their next of kin, and, if there were none of these, that the churches should inherit it. And whatever had earlier been alienated from the treasury to others, whether by sale or by gift, and whatever remained in it, the letter of grant ordered to be returned to the owners to whom it belonged. Such were the benefits the gifts sent down provided to the church of God.
Life 2, chapter 22
2.22.1Heikel
Δήμοις τε τοῖς ἐκτὸς καὶ πᾶσιν ἔθνεσι τούτων ἐ̔τερα ὑπεμβάλλοντα τῷ πλήθει ἡ βασιλέως ἐδωρεῖτο μεγαλοψυχία, ἐφʼ οἶς ἅπαντες οἱ καθʼ ἡμᾶς, ὅσα τὸ πρὶν ἀκοῇ πυνθανόμενοι ἐν θατέρῳ μέρει τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς γιγνόμενα τοὺς εὖ πάοχοντας ἐμακάριζον, εὐχὴν εὐχὴν τῶν ἵσων ἀπολαῦσαι καὶ αὐτοί ποτε, ταῦθʼ ὑπʼ ὄψεσιν ὁρῶντες, ἤδη καὶ σφᾶς εὐδαιμονίζειν ἠξίουν, ξένον τι χρῆμα καὶ οἷον ὁ πᾶς αἰὼν ὑφʼ ἡλίου αὐγαῖς οὐδεπώποτε ἱστόρησεν ἐπιλάμφαι τῷ θνητῷ γένει τὸν τοσοῦτον ὁμολογοῦντες βασιλέα. ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ὡδε ἐφρόνουν.
Dēmois te tois ektos kai pasin ethnesi toutōn hetera hypemballonta tǭ plēthei hē basileōs edōreito megalopsychia, ephʼ ois hapantes hoi kathʼ hēmas, hosa to prin akoę̄ pynthanomenoi en thaterǭ merei tēs Rhōmaiōn archēs gignomena tous eu paochontas emakarizon, euchēn euchēn tōn hisōn apolausai kai autoi pote, tauthʼ hypʼ opsesin horōntes, ēdē kai sphas eudaimonizein ēxioun, xenon ti chrēma kai hoion ho pas aiōn hyphʼ hēliou augais oudepōpote historēsen epilamphai tǭ thnētǭ genei ton tosouton homologountes basilea. allʼ hoi men hōde ephronoun.
And to the peoples outside the church and to all nations the emperor's generosity gave other gifts, surpassing these in number. At these, all of us in our region, who had formerly heard by report what was happening in the other part of the Roman empire and had called its beneficiaries blessed, praying that we too might one day enjoy the same, now saw these things before our eyes and thought ourselves happy as well, confessing that so great an emperor had shone upon the mortal race as something strange, such as all the ages under the sun's rays had never recorded. So they thought.
Life 2, chapter 23
2.23.1Heikel
Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάνθʼ ὑποτέτακτο βασιλεῖ βασιλεῖ θεοῦ σωτῆρος δυνάμει, τὸν τῶν ἀγαθῶν αὐτῷ πάροχον τοῖς πᾶσι φανερὸν ἐποίει, κἀκεῖνον τῶν νικητηρίων αἴτιον ἀλλὰ μὴ αὐτὸν νομίζειν διεμαρτύρετο, τοῦτό τε αὐτὸ ἀνεκήρυττεν διὰ χαρακτήρων Ῥωμαίας τε καὶ Ἑλληνίδος φωνῆς εἰς ἕκαστον ἔθνος έν γραφῇ διαπεμφθείσῃ. μάθοις δʼ ἄν τοῦ λόγου τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτοῖς προσβαλὼν τοῖς δόγμασι· δύο δ ἠν ταῦτα, τὸ μὲν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ δὲ τοῖς ἐκτὸς κατὰ πόλιν δήμοις διαπεμφθέν, ὃ τῇ παρούσῃ προσῆκον ὑποθέσει ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ παρενθεῖναι, ὡς ἂν διὰ τῆς ἱστορίας μένοι καὶ διαφυλάττοιτο τοῖς μεθʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἡ τοῦδε τοῦ δόγματος ἔκθεσις πρός τε ἀληθείας καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων διηγημάτων πίστωσιν. εἴληπται δʼ ἐξ αὐθεντικοῦ τοῦ παρʼ ἡμῖν φυλαττομένου βασιλικοῦ νόμου, ᾠ καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ δεξιᾶς ἔγγραφος ὑποσημείωσις τῆς τῶν λόγων πιστώσεως οἶά τινι σφραγῖδι κατασημαίνει τὴν μαρτυρίαν.
Epei de panthʼ hypotetakto basilei basilei theou sōtēros dynamei, ton tōn agathōn autǭ parochon tois pasi phaneron epoiei, kakeinon tōn nikētēriōn aition alla mē auton nomizein diemartyreto, touto te auto anekērytten dia charaktērōn Rhōmaias te kai Hellēnidos phōnēs eis hekaston ethnos en graphę̄ diapemphtheisę̄. mathois dʼ an tou logou tēn aretēn autois prosbalōn tois dogmasi; dyo d ēn tauta, to men tais ekklēsiais tou theou, to de tois ektos kata polin dēmois diapemphthen, ho tę̄ parousę̄ prosēkon hypothesei emoige dokei parentheinai, hōs an dia tēs historias menoi kai diaphylattoito tois methʼ hēmas kai hē toude tou dogmatos ekthesis pros te alētheias kai tōn hēmeterōn diēgēmatōn pistōsin. eilēptai dʼ ex authentikou tou parʼ hēmin phylattomenou basilikou nomou, ǭ kai tēs autou dexias engraphos hyposēmeiōsis tēs tōn logōn pistōseōs oia tini sphragidi katasēmainei tēn martyrian.
When all things had been subjected to the emperor by the power of God the Savior, he made known to all the provider of his blessings, and testified that they should regard him, and not himself, as the cause of his victories; and he proclaimed this very thing in a writing sent to every nation in the characters of the Latin and Greek languages. You may learn the excellence of the words by examining the ordinances themselves. There were two: one sent to the churches of God, the other to the peoples outside in each city. The latter it seems to me fitting to insert here, as belonging to the present subject, so that through this history the text of this ordinance too may remain and be preserved for those after us, for the confirmation of the truth and of our narratives. It is taken from the authentic imperial law preserved among us, on which the written subscription of his own right hand, confirming the words, attests its authenticity as with a seal.
Life 2, chapter 24
2.24.1Heikel
Ἐπιστολὴ Κωνσταντίνου Κωνσταντίου Ῥωμαίων αὐτοκράτορος, τὸ πρῶτον καταπεμφθὲν τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς ἑῴοις γράμμα μετὰ τὴν κατὰ τῶν τυράννων νίκην. „Νικητὴς Κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς ἐπαρχιώταις Παλαιστίνης. Ἡν μὲν ἀνωθέν τε καὶ πάλαι παρὰ τοῖς ὀρθῶς καὶ σωφρόνως περὶ τοῦ κρείττονος δοξάζουσιν ἔκδηλος ἡ διαφορὰ καὶ πᾶσαν ἀνείργουσα πόρρωθεν ἀμφιβολίαν, ὅσῳ τῷ μέσῳ διήλλαττεν ἡ περὶ τῆς τοῦ χριστιανισμοῦ σεβασμιωτάτης θεραπείας ἀκριβὴς παρατήρησις παρὰ τοὺς πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐκπεπολεμωμένους τε καὶ καταφρονητικῶς ἔχειν ἐθέλοντας.
Epistolē Kōnstantinou Kōnstantiou Rhōmaiōn autokratoros, to prōton katapemphthen tois epi gēs heǭois gramma meta tēn kata tōn tyrannōn nikēn. „Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos eparchiōtais Palaistinēs. Hēn men anōthen te kai palai para tois orthōs kai sōphronōs peri tou kreittonos doxazousin ekdēlos hē diaphora kai pasan aneirgousa porrōthen amphibolian, hosǭ tǭ mesǭ diēllatten hē peri tēs tou christianismou sebasmiōtatēs therapeias akribēs paratērēsis para tous pros autēn ekpepolemōmenous te kai kataphronētikōs echein ethelontas.
Letter of Constantine, [son of] Constantius, Emperor of the Romans: the first letter sent to those in the eastern lands after the victory over the tyrants. “The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to the provincials of Palestine. It has long been, and from of old, plain to those who hold right and sober opinions about the Supreme Being — a difference that put all doubt far away — how far the careful observance of the most holy worship of Christianity surpassed the ways of those who made war on it and chose to despise it.
2.24.2Heikel
νυνὶ δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπιφανεστέραις πράξεσι καὶ κατορθώμασι λαμπροτέροις τό τε τῆς ἀμφιβολίας ἄλογον ἀποδέδεικται καὶ ὁπόση τις ἡ τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ δύναμις, ἡνίκα τοῖς μὲν πιστῶς τὸν σεμνότατον σέβουσι νόμον καὶ μηδὲν τῶν παραγγελμάτων παραλύειν τολμῶσιν ἄφθονα τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐγχειρήσεις ἰσχὺς ἀρίστη καὶ μετʼ ἐλπίδων ἀγαθῶν ἀπαντῶσα, τοῖς δὲ τὴν ἀσεβῆ λαβοῦσι γνώμην πρὸς τὰς προαιρέσεις ἀκόλουθα καὶ τὰ ἀποβαίνοντα ἠν.
nyni de kai mallon epiphanesterais praxesi kai katorthōmasi lamproterois to te tēs amphibolias alogon apodedeiktai kai hoposē tis hē tou megalou theou dynamis, hēnika tois men pistōs ton semnotaton sebousi nomon kai mēden tōn parangelmatōn paralyein tolmōsin aphthona ta agatha kai pros tas encheirēseis ischys aristē kai metʼ elpidōn agathōn apantōsa, tois de tēn asebē labousi gnōmēn pros tas proaireseis akoloutha kai ta apobainonta ēn.
But now, by still more conspicuous actions and more brilliant successes, both the unreasonableness of that doubt and the greatness of the power of the great God have been shown, since for those who faithfully honor the most holy law and dare to break none of its commandments, good things are abundant, and in their undertakings the best strength comes to meet them together with good hopes, while for those who have adopted the impious opinion, the outcomes too have been in keeping with their choices.
2.24.3Heikel
τίς γὰρ ἂν ἀγαθοῦ τύχοι τινός, τὸν τῶν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιον θεὸν οὔτε γνωρίζων οὔτε τὰ προσήκοντα σέβειν ἐθέλων; πίστιν δὲ τῷ ῥηθέντι καὶ τὰ ἔργα δίδωσιν.“
tis gar an agathou tychoi tinos, ton tōn agathōn aition theon oute gnōrizōn oute ta prosēkonta sebein ethelōn? pistin de tǭ rhēthenti kai ta erga didōsin.“
For who could obtain any good who neither acknowledges God, the cause of good things, nor is willing to worship him as is fitting? And the facts themselves confirm what has been said.”
Life 2, chapter 25
2.25.1Heikel
„Εἰ γοῦν τις εἰς τοὺς ἄνωθεν εἰς δεῦρο παρατείναντας χρόνους ἀναδράμοι τῷ νῷ καὶ τὰς πώποτε γενομένας πράξεις κατίδοι τῷ λογισμῷ, πάντας ἂν εὕροι τοὺς μὲν ὅσοι δικαίαν καὶ ἀγαθὴν προκατεβάλοντο τῶν πραγμάτων κρηπῖδα εἰς ἀγαθὸν καὶ προαγαγόντας τὰς ἐγχειρήσεις πέρας, καὶ οἷον ἀπὸ ῥίζης τινὸς ἡδείας κομισαμένους καὶ τὸν καρπὸν γλυκύν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδίκοις ἐπιχειρήσαντας τόλμαις καὶ ἢ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἀνοήτως ἐκμανέντας ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος λογισμὸν ὅσιον οὐδένα λαβόντας, ἀλλὰ φυγὰς ἀτιμίας δημεύσεις σφαγὰς τοιαῦτα πολλὰ τολμήσαντας, καὶ οὕτε μεταμεληθέντας ποτὲ οὔτε τὸν νοῦν ἐπιστρέψαντας πρὸς τὰ καλλίω, ἵσων καὶ τῶν ἀμοιβαίων τυχόντας. καὶ ταῦτά γε οὐκ ἂν ἀπεικότως οὐδʼ ἂν ἀπὸ λόγου συμβαίνοι.“
„Ei goun tis eis tous anōthen eis deuro parateinantas chronous anadramoi tǭ nǭ kai tas pōpote genomenas praxeis katidoi tǭ logismǭ, pantas an heuroi tous men hosoi dikaian kai agathēn prokatebalonto tōn pragmatōn krēpida eis agathon kai proagagontas tas encheirēseis peras, kai hoion apo rhizēs tinos hēdeias komisamenous kai ton karpon glykyn, tous de adikois epicheirēsantas tolmais kai ē pros to kreitton anoētōs ekmanentas ē pros to anthrōpinon genos logismon hosion oudena labontas, alla phygas atimias dēmeuseis sphagas toiauta polla tolmēsantas, kai houte metamelēthentas pote oute ton noun epistrepsantas pros ta kalliō, hisōn kai tōn amoibaiōn tychontas. kai tauta ge ouk an apeikotōs oudʼ an apo logou symbainoi.“
“If anyone should run over in his mind the times reaching from of old to the present, and consider in his reasoning the deeds ever done, he would find that all who laid a just and good foundation for their affairs brought their undertakings to a good end and gathered sweet fruit, as from a pleasant root; while those who attempted unjust audacities, and either raged senselessly against the Supreme Being or took no holy thought for the human race, but dared banishments, dishonors, confiscations, slaughters, and many such things, and never repented nor turned their minds to better things, received a like requital. And this would happen neither unreasonably nor without cause.”
Life 2, chapter 26
2.26.1Heikel
Ὅσοι μὲν γὰρ μετὰ δικαίας γνώμης έπί τινας ὲ́ρχονται πράξεις καὶ τὸν τοῦ κρείττονος φόβον διηνεκῶς ἔχουσιν ἐν νῷ, βεβαίαν τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν φυλάττοντες πίστιν, καὶ τοὺς παρόντας φόβους τε καὶ κινδύνους οὐκ ἄγουσιν τῶν μελλουσῶν ἐκείνων ἐλπίδων προτιμοτέρους, κἄν εἰ πρὸς καιρὸν δυοχερῶν τινων πειραθεῖεν, τῷ μείζονας ἑαυτοῖς ἀποκεῖσθαι πιστεύειν τιμὰς ἤνεγκαν οὐδὲ τὰ προσπεσοντα βαρέως, ἀλλὰ τοσούτῳ λαμπροτέρας ἔτυχον εὐκλείας, ὅσῳ καὶ βαρυτέρων τῶν χαλεπῶν ἐπειράθησαν. ὅσοι δὲ ἢ τὸ δίκαιον ἀτίμως παρεῖδον ἢ τὸ κρεῖττον οὐκ ἔγνωσαν καὶ τοὺς τοῦτο πιστῶς μετιόντας ὕβρεσι καὶ κολάσεσιν ἀνηκέστοις ὑποβαλεῖν ὑποβαλεῖν καὶ οὐχ ἑαυτοὺς μὲν ἀθλίους ἐφʼ οἷς διὰ τὰς τοιαύτας ἐκόλαζον προφάσεις ἔκριναν, εὐδαίμονας δὲ καὶ μακαριστοὺς τοὺς καὶ μέχρι τῶν τοιούτων τὴν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον διασωζομένους εὐσέβειαν, τούτων πολλαὶ μὲν ἔπεσον στρατιαί, πολλαὶ δὲ πρὸς φυγὴν ἐτράπησαν, πᾶσα δὲ τούτων πολέμων παράταξις εἰς αἰσχίστην ἐληξεν ἡτταν.“
Hosoi men gar meta dikaias gnōmēs epi tinas erchontai praxeis kai ton tou kreittonos phobon diēnekōs echousin en nǭ, bebaian tēn peri auton phylattontes pistin, kai tous parontas phobous te kai kindynous ouk agousin tōn mellousōn ekeinōn elpidōn protimoterous, kan ei pros kairon dyocherōn tinōn peiratheien, tǭ meizonas heautois apokeisthai pisteuein timas ēnenkan oude ta prospesonta bareōs, alla tosoutǭ lamproteras etychon eukleias, hosǭ kai baryterōn tōn chalepōn epeirathēsan. hosoi de ē to dikaion atimōs pareidon ē to kreitton ouk egnōsan kai tous touto pistōs metiontas hybresi kai kolasesin anēkestois hypobalein hypobalein kai ouch heautous men athlious ephʼ hois dia tas toiautas ekolazon prophaseis ekrinan, eudaimonas de kai makaristous tous kai mechri tōn toioutōn tēn pros to kreitton diasōzomenous eusebeian, toutōn pollai men epeson stratiai, pollai de pros phygēn etrapēsan, pasa de toutōn polemōn parataxis eis aischistēn elēxen hēttan.“
“For all who approach any undertaking with a just purpose, keep the fear of the Supreme Being continually in mind, preserve firm faith in him, and do not hold present fears and dangers more important than those hopes to come — even if for a time they have experienced hardships, they did not bear what befell them grievously, believing that greater honors were laid up for them, but obtained all the more brilliant glory the heavier the hardships they endured. But as for those who either dishonorably disregarded justice or did not acknowledge the Supreme Being, and dared to subject those who faithfully pursued it to outrages and incurable punishments, and neither judged themselves wretched for punishing on such pretexts, nor [judged] happy and blessed those who kept their piety toward the Supreme Being even to such extremes — of these, many armies fell, many were put to flight, and every battle line of their wars ended in most shameful defeat.”
Life 2, chapter 27
2.27.1Heikel
Ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων ἀναφύονται πόλεμοι βαρεῖς, ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων πορθήσεις πανίεροι, ἐντεῦθεν ἐντεῦθεν μὲν τῶν πρὸς τὰς χρείας ἀναγκαίων πλῆθος δὲ τῶν ἐπηρτημένων δεινῶν, ἑντεῦθεν οἱ τῆς τοσαύτης ἀρχηγοὶ δυσσεβείας ἢ ἀνατλάντες τὰ ἔσχατα θάνατον πανώλεθρον ἐδυστύχησαν, ἢ ςωὴν αἰσχίστην διάγοντες θανάτου ταύτην βαρυτέραν ἐπέγνωσαν, καὶ οἶον ἰσομέτρους ταῖς ἀδικίαις τὰς τιμωρίας ἐκομίσαντο. τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἕκαστος εὕραντο συμφορῶν, ὅσον τις καὶ καταπολεμῆσαι τὸν θεῖον ὡς ᾤετο] νόμον ὑπʼ ἀλογίας προήχθη, ὥστʼ αὐτοῖς μὴ παρὰ τὴν ςωὴν εiναι βαρέα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ γῆς κολαστηρίων χαλεπώτερον προσδοκᾶσθαι τὸν φόβον.“
Ek tōn toioutōn anaphyontai polemoi bareis, ek tōn toioutōn porthēseis panieroi, enteuthen enteuthen men tōn pros tas chreias anankaiōn plēthos de tōn epērtēmenōn deinōn, henteuthen hoi tēs tosautēs archēgoi dyssebeias ē anatlantes ta eschata thanaton panōlethron edystychēsan, ē sōēn aischistēn diagontes thanatou tautēn baryteran epegnōsan, kai oion isometrous tais adikiais tas timōrias ekomisanto. tosouton gar hekastos heuranto symphorōn, hoson tis kai katapolemēsai ton theion hōs ǭeto] nomon hypʼ alogias proēchthē, hōstʼ autois mē para tēn sōēn einai barea monon, alla kai tōn hypo gēs kolastēriōn chalepōteron prosdokasthai ton phobon.“
“From such things grievous wars spring up, from such things utter devastations; hence the lack of what is needed for life and a host of impending terrors; hence the leaders of such great impiety either endured the extremes and met with an all-destroying death, or, living a most shameful life, recognized it to be heavier than death, and received punishments, as it were, equal in measure to their wrongs. For each met with as many calamities as he had been led by folly to try to war down the divine law, as he thought; so that for them not only was life heavy, but the fear of the punishments beneath the earth was expected to be even harsher.”
Life 2, chapter 28
2.28.1Heikel
Τοιαύτης δὴ καὶ οὕτως βαρείας δυσσεβείας τὰ ἀνθρώπεια κατεχούσης, καὶ τῶν κοινῶν οἶον ὑπὸ νόσου λοιμώδους τινὸς ἄρδην διαφθαρῆναι κινδυνευόντων καὶ θεραπείας σωτηρίου πολλῆς χρῃζόντων, τίνα τὸ θεῖον ἐπινοεῖ κουφισμόν, τίνα τῶν δεινῶν ἀπαλλαγήν; ἐκεῖνο δὲ πάντως νοητέον θεῖον, ὅ μόνον τε καὶ ὡς ὄντως ἔστι καὶ διαρκῆ κατὰ παντὸς ἔχει τοῦ χρόνου τὴν δύναμιν. πάντως δὲ οὐ κόμπος τὸ τὴν παρὰ τοῦ κρείττονος εὐποιίαν ὁμολογοῦντα σεμνολογεῖσθαι. τὴν ἐμὴν ὑπηρεσίαν πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βούλησιν ἐπιτηδείαν ἐζήτησέν τε καὶ ἔκρινεν, ὃς ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς Βρεττανοῖς ἐκείνοις θαλάσσης ἀρξάμενος καὶ τῶν μερῶν, ἔνθα δύεσθαι τὸν ἥλιον ἀνάγκῃ τινὶ τέτακται, κρείττονί τινι δυνάμει ἀπωθούμενος διασκεδαννὺς τὰ κατέχοντα πάντα δεινά, ἕν ἅμα μὲν ἀνακαλοῖτο τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος τὴν περὶ τὸν σεμνότατον νόμον θεραπείαν τῇ παρʼ ἐμοῦ παιδευό- μενον ὑπουργίᾳ, ἅμα δʼ ἡ μακαριστὴ πίστις αὔξοιτο ὑπὸ χειραγωγῷ τῷ κρείττονι.“
Toiautēs dē kai houtōs bareias dyssebeias ta anthrōpeia katechousēs, kai tōn koinōn oion hypo nosou loimōdous tinos ardēn diaphtharēnai kindyneuontōn kai therapeias sōtēriou pollēs chrę̄zontōn, tina to theion epinoei kouphismon, tina tōn deinōn apallagēn? ekeino de pantōs noēteon theion, ho monon te kai hōs ontōs esti kai diarkē kata pantos echei tou chronou tēn dynamin. pantōs de ou kompos to tēn para tou kreittonos eupoiian homologounta semnologeisthai. tēn emēn hypēresian pros tēn heautou boulēsin epitēdeian ezētēsen te kai ekrinen, hos apo tēs pros Brettanois ekeinois thalassēs arxamenos kai tōn merōn, entha dyesthai ton hēlion anankę̄ tini tetaktai, kreittoni tini dynamei apōthoumenos diaskedannys ta katechonta panta deina, hen hama men anakaloito to anthrōpinon genos tēn peri ton semnotaton nomon therapeian tę̄ parʼ emou paideuo- menon hypourgią, hama dʼ hē makaristē pistis auxoito hypo cheiragōgǭ tǭ kreittoni.“
“When such grievous impiety held human affairs, and the commonwealth was in danger of being utterly destroyed, as by some pestilential disease, and needed much saving treatment, what relief, what deliverance from these terrors, did the Divinity devise? That must surely be understood as divine which alone truly exists and has power lasting through all time. Nor is it boasting for one who acknowledges the benefits received from the Supreme Being to speak of them solemnly. He sought out and judged my service suitable to his will. Beginning from that sea beside the Britons and from the regions where the sun is ordained by a certain necessity to set, and driven on by a higher power, I scattered all the terrors that held sway, so that the human race, instructed by my service, might be recalled to the worship of the most holy law, and at the same time the most blessed faith might grow under the guidance of the Supreme.”
Life 2, chapter 29
2.29.1Heikel
Ούδέποτε γὰρ ἂν ἀγνώμων περὶ τὴν ὀφειλομένην γενοί- μην χάριν· ταύτην ἀρίστην διακονίαν, τοῦτο κεχαρισμένον ἐμαυτῶ̣ δῶρον πιστεύσας, μέχρι καὶ τῶν ἑᾠων πρόειμι χωρίων, ἃ βαρυτέραις κατεχόμενα συμφοραῖς μείζονα καὶ τὴν παρʼ ἡμῶν θεραπείαν ἐπεβοᾶτο. πάντως δὲ καὶ ψυχὴν οὔλην καὶ πᾶν ὅ τί περ ἀναπνέω, καὶ ὅλως εἴ τι τῆς διανοίας ἐνδοτάτω στρέφεται, τοῦτο τῷ μεγίστῳ θεῷ ὀφείλεσθαι παρʼ ἡμῶν ὅλον ἀσφαλῶς πεπίστευκα. οἶδα μὲν οὗν ἀκριβῶς, ὡς οὐδὲν τῆς παρʼ ἀνθρώπων εὐνοίας χρῄζοιεν ἂν οἱ τὴν οὐράνιον ὀρθῶς μεταδιώξαντες ἐλπίδα καὶ ταύτην ἐξαίρετόν τε καὶ ἀσφαλῶς ἐπὶ τῶν θείων καθιδρυσάμενοι τόπων τοσούτῳ τε τιμῶν ἀπολαύοντες μειζόνων, ὅσῳ περ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τῶν γηίνων ἐλαττωμάτων τε καὶ δεινῶν ἐχώρισαν. τὰς ἀνάγκας δὲ ὅμως τὰς πρὸς καιρὸν ἐπενεχθείσας αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰς οὐ προσηκούσας βασάνους ἀπὸ τῶν οὐδὲν αἰτίων οὐδὲ ὑπευθύνων ὡς πορρωτάτω ἀνείργειν ἡμᾶς οἰμαι προσήκειν· ἢ γένοιτʼ ἂν τὸ ἀτοπώτατον, ὑπὸ μὲν τοῖς διῶξαι τοὺς προθυμηθεῖσιν τῆς περὶ τὸ θεῖον ἕνεκα θεραπείας τὸ καρτερικὸν καὶ στερρὸν τῆς Ψυχῆς αὐτῶν ἱκανῶς διαγνωσθῆναι, ὑπὸ δὲ τῷ θεράποντι τοῦ θεοῦ μὴ οὐκ εἰς λαμπρότερον καὶ μακαριστότερον σχῆμα τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν ἀρθῆναι.“
Oudepote gar an agnōmōn peri tēn opheilomenēn genoi- mēn charin; tautēn aristēn diakonian, touto kecharismenon emautō dōron pisteusas, mechri kai tōn heǭōn proeimi chōriōn, ha baryterais katechomena symphorais meizona kai tēn parʼ hēmōn therapeian epeboato. pantōs de kai psychēn oulēn kai pan ho ti per anapneō, kai holōs ei ti tēs dianoias endotatō strephetai, touto tǭ megistǭ theǭ opheilesthai parʼ hēmōn holon asphalōs pepisteuka. oida men houn akribōs, hōs ouden tēs parʼ anthrōpōn eunoias chrę̄zoien an hoi tēn ouranion orthōs metadiōxantes elpida kai tautēn exaireton te kai asphalōs epi tōn theiōn kathidrysamenoi topōn tosoutǭ te timōn apolauontes meizonōn, hosǭ per sphas autous tōn gēinōn elattōmatōn te kai deinōn echōrisan. tas anankas de homōs tas pros kairon epenechtheisas autois kai tas ou prosēkousas basanous apo tōn ouden aitiōn oude hypeuthynōn hōs porrōtatō aneirgein hēmas oimai prosēkein; ē genoitʼ an to atopōtaton, hypo men tois diōxai tous prothymētheisin tēs peri to theion heneka therapeias to karterikon kai sterron tēs Psychēs autōn hikanōs diagnōsthēnai, hypo de tǭ theraponti tou theou mē ouk eis lamproteron kai makaristoteron schēma tēn doxan autōn arthēnai.“
“For I could never be ungrateful for the thanks I owe. Believing this to be the best service, this the gift granted to me, I am advancing even to the eastern regions, which, held down by heavier calamities, cried out for greater healing at our hands. I have firmly believed that my whole soul, all that I breathe, and in short whatever turns in the innermost recesses of my mind, is wholly owed by us to the greatest God. I know well that those who have rightly pursued the heavenly hope, and have established it as their chief possession, securely set in the divine places, need no goodwill from men, since they enjoy honors all the greater the more they have separated themselves from earthly failings and terrors. Yet I think it our duty to keep as far away as possible from those who are in no way guilty or liable the compulsions laid on them for a time and the undeserved tortures. Otherwise it would be most absurd that under those eager to persecute them for their worship of the Divinity the endurance and firmness of their souls should have been sufficiently proved, while under the servant of God their glory should not be raised to a more brilliant and blessed state.”
Life 2, chapter 30
2.30.1Heikel
Ἅπαντες τοίνυν, εἴτε τινες μετοικίαν ἀντὶ τῆς ἐνεγκούσης ἠλλάξαντο, ὅτι μὴ τὴν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον παρεῖδον πίστιν, ᾗπερ ὅλαις ψυχαῖς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καθιέρωσαν, γνώσεσιν δικαστῶν ἀπηνέσιν ὑποβληθέντες, καθʼ οὓς ἔτυχον ἕκαστοι χρόνους, εἴτέ τινες βουλευτικοῖς συγκατηριθμήθησαν καταλόγοις, τὸν τούτων πρότερον ἀριθμὸν οὐ πληροῦντες, χωρίοις τε πατρῴοις ἀποκατασταθέντες καὶ σχολῇ τῇ συνήθει τῷ πάντων ἐλευθερωτῇ θεῷ χαριστήρια φερόντων· εἴτέ τινες τῶν ὄντων ἐστέροντο καὶ πάσης τῆς ὑπαρχούσης ὁκοίας αποβολῇ καταπεπληγότες κατηφέστατον εἰς δεῦρο διῆγον βίον, οἰκήσεσιν τε ταῖς ἀρχαίαις καὶ γένεσιν καὶ περιουσίαις ἀποδοθέντες τῆς παρὰ τοῦ κρείττονος εὐποιίας χαίροντες ἀπολαύοιεν.“
Hapantes toinyn, eite tines metoikian anti tēs enenkousēs ēllaxanto, hoti mē tēn pros to theion pareidon pistin, hę̄per holais psychais sphas autous kathierōsan, gnōsesin dikastōn apēnesin hypoblēthentes, kathʼ hous etychon hekastoi chronous, eite tines bouleutikois synkatērithmēthēsan katalogois, ton toutōn proteron arithmon ou plērountes, chōriois te patrǭois apokatastathentes kai scholę̄ tę̄ synēthei tǭ pantōn eleutherōtę̄ theǭ charistēria pherontōn; eite tines tōn ontōn esteronto kai pasēs tēs hyparchousēs hokoias apobolę̄ katapeplēgotes katēphestaton eis deuro diēgon bion, oikēsesin te tais archaiais kai genesin kai periousiais apodothentes tēs para tou kreittonos eupoiias chairontes apolauoien.“
“All, then, who exchanged their homeland for exile because they did not disregard their faith toward the Divinity, to which they had consecrated themselves with their whole souls, having been subjected to the harsh sentences of judges at whatever time each happened; and all who were enrolled in the lists of councillors, though not formerly of that number — let them be restored to their ancestral places and their accustomed tranquility and give thanks to God, the liberator of all. And those who were deprived of their possessions and, struck down by the loss of all their substance, have lived until now a most dejected life — let them be restored to their old homes, families, and properties, and enjoy with joy the beneficence of the Supreme Being.”
Life 2, chapter 31
2.31.1Heikel
Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσους οὐ βουλομένους νῆσοι κατέχουσιν τῆς προμηθείας ταύτης ἀπολαῦσαι προστάττομεν, ὅπως οἱ μέχρι νῦν ὀρῶν τε δυσχωρίαις καὶ περιρρύτῳ περικεκλεισμένοι θαλάσσῃ τῆς σκυθρωπῆς τε καὶ ἀπανθρώπου ἐρημίας ἐλευθερωθέντες τοῖς φιλτάτοις σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀποδοῖεν, τὸν εὐκταῖον πόθον πληρώσαντες· οἳ πενιχρὰν ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον ζωὴν μετά τινος ἀποτροπαίου ῥύπου διῆγον, οἶον ἅρπαγμα τι τὴν ἐπάνοδον ποιησάμενοι, καὶ τῶν φροντίδων εἰς τὸ λοιπὸν ἀπηλλαγμένοι, μὴ μετὰ φόβου σὺν ἡμῖν βιῷεν. μετὰ φόβου γὰρ ὑφʼ ἡμῖν βιοῦν, οἳ θεοῦ θεράποντες εἶναι αὐχοῦμέν τε καὶ πιστεύομεν, καὶ εἰς ἀκοὴν ἐλθεῖν μόνον τῶν ἀτοπωτάτων ἂν εἴη, μήτι γε δὴ καὶ πιστεῦσαι· οἳ καὶ τὰς ἀλλοτρίας ἁμαρτίας διορθοῦν πεφύκαμεν.“
Ou mēn alla kai hosous ou boulomenous nēsoi katechousin tēs promētheias tautēs apolausai prostattomen, hopōs hoi mechri nyn orōn te dyschōriais kai perirrytǭ perikekleismenoi thalassę̄ tēs skythrōpēs te kai apanthrōpou erēmias eleutherōthentes tois philtatois sphas autous apodoien, ton euktaion pothon plērōsantes; hoi penichran epi polyn chronon zōēn meta tinos apotropaiou rhypou diēgon, oion harpagma ti tēn epanodon poiēsamenoi, kai tōn phrontidōn eis to loipon apēllagmenoi, mē meta phobou syn hēmin biǭen. meta phobou gar hyphʼ hēmin bioun, hoi theou therapontes einai auchoumen te kai pisteuomen, kai eis akoēn elthein monon tōn atopōtatōn an eiē, mēti ge dē kai pisteusai; hoi kai tas allotrias hamartias diorthoun pephykamen.“
“Moreover, we order that all those held on islands against their will should enjoy this provision, so that those who until now have been shut in by rugged mountains and the surrounding sea may be freed from gloomy and inhuman isolation and give themselves back to their dearest ones, fulfilling their longed-for desire. Those who for a long time have lived a poor life in abominable squalor, treating their return as an unexpected windfall and freed henceforth from anxieties, need not live in fear with us. For that anyone should live in fear under us, who boast and believe that we are servants of God, would be most absurd even to hear of, let alone to believe — we whose nature it is to set right even the sins of others.”
Life 2, chapter 32
2.32.1Heikel
,, Ὅσοι γε μὴν ἢ μοχθηραῖς μεταλλείαις ἐμπονεῖν κατεγνώσθησαν ἢ τὰς πρὸς τοῖς δημοσίοις ἔργοις ὑπηρεσίας πληροῦν, τῶν διαρκῶν μόχθων τὴν γλυκεῖαν σχολὴν ἀμειψάμενοι κουφότερον καὶ τὸν μετʼ ἐξουσίας ἤδη βιούντων βίον, τὰς ἀμέτρους τῶν πόνων ἀηδίας εἰς πραεῖαν ἄνεσιν καταλύσαντες. εἰ δὲ καὶ τῆς κοινῆς παρρησίας ἀποπεσόντες ὑπάρχοιέν τινες καὶ δυστυχήσαντες ἀτιμίαν, μετʼ εὐφροσύνης τῆς προσηκούσης, οἷον ἀποδημίᾳ τινὶ χρονίῳ ἐχωρίσθησαν, τὴν προτέραν ἀξίαν ἀναλαβόντες ἐπὶ τὰς αὐτῶν ἐπειγέσθωσαν πατρίδας.“
,, Hosoi ge mēn ē mochthērais metalleiais emponein kategnōsthēsan ē tas pros tois dēmosiois ergois hypēresias plēroun, tōn diarkōn mochthōn tēn glykeian scholēn ameipsamenoi kouphoteron kai ton metʼ exousias ēdē biountōn bion, tas ametrous tōn ponōn aēdias eis praeian anesin katalysantes. ei de kai tēs koinēs parrēsias apopesontes hyparchoien tines kai dystychēsantes atimian, metʼ euphrosynēs tēs prosēkousēs, hoion apodēmią tini chroniǭ echōristhēsan, tēn proteran axian analabontes epi tas autōn epeigesthōsan patridas.“
“Those who were condemned either to toil in grievous mines or to perform services at the public works — let them exchange their continual labors for sweet leisure and live the easier life of those who now live at liberty, dissolving the immeasurable misery of their toils into gentle rest. And if any have lost their common civic rights and suffered dishonor, let them, with fitting joy, as if they had been separated by a long absence abroad, recover their former rank and hasten to their homelands.”
Life 2, chapter 33
2.33.1Heikel
„Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐξετασθεῖσι μὲν ἐν στρατιωτικαῖς ἀξίαις ποτέ, τούτων δὲ διʼ ἀπηνῆ τε καὶ ἄδικον πρόφασιν ἐκπεσοῦσιν, ὅτι τὸ γινώσκειν τὸ κρεῖττον ὁμολογοῦντες προτιμότερον ἦς εἶχον ἀξίας ἦγον, ἔστω πρὸς βούλησιν ἢ τὰ στρατιωτικὰ στέργουσιν ἐφʼ οὗπερ ἦσαν σχήματος μένειν, ἢ μετὰ ἀφέσεως ἐντίμου ἐλευθέραν ἄγειν σχολήν· πρέπον γὰρ ἂν εἴη καὶ ἀκόλουθον τὸν τοσαύτην μεγαλοψυχίαν καὶ καρτερίαν πρὸς τοὺς ἐπενεχθέντας κινδύνους ἐπιδειξάμενον καὶ σχολῆς, εἰ βούλοιτο, καὶ τιμῆς πρὸς τὴν αἵρεσιν ἀπολαύειν.“
„Ou mēn alla kai tois exetastheisi men en stratiōtikais axiais pote, toutōn de diʼ apēnē te kai adikon prophasin ekpesousin, hoti to ginōskein to kreitton homologountes protimoteron ēs eichon axias ēgon, estō pros boulēsin ē ta stratiōtika stergousin ephʼ houper ēsan schēmatos menein, ē meta apheseōs entimou eleutheran agein scholēn; prepon gar an eiē kai akolouthon ton tosautēn megalopsychian kai karterian pros tous epenechthentas kindynous epideixamenon kai scholēs, ei bouloito, kai timēs pros tēn hairesin apolauein.“
“Moreover, those who were once enrolled in military ranks, but were expelled from them on a harsh and unjust pretext, because by confessing that they knew the Supreme Being they held this more precious than the rank they had — let them have the choice either, if they love military life, to remain in the position they held, or to live in free leisure with an honorable discharge. For it would be fitting and consistent that one who showed such magnanimity and endurance in the dangers brought upon him should enjoy either leisure, if he wishes, or honor, as he chooses.”
Life 2, chapter 34
2.34.1Heikel
Καὶ μὴν καὶ ὅσοι τῆς εὐγενείας πρὸς βίαν στερόμενοι τοιουτότροπόν τινα γνῶσιν δικαστῶν ὑπέστησαν, ὥστε ἢ γυναικείοις ἤ λινοϋφίοις ἐμβληθέντες ἀήθη καὶ ἄθλιον ὑπομένειν πόνον ἢ οἰκέται νομίζεσθαι τοῦ ταμιείου, οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς τῆς προτέρας ἐπαρκε- σάσης γενέσεως, οὑτοι τιμῶν τε ὡν ἀπέλαυον πρόσθεν καὶ τοῖς τῆς ἐλευθερίας καλοῖς ἐνευφραινόμενοι, ἀνακαλεσάμενοι τὰς συνήθεις ἀξίας, μετὰ πάσης λοιπὸν εὐφροσύνης βιούντων. καὶ ὀ δουλείαν γε μὴν ἐλευθερίας ἀλλαξάμενος ἀθεμίτῳ τινὶ καὶ ἀπανθρώπῳ δήπου ἀπονοίᾳ, πολλάκις τε τὰς ἀήθεις διακονίας ἀποδυράμενος, καὶ οἶον αἰφνίδιον οἰκέτην ἑαυτὸν ἀντʼ ἐλευθέρου γνούς, ἐλευθερίας τῆς πρόσθεν καθʼ ἡμέτερον λαβόμενος πρόσταγμα, ἀποδότω τε τοῖς γεννήτορσιν ἑαυτὸν καὶ πόνους τοὺς ἐλευθέρῳ πρέποντας μετίτω, ἃς προεμόχθησεν οὐκ οἰκείας διακονίας ἐκβαλὼν τῆς μνήμης.“
Kai mēn kai hosoi tēs eugeneias pros bian steromenoi toioutotropon tina gnōsin dikastōn hypestēsan, hōste ē gynaikeiois ē linoÿphiois emblēthentes aēthē kai athlion hypomenein ponon ē oiketai nomizesthai tou tamieiou, ouden autois tēs proteras eparke- sasēs geneseōs, houtoi timōn te hōn apelauon prosthen kai tois tēs eleutherias kalois eneuphrainomenoi, anakalesamenoi tas synētheis axias, meta pasēs loipon euphrosynēs biountōn. kai o douleian ge mēn eleutherias allaxamenos athemitǭ tini kai apanthrōpǭ dēpou aponoią, pollakis te tas aētheis diakonias apodyramenos, kai oion aiphnidion oiketēn heauton antʼ eleutherou gnous, eleutherias tēs prosthen kathʼ hēmeteron labomenos prostagma, apodotō te tois gennētorsin heauton kai ponous tous eleutherǭ prepontas metitō, has proemochthēsen ouk oikeias diakonias ekbalōn tēs mnēmēs.“
“And those who were forcibly deprived of their noble birth and underwent such a sentence of the judges that they were thrown into the women's workshops or the linen mills and endured unaccustomed and wretched labor, or were counted as slaves of the treasury, their former birth availing them nothing — let these, rejoicing in the honors they enjoyed before and in the goods of freedom, and recovering their accustomed ranks, live henceforth in all joy. And he who exchanged freedom for slavery through some lawless and inhuman madness, often lamenting his unaccustomed services and finding himself suddenly a slave instead of free — let him, recovering his former freedom by our order, restore himself to his parents and pursue the occupations befitting a free man, casting from his memory the services, not his own, at which he toiled before.”
Life 2, chapter 35
2.35.1Heikel
Παρεατέον δὲ οὐδὲ τὸ τῶν οὐσιῶν, ὡν ἕκαστοι κατὰ διαφόρους ἐστερήθησαν προφάσεις. ἀλλʼ εἴτέ τινες τὸν ἄριστόν τε καὶ θεῖον ὑποστάντες ἀγῶνα τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἀφόβῳ τε καὶ θαρραλέᾳ τῇ γνώμῃ τῶν ὄντων ἐστερήθησαν, εἴτέ τινες ὁμολογηταὶ καταστάντες τὴν αἰώνιον ἐλπίδα παρεσκεύασαν ἑαυτοῖς, ὅσοι τε μετοικῆσαι καταναγκασθέντες, ὅτι μὴ τοῖς διώξασιν εἶξαν παριδόντες τὴν πίστιν, τῶν ὄντων ἐστέροντο καὶ αὐτοί, ἢ εἴ γέ τινες οὐδὲ καταγνωσθέντες θάνατον στέρησιν ἐδυστύχησαν τῶν ὄντων, τούτων τοῖς πρὸς γένους προσνέμεσθαι τοὺς κλήρους προστάττομεν. πάντως δὲ διαγορευόντων τῶν νόμων τῶν ἀγχιστέων τοὺς ἐγγυτέρω, ῥᾀδιον διαγινώσκειν οἶς προσήκουσιν οἱ κλῆροι, καὶ ὅτι οὑτοι κατὰ λόγον ἐπὶ τὴν διαδοχὴν ἔλθοιεν ἄν,. οἵπερ ἠσαν οἰκειότεροι καὶ αὐτομάτῳ χρησαμένων ἐκείνων τῷ τέλει.
Pareateon de oude to tōn ousiōn, hōn hekastoi kata diaphorous esterēthēsan prophaseis. allʼ eite tines ton ariston te kai theion hypostantes agōna tou martyriou aphobǭ te kai tharraleą tę̄ gnōmę̄ tōn ontōn esterēthēsan, eite tines homologētai katastantes tēn aiōnion elpida pareskeuasan heautois, hosoi te metoikēsai katanankasthentes, hoti mē tois diōxasin eixan paridontes tēn pistin, tōn ontōn esteronto kai autoi, ē ei ge tines oude katagnōsthentes thanaton sterēsin edystychēsan tōn ontōn, toutōn tois pros genous prosnemesthai tous klērous prostattomen. pantōs de diagoreuontōn tōn nomōn tōn anchisteōn tous engyterō, rhądion diaginōskein ois prosēkousin hoi klēroi, kai hoti houtoi kata logon epi tēn diadochēn elthoien an,. hoiper ēsan oikeioteroi kai automatǭ chrēsamenōn ekeinōn tǭ telei.
“Nor must we pass over the matter of the property of which each was deprived on various pretexts. Whether some underwent the best and divine contest of martyrdom with fearless and courageous resolve and were deprived of their possessions; or some, having become confessors, prepared for themselves the eternal hope; or those forced to emigrate, because they did not yield to the persecutors by disregarding their faith, were themselves also deprived of their possessions; or if some, without even being condemned to death, suffered the misfortune of losing their possessions — we order that their inheritances be assigned to their kin. Since the laws expressly name the nearest of the next of kin, it is easy to determine to whom the inheritances belong, and that those would rightly come to the succession who would have been the nearer relatives if those persons had died a natural death.”
Life 2, chapter 36
2.36.1Heikel
Εἰ δὲ τῶν ἀγχιστέων μηδεὶς ὑπολείποιτο μηδενὸς τῶν προειρημένων κατὰ λόγον ἂν γενόμενος κληρονόμος, μήτε τῶν μαρτύρων φημί, μήτε τῶν ὁμολογησάντων, μήτε τῶν μετοίκων τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ τοιαύτῃ μεταστάντων προφάσει, ἡ καθʼ ἑκάστους ἀεὶ τοὺς τόπους ἐκκλησία διαδέχεσθαι τετάχθω τὸν κλῆρον· οὐκ ἔσται δὲ τοῦτο πάντως οὐδὲ τοῖς ἀπελθοῦσι βαρύ, εἴπερ ἡς ἔνεκα πάντας ὑπέστησαν πόνους κληρονόμον εὐτυχοῖεν ταύτην. προσκεῖσθαί γε μὴν ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τόδε, ὡς εἰ τῶν προειρημένων τινὲς ἐδωρήσαντό τι τῶν ὄντων οἶς ἐβούλοντο, τούτοις τὴν δεσποτείαν εὔλογον κυρίαν μένειν.“
Ei de tōn anchisteōn mēdeis hypoleipoito mēdenos tōn proeirēmenōn kata logon an genomenos klēronomos, mēte tōn martyrōn phēmi, mēte tōn homologēsantōn, mēte tōn metoikōn tōn epi tę̄ toiautę̄ metastantōn prophasei, hē kathʼ hekastous aei tous topous ekklēsia diadechesthai tetachthō ton klēron; ouk estai de touto pantōs oude tois apelthousi bary, eiper hēs eneka pantas hypestēsan ponous klēronomon eutychoien tautēn. proskeisthai ge mēn anankaion kai tode, hōs ei tōn proeirēmenōn tines edōrēsanto ti tōn ontōn ois eboulonto, toutois tēn despoteian eulogon kyrian menein.“
“If none of the next of kin is left who would rightly have become heir of any of those mentioned — I mean of the martyrs, of the confessors, or of those who emigrated for such a reason — let the church in each place be appointed to succeed to the inheritance. This will surely not be grievous even to the departed, if the church, for whose sake they underwent all their toils, is fortunate enough to be their heir. It is necessary to add this too: if any of those mentioned gave any of their possessions to whomever they wished, it is reasonable that the ownership remain valid for the recipients.”
Life 2, chapter 37
2.37.1Heikel
Ὅπως δὲ μηδὲ πλάνη τις ἐμφαίνοιτο τῷ προστάγματι ἀλλʼ ἕτοιμον εἴη τὸ δίκαιον ἅπασι γινώσκειν, εἰδέτωσαν ἅπαντες, εἴτε χωρίον εἴτε οἰκίαν εἴτε κῆπον εἴτε ἕτερόν τι τῶν προειρημένων κατέχοιεν, καλὸν καὶ λυσιτελοῦν αὐτοῖς εἶναι καὶ ὁμολογεῖν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀποκαθιστάναι σὺν ἁπάσῃ ταχυτῆτι. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα φανεῖεν ἐξ αὐτῶν τινες ἀπὸ τῆς οὐ δικαίας δεσποτείας πολλὰ καρπωσάμενοι, καὶ γίνεσθαι τούτων τὴν ἀπαίτησιν ἡμεῖς οὐ δίκαιον κρίνομεν, ὅμως γε μὴν αὐτοὶ ὁπόσα τε καὶ ὁπόθεν συνέλεξαν ἐπιγνόντες, καὶ τῷ ἁμαρτήματι τούτῳ συγχώρησιν γενέσθαι παρʼ ἡμῶν δεηθήτωσαν, ὅπως ἅμα μὲν τῇ τοιαύτῃ διορθώσει ἡ φθάσασα ἰαθείη πλεονεξία, ἅμα δὲ ὁ μέγιστος θεός, οἶον ἀντὶ μεταμελείας τινὸς τοῦτο προέμενος, εὐμενὴς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτίαισι γένοιτο.
Hopōs de mēde planē tis emphainoito tǭ prostagmati allʼ hetoimon eiē to dikaion hapasi ginōskein, eidetōsan hapantes, eite chōrion eite oikian eite kēpon eite heteron ti tōn proeirēmenōn katechoien, kalon kai lysiteloun autois einai kai homologein autois kai apokathistanai syn hapasę̄ tachytēti. ei gar kai ta malista phaneien ex autōn tines apo tēs ou dikaias despoteias polla karpōsamenoi, kai ginesthai toutōn tēn apaitēsin hēmeis ou dikaion krinomen, homōs ge mēn autoi hoposa te kai hopothen synelexan epignontes, kai tǭ hamartēmati toutǭ synchōrēsin genesthai parʼ hēmōn deēthētōsan, hopōs hama men tę̄ toiautę̄ diorthōsei hē phthasasa iatheiē pleonexia, hama de ho megistos theos, oion anti metameleias tinos touto proemenos, eumenēs epi tois hamartiaisi genoito.
“So that no misunderstanding may arise about this ordinance, but justice may be plain for all to know, let all know that whether they hold land, a house, a garden, or anything else of the kinds mentioned, it is good and advantageous for them both to acknowledge it and to restore it with all speed. For even if it should appear that some of them have reaped much from their unjust ownership, and we do not judge it right that restitution of this be demanded, nevertheless let them themselves, recognizing how much they gathered and from where, beg pardon from us for this fault, so that the former greed may at once be healed by such correction, and the greatest God, accepting this as a kind of repentance, may be gracious toward their sins.”
Life 2, chapter 38
2.38.1Heikel
Ἐροῦσι μὲν γὰρ ἴσως ἀντʼ ἀπολογίας προισχόμενοι οἱ τῶν τοιούτων οὐσιῶν καταστάντες δεσπόται, εἴ γε τοῦτο κρατεῖν ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ἄξιον ἢ δυνατὸν τὸ πρόσρημα, ὡς οὐκ ἦν οἶόν τε ἀποθέσθαι τὸ τηνικαῦτα, ἡνίκα πολύτροπος ἁπάντων τῶν δεινῶν ἦν θέα, ὠμῶς ἀπελαυνόμενοι, ἀφειδῶς ἀπολλύμενοι, ἀμελῶς ἐρριμμένοι, δημεύσεις τῶν οὐδὲν αἰτίων συχναί, διώξεις ἀκόρεστοι, τῶν ὄντων διαπράσεις· εἰ δὲ τοῖς τοιούτοις διισχυρίζοιντο λόγοις τινὲς καὶ ταῖς ἀπλήστοις ἐπιμένοιεν προαιρέσεσιν, οὐκ ἀτιμώρητον ἑαυτοῖς τὸ τοιοῦτον αἰσθήσονται, καὶ μάλιστα ὁπότε οὕτω τὰ παρʼ ἡμῶν τῷ μεγίστῳ διακονεῖται θεῷ. ὅσα γοῦν πρότερον ἡ ὀλέθριος ἀνάγκη συνηνάγκαζε λαμβάνειν, ταῦτα νῦν κατέχειν ἐπισφαλὲς ὑπάρχει· ἄλλως τε καὶ παντὶ τρόπῳ τὰς ἀπληστίας λογισμοῖς καὶ παραδείγμασιν ἐλαττοῦν ἀναγκαῖον.“
Erousi men gar isōs antʼ apologias proischomenoi hoi tōn toioutōn ousiōn katastantes despotai, ei ge touto kratein epʼ autōn axion ē dynaton to prosrēma, hōs ouk ēn oion te apothesthai to tēnikauta, hēnika polytropos hapantōn tōn deinōn ēn thea, ōmōs apelaunomenoi, apheidōs apollymenoi, amelōs errimmenoi, dēmeuseis tōn ouden aitiōn sychnai, diōxeis akorestoi, tōn ontōn diapraseis; ei de tois toioutois diischyrizointo logois tines kai tais aplēstois epimenoien proairesesin, ouk atimōrēton heautois to toiouton aisthēsontai, kai malista hopote houtō ta parʼ hēmōn tǭ megistǭ diakoneitai theǭ. hosa goun proteron hē olethrios anankē synēnankaze lambanein, tauta nyn katechein episphales hyparchei; allōs te kai panti tropǭ tas aplēstias logismois kai paradeigmasin elattoun anankaion.“
“Those who have become owners of such properties — if that title can properly or possibly be applied to them — will perhaps say in their defense that it was not possible to refuse at that time, when there was a manifold spectacle of every terror: people cruelly driven out, mercilessly destroyed, heedlessly cast aside; frequent confiscations of the innocent, insatiable persecutions, forced sales of possessions. But if any insist on such arguments and persist in their greedy intentions, they will find that it does not go unpunished for them, especially when our affairs are thus conducted in the service of the greatest God. What deadly necessity formerly compelled them to take, it is now dangerous to retain; and besides, greed must in every way be curbed by reasoning and by examples.”
Life 2, chapter 39
2.39.1Heikel
„ Οὐδὲ τὸ ταμιεῖον, εἴ τι κατέχοι τῶν προειρημένων, βεβαίως κατέχειν συγχωρηθήσεται, ἀλλʼ οἷον οὐδὲ ἀντιφθέγξασθαι πρὸς τὰς ἱερὰς ἐκκλησίας τολμῆσαν, ὧν ἐπὶ χρόνον οὐ δικαίως κατέσχεν, τούτων ἐκστήσεται δικαίως ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις... ἅπαντα δʼ ὅσα ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις προσήκειν ὀρθῶς ἂν φανείη, εἴτε οἰκίαι τὸ κτῆμα τυγχάνοιεν εἴτε ἀγροί τινες καὶ κῆποι εἴτε ὁποῖα δή ποτε ἕτερά τινα, οὐδενὸς τῶν εἰς τὴν δεσποτείαν ἐλαττουμένου δικαίου ἀλλʼ ἀκεραίων πάντων μενόντων, ἀποκαθίστασθαι προστάττομεν.“
„ Oude to tamieion, ei ti katechoi tōn proeirēmenōn, bebaiōs katechein synchōrēthēsetai, allʼ hoion oude antiphthenxasthai pros tas hieras ekklēsias tolmēsan, hōn epi chronon ou dikaiōs kateschen, toutōn ekstēsetai dikaiōs tais ekklēsiais... hapanta dʼ hosa tais ekklēsiais prosēkein orthōs an phaneiē, eite oikiai to ktēma tynchanoien eite agroi tines kai kēpoi eite hopoia dē pote hetera tina, oudenos tōn eis tēn despoteian elattoumenou dikaiou allʼ akeraiōn pantōn menontōn, apokathistasthai prostattomen.“
“Nor will the treasury be allowed to keep securely anything of what has been mentioned that it holds; but, not daring even to speak against the holy churches, it will rightly give up to the churches what it has for a time unjustly held. … Everything that may rightly appear to belong to the churches, whether the property consists of houses, or fields and gardens, or anything else whatever, we order to be restored, with no right of ownership diminished but all remaining intact.”
Life 2, chapter 40
2.40.1Heikel
Καὶ μὴν καὶ τοὺς τόπους αὐτούς, οἳ τοῖς σώμασι τῶν μαρτύρων τετίμηνται καὶ τῆς ἀναχωρήσεως τῆς ἐνδόξου ὑπομνήματα καθεστᾶσιν, τίς ἂν ἀμφιβάλοι μὴ οὐχὶ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις προσήκειν, ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ προστάξειεν ἄν; ἡνίκα μήτε δῶρον ἄμεινον μήτε κάματος χαριέστερος καὶ πολλὴν ἔχων τὴν ὠφέλειαν ἕτερος ἂν γένοιτο, ἢ τοῦ θείου προτρέποντος νεύματος τὴν περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ποιεῖσθαι σπουδήν, καὶ ἃ μετὰ πονηρῶν ἐξῃρέθη προφάσεων τῶν ἀδίκων καὶ μοχθηροτάτων ἀνδρῶν, ἀποκατασταθέντα δικαίως ταῖς εὐαγέσιν αὖθις ἐκκλησίαις ἀποσωθῆναι.“
Kai mēn kai tous topous autous, hoi tois sōmasi tōn martyrōn tetimēntai kai tēs anachōrēseōs tēs endoxou hypomnēmata kathestasin, tis an amphibaloi mē ouchi tais ekklēsiais prosēkein, ē ouchi kai prostaxeien an? hēnika mēte dōron ameinon mēte kamatos chariesteros kai pollēn echōn tēn ōpheleian heteros an genoito, ē tou theiou protrepontos neumatos tēn peri tōn toioutōn poieisthai spoudēn, kai ha meta ponērōn exę̄rethē prophaseōn tōn adikōn kai mochthērotatōn andrōn, apokatastathenta dikaiōs tais euagesin authis ekklēsiais aposōthēnai.“
“As for the places themselves which are honored by the bodies of the martyrs and stand as memorials of their glorious departure, who would doubt that they belong to the churches, or would not order it so? For there could be no better gift, no labor more pleasing and more profitable, than, at the prompting of the divine will, to show zeal in such matters, and that what was taken away on wicked pretexts by unjust and most wicked men should be rightly restored and preserved once more for the holy churches.”
Life 2, chapter 41
2.41.1Heikel
,, Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὁλοκλήρου προνοίας ἂν εἴη μηδὲ τούτους σιωπῇ παρελθεῖν, ὅσοιπερ ἢ ὠνῆς δικαίῳ ἐπρίαντό τι παρὰ τοῦ ταμιείου ἢ κατὰ δωρεὰν κατέσχον συγχωρηθέν, μάτην καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τὰς ἀπλήστους ἐπιθυμίας ἐκτείνοντες, γινωσκέτωσαν, ὡς οἱ τοιοῦτοι, εἰ καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα οἱς ἐτόλμησαν πρίασθαι ἀλλοτρίαν τὴν παρʼ ἡμῶν εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐπειράθησαν καταστῆσαι φιλανθρωπίαν, ὅμως ταύτης εἰς τὸν δυνατὸν καὶ πρέποντα τρόπον οὐκ ἀτυχήσουσιν. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀνήχθω.“
,, Epeidē de holoklērou pronoias an eiē mēde toutous siōpę̄ parelthein, hosoiper ē ōnēs dikaiǭ eprianto ti para tou tamieiou ē kata dōrean kateschon synchōrēthen, matēn kai epi ta toiauta tas aplēstous epithymias ekteinontes, ginōsketōsan, hōs hoi toioutoi, ei kai hoti malista hois etolmēsan priasthai allotrian tēn parʼ hēmōn eis autous epeirathēsan katastēsai philanthrōpian, homōs tautēs eis ton dynaton kai preponta tropon ouk atychēsousin. tauta men oun eis tosouton anēchthō.“
“Since it belongs to complete foresight not to pass over in silence those who either bought something from the treasury by right of purchase or retained what was granted to them as a gift, vainly stretching out their insatiable desires even to such things, let them know that, although by daring to make such purchases they have estranged themselves as far as possible from our humanity toward them, they will nevertheless not fail to obtain it in the manner that is possible and fitting. Let this matter be carried this far.”
Life 2, chapter 42
2.42.1Heikel
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀποδείξεσιν ἐναργεστάταις καὶ σαφεστάταις ἐξεφάνη ἀρετῇ τε τοῦ πάντα δυνατοῦ θεοῦ καὶ παραινέσεσιν ἅμα καὶ βοηθείαις, ἃς ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ συχνὰς ἀξιοῖ ποιεῖσθαι, τὴν πρότερον κατέχουσαν πάντα τὰ ἀνθρώπεια δυσχέρειαν ἐκ πάσης ἤδη ἐληλάσθαι τῆς ὑφʼ ἡλίῳ, καθʼ ἕνα τε τε καὶ σύμπαντες ἐσπουδασμέναις καθορᾶτε φροντίσιν, τίς ἐκείνη καθέστηκεν ἐξουσία, τίς χάρις, ἣ τῶν μὲν πονηροτάτων καὶ μοχθηροτάτων τὸ ὡς εἰπεῖν σπέρμα ἠφάνισέν τε καὶ διέφθειρεν, τῶν δὲ ἀγαθῶν τὴν εὐφροσύνην ἀνακληθεῖσαν ἐπὶ πάσας ἐκτείνει τὰς χώρας ἀφθόνως, καὶ αὖθις αὐτόν τε τὸν θεῖον νόμον τὰ εἰκότα μετὰ παντὸς σεβάσματος θεραπεύεσθαι, τούς τε τούτῳ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καθιερώσαντας τὸ προσήκοντα σέβειν, ἐξουσίαν δίδωσιν ἅπασαν. οἳ καθάπερ ἔκ τινος σκότους βαθυτάτου ἀνακύψαντες καὶ λαμπρὰν τῶν πραγμάτων λαβόντες γνῶσιν, θεραπείαν τε τὴν προσήκουσαν τοῦ λοιποῦ περὶ αὐτὸν καὶ τιμὴν σύμφωνον ἐπιδείξονται. προτεθήτω ἐν τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἁνατολικοῖς μέρεσιν.“
Epeidē de apodeixesin enargestatais kai saphestatais exephanē aretę̄ te tou panta dynatou theou kai parainesesin hama kai boētheiais, has hyper emou sychnas axioi poieisthai, tēn proteron katechousan panta ta anthrōpeia dyschereian ek pasēs ēdē elēlasthai tēs hyphʼ hēliǭ, kathʼ hena te te kai sympantes espoudasmenais kathorate phrontisin, tis ekeinē kathestēken exousia, tis charis, hē tōn men ponērotatōn kai mochthērotatōn to hōs eipein sperma ēphanisen te kai diephtheiren, tōn de agathōn tēn euphrosynēn anaklētheisan epi pasas ekteinei tas chōras aphthonōs, kai authis auton te ton theion nomon ta eikota meta pantos sebasmatos therapeuesthai, tous te toutǭ sphas autous kathierōsantas to prosēkonta sebein, exousian didōsin hapasan. hoi kathaper ek tinos skotous bathytatou anakypsantes kai lampran tōn pragmatōn labontes gnōsin, therapeian te tēn prosēkousan tou loipou peri auton kai timēn symphōnon epideixontai. protethētō en tois hēmeterois hanatolikois meresin.“
“Since it has been shown by the clearest and plainest proofs, through the power of the almighty God and through the exhortations and help which he deigns often to give on my behalf, that the hardship which formerly held all human affairs has now been driven from the whole earth under the sun, you all, individually and together, see with earnest attention what that power is, what that grace, which destroyed and annihilated the very seed, so to speak, of the most wicked and evil men, spreads abundantly over all lands the joy of the good that has been recalled, and gives full authority again for the divine law itself to be served with all fitting reverence, and for those who have consecrated themselves to it to be honored as is due. They, as if lifting their heads out of the deepest darkness and receiving a clear knowledge of affairs, will henceforth show him fitting service and accordant honor. Let this be posted in our eastern parts.”
Life 2, chapter 43
2.43.1Heikel
Τὸ μὲν δὴ πρῶτον ὡς ἡμᾶς καταπεμφθὲν βασιλέως γράμμα ταῦτα διετάττετο. αὐτίκα δὲ διʼ ἔργων ἐχώρει τὰ πρὸς τοῦ νόμου διηγορευμένα, καὶ πάντα ἐπράττετο τἀναντία τοῖς μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν ὑπὸ τῆς τυραννικῆς ὠμότητος τετολμημένοις ἀπήλαυόν τε βασιλικῶν δωρεῶν οἱς ταῦτα νενομοθέτητο.
To men dē prōton hōs hēmas katapemphthen basileōs gramma tauta dietatteto. autika de diʼ ergōn echōrei ta pros tou nomou diēgoreumena, kai panta epratteto tanantia tois mikron emprosthen hypo tēs tyrannikēs ōmotētos tetolmēmenois apēlauon te basilikōn dōreōn hois tauta nenomothetēto.
Such were the provisions of the emperor's first letter sent to us. At once what the law prescribed was put into effect, and everything was done contrary to what had been dared a little before by tyrannical cruelty; and those for whom these laws were enacted enjoyed the imperial gifts.
Life 2, chapter 44
2.44.1Heikel
Μεταβὰς δʼ ἐκ τούτων βασιλεὺς πραγμάτων ἐνεργῶν ἤπτετο. καὶ πρῶτα μὲν τοῖς κατʼ ἐπαρχίας διῃρημένοις ἔθνεσιν ἡγεμόνας κατέπεμπεν, τῇ σωτηρίῳ πίστει καθωσιωμένους τοὺς πλείους. ὅσοι δʼ ἑλληνίζειν ἐδόκουν, τούτοις θύειν ἀπείρητο. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἠν νόμος καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὑπερκειμένων τὰς ἡγεμονικὰς ἀρχὰς ἀξιωμάτων, ἐπί τε τῶν ἀνωτάτω καὶ τὴν ἔπαρχον διειληφότων ἐξουσίαν. ἢ γὰρ Χριστιανοῖς οὖσιν ἐμπρέπειν ἐδίδου τῇ προσηγορίᾳ, ἢ διακειμένοις ἑτέρως τὸ μὴ εἰδωλολατρεῖν παρήγγειλεν.
Metabas dʼ ek toutōn basileus pragmatōn energōn ēpteto. kai prōta men tois katʼ eparchias dię̄rēmenois ethnesin hēgemonas katepempen, tę̄ sōtēriǭ pistei kathōsiōmenous tous pleious. hosoi dʼ hellēnizein edokoun, toutois thyein apeirēto. ho dʼ autos ēn nomos kai epi tōn hyperkeimenōn tas hēgemonikas archas axiōmatōn, epi te tōn anōtatō kai tēn eparchon dieilēphotōn exousian. ē gar Christianois ousin emprepein edidou tę̄ prosēgorią, ē diakeimenois heterōs to mē eidōlolatrein parēngeilen.
Turning from these matters, the emperor took up active measures. First he sent governors to the nations divided into provinces, most of them dedicated to the saving faith; and those who were thought to follow the Hellenic religion were forbidden to sacrifice. The same law applied to those in ranks above the governorships, to the highest officials and those who held the authority of prefect. If they were Christians, he allowed them to adorn themselves with that name; if they were otherwise disposed, he ordered them not to worship idols.
Life 2, chapter 45
2.45.1Heikel
Εἶτα ἑξῆς δύο κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ἐπέμποντο νόμοι, ὁ μὲν εἴργων τὰ μυσαρὰ τῆς κατὰ πόλεις καὶ χώρας τὸ παλαιὸν συντελουμένης εἰδωλολατρείας, ὡς μήτε ἐγέρσεις ξοάνων ποιεῖσθαι τολμᾶν, μήτε μαντείαις καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις περιεργίαις ἐπιχειρεῖν, μήτε μὴν θύειν καθόλου μηδένα, ὁ δὲ τῶν εὐκτηρίων οἴκων τὰς οἰκοδομὰς ὑψοῦν αὔξειν τε καὶ εἰς πλάτος καὶ μῆκος τὰς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ διαγορεύων, ὡσανεὶ μελλόντων τῷ θεῷ σχεδὸν εἰπεῖν ἁπάντων ανθρώπων τοῦ λοιποῦ προσοικειοῦσθαι τῆς πολυθέου μανίας ἐκποδὼν ἠρμένης.
Eita hexēs dyo kata to auto epemponto nomoi, ho men eirgōn ta mysara tēs kata poleis kai chōras to palaion synteloumenēs eidōlolatreias, hōs mēte egerseis xoanōn poieisthai tolman, mēte manteiais kai tais allais periergiais epicheirein, mēte mēn thyein katholou mēdena, ho de tōn euktēriōn oikōn tas oikodomas hypsoun auxein te kai eis platos kai mēkos tas ekklēsias tou theou diagoreuōn, hōsanei mellontōn tǭ theǭ schedon eipein hapantōn anthrōpōn tou loipou prosoikeiousthai tēs polytheou manias ekpodōn ērmenēs.
Then next, two laws were sent out at the same time. One restrained the abominations of idolatry long practiced in the cities and the countryside, so that no one should dare to set up cult statues, or attempt divination and other occult arts, or indeed sacrifice at all. The other directed that the houses of prayer be built higher and the churches of God be enlarged in breadth and length, as though almost all people were henceforth going to attach themselves to God, now that the madness of polytheism had been removed.
2.45.2Heikel
τοιαῦτα γὰρ φρονεῖν τε καὶ γράφειν τοῖς κατὰ τόπον ἄρχουσι βασιλέα ἡ αὐτοῦ περὶ τὸν θεὸν ἐνῆγεν ὁσία, χρημάτων δὲ μὴ φείδεσθαι δόσεως ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν βασιλικῶν θησαυρῶν τὰς ἐπισκευὰς ποιεῖσθαι περιεῖχεν ὁ νόμος. ἐγράφετο δὲ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ πάντα τόπον τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν προέδροις τοιαῦτα, ὁποῖα καὶ ἡμῖν ἐπιστέλλειν ἠξίου, πρώτην ταύτην εἰς ἡμέτερον πρόσωπον γραφὴν διαπεμψάμενος.
toiauta gar phronein te kai graphein tois kata topon archousi basilea hē autou peri ton theon enēgen hosia, chrēmatōn de mē pheidesthai doseōs allʼ ex autōn tōn basilikōn thēsaurōn tas episkeuas poieisthai perieichen ho nomos. egrapheto de kai tois kata panta topon tōn ekklēsiōn proedrois toiauta, hopoia kai hēmin epistellein ēxiou, prōtēn tautēn eis hēmeteron prosōpon graphēn diapempsamenos.
For the emperor's own holiness toward God led him to think and write such things to the local governors; and the law included the provision that they should not spare expense but should make the repairs from the imperial treasuries themselves. Similar letters were written to the presidents of the churches everywhere, such as he also deigned to send to us; this was the first letter he sent to us personally.
Life 2, chapter 46
2.46.1Heikel
„Νικητὴς Κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς Εὐσεβίῳ. Ἕως τοῦ παρόντος χρόνου τῆς ἀνοσίου βουλήσεως καὶ τυραννίδος τοὺς ὑπηρέτας τοῦ σωτῆρος θεοῦ διωκούσης, πεπίστευκα καὶ ἀκριβῶς ἐμαυτὸν πέπεικα πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τὰ ἔργα ἢ ὑπὸ ἀμελείας διεφθάρθαι ἢ φόβῳ τῆς ἐπικειμένης ἀδικίας ἐλάττονα τῆς ἀξίας γεγενῆσθαι, ἀδελφὲ προσφιλέστατε.
„Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos Eusebiǭ. Heōs tou parontos chronou tēs anosiou boulēseōs kai tyrannidos tous hypēretas tou sōtēros theou diōkousēs, pepisteuka kai akribōs emauton pepeika pasōn tōn ekklēsiōn ta erga ē hypo ameleias diephtharthai ē phobǭ tēs epikeimenēs adikias elattona tēs axias gegenēsthai, adelphe prosphilestate.
“The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to Eusebius. Until the present time, while the unholy will and tyranny were persecuting the servants of God the Savior, I have believed, and am fully convinced, that the buildings of all the churches have either been ruined by neglect or, through fear of the impending injustice, have fallen below their proper dignity, dearest brother.
2.46.2Heikel
νυνὶ δὲ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀποδοθείσης καὶ τοῦ δράκοντος ἐκείνου ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν κοινῶν διοικήσεως θεοῦ τοῦ μεγίστου προνοίᾳ ἡμετέρᾳ δʼ ὑπηρεσίᾳ διωχθέντος, ἡγοῦμαι καὶ πᾶσι φανερὰν γεγενῆσθαι τὴν θείαν δύναμιν, καὶ τοὺς ἢ φόβῳ ἢ ἀπιστίᾳ ἁμαρτήμασί τισι περιπεσόντας ἐπιγνόντας τε τὸ ὄντως ὂν ἥξειν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ καὶ ὀρθὴν τοῦ βίου κατάστασιν.
nyni de tēs eleutherias apodotheisēs kai tou drakontos ekeinou apo tēs tōn koinōn dioikēseōs theou tou megistou pronoią hēmeterą dʼ hypēresią diōchthentos, hēgoumai kai pasi phaneran gegenēsthai tēn theian dynamin, kai tous ē phobǭ ē apistią hamartēmasi tisi peripesontas epignontas te to ontōs on hēxein epi tēn alēthē kai orthēn tou biou katastasin.
But now that freedom has been restored, and that dragon has been driven from the administration of public affairs by the providence of the greatest God and by our service, I think that the divine power has become manifest to all, and that those who fell into sins through fear or unbelief, having recognized what truly is, will come to the true and right ordering of life.
2.46.3Heikel
ὄσων τοίνυν ἢ αὐτὸς προΐστασαι ἐκκλησιῶν ἢ ἄλλους τοὺς κατὰ τόπον προισταμένους ἐπισκόπους πρεσβυτέρους τε ἢ διακόνους οἶσθα, ὑπόμνησον σπουδάζειν περὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν, ἢ ἐπανορθοῦσθαι τὰ ὄντα ἢ εἰς μείζονα αὔξειν ἢ ἔνθα ἂν χρεία ἀπαιτῇ καινὰ ποιεῖν. αἰτήσεις δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ διὰ σοῦ οἱ λοιποὶ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα παρά τε τῶν ἡγεμονευόντων καὶ τῆς ἐπαρχικῆς τάξεως. τούτοις γὰρ ἐπεστάλη πόσῃ προθυμίᾳ ἐξυπηρετήσασθαι τοῖς ὑπὸ τῆς σῆς ὁσιότητος λεγομένοις. ὁ θεός σε διαφυλάξει, ἀδελφὲ ἀγαπητέ.
osōn toinyn ē autos proïstasai ekklēsiōn ē allous tous kata topon proistamenous episkopous presbyterous te ē diakonous oistha, hypomnēson spoudazein peri ta erga tōn ekklēsiōn, ē epanorthousthai ta onta ē eis meizona auxein ē entha an chreia apaitę̄ kaina poiein. aitēseis de kai autos kai dia sou hoi loipoi ta anankaia para te tōn hēgemoneuontōn kai tēs eparchikēs taxeōs. toutois gar epestalē posę̄ prothymią exypēretēsasthai tois hypo tēs sēs hosiotētos legomenois. ho theos se diaphylaxei, adelphe agapēte.
Therefore, as to all the churches over which you yourself preside, or which you know other bishops, presbyters, or deacons to preside over in their places, remind them to give their attention to the church buildings, either to repair those that exist, or to enlarge them, or, where need requires, to build new ones. You yourself, and the others through you, will request what is necessary from the governors and the prefectural office; for they have been instructed to comply with all eagerness with whatever your Holiness says. God will preserve you, beloved brother.”
2.46.4Heikel
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔθνος ἐγράφετο τοῖς τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν προεστῶσι, τὰ ἀκόλουθά τε τούτοις πράττειν οἱ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἡγεμόνες ἐκελεύοντο, σὺν πολλῷ τε τάχει διʼ ἔργων ἐχώρει τὰ νενομοθετημένα.
tauta men oun kathʼ hekaston ethnos egrapheto tois tōn ekklēsiōn proestōsi, ta akoloutha te toutois prattein hoi tōn ethnōn hēgemones ekeleuonto, syn pollǭ te tachei diʼ ergōn echōrei ta nenomothetēmena.
These things were written in each province to the heads of the churches, and the provincial governors were ordered to act accordingly; and what had been legislated was put into effect with great speed.
Life 2, chapter 47
2.47.1Heikel
Ἐπιτείνας δʼ ἔτι μᾶλλον ὁ βασιλεὺς τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὁσίαν, διδασκαλίαν ἀπελεγκτικὴν τῆς εἰδωλολάτρου πλάνης τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ κεκρατηκότων τοῖς κατὰ πᾶν ἔθνος ἐπαρχιώταις κατέπεμπεν, λογιώτερον τοὺς ἀρχομένους προτρέπων τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν γνωρί- ζειν αὐτὸν τε τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ διαρρήδην ἐπιγράφεσθαι σωτῆρα. καὶ ταύτην δὲ τὴν γραφήν, αὐτόγραφον οὐσαν αὐτοῦ μεταληφθεῖσαν δʼ ἐκ τῆς Ῥωμαίων φωνῆς, ἀπολαβεῖν ἀναγκαῖον τῷ παρόντι λόγῳ, ὡς ἂν δοκοῖμεν αὐτοῦ βασιλέως ἐπακούειν ταῖς πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἀκοαῖς τοῦτον ἐκβοῶντος τὸν τρόπον.
Epiteinas dʼ eti mallon ho basileus tēn pros ton theon hosian, didaskalian apelenktikēn tēs eidōlolatrou planēs tōn pro autou kekratēkotōn tois kata pan ethnos eparchiōtais katepempen, logiōteron tous archomenous protrepōn ton epi pantōn theon gnōri- zein auton te ton Christon autou diarrēdēn epigraphesthai sōtēra. kai tautēn de tēn graphēn, autographon ousan autou metalēphtheisan dʼ ek tēs Rhōmaiōn phōnēs, apolabein anankaion tǭ paronti logǭ, hōs an dokoimen autou basileōs epakouein tais pantōn anthrōpōn akoais touton ekboōntos ton tropon.
The emperor, increasing still further his holiness toward God, sent to the provincials of every nation a treatise refuting the idolatrous error of those who had ruled before him, urging his subjects in a more learned way to acknowledge the God over all and openly to enroll Christ himself as their Savior. This writing too, which is his own composition translated from the Latin language, must be included in the present account, so that we may seem to hear the emperor himself proclaiming it in this way in the hearing of all people.
Life 2, chapter 48
2.48.1Heikel
Βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ κατὰ πάσας τὰς ἐπαρχίας. Νικητὴς Κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς ἐπαρχιώταις ἀνατολικοῖς. Πάντα μὲν ὅσα τοῖς κυριωτάτοις τῆς φύσεως περιέχεται νόμοις τῆς κατὰ τὴν θείαν διάταξιν προνοίας τε καὶ θεωρίας ἱκανὴν αἴσθησιν τοῖς πᾶσι παρέχει, οὐδὲ ἐστί τις ἀμφιβολία οἱς κατʼ εὐθεῖαν γνώσεως ὁδὸν ἡ διάνοια ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον ἄγεται τὸν σκοπόν, ὡς ἡ τοῦ ὑγιοῦς λογισμοῦ καὶ τῆς ὄψεως αὐτῆς ἡ ἀκριβὴς κατάληψις μιᾷ ῥοπῇ τῆς ἀληθοῦς ἀρετῆς ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν ἀναφέρει τοῦ θεοῦ. διόπερ πᾶς συνετὸς ἀνὴρ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταραχθείη τοὺς πολλοὺς ὁρῶν ἐναντίαις προαιρέσεσι φερομένους. 2ἀνόνητος γὰρ ἂν ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐλάνθανε χάρις, εἰμὴ καταντικρὺ τὸν τῆς διεστραμμένης ἀπονοίας βίον ἡ κακία προυβέβλητο. διὸ τῇ μὲν ἀρετῇ στέφανος πρόκειται, τῆς δὲ κρίσεως αὐθεντεῖ ὁ ὕψιστος θεός. ἐγὼ δʼ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα φανερῶς περὶ τῶν κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἐλπίδων πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ὁμολογήσαι πειράσομαι.”
Basileōs epistolē kata pasas tas eparchias. Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos eparchiōtais anatolikois. Panta men hosa tois kyriōtatois tēs physeōs periechetai nomois tēs kata tēn theian diataxin pronoias te kai theōrias hikanēn aisthēsin tois pasi parechei, oude esti tis amphibolia hois katʼ eutheian gnōseōs hodon hē dianoia epʼ ekeinon agetai ton skopon, hōs hē tou hygious logismou kai tēs opseōs autēs hē akribēs katalēpsis mią rhopę̄ tēs alēthous aretēs epi tēn gnōsin anapherei tou theou. dioper pas synetos anēr ouk an pote tarachtheiē tous pollous horōn enantiais proairesesi pheromenous. 2anonētos gar an hē tēs aretēs elanthane charis, eimē katantikry ton tēs diestrammenēs aponoias bion hē kakia proubeblēto. dio tę̄ men aretę̄ stephanos prokeitai, tēs de kriseōs authentei ho hypsistos theos. egō dʼ hōs eni malista phanerōs peri tōn katʼ emauton elpidōn pasin hymin homologēsai peirasomai.”
The emperor's letter to all the provinces. “The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to the eastern provincials. Everything contained under the sovereign laws of nature gives all people a sufficient perception of the providence and contemplation belonging to the divine ordering; and there is no doubt, for those whose minds are led toward that goal along the straight road of knowledge, that the exact apprehension of sound reason and of sight itself leads, by a single impulse of true virtue, to the knowledge of God. Therefore no wise man would ever be disturbed to see the many carried away by contrary choices. 2 For the grace of virtue would pass unnoticed and bring no profit, if vice did not set against it the life of perverse madness. Therefore a crown is set before virtue, and the Most High God presides over the judgment. I will try to confess to you all as openly as I can my own hopes.”
Life 2, chapter 49
2.49.1Heikel
„Ἔσχον ἔγωγε τοὺς πρὸς τούτου γενομένους αὐτοκράτορας διὰ τὸ τῶν τρόπων ἄγριον ἀποσκλήρους, μόνος δʼ ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐμὸς ἡμερότητος ἔργα μετεχειρίζετο, μετὰ θαυμαστῆς εὐλαβίας ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ πράξεσι τὸν σωτῆρα θεὸν ἐπικαλούμενος. ὅσοι δὲ λοιποί οὐχ ὑγιαίνοντες τὰς φρένας ἀγριότητος μᾶλλον ἢ πραότητος ἐπεμέλοντο, καὶ ταύτην ἔτρεφον ἀφθόνως, ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων καιρῶν τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον διαστρέφοντες, τῆς δὲ πονηρίας αὐτοῖς ἡ δεινότης εἰς τοσοῦτον ἐξήπτετο, ὡς πάντων ὁμοῦ τῶν θείων τε καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων εἰρηνευομένων ἐμφυλίους ὑπʼ ἐκείνων πολέμους ἀναρριπίζεσθαι.”
„Eschon egōge tous pros toutou genomenous autokratoras dia to tōn tropōn agrion aposklērous, monos dʼ ho patēr ho emos hēmerotētos erga metecheirizeto, meta thaumastēs eulabias en pasais tais heautou praxesi ton sōtēra theon epikaloumenos. hosoi de loipoi ouch hygiainontes tas phrenas agriotētos mallon ē praotētos epemelonto, kai tautēn etrephon aphthonōs, epi tōn idiōn kairōn ton alēthē logon diastrephontes, tēs de ponērias autois hē deinotēs eis tosouton exēpteto, hōs pantōn homou tōn theiōn te kai anthrōpinōn pragmatōn eirēneuomenōn emphylious hypʼ ekeinōn polemous anarripizesthai.”
“I regarded the emperors before this one as harsh because of the savagery of their ways; only my father practiced works of gentleness, calling with wonderful reverence on God the Savior in all his actions. All the rest, not being sound of mind, cultivated savagery rather than gentleness and fostered it abundantly, perverting the true doctrine in their own times; and their dreadful wickedness was inflamed to such a pitch that, while all things divine and human were at peace, civil wars were fanned into flame by them.”
Life 2, chapter 50
2.50.1Heikel
„Τὸν Ἀπόλλω τὸ τηνικαῦτα ἔφασαν ἐξ ἄντρου τινὸς καὶ σκοτίου μυχοῦ οὐχὶ δʼ ἐξ ἀνθρώπου χρῆσαι, ὡς ἄρα οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς δίκαιοι ἐμπόδιον εἶεν τοῦ ἀληθεύειν αὐτόν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ψευδεῖς τῶν τριπόδων τὰς μαντείας ποιεῖσθαι. τοῦτο γάρ τοι ἡ ἱερεία αὐτοῦ, κατηφεῖς τοὺς πλοκάμους ἀνεῖσα ὑπὸ μανίας τʼ ἐλαυνομένη, τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις κακὸν ἀπωδύρετο. ἀλλʼ ἴδωμεν ταῦτα εἰς ὁποῖον τέλος ἐξώκειλε.
„Ton Apollō to tēnikauta ephasan ex antrou tinos kai skotiou mychou ouchi dʼ ex anthrōpou chrēsai, hōs ara hoi epi tēs gēs dikaioi empodion eien tou alētheuein auton, kai dia touto pseudeis tōn tripodōn tas manteias poieisthai. touto gar toi hē hiereia autou, katēpheis tous plokamous aneisa hypo manias tʼ elaunomenē, to en anthrōpois kakon apōdyreto. allʼ idōmen tauta eis hopoion telos exōkeile.
“At that time they said that Apollo had given an oracle, from some cave and dark recess and not through a human being, saying that the righteous on earth were preventing him from telling the truth, and that for this reason he was making the oracles from the tripods false. This was why his priestess, letting her hair hang down in dejection and driven by frenzy, lamented this evil among mankind. But let us see to what end this ran aground.”
Life 2, chapter 51
2.51.1Heikel
Σὲ νῦν τὸν ὕψιστον θεὸν καλῶ· ἠκρούμην τότε κομιδῆ παῖς ἔτι ὑπάρχων, πῶς ὁ κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ παρὰ τοῖς Ῥωμαίων αὐτοκράτορσιν ἔχων τὰ πρωτεῖα, δείλαιος, ἀληθῶς δείλαιος, πλάνῃ τὴν ψυχὴν ἠπατημένος, παρὰ τῶν δορυφορούντων αὐτόν, τίνες ἄρα εἶεν οἱ πρὸς τῇ γῇ δίκαιοι, πολυπραγμονῶν ἐπυνθάνετο, καί τις τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν θυηπόλων ἀποκριθείς, Χριστιανοὶ δήπουθεν, ἔφη. ὁ δὲ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ὥσπερ τι βροχθίσας μέλι τὰ κατὰ τῶν ἀδικημάτων εὑρεθέντα ξίφη κατὰ τῆς ἀνεπιλήπτου ὁσιότητος ἐξέτεινεν. αὐτίκα δὴ οὖν διατάγματα λύθρων μιαιφόνοις ὡς εἰπεῖν ἀκωκαῖς συνέταττε, τοῖς τε δικασταῖς τὴν κατὰ φύσιν ἀγχίνοιαν εἰς εὕρεσιν κολαστηρίων καινοτέρων ἐκτείνειν παρεκελεύετο.”
Se nyn ton hypsiston theon kalō; ēkroumēn tote komidē pais eti hyparchōn, pōs ho katʼ ekeino kairou para tois Rhōmaiōn autokratorsin echōn ta prōteia, deilaios, alēthōs deilaios, planę̄ tēn psychēn ēpatēmenos, para tōn doryphorountōn auton, tines ara eien hoi pros tę̄ gę̄ dikaioi, polypragmonōn epynthaneto, kai tis tōn peri auton thyēpolōn apokritheis, Christianoi dēpouthen, ephē. ho de tēn apokrisin hōsper ti brochthisas meli ta kata tōn adikēmatōn heurethenta xiphē kata tēs anepilēptou hosiotētos exeteinen. autika dē oun diatagmata lythrōn miaiphonois hōs eipein akōkais synetatte, tois te dikastais tēn kata physin anchinoian eis heuresin kolastēriōn kainoterōn ekteinein parekeleueto.”
“I call now on you, the Most High God. I heard at that time, when I was still quite a boy, how the man who then held first place among the Roman emperors — wretched, truly wretched, his soul deceived by error — inquired curiously of his guards who these righteous on earth might be; and one of the sacrificing priests about him answered, ‘The Christians, surely.’ He, gulping down the answer like honey, stretched out the swords devised for punishing crimes against blameless holiness. At once he drew up edicts of blood, written, one might say, with murderous sword-points, and urged the judges to exert their natural ingenuity in inventing newer punishments.”
Life 2, chapter 52
2.52.1Heikel
„Ἦν τότε, ἦν ἰδεῖν, μεθʼ ὅσης ἐξουσίας ἡ σεμνότης ἐκείνη τῆς θεοσεβείας τῇ τῆς ὠμότητος συνεχείᾳ οὐ τὰς τυχούσας ἐφʼ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας ὕβρεις ὑφίστατο, σωφροσύνη δʼ ἣν τῶν πολεμίων οὐδεὶς ἠδίκησε πώποτε ὀργίλων πολιτῶν παροινίας πάρεργον ἐγίγνετο. ποῖον πῦρ ποῖαι βάσανοι ποῖον στρεβλωτηρίων εἶδος οὐχὶ παντὶ σώματι καὶ ἡλικίᾳ πάσῃ ἀδιακρίτως προσήγετο; τὸ τηνικαῦτα ἐδάκρυε μὲν ἀναμφιβόλως ἡ γῆ, ὁ δὲ τὰ σύμπαντα περιέχων κόσμος τῷ λύθρω χραινόμενος ἀπεκλάετο, ἥ γε μὴν ἡμέρα αὐτὴ τῷ πένθει τοῦ θεάματος ἐνεκαλύπτετο.”
„Ēn tote, ēn idein, methʼ hosēs exousias hē semnotēs ekeinē tēs theosebeias tę̄ tēs ōmotētos synecheią ou tas tychousas ephʼ hekastēs hēmeras hybreis hyphistato, sōphrosynē dʼ hēn tōn polemiōn oudeis ēdikēse pōpote orgilōn politōn paroinias parergon egigneto. poion pyr poiai basanoi poion streblōtēriōn eidos ouchi panti sōmati kai hēlikią pasę̄ adiakritōs prosēgeto? to tēnikauta edakrye men anamphibolōs hē gē, ho de ta sympanta periechōn kosmos tǭ lythrō chrainomenos apeklaeto, hē ge mēn hēmera autē tǭ penthei tou theamatos enekalypteto.”
“Then, then it could be seen with what license that venerable godliness suffered, day after day, no ordinary outrages through the continual cruelty; and chastity, which no enemy had ever violated, became the sport of the drunken violence of angry citizens. What fire, what tortures, what kind of rack was not applied to every body and every age without distinction? Then the earth undoubtedly wept, the world that encompasses all things, stained with gore, lamented, and the very daylight was veiled in mourning at the sight.”
Life 2, chapter 53
2.53.1Heikel
„Ἀλλὰ τί ταῦτα; αὐχοῦσι νῦν ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις οἱ βάρβαροι οἱ τοὺς κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ ἐξ ἡμῶν φεύγοντας ὑποδεδεγμένοι καὶ φιλανθρώπῳ τηρήσαντες αἰχμαλωσίᾳ ὅτι οὐ μόνον τῆν· σωτηρίαν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τῆς σεμνότητος αὐτοῖς κατέστησαν ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ ἔχειν καὶ νῦν τὸ Ῥωμαίων γένος κηλῖδα ταύτην διηνεκῆ φέρει, ἣν οἱ κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς οἰκουμένης ἐλαυνόμενοι χριστιανοὶ καὶ βαρβάροις προσφεύγοντες προσετρίψαντο.”
„Alla ti tauta? auchousi nyn epʼ ekeinois hoi barbaroi hoi tous katʼ ekeino kairou ex hēmōn pheugontas hypodedegmenoi kai philanthrōpǭ tērēsantes aichmalōsią hoti ou monon tēn; sōtērian alla kai ta tēs semnotētos autois katestēsan en asphaleią echein kai nyn to Rhōmaiōn genos kēlida tautēn diēnekē pherei, hēn hoi katʼ ekeino kairou tēs Rhōmaïkēs oikoumenēs elaunomenoi christianoi kai barbarois prospheugontes prosetripsanto.”
“But what of it? The barbarians now pride themselves on it, who at that time received those fleeing from us and kept them in a humane captivity, since they secured for them not only safety but also the untroubled practice of their religion. And the Roman race now bears this lasting stain, which the Christians who were then driven out of the Roman world and fled to the barbarians fastened upon it.”
Life 2, chapter 54
2.54.1Heikel
„Ἀλλὰ τί τῶν θρήνων ἐκείνων καὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης πένθους ἐπὶ πλέον μεμνῆσθαί με δεῖ; οἴχονται λοιπὸν καὶ ἐκεῖνοι οἱ τοῦ μύσους αὐθένται, πρὸς διηνεκῆ κόλασιν τοῖς Ἀχέροντος βαράθροις ἐκδοθέντες, σὺν αἰσχρῷ τέλει. πολέμοις γὰρ ἐμφυλίοις καταμιγέντες οὔτʼ ὄνομα οὔτε γένος αὐτῶν καταλελοίπασιν. ὃ δὴ οὐκ ἂν αὐτοῖς συμβεβήκει, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀσεβὴς ἐκείνη τῶν τοῦ Πυθίου χρηστηρίων μαντεία κίβδηλον δύναμιν ἐσχήκει.”
„Alla ti tōn thrēnōn ekeinōn kai tou koinou tēs oikoumenēs penthous epi pleon memnēsthai me dei? oichontai loipon kai ekeinoi hoi tou mysous authentai, pros diēnekē kolasin tois Acherontos barathrois ekdothentes, syn aischrǭ telei. polemois gar emphyliois katamigentes outʼ onoma oute genos autōn kataleloipasin. ho dē ouk an autois symbebēkei, ei mē hē asebēs ekeinē tōn tou Pythiou chrēstēriōn manteia kibdēlon dynamin eschēkei.”
“But why should I dwell any further on those laments and the common mourning of the world? Gone now are the authors of that pollution, handed over with a shameful end to everlasting punishment in the pits of Acheron. Entangled in civil wars, they have left behind neither name nor family. This would not have happened to them, had not that impious divination of the Pythian oracles possessed a counterfeit power.”
Life 2, chapter 55
2.55.1Heikel
„Σὲ νῦν τὸν μέγιστον θεὸν παρακαλῶ· εἴης πρᾶός τε καὶ εὐμενὴς τοῖς σοῖς ἀνατολικοῖς, εἴης πᾶσι τοῖς σοῖς ἐπαρχιώτις ὑπὸ χρονίου συμφορᾶς συντριβεῖσι, διʼ ἐμοῦ τοῦ σοῦ θεράποντος ὀρέγων ἴασιν. καὶ ταῦτά γε αἰτῶ οὐκ ἀπεικότως, ὦ δέσποτα τῶν ὅλων, ἅγιε θεέ· ταῖς σαῖς γὰρ ὑφηγήσεσιν ἐνεστησάμην σωτηριώδη πράγματα καὶ διήνυσα, τὴν σὴν σφραγῖδα πανταχοῦ προβαλλόμενος καλλινίκου ἡγησάμην στρατοῦ· κἄν πού τις τῶν δημοσίων καλῇ χρεία, τοῖς αὐτοῖς τῆς σῆς ἀρετῆς ἑπόμενος συνθήμασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους πρόειμι.
„Se nyn ton megiston theon parakalō; eiēs praos te kai eumenēs tois sois anatolikois, eiēs pasi tois sois eparchiōtis hypo chroniou symphoras syntribeisi, diʼ emou tou sou therapontos oregōn iasin. kai tauta ge aitō ouk apeikotōs, ō despota tōn holōn, hagie thee; tais sais gar hyphēgēsesin enestēsamēn sōtēriōdē pragmata kai diēnysa, tēn sēn sphragida pantachou proballomenos kallinikou hēgēsamēn stratou; kan pou tis tōn dēmosiōn kalę̄ chreia, tois autois tēs sēs aretēs hepomenos synthēmasin epi tous polemious proeimi.
“I now entreat you, the greatest God: be gentle and gracious to your easterners; be gracious to all your provincials who have been crushed by long calamity, offering them healing through me, your servant. And I ask this not without reason, O Lord of all, holy God: for under your guidance I undertook and accomplished saving deeds; putting forward your seal everywhere, I led a victorious army; and whenever any public need calls, I go out against the enemy following the same tokens of your power.
2.55.2Heikel
διὰ ταῦτά τοι ἀνέθηκά σοι τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἔρωτι καὶ φόβῳ καθαρῶς ἀνακραθεῖσαν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὄνομά σου γνησίως ἀγαπῶ, τὴν δὲ δύναμιν εὐλαβοῦμαι, ἣν πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις ἔδειξας καὶ τὴν ἐμὴν πίστιν βεβαιοτέραν εἰργάσω. ἐπείγομαι γοῦν καὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτὸς ὑποσχὼν τοὺς ἐμοὺς τὸν ἁγιώτατόν σοι οἶκον ἀνανεώσασθαι, ὃν οἱ μυσαροὶ ἐκεῖνοι καὶ ἀσεβέστατοι τῷ ἀτοπήματι τῆς καθαιρέσεως ἐλυμήναντο.“
dia tauta toi anethēka soi tēn emautou psychēn erōti kai phobǭ katharōs anakratheisan; to men gar onoma sou gnēsiōs agapō, tēn de dynamin eulaboumai, hēn pollois tekmēriois edeixas kai tēn emēn pistin bebaioteran eirgasō. epeigomai goun kai tous ōmous autos hyposchōn tous emous ton hagiōtaton soi oikon ananeōsasthai, hon hoi mysaroi ekeinoi kai asebestatoi tǭ atopēmati tēs kathaireseōs elymēnanto.“
For this reason I have dedicated to you my own soul, purely blended of love and fear; for I sincerely love your name and revere your power, which you have shown by many proofs, and so have made my faith firmer. I am hastening, then, putting my own shoulders to the task, to restore your most holy house, which those abominable and most impious men have damaged by the outrage of its destruction.”
Life 2, chapter 56
2.56.1Heikel
„Εἰρηνεύεσθαι σου τὸν λαὸν καὶ ἀστασίαστον μένειν ἐπῖθυμῶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινοῦ τῆς οίκουμένης καὶ τοῦ πάντων ἀνθρώπων χρησίμου. ὁμοίαν τοὶς πιστεύουσιν οἱ πλανώμενοι χαίροντες λαμβανέτωσαν εἰρήνης τε καὶ ἡσυχίας ἀπόλαυσιν. αὓτη γὰρ ἡ τῆς κοινωνίας γλυκώτης κἀκείνους ἐπανορθώσασθαι καὶ πρὸς τὴν εύθεῖαν ἀγαγεῖν ὁδὸν ἰσχύσει. μηδεὶς τὸν ἕτερον παρενοχλείτω· ἕκαστος ὅπερ ἡ ψυχὴ βούλεται κατεχέτω, τούτῳ κατακεχρήσθω.
„Eirēneuesthai sou ton laon kai astasiaston menein epithymō hyper tou koinou tēs oikoumenēs kai tou pantōn anthrōpōn chrēsimou. homoian tois pisteuousin hoi planōmenoi chairontes lambanetōsan eirēnēs te kai hēsychias apolausin. hautē gar hē tēs koinōnias glykōtēs kakeinous epanorthōsasthai kai pros tēn eutheian agagein hodon ischysei. mēdeis ton heteron parenochleitō; hekastos hoper hē psychē bouletai katechetō, toutǭ katakechrēsthō.
“I desire that your people be at peace and remain free of strife, for the common good of the world and the benefit of all people. Let those who are in error, as well as those who believe, gladly receive the same enjoyment of peace and quiet. For this very sweetness of fellowship will be able to correct them too and lead them to the straight way. Let no one molest another; let each keep what his soul wishes, and make full use of it.
2.56.2Heikel
τοὺς δʼ εὖ φρονοῦντας πεπεῖσθαι χρή, ὡς οὗτοι μόνοι ἁγίως καὶ καθαρῶς βιώσονται, οὗς αὐτὸς καλεῖς ἐπαναπαύεσθαι τοῖς σοῖς ἁγίοις νόμοις. οἱ δʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἀφέλκοντες ἐχόντων βουλόμενοι τὰ τῆς ψευδολογίας τεμένη· ἡμεῖς ἔχομεν τὸν φαιδρότατον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας οἶκον. ὅπερ κατὰ φύσιν δέδωκας, τοῦτο κἀκείνοις εὐχόμεθα, ἵνα δηλαδὴ διὰ τῆς κοινῆς ὁμονοίας καὶ αὐτοὶ τὴν θυμηδίαν ἀναφέρωνται.“
tous dʼ eu phronountas pepeisthai chrē, hōs houtoi monoi hagiōs kai katharōs biōsontai, hous autos kaleis epanapauesthai tois sois hagiois nomois. hoi dʼ heautous aphelkontes echontōn boulomenoi ta tēs pseudologias temenē; hēmeis echomen ton phaidrotaton tēs sēs alētheias oikon. hoper kata physin dedōkas, touto kakeinois euchometha, hina dēladē dia tēs koinēs homonoias kai autoi tēn thymēdian anapherōntai.“
But those of sound mind must be convinced that only those will live holy and pure lives whom you yourself call to rest upon your holy laws. As for those who hold themselves aloof, let them keep, if they wish, their precincts of falsehood; we have the most radiant house of your truth, which you have given us by nature. We pray that they too may have the same, so that they also may gain the same joy through common concord.”
Life 2, chapter 57
2.57.1Heikel
„Οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστι καινὸν οὐδέ τι νεώτερον τὸ καθʼ ἡμᾶς, ἀλλʼ ἐξ οὗπερ τὴν τῶν ὃστι διακόσμησιν παγίως γεγενῆσθαι πεπιστεύκαμεν, μετὰ τοῦ πρέποντός σοι σεβάσματος τοῦτο παρεκελεύσω, ἐσφάλη δὲ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος πλάναις παντοίαις παρηγμένον· ἀλλὰ σὺ γε διὰ τοῦ σοῦ υἱοῦ, ἵνα μὴ τὸ κακὸν ἐπὶ πλέον ἐπιβρίσῃ, καθαρὸν φῶς ἀνασχὼν ὑπέμηνσας περὶ σεαυτοῦ τοὺς πάντας.“
„Oude gar esti kainon oude ti neōteron to kathʼ hēmas, allʼ ex houper tēn tōn hosti diakosmēsin pagiōs gegenēsthai pepisteukamen, meta tou prepontos soi sebasmatos touto parekeleusō, esphalē de to anthrōpinon genos planais pantoiais parēgmenon; alla sy ge dia tou sou huiou, hina mē to kakon epi pleon epibrisę̄, katharon phōs anaschōn hypemēnsas peri seautou tous pantas.“
“For our religion is nothing new or recent; but ever since, as we believe, the ordering of the universe was firmly established, you enjoined it, together with the worship befitting you. But the human race fell, led astray by all kinds of errors; yet you, through your Son, so that evil might not weigh down still more heavily, raised up a pure light and reminded all people of yourself.”
Life 2, chapter 58
2.58.1Heikel
„Αἱ σαὶ πράξεις ταῦτα πιστοῦνται· τὸ σὸν κράτος ἀθώους ἡμᾶς καὶ πιστοὺς ἐργάζεται, ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη ἔννομον ἔχουσι τὴν πορείαν, οὐδε τα ἄστρα ἄτακτον ἔχει τὴν τοῦ κοσμικοῦ κύκλου περιφοράν· αἱ τῶν καιρῶν ἀμοιβαί νομίμως ἀνακυκλοῦνται, ἡ τῆς γῆς ἑδραία στάσις τῷ σῷ λόγῳ συνέστηκε, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὸν ἐπιταχθέντα θεσμὸν ποιεῖται τὴν κίνησιν, ἥ τε τῶν ὑδάτων φορὰ θέουσα πρόεισιν ἀπλέτου ῥεύματος μέτρῳ, ἡ θάλασσα ὅροις ἐμπεριέχεται πεπηγόσι, καὶ ὅ τι ἂν τῇ γῇ καὶ τῷ ὠκεανῷ συμπαρεκτείνηται, τοῦτο πᾶν θαυμασταῖς τισι καὶ χρησίμοις τεχνάζεται πολυτελείαις.
„Hai sai praxeis tauta pistountai; to son kratos athōous hēmas kai pistous ergazetai, hēlios kai selēnē ennomon echousi tēn poreian, oude ta astra atakton echei tēn tou kosmikou kyklou periphoran; hai tōn kairōn amoibai nomimōs anakyklountai, hē tēs gēs hedraia stasis tǭ sǭ logǭ synestēke, kai to pneuma kata ton epitachthenta thesmon poieitai tēn kinēsin, hē te tōn hydatōn phora theousa proeisin apletou rheumatos metrǭ, hē thalassa horois emperiechetai pepēgosi, kai ho ti an tę̄ gę̄ kai tǭ ōkeanǭ symparekteinētai, touto pan thaumastais tisi kai chrēsimois technazetai polyteleiais.
“Your works confirm this. Your might makes us innocent and faithful. Sun and moon keep their lawful course; the stars do not move in disorder around the circuit of the heavens; the changes of the seasons revolve according to law; the firm station of the earth was established by your word; the wind makes its movement according to the ordinance laid on it; the flow of the waters runs on in the measure of a boundless stream; the sea is held within fixed bounds; and whatever stretches alongside earth and ocean is all contrived with wonderful and useful richness.
2.58.2Heikel
ὅπερ εἰ μὴ κατὰ κρίσιν τῆς σῆς βουλήσεως ἐπράττετο, ἀναμφιβόλως ἂν ἡ τοσαύτη διαφορὰ καὶ ἡ πολλή τῆς ἐξουσίας διάκρισις παντὶ τῷ βίῳ καὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐλυμήνατο. οἱ γὰρ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς μαχεσθέντες χαλεπώτερον ἂν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον κατέβλαψαν γένος· ὅπερ καὶ μὴ ὁρώμενοι πράττουσιν.“
hoper ei mē kata krisin tēs sēs boulēseōs epratteto, anamphibolōs an hē tosautē diaphora kai hē pollē tēs exousias diakrisis panti tǭ biǭ kai tois pragmasin elymēnato. hoi gar pros heautous machesthentes chalepōteron an to anthrōpinon kateblapsan genos; hoper kai mē horōmenoi prattousin.“
If this were not done by the decision of your will, beyond doubt such great diversity and such wide distribution of power would have ruined all life and its affairs. For the forces that have fought among themselves would have harmed the human race more grievously — as they do even now, though unseen.”
Life 2, chapter 59
2.59.1Heikel
„Ἀλλὰ χάρις σοι πλείστη, δέσποτα τῶν ἁπάντων, μέγιστε θεέ· ὅσον γὰρ διαφόροις σπουδάσμασιν ἡ ἀνθρωπότης γνωρίζεται, τοσούτῳ τὰ τοῦ θείου λόγου συνίσταται μαθήματα. πλὴν ὅστις αὑτὸν θεραπεύεσθαι κωλύει, ἄλλῳ τοῦτο μὴ λογιζέσθω· ἡ γὰρ ἰατρικὴ τῶν ἰαμάτων προκαθέζεται ἅπασιν εἰς τουμφανὲς προκειμένη. μόνον μή τις καταβλαπτέτω τοῦθʼ ὅπερ ἄχραντον εἶναι τὰ πράγματα παρεγγυᾷ. χρησώμεθα τοίνυν ἅπαντες ἄνθρωποι τῇ τοῦ δοθέντος ἀγαθοῦ συγκληρίᾳ, τουτέστι τῷ τῆς εἰρήνης καλῷ, χωρίζοντες δηλαδὴ τὴν συνείδησιν ἀπὸ παντὸς ἐναντίου.
„Alla charis soi pleistē, despota tōn hapantōn, megiste thee; hoson gar diaphorois spoudasmasin hē anthrōpotēs gnōrizetai, tosoutǭ ta tou theiou logou synistatai mathēmata. plēn hostis hauton therapeuesthai kōlyei, allǭ touto mē logizesthō; hē gar iatrikē tōn iamatōn prokathezetai hapasin eis toumphanes prokeimenē. monon mē tis katablaptetō touthʼ hoper achranton einai ta pragmata parengyą. chrēsōmetha toinyn hapantes anthrōpoi tę̄ tou dothentos agathou synklērią, toutesti tǭ tēs eirēnēs kalǭ, chōrizontes dēladē tēn syneidēsin apo pantos enantiou.
“But greatest thanks to you, Lord of all, greatest God: for the more humanity is known by its various pursuits, the more firmly the teachings of the divine word are established. But whoever keeps himself from being healed, let him not blame this on another; for the healing art of remedies is set before all, lying open to view. Only let no one harm what the facts themselves assure us to be undefiled. Let all people, then, make use of their share in the good that has been given, that is, the blessing of peace, keeping their conscience apart from all that is contrary.
Life 2, chapter 60
2.60.1Heikel
Πλὴν ἕκαστος ὅπερ πείσας ἑαυτὸν ἀναδέδεκται, τούτῳ τὸν ἕτερον μὴ καταβλαπτέτω· ὅπερ θάτερος εἶδέν τε καὶ ἐνόησεν, τούτῳ τὸν πλησίον εἰ μὲν γενέσθαι δυνατόν ὡφελείτω, εἰ δʼ ἀδύνατον παραπεμπέσθω. ἀλλο γάρ ἐστι τὸ τὸν ὑπὲρ ἀθανασίας ἆθλον ἑκουσίως ἐπαναιρεῖσθαι, ἄλλο τὸ μετὰ τιμωρίας ἐπαναγκάζειν. ταῦτα εἶπον, ταῦτα διεξήλθον μακρότερον ἢ ὁδὸν τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπιεικείας ἀπαιτεῖ σκοπός, ἐπειδὴ τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀποκρύψασθαι πίστιν οὐκ ἐβουλόμην, μάλισθ ὅτι τινὲς ὡς ἀκούω φασὶ τῶν ναῶν περιῃρῆσθαι τὰ ἔθη καὶ τοῦ σκότους τὴν ἐξουσίαν· ὅπερ συνεβούλευσα ἂν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, εἰ μὴ τῆς μοχθηρᾶς πλάνης ἡγησάμην βίαιος ἐπανάστασις ἐπὶ βλάβῃ τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας ἀμέτρως ταῖς ἐνίων ψυχαῖς ἐμπεπήγει.“
Plēn hekastos hoper peisas heauton anadedektai, toutǭ ton heteron mē katablaptetō; hoper thateros eiden te kai enoēsen, toutǭ ton plēsion ei men genesthai dynaton hōpheleitō, ei dʼ adynaton parapempesthō. allo gar esti to ton hyper athanasias athlon hekousiōs epanaireisthai, allo to meta timōrias epanankazein. tauta eipon, tauta diexēlthon makroteron ē hodon tēs emēs epieikeias apaitei skopos, epeidē tēn tēs alētheias apokrypsasthai pistin ouk eboulomēn, malisth hoti tines hōs akouō phasi tōn naōn perię̄rēsthai ta ethē kai tou skotous tēn exousian; hoper synebouleusa an pasin anthrōpois, ei mē tēs mochthēras planēs hēgēsamēn biaios epanastasis epi blabę̄ tēs koinēs sōtērias ametrōs tais eniōn psychais empepēgei.“
But let no one harm another with that of which he has persuaded himself. What one has seen and understood, let him use to help his neighbor, if possible; if not, let him leave it be. For it is one thing to take up willingly the contest for immortality, another to compel it by punishment. I have said these things and gone through them at greater length than the aim of my clemency requires, because I did not wish to conceal my faith in the truth, especially since some, I hear, are saying that the customs of the temples and the power of darkness have been abolished. I would indeed have advised this to all people, were it not that the violent resistance of wicked error was immoderately fixed in the souls of some, to the harm of the common salvation.”
Life 2, chapter 61
2.61.1Heikel
Τοιαῦτα βασιλεὺς ὡσανεὶ θεοῦ μεγαλοφωνότατος κήρυξ τοῖς ἐπαρχιώταις ἅπασι διʼ οἰκείου προσεφώνει γράμματος, δαιμονικῆς μὲν ἀπείργων τοὺς ἀρχομένους πλάνης, τὴν δʼ ἀληθῆ μετιέναι θεοσέβειαν ἐγκελευόμενος.
Toiauta basileus hōsanei theou megalophōnotatos kēryx tois eparchiōtais hapasi diʼ oikeiou prosephōnei grammatos, daimonikēs men apeirgōn tous archomenous planēs, tēn dʼ alēthē metienai theosebeian enkeleuomenos.
Such were the words that the emperor, like a most loud-voiced herald of God, addressed to all the provincials in his own letter, restraining his subjects from demonic error and urging them to pursue true godliness.
2.61.2Heikel
φαιδρυνομένῳ δʼ αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τούτοις φήμη τις διαγγέλλεται ἀμφὶ ταραχῆς οὐ σμικρᾶς τὰς ἐκκλησίας διαλαβούσης, ἐφʼ ᾗ τὴν ἀκοὴν πληγεὶς ἴασιν τῷ κακῷ περιενόει. τὸ δʼ ἄρα τοιόνδε.
phaidrynomenǭ dʼ autǭ epi toutois phēmē tis diangelletai amphi tarachēs ou smikras tas ekklēsias dialabousēs, ephʼ hę̄ tēn akoēn plēgeis iasin tǭ kakǭ perienoei. to dʼ ara toionde.
While he was rejoicing in these things, a report was brought to him of no small disturbance that had seized the churches. Wounded by what he heard, he pondered a remedy for the evil. It was as follows.
2.61.3Heikel
ἐσεμνύνετο μὲν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λεὼς ταῖς τῶν καλῶν καλλωπιζόμενος πράξεσιν, οὐδʼ ἦν τις ἔξωθεν φόβος ταράττων, ὡς καὶ πρώνη λαμπρᾶς καῖ βαθυτάτης εἰρήνης ἁπανταχόθεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν θεοῦ χάριτι περιφραττούσης· φθόνος δʼ ἂρα καὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἐφήδρευε καλοῖς, εἴσω μὲν εἰσδυόμενος μέσος δʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς χορεύων τοῖς τῶν ἁγίων ὁμίλοις.
esemnyneto men ho tou theou leōs tais tōn kalōn kallōpizomenos praxesin, oudʼ ēn tis exōthen phobos tarattōn, hōs kai prōnē lampras kai bathytatēs eirēnēs hapantachothen tēn ekklēsian theou chariti periphrattousēs; phthonos dʼ ara kai tois hēmeterois ephēdreue kalois, eisō men eisdyomenos mesos dʼ en autois choreuōn tois tōn hagiōn homilois.
The people of God were exulting, adorned with good deeds, and there was no fear from outside to trouble them, since a bright and very deep peace was guarding the church on every side by the grace of God. But envy was lying in wait for our blessings, slipping inside and dancing in the very midst of the assemblies of the saints.
2.61.4Heikel
συμβάλλει δῆτα τοὺς ἐπισκόπους, στάσιν ἐμβαλὼν ἐρεσχελίας θείων προφάσει δογμάτων, κἄπειθʼ ὡς ἀπὸ μικροῦ σπινθῆρος μέγα πῦρ ἐξεκάετο, ἄκρας μὲν ὥσπερ ἀπὸ κορυφῆς ἀρξάμενον τῆς ἀλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίας, διαδραμὸν δὲ τὴν σύμπασαν Αἴγυπτόν τε καὶ Λιβύην τήν τʼ ἐπέκεινα Θηβαΐδα,
symballei dēta tous episkopous, stasin embalōn ereschelias theiōn prophasei dogmatōn, kapeithʼ hōs apo mikrou spinthēros mega pyr exekaeto, akras men hōsper apo koryphēs arxamenon tēs alexandreōn ekklēsias, diadramon de tēn sympasan Aigypton te kai Libyēn tēn tʼ epekeina Thēbaïda,
It set the bishops against one another, throwing in strife and contention on the pretext of divine doctrines; and then, as from a small spark, a great fire was kindled. It began, as it were, from the head, the church of the Alexandrians, and ran through all Egypt and Libya and the Thebaid beyond,
2.61.5Heikel
ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐπενέμετο ἐπαρχίας τε καὶ πόλεις, ὥστε οὐ μόνους ἦν ἰδεῖν τοὺς τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν προέδρους λόγοις διαπληκτιζομένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ πλήθη κατατεμνόμενα, τῶν μὲν ὡς τούσδε τῶν δὲ θατέροις ἐπικλινομένων. τοσοῦτον δὲ διήλαυνεν ἀτοπίας ἡ τῶν γινομένων θέα, ὥστʼ ἤδη ἐν αὐτοῖς μέσοις τῶν ἀπίστων θεάτροις τὰ σεμνὰ τῆς ἐνθέου διδασκαλίας τήν αἰσχίστην ὑπομένειν χλεύην.
ēdē de kai tas loipas epenemeto eparchias te kai poleis, hōste ou monous ēn idein tous tōn ekklēsiōn proedrous logois diaplēktizomenous, alla kai ta plēthē katatemnomena, tōn men hōs tousde tōn de thaterois epiklinomenōn. tosouton de diēlaunen atopias hē tōn ginomenōn thea, hōstʼ ēdē en autois mesois tōn apistōn theatrois ta semna tēs entheou didaskalias tēn aischistēn hypomenein chleuēn.
and it was already spreading to the other provinces and cities, so that one could see not only the presidents of the churches battling with words, but the multitudes being split, some inclining to one side and some to the other. The spectacle reached such a pitch of absurdity that the solemn truths of inspired teaching were subjected to the most shameful mockery in the very theaters of the unbelievers.
Life 2, chapter 62
2.62.1Heikel
Οἱ μὲν οὖν κατʼ αὐτὴν τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν νεανικῶς περὶ τῶν ἀνωτάτω διεπληκτίζοντο, οἱ δʼ ἀμφὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὴν ἄνω Θηβαΐδα προϋποκειμένης παλαιοτέρας ὑποθέσεως χάριν διεστασίαζον, ὡς πανταχοῦ διῃρῆσθαι τὰς ἐκκλησίας. τούτοις δʼ ὥσπερ σώματος κεκακωμένου σύμπασα Λιβύη συνέκαμνε, συνενόσει δὲ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ μέρη τῶν ἐκτὸς ἐπαρχιῶν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας διεπρεσβεύοντο πρὸς τοὺς κατʼ ἐπαρχίαν ἐπισκόπους, οἱ δʼ εἰς θάτερον τεμνόμενοι μέρος τῆς ὁμοίας ἐκοινώνουν στάσεως.
Hoi men oun katʼ autēn tēn Alexandreian neanikōs peri tōn anōtatō dieplēktizonto, hoi dʼ amphi pasan tēn Aigypton kai tēn anō Thēbaïda proÿpokeimenēs palaioteras hypotheseōs charin diestasiazon, hōs pantachou dię̄rēsthai tas ekklēsias. toutois dʼ hōsper sōmatos kekakōmenou sympasa Libyē synekamne, synenosei de kai ta loipa merē tōn ektos eparchiōn. hoi men gar apo tēs Alexandreias diepresbeuonto pros tous katʼ eparchian episkopous, hoi dʼ eis thateron temnomenoi meros tēs homoias ekoinōnoun staseōs.
Those in Alexandria itself were quarreling vigorously about the highest matters, while those throughout Egypt and the upper Thebaid were at odds because of an older question already underlying it, so that the churches were divided everywhere. With these, as with an injured body, all Libya suffered, and the rest of the outer provinces sickened too. For those from Alexandria sent embassies to the bishops in each province, while those split off to the other side shared in the same strife.
Life 2, chapter 63
2.63.1Heikel
Ταῦτα δὴ πυθόμενος βασιλεὺς καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπεραλγήαὐτὸν συμφοράν τε οἰκείαν τὸ πρᾶγμα θέμενος, παραχρῆμα τῶν ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν θεοσεβῶν ὃν εὖ ἠπίστατο βίῳ σώφρονι πίστεως τʼ ἀρετῇ δεδοκιμασμένον, ἄνδρα λαμπρυνόμενον εὖ μάλα ταῖς ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ὁμολογίαις κατὰ τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν χρόνους, βραβευτὴν εἰρήνης τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν διεστῶσιν ἐκπέμπει, γράμμα τʼ ἀναγκαιότατον διʼ αὐτοῦ τοῖς τῆς ἐρεσχελίας αἰτίοις ἐπιτίθησιν, ὃ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸ γνώρισμα περιέχον τῆς βασιλέως ἀμφὶ τὸν λαὸν τοῦ θεοῦ κηδεμονίας τῇ περὶ αὐτοῦ φέρεσθαι διηγήσει καλόν, ἔχον τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον.
Tauta dē pythomenos basileus kai tēn psychēn hyperalgēauton symphoran te oikeian to pragma themenos, parachrēma tōn amphʼ auton theosebōn hon eu ēpistato biǭ sōphroni pisteōs tʼ aretę̄ dedokimasmenon, andra lamprynomenon eu mala tais hyper eusebeias homologiais kata tous emprosthen chronous, brabeutēn eirēnēs tois kata tēn Alexandreian diestōsin ekpempei, gramma tʼ anankaiotaton diʼ autou tois tēs ereschelias aitiois epitithēsin, ho dē kai auto gnōrisma periechon tēs basileōs amphi ton laon tou theou kēdemonias tę̄ peri autou pheresthai diēgēsei kalon, echon touton ton tropon.
When the emperor learned this, he was deeply grieved in soul and treated the matter as his own misfortune. At once he sent as arbiter of peace to those at variance in Alexandria one of the godly men about him, whom he knew well to be proved by a sober life and the virtue of faith, a man who had been very distinguished in earlier times for his confessions on behalf of piety. By him he sent a most necessary letter to those responsible for the contention; and since it too contains evidence of the emperor's care for the people of God, it is good to include it in the account of him. It runs as follows.
Life 2, chapter 64
2.64.1Heikel
„Νικητὴς Κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς Ἀλεξάνδρῳ καὶ Ἀρείῳ. Διπλῆν μοι γεγενῆσθαι πρόθεσιν τούτων, ὧν ἔργῳ τὴν χρείαν ὑπέστην, αὐτὸν ὡς εἰκὸς τὸν τῶν ἐμῶν ἐγχειρημάτων βοηθὸν καὶ σωτῆρα τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν ποιοῦμαι μάρτυρα.
„Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos Alexandrǭ kai Areiǭ. Diplēn moi gegenēsthai prothesin toutōn, hōn ergǭ tēn chreian hypestēn, auton hōs eikos ton tōn emōn encheirēmatōn boēthon kai sōtēra ton tōn holōn theon poioumai martyra.
“The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to Alexander and Arius. I call God himself to witness, as is fitting, the helper of my undertakings and Savior of all, that I had a twofold purpose in the tasks whose service I undertook in deed.
Life 2, chapter 65
2.65.1Heikel
Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἁπάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν περὶ τὸ θεῖον διάθεσιν πρὸς μίαν ἕξεως σύστασιν ἑνῶσαι, δεύτερον δὲ τὸ τῆς κοινῆς οίκουμένης σῶμα καθάπερ χαλεπῷ τινι τραύματι πεπονηκὸς ἀνακτήσασθαι καὶ συναρμόσαι προὐθυμήθην.
Prōton men gar tēn hapantōn tōn ethnōn peri to theion diathesin pros mian hexeōs systasin henōsai, deuteron de to tēs koinēs oikoumenēs sōma kathaper chalepǭ tini traumati peponēkos anaktēsasthai kai synarmosai prouthymēthēn.
First, I was eager to bring the disposition of all nations toward the Divinity into one settled state; second, to restore and bind together the body of the common world, which was suffering as from a grievous wound.
2.65.2Heikel
ἃ δὴ προσκοπῶν ἕτερον μὲν ἀπορρήτῳ διανοίας ὀφθαλμῷ συνελογιζόμην, ἕτερον δὲ τῇ τῆς στρατιωτικῆς χειρὸς ἐξουσίᾳ κατορθοῦν ἐπειρώμην, εἰδὼς ὡς εἰ κοινὴν ἅπασι τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ θεράπουσιν ἐπʼ εὐχαῖς ταῖς ἐμαῖς ὁμόνοιαν καταστήσαιμι, καὶ ἡγησάμην τῶν δημοσίων πραγμάτων χρεία σύνδρομον ταῖς ἁπάντων εὐσεβέσιν γνώμαις τὴν μεταβολὴν καρπώσεται.
ha dē proskopōn heteron men aporrētǭ dianoias ophthalmǭ synelogizomēn, heteron de tę̄ tēs stratiōtikēs cheiros exousią katorthoun epeirōmēn, eidōs hōs ei koinēn hapasi tois tou theou therapousin epʼ euchais tais emais homonoian katastēsaimi, kai hēgēsamēn tōn dēmosiōn pragmatōn chreia syndromon tais hapantōn eusebesin gnōmais tēn metabolēn karpōsetai.
Keeping these aims in view, I considered the one with the secret eye of the mind, and tried to set the other right by the power of the military arm, knowing that if, according to my prayers, I could establish common concord among all the servants of God, the needs of public affairs too would reap a change in keeping with the pious sentiments of all.
Life 2, chapter 66
2.66.1Heikel
Μανίας γὰρ δήπουθεν οὐκ ἀνεκτῆς ἅπασαν τὴν Ἀφρικὴν ἐπιλαβούσης καὶ διὰ τοὺς ἀβούλῳ κουφότητι τὴν τῶν δήμων θρησκείαν εἰς διαφόρους αἱρέσεις σχίσαι τετολμηκότας, ταύτην ἐγὼ τὴν νόσον καταστεῖλαι βουληθείς, οὐδεμίαν ἑτέραν ἀρκουσαν τῷ πράγματι θεραπείαν ηὕρισκον, ἢ εἰ τὸν κοινὸν τῆς οίκουμένης ἐχθρὸν ἐξελών, ὃς ταῖς ἱεραῖς ὑμῶν συνόδοις τὴν ἀθέμιτον ἑαυτοῦ γνώμην ἀντέστησεν, ἐνίους ὑμῶν πρὸ τὴν τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους διχονοούντων ὁμόνοιαν βοηθοὺς ἀποστείλαιμι.“
Manias gar dēpouthen ouk anektēs hapasan tēn Aphrikēn epilabousēs kai dia tous aboulǭ kouphotēti tēn tōn dēmōn thrēskeian eis diaphorous haireseis schisai tetolmēkotas, tautēn egō tēn noson katasteilai boulētheis, oudemian heteran arkousan tǭ pragmati therapeian hēuriskon, ē ei ton koinon tēs oikoumenēs echthron exelōn, hos tais hierais hymōn synodois tēn athemiton heautou gnōmēn antestēsen, enious hymōn pro tēn tōn pros allēlous dichonoountōn homonoian boēthous aposteilaimi.“
For when an intolerable madness had seized all Africa, because of those who with ill-advised levity had dared to split the religion of the people into various sects, I wished to check this disease, and found no other remedy sufficient for the matter than this: having removed the common enemy of the world, who opposed his lawless will to your holy synods, to send some of you as helpers toward the concord of those at odds with one another.”
Life 2, chapter 67
2.67.1Heikel
„Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ φωτὸς δύναμις καὶ ὁ τῆς ἱερᾶς θρησκείας νόμος, ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ κρείττονος εὐεργεσίας οἷον ἔκ τινων τῆς ἀνατολῆς κόλπων ἐκδοθείς, ἅπασαν ὁμοῦ τὴν πάνταςολπθ, ἐμξμ οερῲ λαμπτῆρι κατήστραψεν, εἰκότως ὑμᾶς, ὥσπερ τινὰς ἀρχηγοὺς τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν σωτηρίας ὑπάρξειν πιστεύων, ὁμοῦ καὶ ψυχῆς νεύματι καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐνεργείᾳ ζητεῖν ἐπειρώμην. ἅμα γοῦν τῇ μεγάλῃ νίκῃ καὶ τῇ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀληθεῖ θριαμβείᾳ τοῦτο πρῶτον εἱλόμην ἐρευνᾶν, ὃ δὴ πρῶτόν μοι καὶ τιμιώτατον ἁπάντων ὑπάρχειν ἡγούμην.”
„Epeidē gar hē tou phōtos dynamis kai ho tēs hieras thrēskeias nomos, hypo tēs tou kreittonos euergesias hoion ek tinōn tēs anatolēs kolpōn ekdotheis, hapasan homou tēn pantasolpth, emxm oerǭ lamptēri katēstrapsen, eikotōs hymas, hōsper tinas archēgous tēs tōn ethnōn sōtērias hyparxein pisteuōn, homou kai psychēs neumati kai ophthalmōn energeią zētein epeirōmēn. hama goun tę̄ megalę̄ nikę̄ kai tę̄ tōn echthrōn alēthei thriambeią touto prōton heilomēn ereunan, ho dē prōton moi kai timiōtaton hapantōn hyparchein hēgoumēn.”
“For since the power of light and the law of holy religion, sent forth by the beneficence of the Supreme Being as from certain bosoms of the East, have lit up the whole world at once with a sacred lamp, I naturally believed that you would be, as it were, the leaders in the salvation of the nations, and tried to seek you out with both the inclination of my soul and the activity of my eyes. So at the very time of the great victory and the true triumph over my enemies, I chose to investigate this first, which I considered the first and most precious of all concerns.”
Life 2, chapter 68
2.68.1Heikel
„Ἀλλʼ, ὦ καλλίστη καὶ θεία πρόνοια, οἷόν μου τῆς ἀκοῆς μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῆς τραῦμα καίριον ἥψατο, πολλῷ χαλεπωτέραν τῶν ἐκεῖ καταλειφθέντων τὴν ἐν ὑμῖν γιγνομένην διχοστασίαν σημαῖνον, ὡς πλείονος ἤδη τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς μέρη θεραπείας δέεσθαι, παρʼ ὧν τοῖς ἄλλοις τὴν ἴασιν ὑπάρξειν ἤλπισα.
„Allʼ, ō kallistē kai theia pronoia, hoion mou tēs akoēs mallon de tēs kardias autēs trauma kairion hēpsato, pollǭ chalepōteran tōn ekei kataleiphthentōn tēn en hymin gignomenēn dichostasian sēmainon, hōs pleionos ēdē ta kathʼ hymas merē therapeias deesthai, parʼ hōn tois allois tēn iasin hyparxein ēlpisa.
“But, O most excellent and divine Providence, what a deadly wound struck my hearing, or rather my very heart, when news came of a division among you far more grievous than those left behind there; so that your regions, from which I had hoped healing would come to the rest, now needed greater treatment themselves.
2.68.2Heikel
διαλογιζομένῳ δή μοι τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν τούτων ἄγαν εὐτελὴς καὶ οὐδαμῶς ἀξία τῆς τοσαύτης φιλονεικίας ἡ πρόφασις ἐφωράθη. διόπερ ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ταύτης ἀνάγκην ἐπειχθείς, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὁμόψυχον ὑμῶν ἀγχίνοιαν γράφων, τήν τε θείαν πρόνοιαν καλέσας ἀρωγὸν τῷ πράγματι, μέσον τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὑμῶν ἀμφισβητήσεως οἷον εἰρήνης πρύτανιν ἐμαυτὸν εἰκότως προςάγω.
dialogizomenǭ dē moi tēn archēn kai tēn hypothesin toutōn agan eutelēs kai oudamōs axia tēs tosautēs philoneikias hē prophasis ephōrathē. dioper epi tēn tēs epistolēs tautēs anankēn epeichtheis, kai pros tēn homopsychon hymōn anchinoian graphōn, tēn te theian pronoian kalesas arōgon tǭ pragmati, meson tēs pros allēlous hymōn amphisbētēseōs hoion eirēnēs prytanin emauton eikotōs prosagō.
When I considered the origin and subject of these things, the cause was found to be quite trivial and in no way worthy of such contention. Therefore, pressed to the necessity of this letter, and writing to your like-minded intelligence, and calling on divine providence as helper in the matter, I fittingly present myself as a mediator of peace in the midst of your dispute with one another.
2.68.3Heikel
ὅπερ γὰρ δὴ συναιρομένου τοῦ κρείττονος, εἰ καὶ μείζων ἦν τις ἀφορμὴ διχονοίας, οὐ χαλεπῶς ἂν ἠδυνήθην, ὁσίαις τῶν ἀκουόντων γνώμαις ἐγχειρίζων τὸν λόγον, εἰς τὸ χρησιμώτερον ἕκαστον μεταστῆσαι, τοῦτο, μικρᾶς καὶ λίαν εὐτελοῦς ἀφορμῆς ὑπαρχούσης, ἣ πρὸς τὸ ὅλον ἐμποδὼν ἵσταται, πῶς οὐκ εὐχερεστέραν καὶ πολλῷ ῥᾳδιωτέραν μοι τοῦ πράγματος τὴν ἐπανόρθωσιν μνηστεύσει;“
hoper gar dē synairomenou tou kreittonos, ei kai meizōn ēn tis aphormē dichonoias, ou chalepōs an ēdynēthēn, hosiais tōn akouontōn gnōmais encheirizōn ton logon, eis to chrēsimōteron hekaston metastēsai, touto, mikras kai lian eutelous aphormēs hyparchousēs, hē pros to holon empodōn histatai, pōs ouk eucheresteran kai pollǭ rhądiōteran moi tou pragmatos tēn epanorthōsin mnēsteusei?“
For if, with the Supreme Being's help, I could without difficulty have brought each person over to the better course by entrusting my argument to the holy minds of my hearers, even if the occasion of disagreement had been greater, how will it not secure me an easier and much readier correction of the matter, when the cause that stands in the way of the whole is small and very trivial?”
Life 2, chapter 69
2.69.1Heikel
„Μανθάνω τοίνυν ἐκεῖθεν ὑπῆρχθαι τοῦ παρόντος ζητήματος τὴν καταβολήν. ὅτε γὰρ σύ, ὦ Ἀλέξανδρε, παρὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἐζήτεις, τί δήποτε αὐτῶν ἕκαστος ὑπέρ τινος τόπου τῶν ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένων μᾶλλον δʼ ὑπὲρ ματαίου τινὸς ζητήσεως μέρους ᾐσθάνετο, ὡς σύ, ὦ Ἄρειε, τεῦθʼ, ὅπερ ἢ μήδʼ ἀρχὴν ἐνθυμηθῆναι ἢ ἐνθυμηθέντα σιωπῇ παραδοῦναι προσῆκον ἦν, ἀπροόπτως ἀντέθηκας, ὅθεν τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν διχονοίας ἐγερθείσης ἡ μὲν σύνοδος ἠρνήθη, ὁ δὲ ἁγιώτατος λαὸς εἰς ἀμφοτέρους σχισθεὶς ἐκ τῆς τοῦ κοινοῦ σώματος ἁρμονίας ἐχωρίσθη.
„Manthanō toinyn ekeithen hypērchthai tou parontos zētēmatos tēn katabolēn. hote gar sy, ō Alexandre, para tōn presbyterōn ezēteis, ti dēpote autōn hekastos hyper tinos topou tōn en tǭ nomǭ gegrammenōn mallon dʼ hyper mataiou tinos zētēseōs merous ę̄sthaneto, hōs sy, ō Areie, teuthʼ, hoper ē mēdʼ archēn enthymēthēnai ē enthymēthenta siōpę̄ paradounai prosēkon ēn, aprooptōs antethēkas, hothen tēs en hymin dichonoias egertheisēs hē men synodos ērnēthē, ho de hagiōtatos laos eis amphoterous schistheis ek tēs tou koinou sōmatos harmonias echōristhē.
“I learn, then, that the present question had its beginning in this way. When you, Alexander, asked the presbyters what each of them thought about a certain passage of what is written in the Law, or rather about some part of a futile question, you, Arius, rashly put forward what one ought either never to have thought in the first place or, having thought it, to have consigned to silence. From this, dissension arose among you; communion was refused, and the most holy people, split in two, was separated from the harmony of the common body.
2.69.2Heikel
οὐκοῦν ἑκάτερος ὑμῶν, ἐξ ἴσου τὴν συγγνώμην παρασχών, ὅπερ ἂν ὑμῖν ὁ συνθεράπων ὑμῶν δικαίως παραινῇ δεξάσθω. τί δὲ τοῦτό ἐστιν; οὔτε ἐρωτᾶν ὑπὲρ τῶν τοιούτων δὲ ἀρχῆς προσῆκον ἦν, οὔτε ἐρωτώμενον ἀποκρίνε- σθαι τὰς γὰρ τοιαύτας ζητήσεις, ὁπόσας μὴ νόμου τινὸς ἀνάγκη προστάττει ἀλλʼ ἀνωφελοῦς ἀργίας ἐρεσχελία προτίθησιν εἰ καὶ φιλοσοφικῆς τινος γυμνασίας ἕνεκα γίγνοιτο, ὅμως ὀφείλομεν εἴσω τῆς διανοίας ἐγκλείειν καὶ μὴ προχείρως εἰς δημοσίας συνόδους ἐκφέρειν, μηδὲ ταῖς τῶν δήμων ἀκοαῖς ἀπρονοήτως πιστεύειν.
oukoun hekateros hymōn, ex isou tēn syngnōmēn paraschōn, hoper an hymin ho syntherapōn hymōn dikaiōs parainę̄ dexasthō. ti de touto estin? oute erōtan hyper tōn toioutōn de archēs prosēkon ēn, oute erōtōmenon apokrine- sthai tas gar toiautas zētēseis, hoposas mē nomou tinos anankē prostattei allʼ anōphelous argias ereschelia protithēsin ei kai philosophikēs tinos gymnasias heneka gignoito, homōs opheilomen eisō tēs dianoias enkleiein kai mē procheirōs eis dēmosias synodous ekpherein, mēde tais tōn dēmōn akoais apronoētōs pisteuein.
So let each of you, granting pardon equally, accept what your fellow servant justly advises. And what is that? It was not fitting to ask about such things in the first place, nor, when asked, to answer. For such questions as no necessity of any law prescribes, but which the contentiousness of unprofitable idleness puts forward, even if they arise for the sake of some philosophical exercise, we ought to shut up within our minds, and not bring them out rashly into public assemblies, nor thoughtlessly entrust them to the ears of the people.
2.69.3Heikel
πόσος γάρ ἐστιν ἕκαστος, ὡς πραγμάτων οὕτω μεγάλων καὶ λίαν δυσχερῶν δύναμιν ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἀκριβὲς συνιδεῖν ἢ κατʼ ἀξίαν ἑρμηνεῦσαι; εἰ δὲ καὶ τοῦτό τις εὐχερῶς ποιεῖν νομισθείη, πόσον δήπου μέρος τοῦ δήμου πείσει; ἢ τίς ταῖς τῶν τοιούτων ζητημάτων ἀκριβείαις ἔξω τῆς ἐπικινδύνου παρολισθήσεως ἂν ἀντισταίη;
posos gar estin hekastos, hōs pragmatōn houtō megalōn kai lian dyscherōn dynamin ē pros to akribes synidein ē katʼ axian hermēneusai? ei de kai touto tis eucherōs poiein nomistheiē, poson dēpou meros tou dēmou peisei? ē tis tais tōn toioutōn zētēmatōn akribeiais exō tēs epikindynou parolisthēseōs an antistaiē?
For how great is any one of us, that he can either comprehend exactly or interpret worthily the meaning of matters so great and so very difficult? And even if someone were thought to do this with ease, how large a part of the people will he persuade? Or who could withstand the subtleties of such questions without a dangerous slip?
2.69.4Heikel
οὐκοῦν ἐφεκτέον ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις τὴν πολυλογίαν, ἵνα μήπως, ἢ ἡμῶν ἀσθενείᾳ φύσεως τὸ προταθὲν ἑρμηνεῦσαι μὴ δυνηθέντων, ἢ τῶν ἀκροατῶν βραδυτέρᾳ συνέσει πρὸς ἀκριβῆ τοῦ ῥηθέντος κατάληψιν ἐλθεῖν μὴ χωρησάντων, ἐξ ὁποτέρου τούτων ἢ βλασφημίας ἢ σχίσματος εἰς ἀνάγκην ὁ δῆμος περισταίη.“
oukoun ephekteon estin en tois toioutois tēn polylogian, hina mēpōs, ē hēmōn astheneią physeōs to protathen hermēneusai mē dynēthentōn, ē tōn akroatōn bradyterą synesei pros akribē tou rhēthentos katalēpsin elthein mē chōrēsantōn, ex hopoterou toutōn ē blasphēmias ē schismatos eis anankēn ho dēmos peristaiē.“
So in such matters we must restrain loquacity, lest, either because we through weakness of nature cannot interpret what was proposed, or because the hearers through slower understanding cannot arrive at an exact grasp of what is said, the people be driven by one or the other into blasphemy or schism.”
Life 2, chapter 70
2.70.1Heikel
„Διόπερ καὶ ἐρώτησις ἀπροφύλακτος καὶ ἀπόκρισις ἀπρονόητος ἴσην ἀλλήλαις ἀντιδότωσαν ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα συγγνώμην. οὐδὲ γὰρ περὶ τοῦ κορυφαίου τῶν ἐν τῷ νόμῳ παραγγελμάτων ὑμῖν ἡ τῆς φιλονεικίας ἐξήφθη πρόφασις, οὐδὲ καινή τις ὑμῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ θρησκείας αἵρεσις ἀντεισήχθη, ἀλλʼ ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἔχετε λογισμόν, ὡς πρὸς τὸ τῆς κοινωνίας σύνθημα δύνασθαι συνελθεῖν.
„Dioper kai erōtēsis aprophylaktos kai apokrisis apronoētos isēn allēlais antidotōsan ephʼ hekatera syngnōmēn. oude gar peri tou koryphaiou tōn en tǭ nomǭ parangelmatōn hymin hē tēs philoneikias exēphthē prophasis, oude kainē tis hymin hyper tēs tou theou thrēskeias hairesis anteisēchthē, allʼ hena kai ton auton echete logismon, hōs pros to tēs koinōnias synthēma dynasthai synelthein.
“Therefore let the unguarded question and the inconsiderate answer grant each other equal pardon on both sides. For the cause of your contention was not kindled over the chief of the commandments in the Law, nor was any new heresy about the worship of God introduced by you; but you have one and the same mind, so that you can come together in the bond of communion.
Life 2, chapter 71
2.71.1Heikel
Ὑμῶν γὰρ ἐν ἀλλήλοις ὑπὲρ μικρῶν καὶ λίαν ἐλαχίστων φιλονεικούντων, τοσοῦτον τοῦ θεοῦ λαόν, ὃν ὑπὸ ταῖς ὑμετέραις χερσὶν εὐθύνεσθαι προσήκει, διχονοεῖν οὔτε πρέπον οὔθʼ ὅλως θεμιτὸν εἶναι πιστεύεται.
Hymōn gar en allēlois hyper mikrōn kai lian elachistōn philoneikountōn, tosouton tou theou laon, hon hypo tais hymeterais chersin euthynesthai prosēkei, dichonoein oute prepon outhʼ holōs themiton einai pisteuetai.
For while you contend with one another over small and very trivial things, it is believed to be neither fitting nor at all lawful that so great a people of God, which ought to be directed by your hands, should be divided.
2.71.2Heikel
ἵνα δὲ μικρῷ παραδείγματι τὴν ὑμετέραν σύνεσιν ὑπομνήσαιμι, ἴστε δήπου καὶ τοὺς φιλοσόφους αὐτοὺς ὡς ἑνὶ μὲν ἅπαντες δόγματι συντίθενται, πολλάκις δὲ ἐπειδὰν ἔν τινι τῶν ἀποφάσεων μέρει διαφωνῶσιν, εἶ καὶ τῇ τῆς ἐπιστήμης ἀρετῇ χωρίζονται, τῇ μέντοι τοῦ δόγματος ἑνώσει πάλιν εἰς ἀλλήλους συμπνέουσιν. εἰ δὴ τοῦτο ἔστι, πῶς οὐ πολλῷ δικαιότερον ἡμᾶς τοὺς τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ θεράποντας καθεστῶτας ἐν τοιαύτῃ προαιρέσει θρησκείας ὁμοψύχους ἀλλήλοις εἶναι;
hina de mikrǭ paradeigmati tēn hymeteran synesin hypomnēsaimi, iste dēpou kai tous philosophous autous hōs heni men hapantes dogmati syntithentai, pollakis de epeidan en tini tōn apophaseōn merei diaphōnōsin, ei kai tę̄ tēs epistēmēs aretę̄ chōrizontai, tę̄ mentoi tou dogmatos henōsei palin eis allēlous sympneousin. ei dē touto esti, pōs ou pollǭ dikaioteron hēmas tous tou megalou theou therapontas kathestōtas en toiautę̄ proairesei thrēskeias homopsychous allēlois einai?
To remind your intelligence by a small example: you know, surely, that the philosophers themselves all agree in one doctrine, and often, when they disagree on some part of their statements, though they are separated by the excellence of their learning, yet they breathe together again in the unity of their doctrine. If this is so, is it not much more just that we, who have been appointed servants of the great God, should be of one mind with one another in such a profession of religion?
2.71.3Heikel
ἐπισκεψώμεθα δὴ λογισμῷ μείζονι καὶ πλείονι συνέσει τὸ ῥηθέν, εἴπερ ὀρθῶς ἔχει διʼ ὀλίγας καὶ ματαίας ῥημάτων ἐν ὑμῖν φιλονεικίας ἀδελφοὺς ἀδελφοῖς ἀντικεῖσθαι καὶ τὸ τῆς συνόδου τίμιον ἀσεβεῖ διχονοίᾳ χωρίζεσθαι διʼ ἡμῶν, οἳ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὑπὲρ μικρῶν οὕτω καὶ μηδαμῶς ἀναγκαίων φιλονεικοῦμεν. δημώδη ταῦτά ἐστι καὶ παιδικαῖς ἀνοίαις ἁρμόττοντα μᾶλλον ἢ τῇ τῶν ἱερέων καὶ φρονίμων ἀνδρῶν συνέσει προσήκοντα.
episkepsōmetha dē logismǭ meizoni kai pleioni synesei to rhēthen, eiper orthōs echei diʼ oligas kai mataias rhēmatōn en hymin philoneikias adelphous adelphois antikeisthai kai to tēs synodou timion asebei dichonoią chōrizesthai diʼ hēmōn, hoi pros allēlous hyper mikrōn houtō kai mēdamōs anankaiōn philoneikoumen. dēmōdē tauta esti kai paidikais anoiais harmottonta mallon ē tę̄ tōn hiereōn kai phronimōn andrōn synesei prosēkonta.
Let us examine what has been said with greater reflection and more understanding: whether it is right that, because of a few futile quarrels about words among you, brothers should be set against brothers, and the honor of the assembly be torn apart by impious dissension through us, who contend with one another over things so small and in no way necessary. These things are vulgar, and suit childish folly rather than the understanding of priests and prudent men.
2.71.4Heikel
ἀποστῶμεν ἑκόντες τῶν διαβολικῶν πειρασμῶν. ὁ μέγας ἡμῶν θεός. ὁ σωτὴρ ἁπάντων, κοινὸν ἅπασι τὸ φῶς ἐξέτεινεν· ὑφʼ οὗ τῇ προνοίᾳ ταύτην ἐμοὶ τῷ θεραπευτῇ τοῦ κρείττονος τὴν σπουδὴν εἰς τέλος ἐνεγκεῖν συγχωρήσατε, ὅπως αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἐκείνου δήμους ἐμῇ προσφωνήσει καὶ ὑπηρεσίᾳ καὶ νουθεσίας ἐνστάσει πρὸς τὴν τῆς συνόδου κοινωνίαν ἐπανάγαγοιμι.
apostōmen hekontes tōn diabolikōn peirasmōn. ho megas hēmōn theos. ho sōtēr hapantōn, koinon hapasi to phōs exeteinen; hyphʼ hou tę̄ pronoią tautēn emoi tǭ therapeutę̄ tou kreittonos tēn spoudēn eis telos enenkein synchōrēsate, hopōs autous tous ekeinou dēmous emę̄ prosphōnēsei kai hypēresią kai nouthesias enstasei pros tēn tēs synodou koinōnian epanagagoimi.
Let us willingly withdraw from the temptations of the devil. Our great God, the Savior of all, has spread out his light for all in common. Under his providence allow me, the servant of the Supreme Being, to bring this effort to completion, so that I may lead his peoples back to the communion of the assembly by my address, my service, and the earnestness of my admonition.
2.71.5Heikel
ἐπειδὴ γάρ, ὡς ἔφην, μία τίς ἐστιν ἐν ἡμῖν πίστις καὶ μία τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς αἱρέσεως σύνεσις, τό τε τοῦ νόμου παράγγελμα τοῖς δυσὶν αὐτοῦ μέρεσιν εἰς μίαν ψυχῆς πρόθεσιν τὸ ὅλον συγκλείει, τοῦτο ὅπερ ὀλίγη ἐν ὑμῖν ἀλλήλοις φιλονεικίαν ἤγειρεν, ἐπειδὴ μὴ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ παντὸς νόμου δύναμιν ἀνήκει, χωρισμόν τινα καὶ στάσιν ὑμῖν μηδαμῶς ἐμποιείτω.
epeidē gar, hōs ephēn, mia tis estin en hēmin pistis kai mia tēs kathʼ hēmas haireseōs synesis, to te tou nomou parangelma tois dysin autou meresin eis mian psychēs prothesin to holon synkleiei, touto hoper oligē en hymin allēlois philoneikian ēgeiren, epeidē mē pros tēn tou pantos nomou dynamin anēkei, chōrismon tina kai stasin hymin mēdamōs empoieitō.
For since, as I said, there is one faith among us and one understanding of our religion, and the commandment of the law, in its two parts, encloses the whole in one purpose of soul, let this matter, which has stirred up a slight contention among you, since it does not concern the force of the whole law, in no way produce any separation or strife among you.
2.71.6Heikel
καὶ λέγω ταῦτα, οὐχ ὡς ἀναγκάζων ὑμᾶς ἐξ ἅπαντος τῇ λίαν εὐήθει καὶ οἵα δήποτέ ἐστιν ἐκείνη ἡ ζήτησις συντίθεσθαι. δύναται γὰρ καὶ τὸ τῆς συνόδου τίμιον ὑμῖν ἀκεραίως σώζεσθαι καὶ μία καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ κατὰ πάντων κοινωνία τηρεῖσθαι, κἂν τὰ μάλιστά τις ἐν μέρει πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὑμῖν ὑπὲρ ἐλαχίστου διαφωνία γένηται, ἐπειδὴ μηδὲ πάντες ἐν ἅπασι ταὐτὸν βουλόμεθα, μηδὲ μία τίς ἐν ἡμῖν φύσις ἢ γνώμη πολιτεύεται. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς θείας προνοίας μία τις ἐν ὑμῖν ἔστω πίστις μία σύνεσις μία συνθήκη τοῦ κρείττονος, ἃ δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐλαχίστων τούτων ζητήσεων ἐν ἀλλήλοις ἀκριβολογεῖσθε, κἂν μὴ πρὸς μίαν γνώμην συμφέρησθε, μένειν εἴσω λογισμοῦ προςήκει, τῷ τῆς διανοίας ἀπορρήτῳ τηρούμενα. τὸ μέντοι τῆς κοινῆς φιλίας ἐξαίρετον καὶ ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας πίστις ἥ τε περὶ τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὴν τοῦ νόμου θρησκείαν τιμὴ μενέτω παρʼ ὑμῖν ἀσάλευτος· ἐπανέλθετε δὴ πρὸς τὴν ἀλλήλων φιλίαν τε καὶ χάριν, ἀπόδοτε τῷ λαῷ ξύμπαντι τὰς οἰκείας περιπλοκάς, ὑμεῖς τε αὐτοὶ καθάπερ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς ἐκκαθήραντες αὖθις ἀλλήλους ἐπίγνωτε. ἡδίων γὰρ πολλάκις φιλία γίγνεται μετὰ τὴν τῆς ἔχθρας ἀπόθεσιν αὖθις εἰς καταλλαγὴν ἐπανελθοῦσα.“
kai legō tauta, ouch hōs anankazōn hymas ex hapantos tę̄ lian euēthei kai hoia dēpote estin ekeinē hē zētēsis syntithesthai. dynatai gar kai to tēs synodou timion hymin akeraiōs sōzesthai kai mia kai hē autē kata pantōn koinōnia tēreisthai, kan ta malista tis en merei pros allēlous hymin hyper elachistou diaphōnia genētai, epeidē mēde pantes en hapasi tauton boulometha, mēde mia tis en hēmin physis ē gnōmē politeuetai. peri men oun tēs theias pronoias mia tis en hymin estō pistis mia synesis mia synthēkē tou kreittonos, ha dʼ hyper tōn elachistōn toutōn zētēseōn en allēlois akribologeisthe, kan mē pros mian gnōmēn sympherēsthe, menein eisō logismou prosēkei, tǭ tēs dianoias aporrētǭ tēroumena. to mentoi tēs koinēs philias exaireton kai hē tēs alētheias pistis hē te peri ton theon kai tēn tou nomou thrēskeian timē menetō parʼ hymin asaleutos; epanelthete dē pros tēn allēlōn philian te kai charin, apodote tǭ laǭ xympanti tas oikeias periplokas, hymeis te autoi kathaper tas heautōn psychas ekkathērantes authis allēlous epignōte. hēdiōn gar pollakis philia gignetai meta tēn tēs echthras apothesin authis eis katallagēn epanelthousa.“
And I say this not to force you to agree entirely on that very foolish question, whatever it may be. For the honor of the assembly can be preserved intact for you, and one and the same communion kept among all, even if some partial disagreement should arise among you over a very small point, since we do not all will the same in all things, nor does one nature or opinion govern us. Concerning divine providence, then, let there be among you one faith, one understanding, one agreement about the Supreme; but what you examine minutely among yourselves about these trivial questions, even if you do not come to one opinion, should remain within your reasoning, kept in the secret of the mind. But let the excellence of common friendship, faith in the truth, and honor toward God and toward the worship of the law remain unshaken among you. Return to friendship and goodwill toward one another; give back to the whole people their proper embraces; and you yourselves, having as it were purified your own souls, recognize one another again. For friendship often becomes sweeter when, after enmity has been laid aside, it returns again to reconciliation.”
Life 2, chapter 72
2.72.1Heikel
„Ἀπόδοτε οὖν μοι γαληνὰς μὲν ἡμέρας νύκτας δʼ ἀμερίμνους, ἵνα κἀμοί τις ἡδονὴ καθαροῦ φωτὸς καὶ βίου λοιπὸν ἡσύχου εὐφροσύνη σώζηται· εἰ δὲ μή, στένειν ἀνάγκη καὶ δακρύοις διʼ ὅλου συγχεῖσθαι καὶ μηδὲ τὸν τοῦ ζῆν αἰῶνα πράως ὑφίστασθαι. τῶν γάρ τοι τοῦ θεοῦ λαῶν, τῶν συνθεραπόντων λέγω τῶν ἐμῶν, οὕτως ἀδίκῳ καὶ βλαβερᾷ πρὸς ἀλλήλους φιλονεικίᾳ κεχωρισμένων, ἐμὲ πῶς ἐγχωρεῖ τῷ λογισμῷ συνεστάναι λοιπόν;
„Apodote oun moi galēnas men hēmeras nyktas dʼ amerimnous, hina kamoi tis hēdonē katharou phōtos kai biou loipon hēsychou euphrosynē sōzētai; ei de mē, stenein anankē kai dakryois diʼ holou syncheisthai kai mēde ton tou zēn aiōna praōs hyphistasthai. tōn gar toi tou theou laōn, tōn syntherapontōn legō tōn emōn, houtōs adikǭ kai blaberą pros allēlous philoneikią kechōrismenōn, eme pōs enchōrei tǭ logismǭ synestanai loipon?
“Give me back, then, peaceful days and untroubled nights, so that for me too some pleasure of pure light and the joy of a quiet life may be preserved hereafter. Otherwise I must groan and be wholly drowned in tears, and not even endure the span of life calmly. For while the peoples of God, I mean my fellow servants, are separated from one another by such unjust and harmful contention, how can I remain composed in mind any longer?
2.72.2Heikel
ἵνα δὲ τῆς ἐπὶ τούτῳ λύπης τὴν ὑπερβολὴν αἴσθησθε, πρώην ἐπιστὰς τῇ Νικομηδέων πόλει παραχρῆμα πρὸς τὴν ἑῴαν ἠπειγόμην τῇ γνώμῃ. σπεύδοντι δή μοι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ τῷ πλείονι μέρει σὺν ὑμῖν ὄντι ἡ τοῦδε τοῦ πράγματος ἀγγελία πρὸς τὸ ἔμπαλιν τὸν λογισμὸν ἀνεχαίτισεν, ἵνα μὴ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρᾶν ἀναγκασθείην ἃ μηδὲ ταῖς ἀκοαῖς προαισθέσθαι δυνατὸν ἡγούμην. ἀνοίξατε δή μοι λοιπὸν ἐν τῇ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ὁμονοίᾳ τῆς ἑῴας τὴν ὁδόν, ἣν ταῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους φιλονεικίαις ἀπεκλείσατε, καὶ συγχωρήσατε θᾶττον ὑμᾶς τε ὁμοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας δήμους ἐπιδεῖν χαίροντα, καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς ἁπάντων ὁμονοίας καὶ ἐλευθερίας ὀφειλομένην χάριν ἐπʼ εὐφήμοις λόγων συνθήμασιν ὁμολογῆσαι τῷ κρείττονι.“
hina de tēs epi toutǭ lypēs tēn hyperbolēn aisthēsthe, prōēn epistas tę̄ Nikomēdeōn polei parachrēma pros tēn heǭan ēpeigomēn tę̄ gnōmę̄. speudonti dē moi pros hymas kai tǭ pleioni merei syn hymin onti hē toude tou pragmatos angelia pros to empalin ton logismon anechaitisen, hina mē tois ophthalmois horan anankastheiēn ha mēde tais akoais proaisthesthai dynaton hēgoumēn. anoixate dē moi loipon en tę̄ kathʼ hymas homonoią tēs heǭas tēn hodon, hēn tais pros allēlous philoneikiais apekleisate, kai synchōrēsate thatton hymas te homou kai tous allous hapantas dēmous epidein chaironta, kai tēn hyper tēs koinēs hapantōn homonoias kai eleutherias opheilomenēn charin epʼ euphēmois logōn synthēmasin homologēsai tǭ kreittoni.“
That you may perceive the excess of my grief at this: recently, when I arrived at the city of Nicomedia, I was at once hastening in mind to the East. As I was hurrying toward you, and was already with you in the greater part of myself, the news of this matter pulled my thoughts back again, so that I should not be forced to see with my own eyes what I did not think I could bear even to hear. Open for me, then, by your concord, the road to the East, which you have closed by your contentions with one another, and allow me soon to see you and all the other peoples rejoicing, and to confess to the Supreme, with auspicious words of praise, the thanks owed for the common concord and freedom of all.”
Life 2, chapter 73
2.73.1Heikel
Ὁ μὲν δὴ θεοφιλὴς ὧδε τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην τῆς ἐκκληςίας. τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τῆς καταπεμφθείσης προυνόει γραφῆς. διηκονεῖτο δὲ οὐ τῇ γραφῇ μόνον συμπράττων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τοῦ καταπέμψαντος νεύματι καλῶς κἀγαθῶς, καὶ ἦν τὰ πάντα θεοσεβὴς ἀνήρ, ὡς εἴρηται. τὸ δὲ ἦν ἄρα κρεῖττον ἢ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ γράμματος διακονίαν, ὡς αὐξηθῆναι μὲν ἐπὶ μεῖζον τὴν τῶν διαμαχομένων ἔριν, χωρῆσαι δʼ εἰς πάσας τὰς ἀνατολικὰς ἐπαρχίας τοῦ κακοῦ τὴν ὁρμήν. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν φθόνος τις καὶ πονηρὸς δαίμων τοῖς τῆς ἐκκλησίας βασκαίνων ἀγαθοῖς κατειργάζετο.
Ho men dē theophilēs hōde ta pros eirēnēn tēs ekklēsias. tou theou dia tēs katapemphtheisēs prounoei graphēs. diēkoneito de ou tę̄ graphę̄ monon symprattōn alla kai tǭ tou katapempsantos neumati kalōs kagathōs, kai ēn ta panta theosebēs anēr, hōs eirētai. to de ēn ara kreitton ē kata tēn tou grammatos diakonian, hōs auxēthēnai men epi meizon tēn tōn diamachomenōn erin, chōrēsai dʼ eis pasas tas anatolikas eparchias tou kakou tēn hormēn. tauta men oun phthonos tis kai ponēros daimōn tois tēs ekklēsias baskainōn agathois kateirgazeto.
Thus the God-beloved man provided for the peace of the church of God by the letter he sent. The man who carried it served well and nobly, cooperating not only with the letter but also with the purpose of the one who sent him; and he was in all respects a godly man, as has been said. But the matter was too great for the service of a letter, so that the strife of the disputants grew still greater and the force of the evil spread into all the eastern provinces. This was the work of envy and a wicked demon, jealous of the church's blessings.
Life 3, chapter 1
3.1.1Heikel
O μὲν δὴ μισόκαλος φθόνος ὧδέ πη τοῖς τῆς ἐκκληςίας βασκαίνων καλοῖς χειμῶνας αὐτῇ καὶ ταραχὰς ἐμφυλίους εἰρήνης ἐν καιρῷ καὶ θυμηδίας εἰργάζετο. οὐ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὁ τῷ θεῷ φίλος τῶν αὐτῷ πρεπόντων κατωλιγώρει, πάντα δὲ πράττων τἀναντία τοῖς μικτὸς ἦν ἐχθροῦ καὶ πολεμίου κρείττων.
O men dē misokalos phthonos hōde pē tois tēs ekklēsias baskainōn kalois cheimōnas autę̄ kai tarachas emphylious eirēnēs en kairǭ kai thymēdias eirgazeto. ou mēn basileus ho tǭ theǭ philos tōn autǭ prepontōn katōligōrei, panta de prattōn tanantia tois miktos ēn echthrou kai polemiou kreittōn.
In this way envy, the hater of good, jealous of the church's blessings, was raising storms and civil disturbances against her in a time of peace and gladness. But the emperor, the friend of God, did not neglect what befitted him; doing everything contrary to [the tyrants of a little before], he proved stronger than every enemy and foe.
3.1.2Heikel
αὐτίκα δ´ οὖν οἱ μὲν θεοὺς τοὺς μὴ ὄντας παντοίαις ἀνάγκαις ἐβιάζοντο σέβειν τοῦ ὄντος ἀφεστῶτες, ὁ δὲ τοὺς μὴ ὄντας ὅτι μὴ εἰσὶν ἔργοις καὶ λόγοις ἀπελέγχων τὸν μόνον ὄντα παρεκάλει γνωρίζειν. εἶτα οἱ μὲν βλασφήμοις τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ διεχλεύαζον φωναὶς, ὀ δὲ ἐφʼ ᾧ μάλιστα οἱ ἄθεοι τὰς βλασφημίας ἐκίνουν τοῦτο νικητικὸν ἐπεγράφετο φυλακτήριον, τῷ τοῦ πάθους σεμνυνόμενος τροπαίῳ. οἱ μὲν ἤλαυνον ἀοίκους καὶ ἀνεστίους καθιστῶντες τοὺς θεραπευτὰς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ δὲ ἀνεκαλεῖτο τοὺς πάντας καὶ ταὶς οἰκείαις ἀπεδίδου ἑστίαις.
autika d´ oun hoi men theous tous mē ontas pantoiais anankais ebiazonto sebein tou ontos aphestōtes, ho de tous mē ontas hoti mē eisin ergois kai logois apelenchōn ton monon onta parekalei gnōrizein. eita hoi men blasphēmois ton Christon tou theou diechleuazon phōnais, o de ephʼ hǭ malista hoi atheoi tas blasphēmias ekinoun touto nikētikon epegrapheto phylaktērion, tǭ tou pathous semnynomenos tropaiǭ. hoi men ēlaunon aoikous kai anestious kathistōntes tous therapeutas tou theou, ho de anekaleito tous pantas kai tais oikeiais apedidou hestiais.
For at once, where they, having turned away from the One who is, had forced people by every kind of compulsion to worship the gods who are not, he, proving by deeds and words that those who are not do not exist, called on them to acknowledge the only One who is. They mocked the Christ of God with blasphemous words; he inscribed as his victorious safeguard the very thing for which the godless most raised their blasphemies, glorying in the trophy of the passion. They drove out the servants of God, making them homeless and without a hearth; he recalled them all and restored them to their own homes.
3.1.3Heikel
οἱ μὲν ἀτιμίαις περιέβαλλον, ὁ δὲ ἐντίμους καὶ ζηλωτοὺς καθίστη τοῖς ἅπασιν. οἰ μὲν ἐδήμευον ἀδίκως τῶν θεοσεβῶν ἀφαρπάζοντες τοὺς βίους, ὁ δὲ ἀπεδίδου πλείστοις ἐπιδαψιλεύμενος χαρίσμασιν. οἱ μὲν διατάγμασιν ἐγγράφοις τὰς κατὰ τῶν προέδρων ἐδημοσίευον συκοφαντίας, ὁ δὲ ἔμπαλιν ἐπαίρων καὶ ἀνυψῶν τῇ παρʼαὐτῷ τιμῇ τοὺς ἄνδρας προγράμμασι καὶ νόμοις διαφανεστέρους ἐποίει.
hoi men atimiais perieballon, ho de entimous kai zēlōtous kathistē tois hapasin. oi men edēmeuon adikōs tōn theosebōn apharpazontes tous bious, ho de apedidou pleistois epidapsileumenos charismasin. hoi men diatagmasin engraphois tas kata tōn proedrōn edēmosieuon sykophantias, ho de empalin epairōn kai anypsōn tę̄ parʼautǭ timę̄ tous andras programmasi kai nomois diaphanesterous epoiei.
They surrounded them with dishonor; he made them honored and envied by all. They unjustly confiscated and seized the livelihoods of the godly; he restored them, lavishing on them very many gifts besides. They published slanders against the church's presidents in written edicts; he, on the contrary, exalting and raising the men by his own honor, made them more illustrious by proclamations and laws.
3.1.4Heikel
οἱ μὲν ἐκ βάθρων τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἴκους καθῄρουν, ἄνωθεν ἐξ ὕψους καταστρωννύντες εἰς ἔδαφος, ὁ δὲ τὰς οὔσας ὑψοῦσθαι καὶ καινοτέρας ἀνίστασθαι μεγαλοπρεπῶς ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν βασιλικῶν θησαυρῶν ἐνο- μοθέτει. οἱ μὲν τὰ θεόπνευστα λόγια ἀφανῆ ποιεῖσθαι πυρὶ φλεχθέντα προσέταττον, ὁ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα πληθύνειν ἐκ βασιλικῶν θησαυρῶν μεγαλοπρεπεῖ κατασκευῇ πολυπλασιαζόμενα διεκελεύετο.
hoi men ek bathrōn tous euktērious oikous kathę̄roun, anōthen ex hypsous katastrōnnyntes eis edaphos, ho de tas ousas hypsousthai kai kainoteras anistasthai megaloprepōs ex autōn tōn basilikōn thēsaurōn eno- mothetei. hoi men ta theopneusta logia aphanē poieisthai pyri phlechthenta prosetatton, ho de kai tauta plēthynein ek basilikōn thēsaurōn megaloprepei kataskeuę̄ polyplasiazomena diekeleueto.
They pulled down the houses of prayer from their foundations, laying them flat from top to bottom; he legislated that the existing ones be raised higher and newer ones built magnificently at the expense of the imperial treasuries themselves. They ordered the God-inspired oracles to be destroyed by burning; he ordered these too to be multiplied, copied in magnificent editions at the expense of the imperial treasuries.
3.1.5Heikel
οἱ μὲν συνόδους ἐπισκόπων μηδαμῆ μηδαμῶς τολμᾶν προςέταττον ποιεῖσθαι, ὁ δὲ τοὺς ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν παρʼ ἑαυτῷ συνεκρότει, βασιλείων τʼ εἴσω παρεῖναι καὶ μέχρι τῶν ἐνδοτάτω χωρεῖν ἑστίας τε καὶ τραπέζης βασιλικῆς κοινωνοὺς γενέσθαι ἠξίου. οἱ μὲν ἐτίμων ἀναθήμασι τοὺς δαίμονας, ὀ δὲ ἀπεγύμνου τὴν πλάνην, τὴν ἄχρηστον τῶν ἀναθημάτων ὕλην τοῖς χρῆσθαι δυνατοῖς διηνεκῶς νέμων. οἱ μὲν τοὺς νεὼς φιλοτίμως κοσμεῖν ἐκέλευον, ὁ δὲ ἐκ βάθρων καθῄρει τούτων αὐτῶν τὰ μάλιστα παρὰ τοῖς δεισιδαίμοσι πολλοῦ ἄξια.
hoi men synodous episkopōn mēdamē mēdamōs tolman prosetatton poieisthai, ho de tous ex hapantōn tōn ethnōn parʼ heautǭ synekrotei, basileiōn tʼ eisō pareinai kai mechri tōn endotatō chōrein hestias te kai trapezēs basilikēs koinōnous genesthai ēxiou. hoi men etimōn anathēmasi tous daimonas, o de apegymnou tēn planēn, tēn achrēston tōn anathēmatōn hylēn tois chrēsthai dynatois diēnekōs nemōn. hoi men tous neōs philotimōs kosmein ekeleuon, ho de ek bathrōn kathę̄rei toutōn autōn ta malista para tois deisidaimosi pollou axia.
They ordered that bishops should never dare to hold synods; he gathered them from all the nations to himself, and deigned to let them enter the palace, go into its innermost rooms, and share the imperial hearth and table. They honored the demons with offerings; he laid bare the error, continually distributing the useless material of the offerings to those able to use it. They ordered the temples to be lavishly adorned; he destroyed from their foundations those of them most prized by the superstitious.
3.1.6Heikel
οἱ μὲν τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ μάρτυρας αἰσχίσταις ὑπέβαλλον τιμωρίαις, ὁ δὲ αὐτοὺς μὲν τοὺς ταὺτα δεδρακότας μετῄει σωφρονίζων τῇ πρεπούσῃ τοῦ θεοῦ κολάσει, τῶν δʼ ἀγίων μαρτύρων τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς μνήμας τιμῶν οὐ διελίμπανεν. οἱ μὲν τῶν βασιλικῶν οἴκων ἤλαυνον τοὺς θεοσεβεῖς ἄνδρας, ὁ δʼ αὐτοῖς μάλιστα τούτοις διετέλει θαρρῶν, εὔνους αὐτῷ καὶ πιστοὺς ἁπάντων μᾶλλον τούτους εἶναι γινώσκων.
hoi men tous tou theou martyras aischistais hypeballon timōriais, ho de autous men tous tauta dedrakotas metę̄ei sōphronizōn tę̄ prepousę̄ tou theou kolasei, tōn dʼ agiōn martyrōn tou theou tas mnēmas timōn ou dielimpanen. hoi men tōn basilikōn oikōn ēlaunon tous theosebeis andras, ho dʼ autois malista toutois dietelei tharrōn, eunous autǭ kai pistous hapantōn mallon toutous einai ginōskōn.
They subjected the martyrs of God to the most shameful punishments; he pursued those who had done these things, chastening them with the fitting punishment of God, and never ceased to honor the memorials of the holy martyrs of God. They drove godly men from the imperial palaces; he continued to rely on these men above all, knowing them to be more loyal and faithful to him than anyone.
3.1.7Heikel
οἱ μὲν χρημάτων ἥττους ὑπῆρχον Τανταλείῳ πάθει τὴν ψυχὴν δεδουλωμένοι, ὁ. δὲ βασιλικῇ μεγαλοπρεπείᾳ πάντας ἀναπτάσες θησαυροὺς πλουςίᾳ καὶ μεγαλοψύχῳ δεξιᾷ τὰς μεταδόσεις ἐποιεῖτο. οἱ μὲν μυρίους κατειργάζοντο φόνους ἐφʼ ἁρπαγῇ καὶ δημεύσει τῆς τῶν ἀναιρουμένων οὐσίας, Κωνσταντίνου δʼ ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ βασιλείᾳ πᾶν ξίφος ὡς ἄχρηστον τοῖς δικασταῖς ἀπῃώρητο, τῶν κατʼ ἔθνος δήμων τε καὶ πολιτευτῶν ἀνδρῶν πατρονομουμένων μᾶλλον ἤ ἀπʼ ἀνάγκαις ἀρχομένων.
hoi men chrēmatōn hēttous hypērchon Tantaleiǭ pathei tēn psychēn dedoulōmenoi, ho. de basilikę̄ megaloprepeią pantas anaptases thēsaurous plousią kai megalopsychǭ dexią tas metadoseis epoieito. hoi men myrious kateirgazonto phonous ephʼ harpagę̄ kai dēmeusei tēs tōn anairoumenōn ousias, Kōnstantinou dʼ epi pasę̄ tę̄ basileią pan xiphos hōs achrēston tois dikastais apę̄ōrēto, tōn katʼ ethnos dēmōn te kai politeutōn andrōn patronomoumenōn mallon ē apʼ anankais archomenōn.
They were slaves to money, their souls enslaved to the torment of Tantalus; he, opening all his treasuries with imperial magnificence, made distributions with a rich and generous hand. They committed countless murders for plunder and confiscation of the property of those put to death; but throughout Constantine's reign every sword hung idle for the judges as useless, the peoples and citizens of each nation being governed with a father's rule rather than by compulsion.
3.1.8Heikel
εἰς ἃ δὴ ἀποβλέψας εἶπεν ἄν τις εἰκότως νεαρόν τινα καὶ νεοαγῆ βίον ἄρτι τότε φανῆναι δοκεῖν, ξένου φωτὸς ἀθρόου ἐκ σκότους τῷ θνητῷ καταλάμψαντος γένει, θεοῦ τε τὸ πᾶν ἔργον εἶναι ὁμολογεῖν, τῆς τῶν ἀθέων πληθύος ἀντίπαλον τὸν θεοφιλῆ βασιλέα προβεβλημένου.
eis ha dē apoblepsas eipen an tis eikotōs nearon tina kai neoagē bion arti tote phanēnai dokein, xenou phōtos athroou ek skotous tǭ thnētǭ katalampsantos genei, theou te to pan ergon einai homologein, tēs tōn atheōn plēthyos antipalon ton theophilē basilea probeblēmenou.
Looking at these things, one might fairly say that a fresh and newly made life seemed just then to have appeared, a strange light suddenly shining out of darkness upon the mortal race; and one would confess that the whole was the work of God, who had set forth the God-beloved emperor to oppose the multitude of the godless.
Life 3, chapter 2
3.2.1Heikel
Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οἱ μὲν οἷοι μηδένες ἄλλοι πώποτʼ ὤφθησαν καὶ οἶνα μηδʼ ἐξ αἰῶνος ἀκοῇ παρείληπται κατὰ τῆς ἐκκληςίας τετολμήκασιν, εἰκότως ὀ θεὸς αὐτὸς ξένον τι χρῆμα προστηςάμενος τὰ μήτʼ ἀκοῇ γνωσθέντα μήτʼ ὄψει παραδοθέντα διʼ αὐτοῦ κατειργάζετο. καὶ τί νεώτερον ἦν ἤ τὸ θαῦμα τῆς βασιλέως ἀρετῆς ἐκ θεοῦ σοφίας τῷ θνητῷ γένει δεδωρημένον; τοιγάρτοι τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ σὺν παρρησίᾳ τῇ πάςῃ πρεσβεύων εἰς πάντας διετέλει, μηδἐν ἐγκαλυπτόμενος τὴν σωτήριον ἐπηγορίαν, σεμνολογούμενος δʼ ἐπὶ τῷ πράγματι, φανερὸν δὲ αὐτὸ καθίστη, νῦν μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον τῷ σωτηρίῳ κατασφραγιζόμενος σημείῳ, νῦν δʼ ἐναβρυνόμενος τῷ νικη- τικῷ τροπαίῳ,
Epeidē gar hoi men hoioi mēdenes alloi pōpotʼ ōphthēsan kai oina mēdʼ ex aiōnos akoę̄ pareilēptai kata tēs ekklēsias tetolmēkasin, eikotōs o theos autos xenon ti chrēma prostēsamenos ta mētʼ akoę̄ gnōsthenta mētʼ opsei paradothenta diʼ autou kateirgazeto. kai ti neōteron ēn ē to thauma tēs basileōs aretēs ek theou sophias tǭ thnētǭ genei dedōrēmenon? toigartoi ton Christon tou theou syn parrēsią tę̄ pasę̄ presbeuōn eis pantas dietelei, mēden enkalyptomenos tēn sōtērion epēgorian, semnologoumenos dʼ epi tǭ pragmati, phaneron de auto kathistē, nyn men to prosōpon tǭ sōtēriǭ katasphragizomenos sēmeiǭ, nyn dʼ enabrynomenos tǭ nikē- tikǭ tropaiǭ,
For since they had dared against the church such things as no others had ever been seen to do, and as had never been heard of from the beginning of time, God himself fittingly put forward something strange and accomplished through him things neither known by report nor handed down by sight. And what was newer than the wonder of the emperor's virtue, given to the mortal race by God's wisdom? So he continued to champion the Christ of God to all with complete boldness, not at all concealing the saving name but priding himself on it; he made it manifest, now sealing his face with the saving sign, now glorying in the victorious trophy,
Life 3, chapter 3
3.3.1Heikel
ὅ μὲν δὴ καὶ ἐν γραφῆς ὑφηλοτάτῳ πίνακι πρὸ τῶν βασιλικῶν προθύρων ἀνακειμένῳ τοῖς πάντων ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρᾶσθαι προὐτίθει, τὸ μὲν σωτήριον σημεῖον ὑπερκείμενον τῆς αὐτοῦ κεφαλῆς τῇ γραφῇ παραδούς, τὸν δʼ ἐχθρὸν καὶ πολέμιον θῆρα τὸν τὴν ἐκ- κλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τῆς τῶν ἀθέων πολιορκήσαντα τυραννίδος κατὰ βυθοῦ φερόμενον ποιήσας ἐν δράκοντος μορφῇ. δράκοντα γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ σκολιὸν ὄφιν ἐν προφητῶν θεοῦ βίβλοις ἀνηγόρευε τὰ λόγια.
ho men dē kai en graphēs hyphēlotatǭ pinaki pro tōn basilikōn prothyrōn anakeimenǭ tois pantōn ophthalmois horasthai proutithei, to men sōtērion sēmeion hyperkeimenon tēs autou kephalēs tę̄ graphę̄ paradous, ton dʼ echthron kai polemion thēra ton tēn ek- klēsian tou theou dia tēs tōn atheōn poliorkēsanta tyrannidos kata bythou pheromenon poiēsas en drakontos morphę̄. drakonta gar auton kai skolion ophin en prophētōn theou biblois anēgoreue ta logia.
which he also set out for all eyes to see in a painting on a very lofty panel set up before the palace gates. In the painting he placed the saving sign above his own head, and beneath it he represented the hostile and warlike beast, which had besieged the church of God through the tyranny of the godless, falling into the abyss in the form of a dragon. For the oracles in the books of God's prophets had called him a dragon and a crooked serpent.
3.3.2Heikel
διὸ καὶ βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ τοῖς αὐτοῦ τε καὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ παίδων ποςὶ βέλει πεπαρμένον κατὰ μέσου τοῦ κύτους βυθοῖς τε θαλάττης ἀπερριμμένον διὰ τῆς κηροχύτου γραφῆς ἐδείκνυ τοῖς πᾶσι τὸν δρά- κοντα, ὧδέ πη τὸν ἀφανῆ τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους πολέμιον αἰνιττόμενος, ὅν καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς ἀνακειμένου σωτηρίου τροπαίου κατὰ βυθῶν ἀπωλείας κεχωρηκέναι ἐδήλου. 3ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἄνθη χρωμάτων ᾐνίττετο διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος· ἐμὲ δὲ θαῦμα τῆς βασιλέως κατεῖχε μεγαλονοίας, ὡς ἐμπνεύσει θείᾳ ταῦτα διετύπου ἅ δὴ φωναὶ προφητῶν ὧδέ που περὶ τοῦδε τοῦ θηρὸς ἐβόων,,, ἐπάξειν τὸν θεόνʼ’, λέγουσαι,,, τὴν· μάχαιραν τὴν μεγάλην καὶ φοβερὰν ἐπὶ τὸν δράκοντα ὄφιν τὸν σκολιόν, ἐπὶ τὸν φεύγοντα, καὶ ἀνελεῖν τὸν δράκοντα τὸν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ.’’ εἰκόνας δὴ τούτων διετύπου βασι- λεύς, ἀληθῶς ἐντιθεὶς μιμήματα τῇ σκιαγραφίᾳ.
dio kai basileus hypo tois autou te kai tōn autou paidōn posi belei peparmenon kata mesou tou kytous bythois te thalattēs aperrimmenon dia tēs kērochytou graphēs edeikny tois pasi ton dra- konta, hōde pē ton aphanē tou tōn anthrōpōn genous polemion ainittomenos, hon kai dynamei tou hyper kephalēs anakeimenou sōtēriou tropaiou kata bythōn apōleias kechōrēkenai edēlou. 3alla tauta men anthē chrōmatōn ę̄nitteto dia tēs eikonos; eme de thauma tēs basileōs kateiche megalonoias, hōs empneusei theią tauta dietypou ha dē phōnai prophētōn hōde pou peri toude tou thēros eboōn,,, epaxein ton theonʼ’, legousai,,, tēn; machairan tēn megalēn kai phoberan epi ton drakonta ophin ton skolion, epi ton pheugonta, kai anelein ton drakonta ton en tę̄ thalassę̄.’’ eikonas dē toutōn dietypou basi- leus, alēthōs entitheis mimēmata tę̄ skiagraphią.
So the emperor showed to all, in the encaustic painting, the dragon beneath his own feet and those of his sons, pierced through the middle of its body with a dart and thrown into the depths of the sea. In this way he hinted at the invisible enemy of the human race, and showed that it had gone down into the depths of destruction by the power of the saving trophy set above his head. 3 This the colors of the picture expressed in figure; but I was filled with wonder at the emperor's greatness of mind, that by divine inspiration he portrayed what the voices of the prophets had cried out about this beast, saying that “God will bring his great and fearful sword upon the dragon, the crooked serpent, upon the fleeing one, and will slay the dragon that is in the sea.” The emperor portrayed images of these things, truly setting likenesses of them in the painting.
Life 3, chapter 4
3.4.1Heikel
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν αὐτῷ καταθυμίως συνετελεῖτο, τὰ δέ γε τῆς τοῦ φθόνου βασκανίας δεινῶς τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκταράττοντα καὶ τὸ Θηβαίων τε καὶ Αἰγυπτίων σχισ- ματικὸν κακὸν οὐ σμικρῶς αὐτὸν ἐκίνει, προσρηγνυμένων καθʼ ἑκά- στην πόλιν ἐπισκόπων ἐπισκόποις, δήμων τε δήμοις ἐπανισταμένων καὶ μόνον οὐχὶ συμπληγάσι κατακοπτόντων ἀλλήλους, ὥστʼ ἤδη φρε- νῶν ἐκστάσει τοὺς ἀπεγνωσμένους ἀνοσίοις ἐγχειρεῖν καὶ ταῖς βασι- λέως τολμᾶν ἐνυβρίζειν εἰκόσιν, οὐ μὴν ὥστʼ εἰς ὀργὴν ἐγείρειν τὸν βασιλέα μᾶλλον ἤ πρὸς πόνον ψυχῆς, ὑπεραλγοῦντα τῆς τῶν φρενο- βλαβῶν ἀπονοίας.
Tauta men oun autǭ katathymiōs syneteleito, ta de ge tēs tou phthonou baskanias deinōs tas kata tēn Alexandreian ekklēsias tou theou ektarattonta kai to Thēbaiōn te kai Aigyptiōn schis- matikon kakon ou smikrōs auton ekinei, prosrēgnymenōn kathʼ heka- stēn polin episkopōn episkopois, dēmōn te dēmois epanistamenōn kai monon ouchi symplēgasi katakoptontōn allēlous, hōstʼ ēdē phre- nōn ekstasei tous apegnōsmenous anosiois encheirein kai tais basi- leōs tolman enybrizein eikosin, ou mēn hōstʼ eis orgēn egeirein ton basilea mallon ē pros ponon psychēs, hyperalgounta tēs tōn phreno- blabōn aponoias.
These things were accomplished as he wished. But the effects of envy's malice, which were terribly troubling the churches of God in Alexandria, and the schismatic evil of the Thebans and Egyptians, disturbed him not a little. In every city bishops clashed with bishops, and peoples rose against peoples, all but grinding one another to pieces like the Clashing Rocks, so that the desperate, in their madness, committed unholy acts and even dared to insult the emperor's statues. Yet this roused the emperor not so much to anger as to anguish of soul, grieving deeply at the folly of the deranged.
Life 3, chapter 5
3.5.1Heikel
Προϋπῆρχε δʼ ἄρα καὶ ἄλλη τις τούτων προτέρα νόσος ἀργα- λεωτάτη ἐκ μακροῦ διενοχλοῦσα, τῆς σωτηρίου ἑορτῆς διαφωνία, τῶν μὲν ἑπεσθαι δεῖν τῇ Ἰουδαίων συνηθείᾳ φασκόντων, τῶν δὲ προσήκειν τὴν ἀκριβῆ τοῦ καιροῦ παραφυλάττειν ὥραν μηδὲ πλανωμένους ἕπεσθαι τοῖς τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς ἀλλοτρίοις χάριτος.
Proÿpērche dʼ ara kai allē tis toutōn protera nosos arga- leōtatē ek makrou dienochlousa, tēs sōtēriou heortēs diaphōnia, tōn men hepesthai dein tę̄ Ioudaiōn synētheią phaskontōn, tōn de prosēkein tēn akribē tou kairou paraphylattein hōran mēde planōmenous hepesthai tois tēs euangelikēs allotriois charitos.
There was also another, older disease, most grievous, which had long been causing trouble: the disagreement about the saving feast. Some said that one must follow the custom of the Jews; others that it was proper to keep the exact time of the season, and not to go astray by following those who are strangers to the grace of the gospel.
3.5.2Heikel
κἀν τούτῳ τοι- γαροῦν μακροῖς ἤδη χρόνοις τῶν ἁπανταχοῦ λαῶν διενηνεγμένων θεσμῶν τε θείων συγχεομένων, ὡς ἐπὶ μιᾶς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἑορτῆς τὴν τοῦ καιροῦ παρατροπὴν μεγίστην διάστασιν ἐποιεῖν τοῖς τὴν ἑορτὴν ἄγουσι, τῶν μὲν ἀσιτίαις καὶ κακοπαθείαις ἐνασκουμένων τῶν δʼ ἀνέσει τὴν σχολὴν ἀνατιθέντων, οὐδεὶς οἶός τʼ ἦν ἀνθρώπων θεραπείαν εὕρασθαι τοῦ κακοῦ, ἰσοστασίου τῆς ἔριδος τοῖς διεστῶσιν ὑπαρχού- σης, μόνῳ δʼ ἄρα τῷ παντοδυνάμῳ θεῷ καὶ ταῦτα ἰᾶσθαι ῥᾀδιον ἦν, ἀγαθῶν δʼ ὑπηρέτης αὐτῷ μόνος τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς κατεφαίνετο Κων- σταντῖνος. 3ὅς ἐπειδὴ τὴν τῶν λεχθέντων διέγνω ἀκοὴν τό τε κατα- πεμφθὲν αὐτῷ γράμμα τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἄπρακτον ἑώρα, τότε τὴν αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ διάνοιαν ἀνακινήσας, ἄλλον τουτονὶ καταγωνιεῖσθαι δεῖν ἔφη τὸν κατὰ τοῦ ταράττοντος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀφανοῦς ἐχθροῦ πόλεμον.
kan toutǭ toi- garoun makrois ēdē chronois tōn hapantachou laōn dienēnegmenōn thesmōn te theiōn syncheomenōn, hōs epi mias kai tēs autēs heortēs tēn tou kairou paratropēn megistēn diastasin epoiein tois tēn heortēn agousi, tōn men asitiais kai kakopatheiais enaskoumenōn tōn dʼ anesei tēn scholēn anatithentōn, oudeis oios tʼ ēn anthrōpōn therapeian heurasthai tou kakou, isostasiou tēs eridos tois diestōsin hyparchou- sēs, monǭ dʼ ara tǭ pantodynamǭ theǭ kai tauta iasthai rhądion ēn, agathōn dʼ hypēretēs autǭ monos tōn epi gēs katephaineto Kōn- stantinos. 3hos epeidē tēn tōn lechthentōn diegnō akoēn to te kata- pemphthen autǭ gramma tois kata tēn Alexandreian aprakton heōra, tote tēn autos heautou dianoian anakinēsas, allon toutoni katagōnieisthai dein ephē ton kata tou tarattontos tēn ekklēsian aphanous echthrou polemon.
In this matter, then, the peoples everywhere had long been at variance and the divine ordinances confused, so that for one and the same feast the difference in date caused the greatest discord among those keeping it, some practicing fasts and austerities while others gave their leisure to relaxation. No human being could find a cure for the evil, since the dispute was evenly balanced between the parties. For God almighty alone this too was easy to heal, and of all those on earth Constantine alone appeared as his servant for good. 3 When he had learned what has been described, and saw that the letter he had sent to those in Alexandria had failed, he stirred up his own mind and said that he must fight to the end this other war, against the invisible enemy who was disturbing the church.
Life 3, chapter 6
3.6.1Heikel
Εἶθʼ ὥσπερ ἐπιστρατεύων αὐτῷ φάλαγγα θεοῦ σύνοδον οἰ- κουμενικὴν συνεκρότει, σπεύδειν ἁπανταχόθεν τοὺς ἐπισκόπους γράμ- μασι τιμητικοῖς προκαλούμενος. οὐκ ἦν δʼ ἁπλοῦν τὸν ἐπίταγμα, συνήργει δὲ καὶ αὐτῇ πράξει τὸ βασιλέως νεῦμα, οἷς μὲν ἐξουσίαν δημοσίου παρέχον δρόμου οἷς δὲ νωτοφόρων ὑπηρεσίας ἀφθόνους. ὥριστο δὲ καὶ πόλις ἐμπρέπουσα τῇ συνόδῳ, νίκης ἐπώνυμος, κατὰ τὸ Βιθυνῶν ἔθνος ἡ Νίκαια. 2ὡς οὖν ἐφοίτα πανταχοῦ τὸ παράγ- γελμα, οἷά τινος ἀπὸ νύσσης οἱ πάντες ἔθεον σὺν προθυμίᾳ τῇ πάςῃ. εἶλκεν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίς, ἥ τε τῆς εἰρήνης μετουσία, τοῦ τε ξένου θαύματος τῆς τοῦ τοσοῦτου βασιλέως ὄψεως ἡ θέα. ἐπειδὴ οὖν συνῆλθον οἱ πάντες, ἔργον ἤδη θεοῦ τὸ πραττόμενον ἐθεωρεῖτο. οἱ γὰρ μὴ μόνον ψυχαῖς ἀλλὰ καὶ σώμασι καὶ χώραις καὶ τόποις καὶ ἔθνεσι πορρωτάτω διεστῶτες ἀλλήλων ὁμοῦ συνήγοντο, καὶ μία τοὺς πάντας ὑπεδέχετο πόλις, ἦν θʼ ὁρᾶν μέγιστον ἱερέων στέφανον ἐξ ὡραίων ἀνθέων καταπεποικιλμένον.
Eithʼ hōsper epistrateuōn autǭ phalanga theou synodon oi- koumenikēn synekrotei, speudein hapantachothen tous episkopous gram- masi timētikois prokaloumenos. ouk ēn dʼ haploun ton epitagma, synērgei de kai autę̄ praxei to basileōs neuma, hois men exousian dēmosiou parechon dromou hois de nōtophorōn hypēresias aphthonous. hōristo de kai polis emprepousa tę̄ synodǭ, nikēs epōnymos, kata to Bithynōn ethnos hē Nikaia. 2hōs oun ephoita pantachou to parag- gelma, hoia tinos apo nyssēs hoi pantes etheon syn prothymią tę̄ pasę̄. eilken gar autous agathōn elpis, hē te tēs eirēnēs metousia, tou te xenou thaumatos tēs tou tosoutou basileōs opseōs hē thea. epeidē oun synēlthon hoi pantes, ergon ēdē theou to prattomenon etheōreito. hoi gar mē monon psychais alla kai sōmasi kai chōrais kai topois kai ethnesi porrōtatō diestōtes allēlōn homou synēgonto, kai mia tous pantas hypedecheto polis, ēn thʼ horan megiston hiereōn stephanon ex hōraiōn antheōn katapepoikilmenon.
Then, as if marshalling a phalanx of God against him, he convened an ecumenical synod, inviting the bishops with honorific letters to hasten from every quarter. Nor was it a mere command: the emperor's will cooperated in carrying it out, granting to some the use of the public post and to others an ample supply of pack animals. A city fitting for the synod was appointed, named for victory: Nicaea in the province of Bithynia. 2 So when the summons went out everywhere, all ran with complete eagerness, as if from a starting line. They were drawn by the hope of good things, by the prospect of sharing in peace, and by the strange wonder of seeing so great an emperor. When all had assembled, what was being done was already seen to be the work of God. For men who were separated as widely as possible from one another, not only in their souls but also in body, country, place, and nation, were brought together, and one city received them all; one could see a very great crown of priests, adorned with beautiful flowers.
Life 3, chapter 7
3.7.1Heikel
Τῶν γοῦν ἐκκλησιῶν ἁπασῶν, αἳ τὴν Εὐρώπην ἅπασαν Λιβύην τε καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν ἐπλήρουν, ὁμοῦ συνῆκτο τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργῶν τὰ ἀκροθίνια, εἶς τʼ οἶκος εὐκτήριος ὥσπερ ἐκ θεοῦ πλατυνόμενος ἔνδον ἐχώρει κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ Σύρους ἅμα καὶ Κιλικας, Φοίνικάς τε καὶ Ἀραβίους καὶ Παλαιστινούς, καὶ ἐπὶ το΄ʼυτοις Αἰγυπτίους, Θηβαίους, Λίβυας, τοὺς τʼ ἐκ μέσης τῶν ποταμῶν ὁρμωμένους· ἤδη καὶ Πέρσης ἐπίσκοπος τῇ συνόδῳ παρῆν, οὐδὲ Σκύθης ἀπελιμπάνετο τῆς χορείας, Πόντος τε καὶ Γαλατία, Καππαδοκία τε καὶ Ἀσία Φρυγία τε καὶ Παμφυλία τοὺς παρʼ αὐτοῖς παρεῖχον ἐκκρίτους· ἀλλὰ καὶ Θρᾷκες καὶ Μακεδόνες, Ἀχαιοί τε καὶ Ἠπειρῶται, τούτων θʼ οἱ ἔτι προσωτέρω οἰκοῦντες ἀπήντων, αὐτῶν τε Σπάνων ὁ πάνυ βοώμενος εἶς ἦν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἅμα συνεδρεύων.
Tōn goun ekklēsiōn hapasōn, hai tēn Eurōpēn hapasan Libyēn te kai tēn Asian eplēroun, homou synēkto tōn tou theou leitourgōn ta akrothinia, eis tʼ oikos euktērios hōsper ek theou platynomenos endon echōrei kata to auto Syrous hama kai Kilikas, Phoinikas te kai Arabious kai Palaistinous, kai epi to΄ʼytois Aigyptious, Thēbaious, Libyas, tous tʼ ek mesēs tōn potamōn hormōmenous; ēdē kai Persēs episkopos tę̄ synodǭ parēn, oude Skythēs apelimpaneto tēs choreias, Pontos te kai Galatia, Kappadokia te kai Asia Phrygia te kai Pamphylia tous parʼ autois pareichon ekkritous; alla kai Thrąkes kai Makedones, Achaioi te kai Ēpeirōtai, toutōn thʼ hoi eti prosōterō oikountes apēntōn, autōn te Spanōn ho pany boōmenos eis ēn tois pollois hama synedreuōn.
From all the churches that filled all Europe, Libya, and Asia, the choicest of the ministers of God were gathered together. One house of prayer, as if enlarged by God, held within it at the same time Syrians and Cilicians, Phoenicians, Arabians, and Palestinians, and besides these Egyptians, Thebans, Libyans, and those who came from Mesopotamia. Even a Persian bishop was present at the synod, nor was a Scythian missing from the company; Pontus and Galatia, Cappadocia and Asia, Phrygia and Pamphylia sent their chosen men; Thracians and Macedonians, Achaeans and Epirotes, and those living still further beyond these came too; and from the Spaniards themselves the very famous one sat with the many.
3.7.2Heikel
τῆς δέ γε βασιλευούσης πόλεως ὁ μὲν προεστὼς ὑστέρει διὰ γῆρας, πρεσβύτεροι δʼ αὐτοῦ παρόντες τὴν αὐτοῦ τάξιν ἐπλήρουν. τοιοῦτον μόνος ἐξ αἰῶνος εἶς βασιλεὺς Κωνσταντῖνος Χριστῷ στέφανον δεσμῷ συνάψας εἰρήνης, τῷ αὐτοῦ σωτῇρι τῆς κατʼ ἐχθρῶν καὶ πολεμίων νίκης θεοπρεπὲς ἀνετίθει χαριστήριον, εἰκόνα χορείας ἀποστολικῆς ταύτην καθʼ ἡμᾶς συστησάμενος.
tēs de ge basileuousēs poleōs ho men proestōs hysterei dia gēras, presbyteroi dʼ autou parontes tēn autou taxin eplēroun. toiouton monos ex aiōnos eis basileus Kōnstantinos Christǭ stephanon desmǭ synapsas eirēnēs, tǭ autou sōtę̄ri tēs katʼ echthrōn kai polemiōn nikēs theoprepes anetithei charistērion, eikona choreias apostolikēs tautēn kathʼ hēmas systēsamenos.
The president of the imperial city was absent because of old age, but his presbyters were present and filled his place. Constantine alone of all emperors since time began, having bound such a crown for Christ with the bond of peace, dedicated it to his Savior as a thank-offering befitting God for his victory over enemies and foes, assembling in our own time this image of the apostolic company.
Life 3, chapter 8
3.8.1Heikel
Ἐπεὶ καὶ κατʼ ἐκείνους συνῆχθαι λόγος,, ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν“,, ἄνδρας εὐλαβεῖς“, ἐν οἶς ἐτύγχανον,, Πάρθοι καὶ Μῆδοι καὶ Ἐλαμῖται, καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν Ἰουδαίαν τε καὶ Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, Φρυγίαν τε καὶ Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ μέρη τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην, οἵ τʼ ἐπιδημοῦντες Ῥωμαῖοι, Ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ προσήλυτοι, Κρῆτες καὶ Ἄραβες“, πλὴν ὅσον ἐκείνοις ὑστέρει τὸ μὴ ἐκ θεοῦ λειτουργῶν συνεστάναι τοὺς πάντας· ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς παρούσης χορείας ἐπισκόπων μὲν πληθὺς ἦν πεντήκοντα καὶ διακοσίων τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὑπερακοντίζουσα, ἑπομένων δὲ τούτοις πρεσβυτέρων καὶ διακόνων ἀκολούθων τε πλείστων ὅσων ἑτέρων οὐδʼ ἦν ἀριθμὸς εἰς κατάληψιν.
Epei kai katʼ ekeinous synēchthai logos,, apo pantos ethnous tōn hypo ton ouranon“,, andras eulabeis“, en ois etynchanon,, Parthoi kai Mēdoi kai Elamitai, kai hoi katoikountes tēn Mesopotamian Ioudaian te kai Kappadokian, Ponton kai tēn Asian, Phrygian te kai Pamphylian, Aigypton kai ta merē tēs Libyēs tēs kata Kyrēnēn, hoi tʼ epidēmountes Rhōmaioi, Ioudaioi te kai prosēlytoi, Krētes kai Arabes“, plēn hoson ekeinois hysterei to mē ek theou leitourgōn synestanai tous pantas; epi de tēs parousēs choreias episkopōn men plēthys ēn pentēkonta kai diakosiōn ton arithmon hyperakontizousa, hepomenōn de toutois presbyterōn kai diakonōn akolouthōn te pleistōn hosōn heterōn oudʼ ēn arithmos eis katalēpsin.
For in the apostles' time too, the account says, there were gathered “from every nation under heaven” “devout men,” among whom were “Parthians and Medes and Elamites, and residents of Mesopotamia, Judea and Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia, Phrygia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the parts of Libya around Cyrene, and visitors from Rome, both Jews and proselytes, Cretans and Arabs”; except that they fell short in this, that not all of them were ministers of God. In the present company the number of bishops exceeded two hundred and fifty, while the presbyters and deacons accompanying them, and the very many other attendants, were beyond counting.
Life 3, chapter 9
3.9.1Heikel
Τῶν δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργῶν οἱ μὲν διέπρεπον σοφίας λόγῳ, οἱ δὲ βίου στερρότητι καὶ καρτερίας ὑπομονῇ, οἱ δὲ τῷ μέσῳ τρόπῳ κατεκοσμοῦντο. ἦσαν δὲ τούτων οἱ μὲν χρόνου μήκει τετιμημένοι, οἱ δὲ νεότητι καὶ ψυχῆς ἀκμῇ διαλάμποντες, οἱ δʼἄρτι παρελθόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς λειτουργίας δρόμον· οἶς δὴ πᾶσι βασιλεὺς ἐφʼ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας τὰ σιτηρέσια δαψιλῶς χορηγεῖσθαι διετέτακτο.
Tōn de tou theou leitourgōn hoi men dieprepon sophias logǭ, hoi de biou sterrotēti kai karterias hypomonę̄, hoi de tǭ mesǭ tropǭ katekosmounto. ēsan de toutōn hoi men chronou mēkei tetimēmenoi, hoi de neotēti kai psychēs akmę̄ dialampontes, hoi dʼarti parelthontes epi ton tēs leitourgias dromon; ois dē pasi basileus ephʼ hekastēs hēmeras ta sitēresia dapsilōs chorēgeisthai dietetakto.
Of the ministers of God, some excelled in the word of wisdom, others in strictness of life and patient endurance, and others were adorned with the middle way between these. Some were honored for their length of years, others shone with youth and vigor of soul, and others had only just entered on the course of ministry. For all of them the emperor had ordered ample daily provisions to be supplied.
Life 3, chapter 10
3.10.1Heikel
Ἐπεὶ δʼ ἡμέρας ὁρισθείσης τῇ συνόδῳ, καθʼ ἣν ἐχρῆν λύσιν ἐπιθεῖναι τοῖς ἀμφισβητουμένοις, παρῆν ἑκάτερος ταύτην ἄγων, ἐν αὐτῷ δὴ τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ οἴκῳ τῶν βασιλείων, ὃς δὴ καὶ ὑπερφέρειν ἐδόκει μεγέθει τοὺς πάντας, βάθρων δʼ ἐν τάξει πλειόνων ἐφʼ ἑκατέραις τοῦ οἴκου πλευραῖς διατεθέντων, εἴσω παρῆσαν οἱ κεκλημένοι καὶ τὴν προσήκουσαν ἕδραν οἱ πάντες ἀπελάμβανον.
Epei dʼ hēmeras horistheisēs tę̄ synodǭ, kathʼ hēn echrēn lysin epitheinai tois amphisbētoumenois, parēn hekateros tautēn agōn, en autǭ dē tǭ mesaitatǭ oikǭ tōn basileiōn, hos dē kai hyperpherein edokei megethei tous pantas, bathrōn dʼ en taxei pleionōn ephʼ hekaterais tou oikou pleurais diatethentōn, eisō parēsan hoi keklēmenoi kai tēn prosēkousan hedran hoi pantes apelambanon.
When the day appointed for the synod had come, on which they were to bring the disputed questions to a resolution, all who were to take part were present in the very central hall of the palace, which seemed to surpass all others in size. Many benches had been set in order along both sides of the hall; those who had been invited came in, and all took their appropriate seats.
3.10.2Heikel
ἀλλʼ ὅτε δὴ σὺν κόσμῳ τῷ πρέποντι ἡ πᾶσα καθῆστο σύνοδος, σιγὴ μὲν τοὺς πάντας εἶχεν προσδοκίᾳ τῆς βασιλέως παρόδου, εἰσᾐει δέ τις πρῶτος κἄπειτα δεύτερος καὶ τρίτος τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα. ἡγοῦντο δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι οὐ τῶν συνήθων ὁπλιτῶν τε καὶ δορυφόρων μόνων δὲ τῶν πιστῶν φίλων.
allʼ hote dē syn kosmǭ tǭ preponti hē pasa kathēsto synodos, sigē men tous pantas eichen prosdokią tēs basileōs parodou, eisę̄ei de tis prōtos kapeita deuteros kai tritos tōn amphi basilea. hēgounto de kai alloi ou tōn synēthōn hoplitōn te kai doryphorōn monōn de tōn pistōn philōn.
When the whole synod had taken its seats with fitting decorum, silence held all in expectation of the emperor's entrance. First one, then a second and a third of those around the emperor came in. Others too led the way, not of the usual soldiers and guards, but only of his faithful friends.
3.10.3Heikel
πάντων δʼ ἐξαναστάντων ἐπὶ συνθήματι, ὃ τὴν βασιλέως εἴσοδον ἐδήλου, αὐτὸς δὴ λοιπὸν διέβαινε μέσος οἶα θεοῦ τις οὐράνιος ἄγγελος, λαμπρᾷ μὲν ὥσπερ φωτὸς μαρμαρυγαῖς ἐξαστραπτούσῃ περιβολῇ ἁλουργίδος πυρωποῖς καταλαμπόμενος ἀκτῖσι, χρυσοῦ δὲ καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν διαυγέσι φέγγεσι κοσμούμενος.
pantōn dʼ exanastantōn epi synthēmati, ho tēn basileōs eisodon edēlou, autos dē loipon diebaine mesos oia theou tis ouranios angelos, lamprą men hōsper phōtos marmarygais exastraptousę̄ peribolę̄ halourgidos pyrōpois katalampomenos aktisi, chrysou de kai lithōn polytelōn diaugesi phengesi kosmoumenos.
When all rose at the signal announcing the emperor's entrance, he himself at last passed through their midst like some heavenly angel of God, his bright robe flashing as with gleams of light, shining with the fiery rays of purple, and adorned with the brilliant radiance of gold and precious stones.
3.10.4Heikel
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀμφὶ τὸ σῶμα. τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν θεοῦ φόβῳ καὶ εὐλαβείᾳ δῆλος ἦν κεκαλωπισμένος· ὑπέφαινον δὲ καὶ ταῦτα ὀφθαλμοὶ κάτω νεύοντες, ἐρύθημα προσώπου περιπάτου κίνησις, τό τʼ ἄλλο εἶδος, τὸ μεγεθός τε ὑπερβάλλον μὲν τοὺς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ἅπαντας... τῷ τε κάλλει τῆς ὥρας καὶ τῷ μεγαλοπρεπεῖ τῆς τοῦ σώματος εὐπρεπείας ἀλκῇ τε ῥώμης ἀμάχου, ἃ δὴ τρόπων ἐπιεικείᾳ πραότητί τε βασιλικῆς ἡμερότητος ἐγκεκραμένα τὸ τῆς διανοίας ὑπερφυὲς παντὸς κρεῖττον ἀπέφαινον λόγου. 5ἐπεὶ δὲ παρελθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτην τῶν ταγμάτων ἀρχὴν μέσος ἔστη, σμικροῦ τινος αὐτῷ καθίσματος ἐξ ὕλης χρυσοῦ πεποιημένου προτεθέντος, οὐ πρότερον ἢ τοὺς ἐπισκόπους ἐπινεῦσαι ἐκάθιζε. ταῦτὸν δʼ ἔπραττον οἱ πάντες μετὰ βασιλέως.
tauta men oun amphi to sōma. tēn de psychēn theou phobǭ kai eulabeią dēlos ēn kekalōpismenos; hypephainon de kai tauta ophthalmoi katō neuontes, erythēma prosōpou peripatou kinēsis, to tʼ allo eidos, to megethos te hyperballon men tous amphʼ auton hapantas... tǭ te kallei tēs hōras kai tǭ megaloprepei tēs tou sōmatos euprepeias alkę̄ te rhōmēs amachou, ha dē tropōn epieikeią praotēti te basilikēs hēmerotētos enkekramena to tēs dianoias hyperphyes pantos kreitton apephainon logou. 5epei de parelthōn epi tēn prōtēn tōn tagmatōn archēn mesos estē, smikrou tinos autǭ kathismatos ex hylēs chrysou pepoiēmenou protethentos, ou proteron ē tous episkopous epineusai ekathize. tauton dʼ epratton hoi pantes meta basileōs.
So much for his body. As for his soul, he was plainly adorned with the fear of God and reverence. This was shown by his downcast eyes, the blush on his face, his gait, the rest of his appearance, and his stature, which surpassed all those around him … in the beauty of his prime, the majesty of his bodily bearing, and the strength of his invincible might; these qualities, blended with gentleness of character and the mildness of imperial kindness, displayed the surpassing greatness of his mind beyond all description. 5 When he had come to the head of the rows and stood in the middle, a small seat made of gold was set before him; and he did not sit down until the bishops had signed to him to do so. And all did the same after the emperor.
Life 3, chapter 11
3.11.1Heikel
Τῶν δʼ ἐπισκόπων ὁ τοῦ δεξιοῦ τάγματος πρωτεύων διτε μεμετρημένον ἀπεδίδου λόγον, προσφωνῶν τὸν βασιλέα τῷ τε παντοκράτορι θεῷ χαριστήριον ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ποιούμενος ὕμνον. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς καθῆστο, σιγὴ μὲν ἐγίγνετο πάντων ἀτενὲς εὶς βασιλέα βλεπόντων, ὁ δὲ φαιδροῖς ὄμμασι τοὺς πάντας γαληνῶς ἐμβλέψας κἄπειτα συναγαγὼν αὐτὸς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τὴν διάνοιαν ἡσύχῳ καὶ πραείᾳ φωνῇ τοῖον ἀπέδωκε λόγον.
Tōn dʼ episkopōn ho tou dexiou tagmatos prōteuōn dite memetrēmenon apedidou logon, prosphōnōn ton basilea tǭ te pantokratori theǭ charistērion epʼ autǭ poioumenos hymnon. epeidē de kai autos kathēsto, sigē men egigneto pantōn atenes eis basilea blepontōn, ho de phaidrois ommasi tous pantas galēnōs emblepsas kapeita synagagōn autos pros heauton tēn dianoian hēsychǭ kai praeią phōnę̄ toion apedōke logon.
The first bishop of the right-hand row [then rose and] delivered a measured speech, addressing the emperor and offering on his behalf a hymn of thanksgiving to God almighty. When he too had sat down, there was silence, all gazing intently at the emperor; and he, looking round at all calmly with bright eyes, and then collecting his thoughts, delivered in a quiet and gentle voice a speech like this.
Life 3, chapter 12
3.12.1Heikel
,, Εὐχῆς μὲν ἐμοὶ τέλος ἦν, ὦ φίλοι, τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀπολαῦσαι χορείας, τούτου δὲ τυχὼν εἰδέναι τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν ὅλων τὴν χάριν ὁμολογῶ, ὅτι μοι πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ τοῦτο κρεῖττον ἀγαθοῦ παντὸς ἰδεῖν ἐδωρήσατο, φημὶ δὴ τὸ συνηγμένους ὁμοῦ πάντας ἀπολαβεῖν μίαν τε κοινὴν ἁπάντων ὁμόφρονα γνώμην θεάσασθαι.
,, Euchēs men emoi telos ēn, ō philoi, tēs hymeteras apolausai choreias, toutou de tychōn eidenai tǭ basilei tōn holōn tēn charin homologō, hoti moi pros tois allois hapasi kai touto kreitton agathou pantos idein edōrēsato, phēmi dē to synēgmenous homou pantas apolabein mian te koinēn hapantōn homophrona gnōmēn theasasthai.
“It was the fulfillment of my prayer, my friends, to enjoy your company; and having obtained it, I acknowledge my gratitude to the King of all, that in addition to all his other gifts he has granted me to see this, which is better than every good: I mean, to receive you all gathered together and to behold one common, harmonious mind among you all.
3.12.2Heikel
μὴ δὴ οὖν βάσκανός τις ἐχθρὸς τοῖς ἦμετέροις λυμαινέσθω καλοῖς, μηδὲ τῆς τῶν τυράννων θεομαχίας ἐκποδὼν ἀρθείσης θεοῦ σωτῆρος δυνάμει ἑτέρως ὁ φιλοπόνηρος δαίμων τὸν θεῖον νόμον βλασφημίαις περιβαλλέτω· ὡς ἔμοιγε παντὸς πολέμου καὶ μάχης δεινῆς καὶ χαλεπωτέρα ἡ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ ἐμφύλιος νενόμισται στάσις καὶ μᾶλλον ταῦτα τῶν ἐξωθεν λυπηρὰ καταφαίνεται.
mē dē oun baskanos tis echthros tois ēmeterois lymainesthō kalois, mēde tēs tōn tyrannōn theomachias ekpodōn artheisēs theou sōtēros dynamei heterōs ho philoponēros daimōn ton theion nomon blasphēmiais periballetō; hōs emoige pantos polemou kai machēs deinēs kai chalepōtera hē tēs ekklēsias tou theou emphylios nenomistai stasis kai mallon tauta tōn exōthen lypēra kataphainetai.
Let no envious enemy, then, harm our blessings; and now that the tyrants' war against God has been removed by the power of God the Savior, let not the demon who loves evil assail the divine law with blasphemies in some other way. For to me internal strife in the church of God is more grievous than any war or terrible battle, and these things appear more painful than troubles from outside.
3.12.3Heikel
ὅτε γοῦν τὰς κατὰ τῶν πολεμίων νίκας νεύματι καὶ συνεργείᾳ τοῦ κρείττονος ἠράμην, οὐδέν γε λείπειν ἐνόμιζον ἢ θεῷ μὲν γινώσκειν τὴν χάριν, συγχαίρειν δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ διʼ ἡμῶν ἠλευθερωμένοις. ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὴν ὑμετέραν διάστασιν παρʼ ἐλπίδα πᾶσαν ἐπυθόμην, οὐκ ἐν δευτέρῳ τὴν ἀκοὴν ἐθέμην, τυχεῖν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο θεραπείας διʼ ἐμῆς εὐξάμενος ὑπηρεσίας τοὺς πάντας ἀμελλήτως μετεστειλάμην.
hote goun tas kata tōn polemiōn nikas neumati kai synergeią tou kreittonos ēramēn, ouden ge leipein enomizon ē theǭ men ginōskein tēn charin, synchairein de kai tois hypʼ autou diʼ hēmōn ēleutherōmenois. epeidē de tēn hymeteran diastasin parʼ elpida pasan epythomēn, ouk en deuterǭ tēn akoēn ethemēn, tychein de kai touto therapeias diʼ emēs euxamenos hypēresias tous pantas amellētōs metesteilamēn.
When, by the will and cooperation of the Supreme Being, I won my victories over my enemies, I thought nothing remained but to give thanks to God and to rejoice with those freed by him through us. But when, against all hope, I learned of your dissension, I did not treat the report as a secondary matter; praying that this too might be healed through my service, I summoned you all without delay.
3.12.4Heikel
καὶ χαίρω μὲν ὁρῶν τὴν ὑμετέραν ὁμήγυριν, τότε δὲ μάλιστα κρίνω κατʼ εὐχὰς ἐμαυτὸν πράξειν, ἐπειδὰν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἀνακραθέντας ἴδοιμι τοὺς πάντας μίαν τε κοινὴν βραβεύουσαν τοῖς πᾶσιν εἰρηνικὴν συμφωνίαν, ἣν καὶ ἑτέροις ὑμᾶς πρέπον ἃν εἴη πρεσβεύειν τοὺς τῷ θεῷ καθιερωμένους.
kai chairō men horōn tēn hymeteran homēgyrin, tote de malista krinō katʼ euchas emauton praxein, epeidan tais psychais anakrathentas idoimi tous pantas mian te koinēn brabeuousan tois pasin eirēnikēn symphōnian, hēn kai heterois hymas prepon han eiē presbeuein tous tǭ theǭ kathierōmenous.
I rejoice to see your assembly; but I shall judge that I have most fully achieved what I prayed for when I see you all united in soul, and one common, peaceful harmony prevailing among you all, which it would befit you, who are consecrated to God, to proclaim to others as well.
3.12.5Heikel
μὴ δὴ οὖν μέλλετε, ὦ φίλοι δὴ λειτουργοὶ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ πάντων ἡμῶν δεσπότου τε καὶ σωτῆρος ἀγαθοὶ θεράποντες, τὰ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν διαστάσεως αἴτια ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη φέρειν εἰς μέσον ἀρξάμενοι πάντα σύνδεσμον ἀμφιλογίας νόμοις εἰρήνης ἐπιλύσασθαι. οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ συνθεράποντι ὑπερβάλλουσαν δώσετε τὴν χάριν.“
mē dē oun mellete, ō philoi dē leitourgoi theou kai tou koinou pantōn hēmōn despotou te kai sōtēros agathoi therapontes, ta tēs en hymin diastaseōs aitia enteuthen ēdē pherein eis meson arxamenoi panta syndesmon amphilogias nomois eirēnēs epilysasthai. houtō gar kai tǭ hymeterǭ syntheraponti hyperballousan dōsete tēn charin.“
Do not delay, then, my friends, ministers of God and good servants of the common Lord and Savior of us all, but begin now to bring the causes of your dissension into the open, and loosen every knot of controversy by the laws of peace. For so you will give surpassing joy to your fellow servant.”
Life 3, chapter 13
3.13.1Heikel
Ὁ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα εἰπὼν Ῥωμαίᾳ γλώττῃ, ὑφερμηνεύοντος ἐτέρου, παρεδίδου τὸν λόγον τοῖς τῆς συνόδου προέδροις. ἐντεῦθεν δʼ οἱ μὲν ἀρξάμενοι κατῃτιῶντο τοὺς πέλας, οἱ δʼ ἀπελογοῦντό τε καὶ ἀντεμέμφοντο. πλείστων δῆτα ὑφʼ ἑκατέρου τάγματος προτεινομένων πολλῆς τʼ ἀμφιλογίας τὰ πρῶτα συνισταμένης, ἀνεξικάκως ἐπηκροᾶτο βασιλεὺς τῶν πάντων σχολῇ τε εὐτόνῳ τὰς προτάσεις ὑπεδέχετο, ἐν μέρει τʼ ἀντιλαμβανόμενος τῶν παρʼ ἑκατέρου τάγματος λεγομένων, ἠρέμα συνήγαγε τοὺς φιλονείκως ἐνισταμένους
Ho men dē tauta eipōn Rhōmaią glōttę̄, hyphermēneuontos eterou, paredidou ton logon tois tēs synodou proedrois. enteuthen dʼ hoi men arxamenoi katę̄tiōnto tous pelas, hoi dʼ apelogounto te kai antememphonto. pleistōn dēta hyphʼ hekaterou tagmatos proteinomenōn pollēs tʼ amphilogias ta prōta synistamenēs, anexikakōs epēkroato basileus tōn pantōn scholę̄ te eutonǭ tas protaseis hypedecheto, en merei tʼ antilambanomenos tōn parʼ hekaterou tagmatos legomenōn, ērema synēgage tous philoneikōs enistamenous
Having said this in the Latin tongue, with someone else interpreting, he handed over the discussion to the presidents of the synod. From then on some began to accuse their neighbors, while others defended themselves and made countercharges. Very many proposals were put forward by each side, and at first much controversy arose; the emperor listened patiently to all and received the proposals with steady attention, and taking up in turn what was said by each side, he gently brought together those who were contentiously opposed,
3.13.2Heikel
πράως τε ποιούμενος τὰς πρὸς ἕκαστον ὁμιλίας ἑλληνίζων τε τῇ φωνῇ, ὅτι μηδὲ ταύτης ἀμαθῶς εἶχεν, γλυκερός τις ἦν καὶ ἡδύς, τοὺς μὲν συμπείθων, τοὺς δὲ καταδυσωπῶν τῷ λόγῳ, τοὺς δʼ εὖ λέγοντας ἐπαινῶν, πάντας τʼ εἰς ὁμόνοιαν ἐλαύνων, εἰσόθʼ ὁμογνώμονας καὶ ὁμοδόξους αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀμφισβητουμένοις ἅπασι κατεστήσατο,
praōs te poioumenos tas pros hekaston homilias hellēnizōn te tę̄ phōnę̄, hoti mēde tautēs amathōs eichen, glykeros tis ēn kai hēdys, tous men sympeithōn, tous de katadysōpōn tǭ logǭ, tous dʼ eu legontas epainōn, pantas tʼ eis homonoian elaunōn, eisothʼ homognōmonas kai homodoxous autous epi tois amphisbētoumenois hapasi katestēsato,
speaking gently with each and using the Greek language, since he was not ignorant of it either. He was agreeable and pleasant, persuading some, shaming others by his words, praising those who spoke well, and urging all toward concord, until he had brought them to be of one mind and one opinion on all the disputed questions,
Life 3, chapter 14
3.14.1Heikel
ὡς ὁμόφωνον μὲν κρατῆσαι τὴν πίστιν, τῆς σωτηρίου δʼ ἑορτῆς τὸν αὐτὸν παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσιν ὁμολογηθῆναι καιρόν. ἐκυροῦτο δʼ ἤδη καὶ ἐν γραφῇ διʼ ὑποσημειώσεως ἑκάστου τὰ κοινῇ δεδογμένα. ὦν δὴ πραχθέντων, δευτέραν ταύτην νίκην ἄρασθαι εἰπὼν βασιλεὺς κατὰ τοῦ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐχθροῦ ἐπινίκιον ἑορτὴν τῷ θεῷ συνετέλει.
hōs homophōnon men kratēsai tēn pistin, tēs sōtēriou dʼ heortēs ton auton para tois pasin homologēthēnai kairon. ekyrouto dʼ ēdē kai en graphę̄ diʼ hyposēmeiōseōs hekastou ta koinę̄ dedogmena. ōn dē prachthentōn, deuteran tautēn nikēn arasthai eipōn basileus kata tou tēs ekklēsias echthrou epinikion heortēn tǭ theǭ synetelei.
so that the faith prevailed with one voice, and the same date for the saving feast was agreed by all. What had been decided in common was confirmed in writing by the signature of each. When these things were done, the emperor, saying that he had won this second victory over the enemy of the church, celebrated a festival of victory to God.
Life 3, chapter 15
3.15.1Heikel
Κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ τῆς Βασιλείας εἰκοσαετὴς ἐπληροῦτο χρόνος. ἐφʼ ᾦ πάνδημοι μὲν ἤγοντο πανηγύρεις τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν, τοῖς δέγε τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργοῖς εὐωχίας αὐτὸς ἐξῆρχε βασιλεύς, συμποσιάζων εἰρηνεύσασι καὶ οἱονεὶ θυσίαν ταύτην ἀποδιδοὺς ἐμπρέπουσαν τῷ θεῷ διʼ αὐτῶν· οὐδʼ ἀπελείπετό τις ἐπισκόπων βασιλικῆς ἑστιάσεως.
Kata to auto de autǭ kai tēs Basileias eikosaetēs eplērouto chronos. ephʼ ǭ pandēmoi men ēgonto panēgyreis tois loipois ethnesin, tois dege tou theou leitourgois euōchias autos exērche basileus, symposiazōn eirēneusasi kai hoionei thysian tautēn apodidous emprepousan tǭ theǭ diʼ autōn; oudʼ apeleipeto tis episkopōn basilikēs hestiaseōs.
At the same time the twentieth year of his reign was completed. On this occasion public festivals were held among the other nations, while the emperor himself gave a banquet for the ministers of God, feasting with those who were now at peace and offering this through them, as it were, as a fitting sacrifice to God. None of the bishops was absent from the imperial banquet.
3.15.2Heikel
κρεῖττον δʼ ἦν παντὸς λόγου τὸ γιγνόμενον· δορυφόροι μὲν γὰρ καὶ ὁπλῖται γυμναῖς ταῖς τῶν ξιφῶν ἀκμαῖς ἐν κύκλῳ τὰ πρόθυρα τῶν βασιλείων ἐφρούρουν, μέσοι δὲ τούτων ἀδεεῖς οἱ τοῦ θεοῦ διέβαινον ἄνθρωποι ἐνδοτάτω τε ἀνακτόρων ἐχώρουν.
kreitton dʼ ēn pantos logou to gignomenon; doryphoroi men gar kai hoplitai gymnais tais tōn xiphōn akmais en kyklǭ ta prothyra tōn basileiōn ephrouroun, mesoi de toutōn adeeis hoi tou theou diebainon anthrōpoi endotatō te anaktorōn echōroun.
What happened surpassed all description. Guards and soldiers stood in a circle guarding the entrance of the palace with drawn swords, and through their midst the men of God passed without fear and went into the innermost parts of the palace.
3.15.3Heikel
εῑτα οἱ μὲν αὐτῷ συνανεκλίνοντο, οἱ δʼ ἀμφὶ τὰς ἑκατέρων προσανεπαύοντο κλινάδας. Χριστοῦ βασιλείας ἔδοξεν ἄν τις φαντασιοῦσθαι εἰκόνα, ὄναρ τʼ εἶναι ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὕπαρ τὸ γινόμενον.
eita hoi men autǭ synaneklinonto, hoi dʼ amphi tas hekaterōn prosanepauonto klinadas. Christou basileias edoxen an tis phantasiousthai eikona, onar tʼ einai allʼ ouch hypar to ginomenon.
Then some reclined with him, while others rested on couches on either side. One might have thought that a picture of Christ's kingdom was being imagined, and that what was happening was a dream and not reality.
Life 3, chapter 16
3.16.1Heikel
Ἐπεὶ δὲ λαμπρῶς τὰ τῆς εὐωχίας προύχώρει, ἔτι καὶ τοῦτο βασιλεὺς δεξιούμενος τοὺς παρόντας προσετίθει, μεγαλοψύχως ἕκαστον κατὰ τὴν πρέπουσαν ἀξίαν τοῖς παρʼ αὐτοῦ τιμῶν ξενίοις. τῆς δὲ συνόδου ταύτης καὶ τοῖς μὴ παροῦσι τὴν μνήμην διʼ οἰκείου παρεδίδου γράμματος, ὃ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸ ὥσπερ ἐν στήλῃ τῇδε τῇ περὶ αὐτοῦ συνάψω διηγήσει, τοῦτον ἔχον τὸν τρόπον. Ἐπιστολὴ βασιλέως περὶ τῆς σωτηρίου ἑορτῆς, ἣν ἔγραψε ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις μετὰ τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συγκροτηθεῖσαν σύνοδον.
Epei de lamprōs ta tēs euōchias prouchōrei, eti kai touto basileus dexioumenos tous parontas prosetithei, megalopsychōs hekaston kata tēn prepousan axian tois parʼ autou timōn xeniois. tēs de synodou tautēs kai tois mē parousi tēn mnēmēn diʼ oikeiou paredidou grammatos, ho dē kai auto hōsper en stēlę̄ tę̄de tę̄ peri autou synapsō diēgēsei, touton echon ton tropon. Epistolē basileōs peri tēs sōtēriou heortēs, hēn egrapse tais ekklēsiais meta tēn en Nikaią synkrotētheisan synodon.
When the banquet had gone forward splendidly, the emperor, showing further kindness to those present, added this: he honored each of them generously with gifts from himself, according to his rank. And he conveyed the memory of this synod to those who had not been present by a letter of his own, which I shall attach to this account of him as if on a monument. It runs as follows. The emperor's letter concerning the saving feast, which he wrote to the churches after the synod held at Nicaea.
Life 3, chapter 17
3.17.1Heikel
,, Κωνσταντῖνος Νικητὴς Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. Πεῖραν λαβών ἐκ τῆς τῶν κοινῶν εὐπραξίας, ὅση τῆς θείας δυνάμεως πέφυκε χάρις, τοῦτον πρό γε πάντων ἔκρινα εἶναί μοι προσήκειν σκοπόν, ὅπως παρὰ τοῖς μακαριωτάτοις τῆς καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας πλήθεσι πίστις μία καὶ εἰλικρινὴς ἀγάπη ὁμογνώμων τε περὶ τὸν παγρατῆ θεὸν εὐσέβεια τηρῆται. 2ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο οὐχ οἶόν τʼ ἦν ἀκλινῃ καὶ βεβαίαν τάξιν λαβεῖν, εἰ μή, εἰς ταὐτὸν πάντων ὁμοῦ ἢ τῶν γοῦν πλειόνων ἐπισκόπων συνελθόντων, ἑκάστου τῶν προσηκόντων τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ θρησκείᾳ διάκρισις γένοιτο, τούτου ἕνεκεν πλείστων ὅσων συναθροισθέντων (καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ καθάπερ εἶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐτύγχανον συμπαρών· οὐ γὰρ ἀρνησαίμην ἄν, ἐφʼ ᾦ μάλιστα χαίρω, συνθεράπων ὑμέτερος πεφυκέναι), ἄχρι τοσούτου ἅπαντα τῆς προσηκούσης τετύχηκεν ἐξετάσεως, ἄχρις οὖ ἡ τῷ πάντων ἐφόρῳ θεῷ ἀρέσκουσα γνώμη πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἑνότητος συμφωνίαν εἰς φῶς προήχθη. ὡς μηδὲν ἔτι πρὸς διχόνοιαν ἢ πίστεως ἀμφισβήτησιν ὑπολείπεσθαι.“.
,, Kōnstantinos Nikētēs Megistos Sebastos tais ekklēsiais. Peiran labōn ek tēs tōn koinōn eupraxias, hosē tēs theias dynameōs pephyke charis, touton pro ge pantōn ekrina einai moi prosēkein skopon, hopōs para tois makariōtatois tēs katholikēs ekklēsias plēthesi pistis mia kai eilikrinēs agapē homognōmōn te peri ton pagratē theon eusebeia tērētai. 2allʼ epeidē touto ouch oion tʼ ēn aklinę̄ kai bebaian taxin labein, ei mē, eis tauton pantōn homou ē tōn goun pleionōn episkopōn synelthontōn, hekastou tōn prosēkontōn tę̄ hagiōtatę̄ thrēskeią diakrisis genoito, toutou heneken pleistōn hosōn synathroisthentōn (kai autos de kathaper eis ex hymōn etynchanon symparōn; ou gar arnēsaimēn an, ephʼ ǭ malista chairō, syntherapōn hymeteros pephykenai), achri tosoutou hapanta tēs prosēkousēs tetychēken exetaseōs, achris ou hē tǭ pantōn ephorǭ theǭ areskousa gnōmē pros tēn tēs henotētos symphōnian eis phōs proēchthē. hōs mēden eti pros dichonoian ē pisteōs amphisbētēsin hypoleipesthai.“.
“Constantine Victor Maximus Augustus to the churches. Having learned from the prosperity of public affairs how great is the grace of the divine power, I judged that this aim above all befitted me: that among the most blessed multitudes of the catholic church one faith, sincere love, and unanimous piety toward almighty God should be preserved. 2 But since this could not receive an unwavering and firm order unless all, or at least most, of the bishops came together in one place and a decision were reached on each of the matters concerning the most holy religion, for this reason as many as possible were assembled (and I myself was present as one of you; for I would not deny that I am your fellow servant, in which I rejoice above all). Everything received fitting examination, until the judgment pleasing to God, the overseer of all, was brought to light for the concord of unity, so that nothing further remained for dissension or dispute about the faith.”
Life 3, chapter 18
3.18.1Heikel
, Ἔνθα καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ πάσχα ἁγιωτάτης ἡμέρας γενομένης ζητήσεως, ἔδοξε κοινῇ γνώμῃ καλῶς ἔχειν ἐπὶ μιᾶς ἡμέρας πάντας τοὺς ἁπανταχοῦ ἐπιτελεῖν. τί γὰρ ἡμῖν κάλλιον, τί δὲ σεμνότερον ὑπάρξαι δυνήσεται τοῦ τὴν ἑορτὴν ταύτην, παρʼ ἦς τὴν τῆς ἀθανασίας εἰλήφαμεν ἐλπίδα, μιᾷ τάξει καὶ φανερῷ λόγῳ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀδιαπτώτως φυλάττεσθαι;
, Entha kai peri tēs tou pascha hagiōtatēs hēmeras genomenēs zētēseōs, edoxe koinę̄ gnōmę̄ kalōs echein epi mias hēmeras pantas tous hapantachou epitelein. ti gar hēmin kallion, ti de semnoteron hyparxai dynēsetai tou tēn heortēn tautēn, parʼ ēs tēn tēs athanasias eilēphamen elpida, mią taxei kai phanerǭ logǭ para pasin adiaptōtōs phylattesthai?
“There, when a question also arose about the most holy day of Easter, it was resolved by common consent that it was right for all people everywhere to celebrate it on one day. For what could be finer or more solemn for us than that this feast, from which we have received the hope of immortality, should be kept by all without fail in one order and by a clear reckoning?
3.18.2Heikel
καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἀνάξιον ἔδοξεν εἶναι τὴν ἁγιωτάτην ἐκείνην ἑορτὴν τῇ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἑπομένους συνηθείᾳ πληροῦν, οἳ τὰς ἑαυτῶν χεῖρας ἀθεμίτῳ πλημμελήματι χράναντες εἰκότως τὰς ψυχὰς οἱ μιαροὶ τυφλώττουσιν. ἔξεστι γὰρ τοῦ ἐκείνων ἔθνους ἀποβληθέντος ἀληθεστέρᾳ τάξει, ἣν ἐκ πρώτης τοῦ πάθους ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ παρόντος ἐφυλάξαμεν, καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μέλλοντας αἰῶνας τὴν τῆς ἐπιτηρήσεως ταύτης συμπλήρωσιν ἐκτείνεσθαι. μηδὲν ἔστω ἡμῖν κοινὸν μετὰ τοῦ ἐχθίστου τῶν Ἰουδαίων ὄχλου.
kai prōton men anaxion edoxen einai tēn hagiōtatēn ekeinēn heortēn tę̄ tōn Ioudaiōn hepomenous synētheią plēroun, hoi tas heautōn cheiras athemitǭ plēmmelēmati chranantes eikotōs tas psychas hoi miaroi typhlōttousin. exesti gar tou ekeinōn ethnous apoblēthentos alēthesterą taxei, hēn ek prōtēs tou pathous hēmeras achri tou parontos ephylaxamen, kai epi tous mellontas aiōnas tēn tēs epitērēseōs tautēs symplērōsin ekteinesthai. mēden estō hēmin koinon meta tou echthistou tōn Ioudaiōn ochlou.
And first, it seemed unworthy to keep that most holy feast following the custom of the Jews, who, having defiled their hands with a lawless crime, are, as polluted men, fittingly blind in their souls. For now that their nation has been cast off, it is possible, by a truer order, which we have kept from the first day of the passion until now, to extend the fulfillment of this observance to future ages as well. Let us have nothing in common with the most hostile crowd of the Jews.
3.18.3Heikel
εἰλήφαμεν γὰρ παρὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἑτέραν ὁδόν, πρόκειται δρόμος τ ἱερωτάτῃ ἡμῶν θρησκείᾳ καὶ νόμιμος καὶ πρέπων. τούτου συμφώνως ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι τῃς αἰσχρᾶς ἐκείνης ἑαυτοὺς συνειδήσεως ἀποσπάσωμεν, ἀδελφοὶ τιμιώτατοι. ἔστι γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀτοπώτατον ἐκείνους αὐχεῖν, ὡς ἄρα παρεκτὸς τῆς αὐτῶν διδασκαλίας ταῦτα φυλάττειν οὐκ ἦμεν ἱκανοί.
eilēphamen gar para tou sōtēros heteran hodon, prokeitai dromos t hierōtatę̄ hēmōn thrēskeią kai nomimos kai prepōn. toutou symphōnōs antilambanomenoi tę̄s aischras ekeinēs heautous syneidēseōs apospasōmen, adelphoi timiōtatoi. esti gar hōs alēthōs atopōtaton ekeinous auchein, hōs ara parektos tēs autōn didaskalias tauta phylattein ouk ēmen hikanoi.
For we have received from the Savior another way; a course lies open to our most holy religion that is both lawful and fitting. Taking hold of this with one accord, let us tear ourselves away, most honored brothers, from that shameful complicity. For it is truly most absurd for them to boast that without their teaching we would not be able to observe these things.
3.18.4Heikel
τί δὲ φρονεῖν ὀρθὸν ἐκεῖνοι δυνήσονται, οἳ μετὰ τὴν κυριοκτονίαν τε καὶ πατροκτονίαν ἐκείνην ἐκστάντες τῶν φρενῶν ἄγονται οὐ λογισμῷ τινι ἀλλʼ ὁρμῇ ἀκατασχέτῳ, ὅπη δἂν αὐτοὺς ἡ ἔμφυτος αὐτῶν ἀγάγῃ μανία. ἐκεῖθεν τοίνυν κἀν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει τὴν ἀλήθειαν οὐχ ὁρῶσιν, ὡς δὴ κατὰ τὸ πλεῖστον αὐτοὺς πλανωμένους ἀντὶ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπανορθώσεως ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ἔτει δεύτερον τὸ πάσχα ἐπιτελεῖν. τίνος οὖν χάριν τούτοις ἑπόμεθα, οὓς δεινὴν πλάνην νοσεῖν ὡμολόγηται; δεύτερον γὰρ τὸ πάσχα ἐν ἑνὶ ἐνιαυτῷ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ποιεῖν ἀνεξόμεθα. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ ταῦτα μὴ προὔκειτο, τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀγχίνοιαν ἐχρῆν καὶ διὰ σπουδῆς καὶ διʼ εὐχῆς ἔχειν πάντοτε, ἐν μηδεμιᾷ ὁμοιότητι τὸ καθαρὸν τῆς ὑμετέρας ψυχῆς κοινωνεῖν δοκεῖν ἀνθρώπων ἔθεσι παγκάκων.
ti de phronein orthon ekeinoi dynēsontai, hoi meta tēn kyrioktonian te kai patroktonian ekeinēn ekstantes tōn phrenōn agontai ou logismǭ tini allʼ hormę̄ akataschetǭ, hopē dan autous hē emphytos autōn agagę̄ mania. ekeithen toinyn kan toutǭ tǭ merei tēn alētheian ouch horōsin, hōs dē kata to pleiston autous planōmenous anti tēs prosēkousēs epanorthōseōs en tǭ autǭ etei deuteron to pascha epitelein. tinos oun charin toutois hepometha, hous deinēn planēn nosein hōmologētai? deuteron gar to pascha en heni eniautǭ ouk an pote poiein anexometha. allʼ ei kai tauta mē proukeito, tēn hymeteran anchinoian echrēn kai dia spoudēs kai diʼ euchēs echein pantote, en mēdemią homoiotēti to katharon tēs hymeteras psychēs koinōnein dokein anthrōpōn ethesi pankakōn.
What right judgment can those have who, after that murder of the Lord and parricide, have lost their minds and are led not by any reason but by an uncontrollable impulse, wherever their innate madness leads them? Hence in this matter too they do not see the truth, so that, being for the most part in error, instead of making the proper correction they celebrate the Pascha a second time in the same year. Why then do we follow those who are admittedly sick with terrible error? For we would never tolerate celebrating the Pascha twice in one year. But even if this were not the case, your intelligence ought always to take care, with zeal and in prayer, that the purity of your souls should not seem to share in any likeness with the customs of utterly wicked men.
3.18.5Heikel
πρὸς τούτοις κἀκεῖνο πάρεστι συνορᾶν, ὡς ἐν τηλικούτῳ πράγματι καὶ τοιαύτης θρησκείας ἑορτῇ διαφωνίαν ὑπάρχειν ἐστὶν ἀθέμιτον. μίαν γὰρ ἡμῖν τὴν τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐλευθερίας ἡμέραν τουτέστιν τὴν τοῦ ἁγιωτάτου πάθους ὁ ἡμέτερος παρέδωκε σωτήρ, μίαν εἶναι τὴν καθολικὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκκλησίαν βεβούληται, ἧς εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα εἰς πολλούς τε καὶ διαφόρους τόπους τὰ μέρη διῄρηται, ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἑνὶ πνεύματι τουτέστι τῷ θείῳ βουλήματι θάλπεται.
pros toutois kakeino paresti synoran, hōs en tēlikoutǭ pragmati kai toiautēs thrēskeias heortę̄ diaphōnian hyparchein estin athemiton. mian gar hēmin tēn tēs hēmeteras eleutherias hēmeran toutestin tēn tou hagiōtatou pathous ho hēmeteros paredōke sōtēr, mian einai tēn katholikēn autou ekklēsian beboulētai, hēs ei kai ta malista eis pollous te kai diaphorous topous ta merē dię̄rētai, allʼ homōs heni pneumati toutesti tǭ theiǭ boulēmati thalpetai.
Besides this, one can also see that in so great a matter, and in the feast of so great a religion, it is unlawful for there to be disagreement. For our Savior handed down to us one day of our freedom, that is, of his most holy passion, and he willed that his catholic church be one; and even though its members are divided among many and various places, yet it is cherished by one Spirit, that is, by the divine will.
3.18.6Heikel
λογισάσθω δʼ ἡ τῆς ὑμετέρας ὁσιότητος ἀγχίνοια, ὅπως ἐστὶ δεινόν τε καὶ ἀπρεπὲς κατὰ τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἑτέρους μὲν ταῖς νηστείαις σχολάζειν, ἑτέρους δὲ συμπόσια συντελεῖν, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ πάσχα ἡμέρας ἄλλους μὲν ἐν ἑορταῖς καὶ ἀνέσεσιν ἐξετάζεσθαι, ἄλλους δὲ ταῖς ὡρισμέναις ἐκδεδόσθαι νηστείαις. διὰ τοῦτο γοῦν τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπανορθώσεως τυχεῖν καὶ πρὸς μίαν διατύπωσιν ἄγεσθαι τοῦτο ἡ θεία πρόνοια βούλεται, ὡς ἔγωγε ἅπαντας ἡγοῦμαι συνορᾶν.“
logisasthō dʼ hē tēs hymeteras hosiotētos anchinoia, hopōs esti deinon te kai aprepes kata tas autas hēmeras heterous men tais nēsteiais scholazein, heterous de symposia syntelein, kai meta tou pascha hēmeras allous men en heortais kai anesesin exetazesthai, allous de tais hōrismenais ekdedosthai nēsteiais. dia touto goun tēs prosēkousēs epanorthōseōs tychein kai pros mian diatypōsin agesthai touto hē theia pronoia bouletai, hōs egōge hapantas hēgoumai synoran.“
Let the intelligence of your Holiness consider how terrible and unseemly it is that on the same days some are devoting themselves to fasts while others are holding banquets, and that after the days of Pascha some are engaged in feasts and relaxation while others are given over to the appointed fasts. For this reason divine providence wills that this should receive fitting correction and be brought to one arrangement, as I think all see.”
Life 3, chapter 19
3.19.1Heikel
„Ὅθεν ἐπειδὴ τοῦδʼ οὕτως ἐπανορθοῦσθαι προσῆκεν, ὡς μηδὲν μετὰ τοῦ τῶν πατροκτόνων τε καὶ κυριοκτόνων ἐκείνων ἔθνους εἶναι κοινόν, ἔστι δὲ τάξις εὐπρεπής, ἥν πᾶσαι αἱ τῶν δυτικῶν τε καὶ μεσημβρινῶν καὶ ἀρκτῴων τῆς οἰκουμένης μερῶν παραφυλάττουσιν ἐκκλησίαι καί τινες τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἑῴαν τόπων, οὗ ἕνεκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος καλῶς ἔχειν ἅπαντες ἡγήσαντο, καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ ἀγχινοίᾳ ἀρέσειν ὑπεσχόμην, ἵνʼ ὅπερ δἄν κατὰ τὴν Ῥωμαίων πόλιν Ἰταλίαν τε καὶ Ἀφρικὴν ἅπασαν, Αἴγυπτον, Σπανίας, Γαλλίας, Βρεττανίας, Λιβύας, ὅλην Ἑλλάδα, Ἀσιανὴν τε διοίκησιν καὶ Ποντικὴν καὶ Κιλικίαν μιᾷ καὶ συμφώνῳ φυλάττηται γνώμῃ, ἀσμένως τοῦτο καὶ ἡ ὑμετέρα προσδέξηται σύνεσιν, λογιζομένη ὡς οὐ μόνον πλείων ἐστὶν ὁ τῶν κατὰ τοὺς προειρημένους τόπους ἐκκλη- σιῶν ἀριθμός, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς τοῦτο μάλιστα κοινῇ πάντας ὁσιώτατόν ἐστι βούλεσθαι, ὅπερ καὶ ὁ ἀκριβὴς λόγος ἀπαιτεῖν δοκεῖ καὶ οὐδεμίαν μετὰ τῆς Ἰουδαίων ἐπιορκίας ἔχει κοινωνίαν·
„Hothen epeidē toudʼ houtōs epanorthousthai prosēken, hōs mēden meta tou tōn patroktonōn te kai kyrioktonōn ekeinōn ethnous einai koinon, esti de taxis euprepēs, hēn pasai hai tōn dytikōn te kai mesēmbrinōn kai arktǭōn tēs oikoumenēs merōn paraphylattousin ekklēsiai kai tines tōn kata tēn heǭan topōn, hou heneken epi tou parontos kalōs echein hapantes hēgēsanto, kai autos de tę̄ hymeterą anchinoią aresein hypeschomēn, hinʼ hoper dan kata tēn Rhōmaiōn polin Italian te kai Aphrikēn hapasan, Aigypton, Spanias, Gallias, Brettanias, Libyas, holēn Hellada, Asianēn te dioikēsin kai Pontikēn kai Kilikian mią kai symphōnǭ phylattētai gnōmę̄, asmenōs touto kai hē hymetera prosdexētai synesin, logizomenē hōs ou monon pleiōn estin ho tōn kata tous proeirēmenous topous ekklē- siōn arithmos, alla kai hōs touto malista koinę̄ pantas hosiōtaton esti boulesthai, hoper kai ho akribēs logos apaitein dokei kai oudemian meta tēs Ioudaiōn epiorkias echei koinōnian;
“Therefore, since it was right that this should be so corrected that there be nothing in common with that nation of parricides and murderers of the Lord, and since there is a seemly order which all the churches of the western, southern, and northern parts of the world observe, and some of those in the East, for this reason all judged it good for the present — and I myself promised that it would please your intelligence — that what is observed with one harmonious mind in the city of Rome, in Italy and all Africa, Egypt, the Spains, the Gauls, the Britains, the Libyas, all Greece, the dioceses of Asia and Pontus, and Cilicia, your understanding too should gladly accept. You should reckon not only that the number of churches in the places mentioned is greater, but also that it is most holy for all in common to want what exact reason seems to require and what has no fellowship with the perjury of the Jews.
3.19.2Heikel
ἵνα δὴ τὸ κεφαλιωδέστατον συντόμως εἴπω, κοινῇ πάντων ἤρεσε κρίσει τὴν ἁγιωτδέστατον συντόμως εἴπω, μιᾷ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ συντελεῖσθαι. οὐδὲ γὰρ πρέπει ἐν τοσαύτῃ γνώμῃ ταύτῃ, ἐν ᾗ οὐδεμία ἔσται ἀλλοτρίας πλάνης καὶ ἁμαρτήματος ἐπιμιξία.“
hina dē to kephaliōdestaton syntomōs eipō, koinę̄ pantōn ērese krisei tēn hagiōtdestaton syntomōs eipō, mią kai tę̄ autę̄ hēmerą synteleisthai. oude gar prepei en tosautę̄ gnōmę̄ tautę̄, en hę̄ oudemia estai allotrias planēs kai hamartēmatos epimixia.“
To put the chief point briefly: it pleased the common judgment of all that the most holy [feast of Pascha] be celebrated on one and the same day. For it is not fitting that [in so great a holiness there should be any difference; it is better to follow] this judgment, in which there will be no admixture of alien error and sin.”
Life 3, chapter 20
3.20.1Heikel
„Τούτων οὖν οὕτως ἐχόντων, ἀσμένως δέχεσθε τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ χάριν καὶ θείαν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐντολήν· πᾶν γὰρ ὅτι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις τῶν ἐπισκόπων συνεδρίοις πράττηται, τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν θείαν βούλησιν ἔχει τὴν ἀναφοράν.
„Toutōn oun houtōs echontōn, asmenōs dechesthe tēn tou theou charin kai theian hōs alēthōs entolēn; pan gar hoti en tois hagiois tōn episkopōn synedriois prattētai, touto pros tēn theian boulēsin echei tēn anaphoran.
“Since this is so, gladly receive the grace of God and this truly divine command; for whatever is done in the holy councils of the bishops has reference to the divine will.
3.20.2Heikel
διὸ πᾶσι τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς ἡμῶν ἀδελφοῖς ἐμφανίσαντες τὰ προγεγραμμένα, ἤδη καὶ τὸν προειρημένον λόγον καὶ τὴν παρατήρησιν τῆς ἁγιωτάτης ἡμέρας ὑποδέχεσθαί τε καὶ διατάττειν ὀφείλετε, ἵνα ἐπειδὰν πρὸς τὴν πάλαι μοι ποθουμένην τῆς ὑμετέρας διαθέσεως ὄψιν ἀφίκωμαι, ἐν μιᾷ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ τὴν ἁγίαν μεθʼ ὑμῶν ἑορτὴν ἐπιτελέσαι δυνηθῶ καὶ πάντων ἕνεκεν μεθʼ ὑμῶν εὐδοκήσω, συνορῶν τὴν διαβολικὴν ὠμότητα ὑπὸ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως διὰ τῶν ἡμετέρων πράξεων ἀνῃρημένην, ἀκμαζούσης πανταχοῦ τῆς ὑμετέρας πίστεως καὶ εἰρήνης καὶ ὁμονοίας. ὁ θεὸς ὑμᾶς διαφυλάξειν, ἀδελφοὶ ἀγαπητοί.“
dio pasi tois agapētois hēmōn adelphois emphanisantes ta progegrammena, ēdē kai ton proeirēmenon logon kai tēn paratērēsin tēs hagiōtatēs hēmeras hypodechesthai te kai diatattein opheilete, hina epeidan pros tēn palai moi pothoumenēn tēs hymeteras diatheseōs opsin aphikōmai, en mią kai tę̄ autę̄ hēmerą tēn hagian methʼ hymōn heortēn epitelesai dynēthō kai pantōn heneken methʼ hymōn eudokēsō, synorōn tēn diabolikēn ōmotēta hypo tēs theias dynameōs dia tōn hēmeterōn praxeōn anę̄rēmenēn, akmazousēs pantachou tēs hymeteras pisteōs kai eirēnēs kai homonoias. ho theos hymas diaphylaxein, adelphoi agapētoi.“
Therefore, having made known what is written above to all our beloved brothers, you ought now both to accept and to put in order the reckoning described and the observance of the most holy day, so that when I come to the long-desired sight of your affection, I may be able to celebrate the holy feast with you on one and the same day, and may rejoice with you in all things, seeing the devil's cruelty destroyed by the divine power through our actions, while your faith, peace, and concord flourish everywhere. God will preserve you, beloved brothers.”
3.20.3Heikel
ταύτης βασιλεὺς τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ἰσοδυναμοῦσαν γραφὴν ἐφʼ ἑκάστης ἐπαρχίας διεπέμπετο, ἐνοπτρίζεσθαι τῆς αὐτοῦ διανοίας τὸ καθαρώτατον τῆς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ὁσίας παρέχων τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν.
tautēs basileus tēs epistolēs isodynamousan graphēn ephʼ hekastēs eparchias diepempeto, enoptrizesthai tēs autou dianoias to katharōtaton tēs pros to theion hosias parechōn tois entynchanousin.
The emperor sent a writing of the same force as this letter to every province, allowing its readers to see mirrored in it the perfect purity of his mind's holiness toward the Divinity.
Life 3, chapter 21
3.21.1Heikel
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ λοιπὸν ἡ σύνοδος ἀναλύειν ἤμελλεν, συντατιμίαν συγκαλέσας ἡμέραν, παροῦσι δὲ τὴν πρὸς φιλονείκους ἔριδας ἐκτρέπεσθαι, μηδὲ βασκαίνειν, εἴ τις εὐδοκιμῶν ἐν ἐπισκόποις φαίνοιτο σοφίας ἐν λόγῳ, κοινὸν δʼ ἡγεῖσθαι τἀγαθὸν τῆς ἑνὸς ἀρετῆς, μηδὲ μὴν τῶν μετριωτέρων κατεπαίρεσθαι τοὺς κρείττονας, θεοῦ γὰρ εἶναι τὸ κριτήριον τῶν ἀληθεὶ λόγῳ κρειττόνων, καὶ τοὶς ἀσθενεστέροις δὲ δεῖν ὑποκατακλίνεσθαι λόγῳ συγγνώμης, τῷ τὸ τέλειον ἁπανταχοῦ σπάνιον τυγχάνειν.
Epeidē de loipon hē synodos analyein ēmellen, syntatimian synkalesas hēmeran, parousi de tēn pros philoneikous eridas ektrepesthai, mēde baskainein, ei tis eudokimōn en episkopois phainoito sophias en logǭ, koinon dʼ hēgeisthai tagathon tēs henos aretēs, mēde mēn tōn metriōterōn katepairesthai tous kreittonas, theou gar einai to kritērion tōn alēthei logǭ kreittonōn, kai tois asthenesterois de dein hypokataklinesthai logǭ syngnōmēs, tǭ to teleion hapantachou spanion tynchanein.
When the synod was at last about to disperse, he called them together on a [farewell] day and [exhorted] those present [to be zealous for peace] and to turn away from contentious quarrels; not to be jealous if any of the bishops appeared distinguished for wisdom in speech, but to regard the excellence of one as a common good; and that the better men should not exalt themselves over the more modest, since the judgment of who are truly better belongs to God, while they ought to condescend to the weaker in a spirit of forbearance, since perfection is everywhere rare.
3.21.2Heikel
διὸ καὶ ἀλλήλοις δεῖν τὰ σμικρὰ πταίουσι συγγνώμην νέμειν χαρίζεσθαι τε καὶ συγχωρεῖν ὅσα ἀνθρώπινα, πάντων περὶ πολλοῦ τιμωμένων τὴν σύμφωνον ἁρμονίαν, ὡς ἄν μὴ πρὸς αλλήλους στασιαζόντων χλεύης αἰτία παρέχηται τοῖς τὸν θεῖον βλασφημεῖν νόμον παρεσκευασμένοις, ὧν μάλιστα κήδεσθαι δεῖν τὰ πάντα, σωθῆναι δυναμένων, εἰ τὰ καθʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοῖς ζηλωτὰ φαίνοιντο, κακεῖνο δὲ μὴ ἀμφιγνοεῖν ὡς οὐ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἡ ἐκ λόγων ὠφέλεια συντελεῖ.
dio kai allēlois dein ta smikra ptaiousi syngnōmēn nemein charizesthai te kai synchōrein hosa anthrōpina, pantōn peri pollou timōmenōn tēn symphōnon harmonian, hōs an mē pros allēlous stasiazontōn chleuēs aitia parechētai tois ton theion blasphēmein nomon pareskeuasmenois, hōn malista kēdesthai dein ta panta, sōthēnai dynamenōn, ei ta kathʼ hēmas autois zēlōta phainointo, kakeino de mē amphignoein hōs ou tois pasin hē ek logōn ōpheleia syntelei.
They should therefore grant one another pardon for small faults, and indulge and forgive what is merely human, all valuing harmonious concord highly, so that no occasion for mockery should be given, through their strife with one another, to those who are ready to blaspheme the divine law. These above all must be cared for in every way, since they can be saved if our ways appear enviable to them. Nor should they be unaware that benefit from preaching does not work for everyone.
3.21.3Heikel
οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ πρὸς τροφὴν χαίρουσιν ἐπικουρούμενοι, οἱ δὲ τὰς προστασίας ὑποτρέχειν εἰώθασιν, ἄλλοι τοὺς δεξιώσεσι φιλοφρονουμένους ἀσπάζονται, καὶ ξενίοις τιμώμενοι ἀγαπῶσιν ἕτεροι, βραχεῖς δʼ οἱ λόγων ἀληθῶν ἐρασταί, καὶ σπάνιος αὖ ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας φίλος, διὸ πρὸς πάντας ἁρμόττεσθαι δεῖν, ἰατροῦ δίκην ἑκάστῳ τὰ λυσιτελῆ πρὸς σωτηρίαν ποριζομένους, ὥστʼ ἐξ ἅπαντος τὴν σωτήριον παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσι δοξάζεσθαι διδασκαλίαν.
hoi men gar ta pros trophēn chairousin epikouroumenoi, hoi de tas prostasias hypotrechein eiōthasin, alloi tous dexiōsesi philophronoumenous aspazontai, kai xeniois timōmenoi agapōsin heteroi, bracheis dʼ hoi logōn alēthōn erastai, kai spanios au ho tēs alētheias philos, dio pros pantas harmottesthai dein, iatrou dikēn hekastǭ ta lysitelē pros sōtērian porizomenous, hōstʼ ex hapantos tēn sōtērion para tois pasi doxazesthai didaskalian.
For some are glad to be helped with food, others are accustomed to seek protection, others welcome those who greet them kindly, and others love to be honored with gifts; few are lovers of true words, and rare indeed is the friend of truth. So they must adapt themselves to all, like a physician providing each with what is beneficial for salvation, so that in every way the saving teaching may be glorified among all.
3.21.4Heikel
τοιαῦτα μὲν ἐν πρώτοις παρῄνει, τέλος δʼ ἐπετίθει τὰς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἱκετηρίας ἐσπουδασμένως ποιεῖσθαι. οὕτω δὴ συνταξάμενος ἐπὶ τὰ σφῶν οἰκεῖα τοὺς πάντας ἐπανιέναι ἠφίει· οἱ δʼ ἐπανῄεσαν σὺν εὐφροσύνῃ, ἐκράτει τε λοιπὸν παρὰ τοῖς πᾶσι μία γνώμη παῥ αὐτῷ βασιλεῖ συμφωνηθεῖσα, συναπτομένων ὥσπερ ὑφʼ ἑνὶ σώματι τῶν ἐκ μακροῦ διῃρημένων.
toiauta men en prōtois parę̄nei, telos dʼ epetithei tas hyper autou pros ton theon hiketērias espoudasmenōs poieisthai. houtō dē syntaxamenos epi ta sphōn oikeia tous pantas epanienai ēphiei; hoi dʼ epanę̄esan syn euphrosynę̄, ekratei te loipon para tois pasi mia gnōmē parh autǭ basilei symphōnētheisa, synaptomenōn hōsper hyphʼ heni sōmati tōn ek makrou dię̄rēmenōn.
Such were his exhortations first of all; and at the end he enjoined them to offer supplications to God earnestly on his behalf. Having thus taken leave of them, he let them all return to their own homes. They went back with gladness, and thereafter one mind prevailed among all, agreed upon in the emperor's own presence, those who had long been divided being joined together as in one body.
Life 3, chapter 22
3.22.1Heikel
Χαίρων δῆτα βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τῷ κατορθώματι τοῖς μὴ παρατυχοῦσι τῇ συνόδῳ καρπὸν εὐθαλῆ δεδώρητο διʼ ἐπιστολῶν, λαοῖς θʼ ἅπασι τοῖς τε κατʼ ἀγροὺς καὶ τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὰς πόλεις χρημάτων ἀφθόνους διαδόσεις ποιεῖσθαι παρεκελεύετο, ὧδέ πη γεραίρων τὴν ἑορτὴν τῆς εἰκοσαετοῦς βασιλείας.
Chairōn dēta basileus epi tǭ katorthōmati tois mē paratychousi tę̄ synodǭ karpon euthalē dedōrēto diʼ epistolōn, laois thʼ hapasi tois te katʼ agrous kai tois amphi tas poleis chrēmatōn aphthonous diadoseis poieisthai parekeleueto, hōde pē gerairōn tēn heortēn tēs eikosaetous basileias.
Rejoicing at this success, the emperor gave, through letters, a flourishing fruit to those who had not been present at the synod, and ordered ample distributions of money to all the peoples in the countryside and around the cities, thus honoring the festival of the twentieth year of his reign.
Life 3, chapter 23
3.23.1Heikel
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁπάντων εἰρηνευομένων μόνοις Αἰγυπτίοις ἄμικτος ἦν ἡ πρὸς ἀλλήλους φιλονεικία, ὡς καὶ αὖθις ἐνοχλεῖν βασιλέα, οὐ μὴν καὶ πρὸς ὀργὴν ἐγείρειν. οἷα γοῦν πατέρας ἤ καὶ μᾶλλον προφήτας θεοῦ πάσῃ περιέπων τιμῇ καὶ δεύτερον ἐκάλει καὶ πάλιν ἐμεσίτευε τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀνεξικάκως, καὶ δώροις ἐτίμα πάλιν, ἐδήλου τε τὴν δίαιταν διʼ ἐπιστολῆς, καὶ τὰ τῆς συνόδου δόγματα κυρῶν ἐπεσφραγίζετο, παρεκάλει τε συμφωνίας ἔχεσθαι μηδὲ διασπᾶν καὶ κατατέμνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, τῆς δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσεως ἐν νῷ τὴν μνήμην λαμβάνειν. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ βασιλεὺς διʼ οἰκείας ἐπέστελλε γραφῆς.
Alla gar hapantōn eirēneuomenōn monois Aigyptiois amiktos ēn hē pros allēlous philoneikia, hōs kai authis enochlein basilea, ou mēn kai pros orgēn egeirein. hoia goun pateras ē kai mallon prophētas theou pasę̄ periepōn timę̄ kai deuteron ekalei kai palin emesiteue tois autois anexikakōs, kai dōrois etima palin, edēlou te tēn diaitan diʼ epistolēs, kai ta tēs synodou dogmata kyrōn epesphragizeto, parekalei te symphōnias echesthai mēde diaspan kai katatemnein tēn ekklēsian, tēs de tou theou kriseōs en nǭ tēn mnēmēn lambanein. kai tauta de basileus diʼ oikeias epestelle graphēs.
But while all others were at peace, among the Egyptians alone the contention with one another remained unappeased, so that it troubled the emperor again, though it did not rouse him to anger. Treating them with every honor, as fathers, or rather as prophets of God, he summoned them a second time and again patiently mediated for the same men, honored them with gifts again, announced his arbitration by letter, and, ratifying the decrees of the synod, confirmed them with his seal. He urged them to hold to concord and not to tear apart and cut up the church, but to keep in mind the judgment of God. These things too the emperor sent in a letter of his own.
Life 3, chapter 24
3.24.1Heikel
Καὶ ἄλλα δὲ τούτοις ἔγραφεν ἀδελφὰ μυρία πλείστας θʼ ὅσας ἐπιστολὰς διετύπου, ἐν μέρει μὲν ἐπισκόποις ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ πρόσφορα διαταττόμενος, ἤδη δὲ καὶ αὐτοῖς προσεφώνει τοὺς πλήθεσιν, ἀδελφοὺς ἀποκαλῶν καὶ συνθεράποντας ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς τῆς ἐκκλησίας λαοὺς ὁ τρισμακάριος.
Kai alla de toutois egraphen adelpha myria pleistas thʼ hosas epistolas dietypou, en merei men episkopois hyper tōn ekklēsiōn tou theou ta prosphora diatattomenos, ēdē de kai autois prosephōnei tous plēthesin, adelphous apokalōn kai syntherapontas heautou tous tēs ekklēsias laous ho trismakarios.
He wrote countless other things similar to these and composed very many letters: sometimes to bishops, ordering what was advantageous for the churches of God, and sometimes addressing the congregations themselves, the thrice-blessed man calling the peoples of the church his brothers and fellow servants.
3.24.2Heikel
σχολῆς δʼἄν δέοιτο ταῦτα ἐπʼ οἰκείας ὑποθέσεως συναγαγεῖν, ὡς ἄν μὴ τὸ σῶμα τῆς παρούσης ἡμῖν διακόπτοιτο ἱστορίας.
scholēs dʼan deoito tauta epʼ oikeias hypotheseōs synagagein, hōs an mē to sōma tēs parousēs hēmin diakoptoito historias.
It would require leisure to collect these in a work of their own, so as not to interrupt the body of our present history.
Life 3, chapter 25
3.25.1Heikel
Τούτων δʼ ὧδʼ ἐχόντων, μνῆμα ἄλλο τι μέγιστον ἐπὶ τοῦ Παλαιστινῶν ἔθνους ὁ θεοφιλὴς εἰργάζετο. τί δʼ ἦν τοῦτ; τὸν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις τῆς σωτηρίου ἀναστάσεως μακαριστότατον τόπον ἐδόκει δεῖν αὐτῷ προφανῆ καὶ σεπτὸν ἀποφῆναι τοῖς πᾶσιν. αὐτίκα δʼ οὖν οἶκον εὐκτήριον συστήσασθαι διεκελεύετο, οὐκ ἀθεεὶ τοῦτο ἐν διανοίᾳ εὐκτήριον συστήσασθαι τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀνακινηθεὶς τῷ πνεύματι.
Toutōn dʼ hōdʼ echontōn, mnēma allo ti megiston epi tou Palaistinōn ethnous ho theophilēs eirgazeto. ti dʼ ēn tout? ton en tois Hierosolymois tēs sōtēriou anastaseōs makaristotaton topon edokei dein autǭ prophanē kai septon apophēnai tois pasin. autika dʼ oun oikon euktērion systēsasthai diekeleueto, ouk atheei touto en dianoią euktērion systēsasthai tou sōtēros anakinētheis tǭ pneumati.
While things stood so, the God-beloved man accomplished another very great memorial in the province of Palestine. What was it? He thought it right to make the most blessed place of the Savior's resurrection in Jerusalem conspicuous and venerable to all. At once, then, he ordered a house of prayer to be built there, conceiving this in his mind not without God, but moved by the Spirit of the Savior himself.
Life 3, chapter 26
3.26.1Heikel
Ἄνδρες μὲν γάρ ποτε δυσσεβεῖς, μᾶλλον δὲ πᾶν τὸ δαιμόνων διὰ τούτων γένος, σπουδὴν ἔθεντο σκότῳ καὶ λήθῃ παραδοῦναι τὸ θεσπέσιον ἐκεῖνο τῆς ἀθανασίας μνῆμα, παρʼ ᾧ φῶς ἐξαστράπτων ὁ καταβὰς οὐρανόθεν ἄγγελος ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον τῶν τὰς διανοίας λελιθωμένων καὶ τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν ἔθʼ ὑπάρχειν ὑπειληφότων, τὰς γυναῖκας εὐαγγελιζόμενος τὸν τε τῆς ἀπιστίας λίθον τῆς αὐτῶν διανοίας ἐπὶ δόξῃ τῆς τοῦ ζητουμένου ζωῆς ἀφαιρούμενος.
Andres men gar pote dyssebeis, mallon de pan to daimonōn dia toutōn genos, spoudēn ethento skotǭ kai lēthę̄ paradounai to thespesion ekeino tēs athanasias mnēma, parʼ hǭ phōs exastraptōn ho katabas ouranothen angelos apekylise ton lithon tōn tas dianoias lelithōmenōn kai ton zōnta meta tōn nekrōn ethʼ hyparchein hypeilēphotōn, tas gynaikas euangelizomenos ton te tēs apistias lithon tēs autōn dianoias epi doxę̄ tēs tou zētoumenou zōēs aphairoumenos.
For once upon a time impious men, or rather the whole race of demons through them, had made it their business to consign to darkness and oblivion that divine monument of immortality, at which the angel who had come down from heaven, flashing with light, rolled away the stone — the stone of those whose minds were petrified and who supposed that the Living One was still among the dead — bringing the good news to the women and removing from their minds the stone of unbelief by the conviction that the one they sought was alive.
3.26.2Heikel
τοῦτο μὲν οὖν τὸ σωτήριον ἄντρον ἄθεοί τινες καὶ δυσσεβεῖς ἀφανὲς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ποιῆσαι διανενόηντο, ἄφρονι λογισμῷ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ταύτῃ πη κρύψαι λογισάμενοι. καὶ δὴ πολὺν εἰσενεγκάμενοι μόχθον, γῆν ἔξωθέν ποθεν εἰσφρήσαντες τὸν πάντα καλύπτουσι τόπον, κἄπειτα εἰς ὕψος αἰωρήσαντες λίθῳ τε καταστρώσαντες κάτω που τὸ θεῖον ἄντρον ὑπὸ πολλῷ χώματι κατακρύπτουσιν.
touto men oun to sōtērion antron atheoi tines kai dyssebeis aphanes ex anthrōpōn poiēsai dianenoēnto, aphroni logismǭ tēn alētheian tautę̄ pē krypsai logisamenoi. kai dē polyn eisenenkamenoi mochthon, gēn exōthen pothen eisphrēsantes ton panta kalyptousi topon, kapeita eis hypsos aiōrēsantes lithǭ te katastrōsantes katō pou to theion antron hypo pollǭ chōmati katakryptousin.
This saving cave, then, certain godless and impious men had planned to make invisible to human eyes, thinking in their foolishness that they could hide the truth in this way. Going to great trouble, they brought in earth from somewhere outside and covered the whole place; then, raising it up high and paving it with stone, they hid the divine cave somewhere beneath a great mound.
3.26.3Heikel
εἶθʼ ὡς οὐδενὸς αὐτοῖς λειπομένου, τῆς γῆς ὕπερθε δεινὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς ταφεῶνα ψυχῶν ἐπισκευάζουσι νεκρῶν εἰδώλων, σκότιον Ἀφροδίτης ἀκολάστῳ δαίμονι μυχὸν οἰκοδομησάμενοι, κἄπειτα μυσαρὰς ἐνταυθοῖ θυσίας ἐπὶ βεβήλων καὶ ἐναγῶν βωμῶν ἐπισπένδοντες· ταύτῃ γὰρ μόνως καὶ οὐκ ἄλλως τὸ σπουδασθὲν εἰς ἔργον ἄξειν ἐνόμιζον, εἰ διὰ τοιούτων ἐναγῶν μυσαγμάτων τὸ σωτήριον ἄντρον κατακρύψειαν.
eithʼ hōs oudenos autois leipomenou, tēs gēs hyperthe deinon hōs alēthōs tapheōna psychōn episkeuazousi nekrōn eidōlōn, skotion Aphroditēs akolastǭ daimoni mychon oikodomēsamenoi, kapeita mysaras entauthoi thysias epi bebēlōn kai enagōn bōmōn epispendontes; tautę̄ gar monōs kai ouk allōs to spoudasthen eis ergon axein enomizon, ei dia toioutōn enagōn mysagmatōn to sōtērion antron katakrypseian.
Then, as though nothing more were needed, above ground they constructed a truly terrible tomb of souls, of dead idols, building a dark shrine to the licentious demon Aphrodite, and then pouring foul libations there on profane and accursed altars. For they thought they could achieve their aim in this way only and no other, by hiding the saving cave beneath such accursed abominations.
3.26.4Heikel
οὐ γὰρ οἷοί τε ἦσαν συνιέναι οἱ δείλαιοι, ὡς οὐκ εἶχεν φύσιν τὸν κατὰ τοῦ θανάτου βραβεῖα ἀναδησάμενον κρύφιον καταλιπεῖν τὸ κατόρθωμα, οὐδὲ τὴν σύμπασαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἰκουμένην λαθεῖν λάμπων ὑπὲρ γῆς γενόμενος ὁ ἥλιος καὶ τὸν οἰκεῖον ἐν οὐρανῷ διιππεύων δρόμον· τούτου γὰρ κρειττόνως ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων ἀλλʼ οὐ σώματα ἡ σωτήριος καταυγάζουσα δύναμις τῶν οἰκείων τοῦ φωτὸς μαρμαρυγῶν τὸν σύμπαντα κατεπλήρου κόσμον.
ou gar hoioi te ēsan synienai hoi deilaioi, hōs ouk eichen physin ton kata tou thanatou brabeia anadēsamenon kryphion katalipein to katorthōma, oude tēn sympasan tōn anthrōpōn oikoumenēn lathein lampōn hyper gēs genomenos ho hēlios kai ton oikeion en ouranǭ diippeuōn dromon; toutou gar kreittonōs psychas anthrōpōn allʼ ou sōmata hē sōtērios kataugazousa dynamis tōn oikeiōn tou phōtos marmarygōn ton sympanta kateplērou kosmon.
For the wretches could not understand that it was not in the nature of the one who had crowned himself with the prizes of victory over death to leave his achievement hidden, any more than the sun, when it rises above the earth and drives its own course across the sky, could escape the notice of the whole inhabited world. For more powerfully than the sun, the saving power, illuminating the souls rather than the bodies of men, was filling the whole world with the gleams of its own light.
3.26.5Heikel
πλὴν ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀθέων καὶ δυσσεβῶν ἀνδρῶν τὰ κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας μηχανήματα μακροῖς παρετείνετο χρόνοις, οὐδείς τε τῶν πώποτε, οὐχ ἡγουμένων, οὐ στρατηγῶν, οὐκ αὐτῶν βασιλέων, ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῶν τετολμημένων εὕρηται ἐπιτήδειος ἤ μόνος εἷς ὁ τῷ παμβασιλεῖ θεῷ φίλος.
plēn alla tōn atheōn kai dyssebōn andrōn ta kata tēs alētheias mēchanēmata makrois pareteineto chronois, oudeis te tōn pōpote, ouch hēgoumenōn, ou stratēgōn, ouk autōn basileōn, epi kathairesei tōn tetolmēmenōn heurētai epitēdeios ē monos heis ho tǭ pambasilei theǭ philos.
Nevertheless the devices of these godless and impious men against the truth continued for long periods of time, and none of those who ever lived — not governors, not generals, not even emperors — was found fit to undo what had been dared, except one alone, the friend of God, the King of all.
3.26.6Heikel
πνεύματι γοῦν κάτοχος θείῳ χῶρον αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν δεδηλωμένον πάσαις οὐ καθαραῖς ὕλαις ἐχθρῶν ἐπιβουλαῖς κατακεκρύφθαι λήθῃ τε καὶ ἀγνοίᾳ παραδεδομένον οὐ παριδών, οὐδὲ τῇ τῶν αἰτίων παραχωρήσας κακίᾳ, θεὸν τὸν αὐτοῦ συνεργὸν ἐπικαλεσάμενος καθαίρεσθαι προστάττει, αὐτὴν δὴ μάλιστα τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μεμιασμένην ἀπολαῦσαι δεῖν οἰόμενος τῆς τοῦ παναγάθου διʼ αὐτοῦ μεγαλουργίας.
pneumati goun katochos theiǭ chōron auton ekeinon ton dedēlōmenon pasais ou katharais hylais echthrōn epiboulais katakekryphthai lēthę̄ te kai agnoią paradedomenon ou paridōn, oude tę̄ tōn aitiōn parachōrēsas kakią, theon ton autou synergon epikalesamenos kathairesthai prostattei, autēn dē malista tēn hypo tōn echthrōn memiasmenēn apolausai dein oiomenos tēs tou panagathou diʼ autou megalourgias.
Possessed by the divine Spirit, he did not overlook that place described above, hidden by the plotting of enemies under all kinds of impure materials and consigned to oblivion and ignorance; nor did he give way to the wickedness of those responsible. Calling on God as his helper, he ordered it to be cleared, thinking that the very place defiled by the enemies ought above all to enjoy the magnificent work of the All-Good through him.
3.26.7Heikel
ἅμα δὲ προστάγματι τὰ τῆς ἀπάτης μηχανήματα εἰς ἔδαφος ἄνωθεν ἀφʼ ὑψηλοῦ κατερρίπτετο, ἐλύετό τε καὶ καθῃρεῖτο αὐτοῖς ξοάνοις καὶ δαίμοσι τὰ τῆς πλάνης οἰκοδομήματα.
hama de prostagmati ta tēs apatēs mēchanēmata eis edaphos anōthen aphʼ hypsēlou katerripteto, elyeto te kai kathę̄reito autois xoanois kai daimosi ta tēs planēs oikodomēmata.
At his command the contrivances of deceit were thrown down from on high to the ground, and the buildings of error were dismantled and destroyed, idols, demons, and all.
Life 3, chapter 27
3.27.1Heikel
Οὐ μὴν ἐν τούτοις τὰ τῆς σπουδῆς ἵστατο, ἀλλὰ πάλιν βασιλεὺς αἴρεσθαι καὶ πορρωτάτω τῆς χώρας ἀπορρίπτεσθαι τῶν καθαιρουμένων τὴν ἐν λίθοις καὶ ξύλοις ὕλην προστάττει. ἔργον δὲ καὶ τῷδε παρηκολούθει τῷ λόγῳ. ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐπὶ τοῦτο μόνον προελθεῖν ἀπήρκει, πάλιν δʼ ἐπιθειάσας βασιλεὺς τοὔδαφος αὐτό, πολὺ τοῦ χώρου βάθος ἀνορύξαντας, αὐτῷ χοὶ πόρρω που καὶ ἐξωτάτω λύθροις ἅτε δαιμονικοῖς ἐρρυπωμένον ἐκφορεῖσθαι παρακελεύεται.
Ou mēn en toutois ta tēs spoudēs histato, alla palin basileus airesthai kai porrōtatō tēs chōras aporriptesthai tōn kathairoumenōn tēn en lithois kai xylois hylēn prostattei. ergon de kai tǭde parēkolouthei tǭ logǭ. allʼ oudʼ epi touto monon proelthein apērkei, palin dʼ epitheiasas basileus toudaphos auto, poly tou chōrou bathos anoryxantas, autǭ choi porrō pou kai exōtatō lythrois hate daimonikois errypōmenon ekphoreisthai parakeleuetai.
Nor did his zeal stop there. The emperor further ordered the stone and timber of what had been demolished to be taken up and thrown as far away from the site as possible; and the deed followed the word. But even this was not enough: again, divinely inspired, the emperor commanded that the very ground be dug up to a great depth and the soil itself, as polluted with demonic gore, be carried a long way off, far outside.
Life 3, chapter 28
3.28.1Heikel
Παραχρῆμα δʼ ἐπετελεῖτο καὶ τοῦτο. ὡς δʼ ἕτερον ἀνθʼ ἑτέρου στοιχεῖον ὁ κατὰ βάθους τῆς γῆς ἀνεφάνη χῶρος, αὐτὸ δὴ λοιπὸν τὸ σεμνὸν καὶ πανάγιον τῆς σωτηρίου ἀναστάσεως μαρτύριον παρʼ ἐλπίδα πᾶσαν ἀνεφαίνετο, καὶ τό τε ἅγιον τῶν ἁγίων ἄντρον τὴν ὁμοίαν τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀναβιώσεως ἀπελάμβανεν εἰκόνα. διὸ μετὰ τὴν ἐν σκότῳ κατάδυσιν αὖθις ἐπὶ τὸ φῶς προῄει καὶ τοῖς ἐπὶ θέαν ἀφικνουμένοις ἐναργῆ παρεῖχεν ὁρᾶν τῶν αὐτόθι πεπραγμένων θαυμάτων τὴν ἱστορίαν, ἔργοις ἁπάσης γεγωνοτέροις φωνῆς τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀνάστασιν μαρτυρόμενον.
Parachrēma dʼ epeteleito kai touto. hōs dʼ heteron anthʼ heterou stoicheion ho kata bathous tēs gēs anephanē chōros, auto dē loipon to semnon kai panagion tēs sōtēriou anastaseōs martyrion parʼ elpida pasan anephaineto, kai to te hagion tōn hagiōn antron tēn homoian tēs tou sōtēros anabiōseōs apelambanen eikona. dio meta tēn en skotǭ katadysin authis epi to phōs proę̄ei kai tois epi thean aphiknoumenois enargē pareichen horan tōn autothi pepragmenōn thaumatōn tēn historian, ergois hapasēs gegōnoterois phōnēs tēn tou sōtēros anastasin martyromenon.
This too was done at once. As one layer after another of the ground was uncovered at depth, then at last, beyond all hope, the venerable and all-holy testimony of the saving resurrection came to light; and the holy of holies, the cave, took on the likeness of the Savior's return to life. After its descent into darkness it came forth again into the light, and offered those who came to see it a clear view of the history of the wonders done there, testifying to the Savior's resurrection by deeds louder than any voice.
Life 3, chapter 29
3.29.1Heikel
Τούτων δʼ ὧδε πραχθέντων, αὐτίκα βασιλεὺς νόμων εὐσεβῶν διατάξεσι χορηγίαις τε ἀφθόνοις οἶκον εὐκτήριον θεοπρεπῆ ἀμφὶ τὸ σωτήριον ἄντρον ἐγκελεύεται πλουσίᾳ καὶ βασιλικῇ δείμασθαι πολυτελείᾳ, ὡς ἄν ἐκ μακροῦ τοῦτο προτεθειμίνος καὶ τὸ μέλλον ἔσεσθαι κρείττονι προμηθείᾳ τεθεαμένους. τοῖς μὲν δὴ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπὶ τὴς ἑῴας ἄρχουσιν ἀφθόνοις καὶ δαψιλέσι χορηγίαις ὑπερφυές τι καὶ μέγα καὶ πλούσιον άποδεικνύναι τὸ ἔργον διεκελεύετο, τῷ δὲ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐπισκόπῳ τῷ τηνικαῦτα τῆς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις προεστῶτι τοιάνδε κατέπεμπε γραφήν, διʼ ἧς τὸ φιλόθεον τῆς αὐτοῦ ψυχῆς τό τε καθαρὸν τῆς εἰς τὸν σωτήριον λόγον πίστεως ἐναργέσι φωναῖς παρίστη, τοῦτον γράφων τὸν τρόπον. Ἑπιστολὴ βασιλέως πρὸς Μακάριον ἐπίσκοπον τῆς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐκκλησίας περὶ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
Toutōn dʼ hōde prachthentōn, autika basileus nomōn eusebōn diataxesi chorēgiais te aphthonois oikon euktērion theoprepē amphi to sōtērion antron enkeleuetai plousią kai basilikę̄ deimasthai polyteleią, hōs an ek makrou touto protetheiminos kai to mellon esesthai kreittoni promētheią tetheamenous. tois men dē tōn ethnōn epi tēs heǭas archousin aphthonois kai dapsilesi chorēgiais hyperphyes ti kai mega kai plousion apodeiknynai to ergon diekeleueto, tǭ de tēs ekklēsias episkopǭ tǭ tēnikauta tēs en Hierosolymois proestōti toiande katepempe graphēn, diʼ hēs to philotheon tēs autou psychēs to te katharon tēs eis ton sōtērion logon pisteōs enargesi phōnais paristē, touton graphōn ton tropon. Hepistolē basileōs pros Makarion episkopon tēs en Hierosolymois ekklēsias peri tēs oikodomēs tou martyriou.
When this had been done, the emperor at once, by ordinances of pious laws and by ample grants, ordered a house of prayer worthy of God to be built around the saving cave with rich and imperial magnificence, as though he had long intended this and had foreseen with superior foresight what was to come. He instructed the governors of the eastern provinces to make the work extraordinary, great, and rich with ample and abundant grants; and to the bishop who then presided over the church in Jerusalem he sent the following letter, in which he plainly displayed the God-loving character of his soul and the purity of his faith in the saving word, writing in this way. Letter of the emperor to Macarius, bishop of the church in Jerusalem, concerning the building of the Martyrium.
Life 3, chapter 30
3.30.1Heikel
„Νικητὴς Κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς Μακαρίῳ. Τοσαύτη τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἐστιν ἡ χάρις, ὡς μηδεμίαν λόγων χορηγίαν τοῦ παρόντος θαύματος ἀξίαν εἶναι δοκεῖν· τὸ γὰρ γνώρισμα τοῦ ἁγιωτάτου ἐκείνου πάθους ὑπὸ τῇ γῇ πάλαι κρυπτόμενον τοσαύταις ἐτῶν περιόδοις λαθεῖν, ἄχρις οὗ διὰ τῆς τοῦ κοινοῦ πάντων ἐχθροῦ ἀναιρέσεως ἐλευθερωθεῖσι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ θεράπουσιν ἀναλάμπειν ἔμελλε, πᾶσαν ἔκπληξιν ὡς ἀληθῶς ὑπερβαίνει.
„Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos Makariǭ. Tosautē tou sōtēros hēmōn estin hē charis, hōs mēdemian logōn chorēgian tou parontos thaumatos axian einai dokein; to gar gnōrisma tou hagiōtatou ekeinou pathous hypo tę̄ gę̄ palai kryptomenon tosautais etōn periodois lathein, achris hou dia tēs tou koinou pantōn echthrou anaireseōs eleutherōtheisi tois heautou therapousin analampein emelle, pasan ekplēxin hōs alēthōs hyperbainei.
“The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to Macarius. So great is the grace of our Savior that no wealth of words seems worthy of the present wonder. For that the token of his most holy passion, long hidden beneath the earth, should have lain unnoticed for so many cycles of years, until it was to shine forth for his servants, set free by the removal of the common enemy of all — this truly surpasses all amazement.
3.30.2Heikel
εἰ γὰρ πάντες οἱ διὰ πάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης εἶναι δοκοῦντες σοφοὶ εἰς ἕν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ συνελθόντες ἄξιόν τι τοῦ πράγματος ἐθέλωσιν εἰπεῖν, οὐδʼ ἄν πρὸς τὸ βραχύτατον ἁμιλληθῆναι δυνήσονται, ἐπεὶ τοσούτῳ πᾶσαν ἀνθρωπίνου λογισμοῦ χωρητικὴν φύσιν ἡ τοῦ θαύματος τούτου πίστις ὑπερβαίνει, ὅσῳ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων τὰ οὐράνια συνέστη- κεν δυνατώτερα.
ei gar pantes hoi dia pasēs tēs oikoumenēs einai dokountes sophoi eis hen kai to auto synelthontes axion ti tou pragmatos ethelōsin eipein, oudʼ an pros to brachytaton hamillēthēnai dynēsontai, epei tosoutǭ pasan anthrōpinou logismou chōrētikēn physin hē tou thaumatos toutou pistis hyperbainei, hosǭ tōn anthrōpinōn ta ourania synestē- ken dynatōtera.
For if all throughout the world who are thought wise were to come together in one place and wished to say something worthy of the matter, they could not rival even the least part of it; for faith in this wonder surpasses every capacity of human reason as far as heavenly things are more powerful than human.
3.30.3Heikel
διὰ τοῦτο γοῦν οὗτος ἀεὶ καὶ πρῶτος καὶ μόνος μοι σκοπός, ἵνʼ ὥσπερ ἑαυτὴν ὁσημέραι καινοτέροις θαύμασιν ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας πίστις ἐπιδείκνυσιν, οὕτω καὶ αἰ ὁμογνώμονι προθυμίᾳ περὶ τὸν ἅγιον νόμον σωφροσύνῃ πάσῃ καὶ ὁμογνώμονι προθυμίᾳ σπουδαιότεραι γίγνωνται.
dia touto goun houtos aei kai prōtos kai monos moi skopos, hinʼ hōsper heautēn hosēmerai kainoterois thaumasin hē tēs alētheias pistis epideiknysin, houtō kai ai homognōmoni prothymią peri ton hagion nomon sōphrosynę̄ pasę̄ kai homognōmoni prothymią spoudaioterai gignōntai.
For this reason my first and only aim is always this: that as the faith of the truth shows itself daily by newer wonders, so [the souls of all of us] may become more zealous for the holy law, with all sobriety and unanimous eagerness.
3.30.4Heikel
ὅπερ δʼ οὖν πᾶσιν εἶναι νομίζω φανερόν, ἐκεῖνο μάλιστά σε πεπεῖσθαι βούλομαι, ὡς ἄρα πάντων μοι μᾶλλον μέλει, ὅπως τὸν ἱερὸν ἐκεῖνον τόπον, ὃν θεοῦ προστάγματι αἰσχίστης εἰδώλου προσθήκης ὥσπέρ τινὸς ἐπικειμένου βάρους ἐκούφισα, ἅγιον μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς θεοῦ κρίσει γεγενημένον ἁγιώτερον δʼ ἀποφανθέντα ἀφʼ οὗ τὴν τοῦ σωτηρίου πάθους πίστιν εἰς φῶς προήγαγεν, οἰκοδομημάτων κάλλει κοσμήσωμεν.
hoper dʼ oun pasin einai nomizō phaneron, ekeino malista se pepeisthai boulomai, hōs ara pantōn moi mallon melei, hopōs ton hieron ekeinon topon, hon theou prostagmati aischistēs eidōlou prosthēkēs hōsper tinos epikeimenou barous ekouphisa, hagion men ex archēs theou krisei gegenēmenon hagiōteron dʼ apophanthenta aphʼ hou tēn tou sōtēriou pathous pistin eis phōs proēgagen, oikodomēmatōn kallei kosmēsōmen.
What I think is plain to all, I want you above all to be convinced of: that I care most of all that we should adorn with beautiful buildings that sacred place which, at God's command, I have relieved of the most shameful addition of an idol, as of a heavy burden laid upon it — a place holy from the beginning by God's judgment, and shown to be holier still since it brought to light the faith in the Savior's passion.
Life 3, chapter 31
3.31.1Heikel
Προσήκει τοίνυν τὴν σὴν ἀγχίνοιαν οὕτω διατάξαι τε καὶ ἑκάστου τῶν ἀναγκαίων ποιήσασθαι πρόνοιαν, ὡς οὐ μόνον βασιλικὴν τῶν ἁπανταχοῦ βελτίονα ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τοιαῦτα γενέσθαι, ὡς πάντα τά ἐφʼ ἑκάστης καλλιστεύοντα πόλεως ὑπὸ τοῦ κτίσματος τούτου νικᾶσθαι.
Prosēkei toinyn tēn sēn anchinoian houtō diataxai te kai hekastou tōn anankaiōn poiēsasthai pronoian, hōs ou monon basilikēn tōn hapantachou beltiona alla kai ta loipa toiauta genesthai, hōs panta ta ephʼ hekastēs kallisteuonta poleōs hypo tou ktismatos toutou nikasthai.
“It befits your intelligence, then, so to arrange and provide for every necessary thing that not only the basilica itself may be finer than those everywhere else, but that the rest too may be such that all the most beautiful buildings in every city are surpassed by this one.
3.31.2Heikel
καὶ περὶ μὲν τῆς τῶν τοίχων ἐγέρσεώς τε καὶ καλλιεργίας Δρακιλιανῷ τῷ ἡμετέρῳ φίλῳ, τῷ διέποντι τὰ τῶν ἐπάρχων μέρη, καὶ τῷ τῆς ἐπαρχίας ἄρχοντι παρʼ ἡμῶν ἐγκεχειρίσθαι τὴν φροντίδα γίνωσκε. κεκέλευσται γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ τεχνίτας καὶ ἐργάτας καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα περὶ εἰς οἰκοδομὴν ἀναγκαῖα τυγχάνειν παρὰ τῆς σῆς καταμάθοιεν ἀγχινοίας, παραχρῆμα διὰ τῆς ἐκείνων προνοίας ἀποσταλῆναι.
kai peri men tēs tōn toichōn egerseōs te kai kalliergias Drakilianǭ tǭ hēmeterǭ philǭ, tǭ dieponti ta tōn eparchōn merē, kai tǭ tēs eparchias archonti parʼ hēmōn enkecheiristhai tēn phrontida ginōske. kekeleustai gar hypo tēs emēs eusebeias kai technitas kai ergatas kai panthʼ hosa peri eis oikodomēn anankaia tynchanein para tēs sēs katamathoien anchinoias, parachrēma dia tēs ekeinōn pronoias apostalēnai.
As for the raising and adornment of the walls, know that we have entrusted the care of this to our friend Dracilianus, who administers the office of the prefects, and to the governor of the province. For my Piety has ordered that craftsmen and workmen, and whatever they learn from your intelligence to be necessary for the building, be sent at once through their care.
3.31.3Heikel
περὶ δὲ τῶν κιόνων εἴτʼ οὖν μαρμάρων, ἃ δἂν νομίσειας εἶναι τιμιώτατά τε καὶ χρησιμώτατα αὐτὸς συνόψεως γενομένης πρὸς ἡμᾶς γράψαι σπούδασον, ἵνʼ ὅσων δἂν καὶ ὁποίων χρείαν εἶναι διὰ τοῦ σοῦ γράμματος ἐπιγνῶμεν, ταῦτα πανταχόθεν μετενεχθῆναι δυνηθῇ· τὸν γὰρ τοῦ κόσμου θαυμασιώτατον τόπον κατʼ ἀξίαν φαιδρύνεσθαι δίκαιον.
peri de tōn kionōn eitʼ oun marmarōn, ha dan nomiseias einai timiōtata te kai chrēsimōtata autos synopseōs genomenēs pros hēmas grapsai spoudason, hinʼ hosōn dan kai hopoiōn chreian einai dia tou sou grammatos epignōmen, tauta pantachothen metenechthēnai dynēthę̄; ton gar tou kosmou thaumasiōtaton topon katʼ axian phaidrynesthai dikaion.
As for the columns or marbles, whichever you judge most precious and useful, make a survey yourself and be diligent to write to us, so that when we learn from your letter how many and of what kind are needed, these may be brought from every quarter; for it is right that the most wonderful place in the world should be worthily adorned.”
Life 3, chapter 32
3.32.1Heikel
Τὴν δὲ τῆς βασιλικῆς καμάραν πότερον λακωναρίαν ἢ διʼ ἑτέρας τινὸς ἐργασίας γενέσθαι σοι δοκεῖ, παρὰ σοῦ γνῶναι βούλομαι. εἰ γὰρ λακωναρία μέλλοι εἶναι, δυνήσεται καὶ χρυσῷ καλλωπισθῆναι.
Tēn de tēs basilikēs kamaran poteron lakōnarian ē diʼ heteras tinos ergasias genesthai soi dokei, para sou gnōnai boulomai. ei gar lakōnaria melloi einai, dynēsetai kai chrysǭ kallōpisthēnai.
“As for the vault of the basilica, I wish to learn from you whether you think it should be coffered or done in some other kind of work. For if it is to be coffered, it can also be decorated with gold.
3.32.2Heikel
τὸ λειπόμενον, ἵνʼ ἡ σὴ ὁσιότης τοῖς προειρημένοις δικασταῖς ᾗ τάχος γνωρισθῆναι ποιήσῃ, ὅσων τʼ ἐργατῶν καὶ τεχνιτῶν καὶ ἀναλωμάτων χρεία, καὶ πρὸς ἐμὲ εὐθέως ἀνενεγκεῖν σπουδάσῃ οὐ μόνον περὶ τῶν μαρμάρων τε καὶ κιόνων, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν λακωναριῶν, εἴγε τοῦτο κάλλιον ἐπικρίνειεν. Ὁ θεὸς σε διαφυλάξει, ἀδελφὲ ἀγαπητέ.“
to leipomenon, hinʼ hē sē hosiotēs tois proeirēmenois dikastais hę̄ tachos gnōristhēnai poiēsę̄, hosōn tʼ ergatōn kai technitōn kai analōmatōn chreia, kai pros eme eutheōs anenenkein spoudasę̄ ou monon peri tōn marmarōn te kai kionōn, alla kai peri tōn lakōnariōn, eige touto kallion epikrineien. Ho theos se diaphylaxei, adelphe agapēte.“
It remains for your Holiness to make known as quickly as possible to the officials mentioned how many workmen and craftsmen, and what expenditure, are needed, and to be diligent to report to me at once, not only about the marbles and columns but also about the coffered ceilings, if you judge this the finer choice. God will preserve you, beloved brother.”
Life 3, chapter 33
3.33.1Heikel
Ταῦτα μὲν ἔγραφε βασιλεύς. ἅμα δὲ λόγῳ διʼ ἔργων ἐχώρει τὰ προστεταγμένα, καὶ δὴ κατʼ αὐτὸ τὸ σωτήριον μαρτύριον ἡ νέα κατεσκευάζετο Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἀντιπρόσωπος τῇ πάλαι βοωμένῃ ἣ μετὰ τὴν κυριοκτόνον μιαιφονίαν ἐρημίας ἐπʼ ἔσχατα περιτραπεῖσα δίκην ἔτισε δυσσεβῶν οἰκητόρων.
Tauta men egraphe basileus. hama de logǭ diʼ ergōn echōrei ta prostetagmena, kai dē katʼ auto to sōtērion martyrion hē nea kateskeuazeto Hierousalēm, antiprosōpos tę̄ palai boōmenę̄ hē meta tēn kyrioktonon miaiphonian erēmias epʼ eschata peritrapeisa dikēn etise dyssebōn oikētorōn.
So the emperor wrote. And as soon as the word was given, what he had ordered went into effect. At the very Martyrium of salvation the new Jerusalem was built, facing the old one so celebrated in story, which, after the bloody murder of the Lord, was overthrown in utter desolation and paid the penalty for its impious inhabitants.
3.33.2Heikel
ταύτης δʼ οὖν ἄντικρυς βασιλεὺς τὴν κατὰ τοῦ θανάτου σωτήριον νίκην πλουσίαις καὶ δαψιλέσιν ἀνύψου φιλοτιμίαις, τάχα που ταύτην οὖσαν τὴν διὰ προφητικῶν θεσπισμάτων κεκηρυγμένην καινὴν καὶ νέαν Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἧς πέρι μακροὶ λόγοι μυρία διʼ ἐνθέου πνεύματος θεσπίζοντες ἀνυμνοῦσιν· καὶ δὴ τοῦ παντὸς ὥσπερ τινὰ κεφαλὴν πρῶτον ἁπάντων τὸ ἱερὸν ἄντρον ἐκόσμει· μνῆμα δʼ ἦν αίωνίου μνήμης γέμον, τοῦ μεγάλου σωτῆρος τὰ κατὰ τοῦ θανάτου περιέχον τρόπαια, μνῆμα θεσπέσιον, παρʼ ᾧ φῶς ἐξαστράπτων ποτὲ ἄγγελος τὴν διὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐνδεικνυμένην παλιγγενεσίαν τοῖς πᾶσιν εὐηγγελίζετο.
tautēs dʼ oun antikrys basileus tēn kata tou thanatou sōtērion nikēn plousiais kai dapsilesin anypsou philotimiais, tacha pou tautēn ousan tēn dia prophētikōn thespismatōn kekērygmenēn kainēn kai nean Hierousalēm, hēs peri makroi logoi myria diʼ entheou pneumatos thespizontes anymnousin; kai dē tou pantos hōsper tina kephalēn prōton hapantōn to hieron antron ekosmei; mnēma dʼ ēn aiōniou mnēmēs gemon, tou megalou sōtēros ta kata tou thanatou periechon tropaia, mnēma thespesion, parʼ hǭ phōs exastraptōn pote angelos tēn dia tou sōtēros endeiknymenēn palingenesian tois pasin euēngelizeto.
Opposite this city, then, the emperor raised high the saving victory over death with rich and abundant munificence; and this was perhaps the new and fresh Jerusalem proclaimed in the prophetic oracles, about which long passages, prophesying countless things through the divine Spirit, sing its praises. First of all, as the head of the whole, he adorned the sacred cave. It was a tomb full of eternal memory, holding the trophies of the great Savior over death — a divine tomb, at which an angel once, flashing with light, announced to all the good news of the rebirth shown forth through the Savior.
Life 3, chapter 34
3.34.1Heikel
Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν πρῶτον ὡσανεὶ τοῦ παντὸς κεφαλὴν ἐξαιρέτοις κίοσι κόσμῳ τε πλείστῳ κατεποίκιλεν ἡ βασιλέως φιλοτιμία, παντοίοις καλλωπίσμασι τὸ σεμνὸν ἄντρον φαιδρύνουσα.
Touto men oun prōton hōsanei tou pantos kephalēn exairetois kiosi kosmǭ te pleistǭ katepoikilen hē basileōs philotimia, pantoiois kallōpismasi to semnon antron phaidrynousa.
This, then, first of all, as the head of the whole, the emperor's munificence decorated with choice columns and the richest ornament, brightening the holy cave with every kind of embellishment.
Life 3, chapter 35
3.35.1Heikel
Διέβαινε δʼ ἑξῆς ἐπὶ παμμεγέθη χῶρον εἰς καθαρὸν αἴθριον ἀναπεπταμένον, ὃν δὴ λίθος λαμπρὸς κατεστρωμένος ἐπʼ ἐδάφους ἐκόσμει, μακροῖς περιδρόμοις στοῶν ἐκ τριπλεύρου περιεχόμενον.
Diebaine dʼ hexēs epi pammegethē chōron eis katharon aithrion anapeptamenon, hon dē lithos lampros katestrōmenos epʼ edaphous ekosmei, makrois peridromois stoōn ek tripleurou periechomenon.
Next he passed on to a very large space lying open to the clear sky, which was adorned with bright stone paving on the ground and enclosed on three sides by long colonnades.
Life 3, chapter 36
3.36.1Heikel
Τῷ γὰρ καταντικρὺ πλευρῷ τοῦ ἄντρου, ὃ δὴ πρὸς ἀνίσχοντα ἥλιον ἑώρα, ὁ βασίλειος συνῆπτο νεώς, ἔργον ἐξαίσιον εἰς ὕψος ἄπειρον ἠρμένον μήκους τε καὶ πλάτους ἐπὶ πλεῖστον εὐρυνό- μενον· οὗ τὰ μὲν εἴσω τῆς οἰκοδομίας ὕλης μαρμάρου ποικίλης διεκάλυπτον πλακώσεις, ἡ δʼ ἐκτὸς τῶν τοίχων ὄψις ξεστῷ λίθῳ ταῖς πρὸς ἕκαστον ἁρμογαῖς συνημμένῳ λαμπρυνομένη ὑπερφυές τι χρῆμα κάλλους τῆς ἐκ μαρμάρου προσόψεως οὐδὲν ἀποδέον παρεῖχεν.
Tǭ gar katantikry pleurǭ tou antrou, ho dē pros anischonta hēlion heōra, ho basileios synēpto neōs, ergon exaision eis hypsos apeiron ērmenon mēkous te kai platous epi pleiston euryno- menon; hou ta men eisō tēs oikodomias hylēs marmarou poikilēs diekalypton plakōseis, hē dʼ ektos tōn toichōn opsis xestǭ lithǭ tais pros hekaston harmogais synēmmenǭ lamprynomenē hyperphyes ti chrēma kallous tēs ek marmarou prosopseōs ouden apodeon pareichen.
On the side opposite the cave, which faced the rising sun, the royal temple was joined on, an extraordinary work raised to an immense height and very broad in length and width. Its interior was covered with slabs of varied marble, while the outer face of the walls, gleaming with polished stone closely fitted at every joint, presented an extraordinary beauty in no way inferior to marble.
3.36.2Heikel
ἄνω δὲ πρὸς αὐτοῖς ὀρόφοις τὰ μὲν ἐκτὸς δώματα μολίβου περιέφραττεν ὕλη, ὄμβρων ἀσφαλὲς ἔρυμα χειμερίων, τὰ δὲ τῆς εἴσω στέγης γλυτοῦ βασιλείου οἴκου συνεχέσι ταῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλας συμπλοκαῖς ἀνευρυνόμενα, χρυσῷ τε διαυγεῖ διʼ ἅλου κεκαλυμμένα, φωτὸς οἷα μαρμαρυγαῖς τὸν πάντα νεὼν ἐξαστράπτειν ἐποίει.
anō de pros autois orophois ta men ektos dōmata molibou periephratten hylē, ombrōn asphales eryma cheimeriōn, ta de tēs eisō stegēs glytou basileiou oikou synechesi tais pros allēlas symplokais aneurynomena, chrysǭ te diaugei diʼ halou kekalymmena, phōtos hoia marmarygais ton panta neōn exastraptein epoiei.
Above, at the roof, the outside was covered with lead, a safe defense against winter rains; while the inner ceiling, carved with coffered work and extending in continuous interlacing panels over the whole royal house, and overlaid throughout with brilliant gold, made the whole temple flash as with gleams of light.
Life 3, chapter 37
3.37.1Heikel
Ἀμφὶ δʼ ἑκάτερα τὰ πλευρὰ διττῶν στοῶν, ἀναγείων τε καὶ καταγείων, δίδυμοι παραστάδες τῷ μήκει τοῦ νεὼ συνεξετείνοντο, χρυσῷ καὶ αὗται τοὺς ὀρόφους πεποικιλμέναι· ὧν αἱ μὲν ἐπὶ προσώπου τοῦ οἴκου κίοσι παμμεγέθεσιν ἐπηρείδοντο, αἱ δʼ εἴσω τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ὑπὸ πεσσοῖς ἀνηγείροντο πολὺν τὸν ἔξωθεν περιβεβλημένοις κόσμον. πύλαι δὲ τρεῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνίσχοντα ἥλιον εὖ διατάξαι κείμεναι τὰ πλήθη τῶν εἴσω φερομένων ὑπεδέχοντο.
Amphi dʼ hekatera ta pleura dittōn stoōn, anageiōn te kai katageiōn, didymoi parastades tǭ mēkei tou neō synexeteinonto, chrysǭ kai hautai tous orophous pepoikilmenai; hōn hai men epi prosōpou tou oikou kiosi pammegethesin epēreidonto, hai dʼ eisō tōn emprosthen hypo pessois anēgeironto polyn ton exōthen peribeblēmenois kosmon. pylai de treis pros auton anischonta hēlion eu diataxai keimenai ta plēthē tōn eisō pheromenōn hypedechonto.
Along each side, twin aisles with double colonnades, upper and lower, ran the length of the temple, their ceilings too adorned with gold. Those at the front of the building rested on very large columns, while those within them were raised on piers richly decorated on their outer surfaces. Three doors, well placed facing the rising sun, received the crowds coming in.
Life 3, chapter 38
3.38.1Heikel
Τούτων δʼ ἀντικρὺς τὸ κεφάλαιον τοῦ παντὸς ἡμισφαίριον ἦν ἐπʼ ἄκρου τοῦ βασιλείου τεταγμένον, ὃ δὴ δυοκαίδεκα κίονες ἐστεφάνουν, τοῖς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀποστόλοις ἰσάριθμοι, κρατῆρσι μεγίστοις ἐξ ἀργύρου πεποιημένοις τὰς κορυφὰς κοσμούμενοι, οὓς δὴ βασιλεὺς αὐτὸς ἀνάθημα κάλλιστον ἐδωρεῖτο τῷ αὐτοῦ θεῷ.
Toutōn dʼ antikrys to kephalaion tou pantos hēmisphairion ēn epʼ akrou tou basileiou tetagmenon, ho dē dyokaideka kiones estephanoun, tois tou sōtēros apostolois isarithmoi, kratērsi megistois ex argyrou pepoiēmenois tas koryphas kosmoumenoi, hous dē basileus autos anathēma kalliston edōreito tǭ autou theǭ.
Opposite these, the crowning point of the whole was a hemisphere set at the head of the basilica. Twelve columns encircled it, equal in number to the apostles of the Savior, their tops adorned with very large bowls made of silver, which the emperor himself presented to his God as a most beautiful offering.
Life 3, chapter 39
3.39.1Heikel
Ἔνθεν δὲ προϊόντων ἐπὶ τὰς πρὸ τοῦ νεὼ κειμένας εἰσόδους αἴθριον διελάμβανεν ἄλλο. ἐξέδραι δʼ ἦσαν ἐνταυθοῖ παρʼ ἑκάτερα, καὶ αὐλὴ πρώτη στοαὶ τʼ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν αἱ αὔλειοι πύλαι, μεθʼ ἃς ἐπʼ αὐτῆς μέσης πλατείας ἀγορᾶς τὰ τοῦ παντὸς προπύλαια φιλοκάλως ἠσκημένα τοῖς τὴν ἐκτὸς πορείαν ποιουμένοις καταπληκτικὴν παρεῖχον τὴν τῶν ἔνδον ὁρωμένων θέαν.
Enthen de proïontōn epi tas pro tou neō keimenas eisodous aithrion dielambanen allo. exedrai dʼ ēsan entauthoi parʼ hekatera, kai aulē prōtē stoai tʼ epi tautę̄, kai epi pasin hai auleioi pylai, methʼ has epʼ autēs mesēs plateias agoras ta tou pantos propylaia philokalōs ēskēmena tois tēn ektos poreian poioumenois kataplēktikēn pareichon tēn tōn endon horōmenōn thean.
Going on from there to the entrances in front of the temple, one came to another atrium. There were exedras on either side, a first court with colonnades beyond it, and finally the gates of the court; after these, in the very middle of the broad marketplace, the propylaea of the whole, finely wrought, gave those passing by outside an astonishing view of what was to be seen within.
Life 3, chapter 40
3.40.1Heikel
Τόνδε μὲν οὖν τὸν νεὼν σωτηρίου ἀναστάσεως ἐναργὲς ἀνίστη μαρτύριον βασιλεύς, πλουσίᾳ καὶ βασιλικῇ κατασκευῇ τὸν σύμπαντα καταφαιδρύνας, ἐκόσμει δʼ αὐτὸν ἀδιηγήτοις κάλλεσι πλείστων ὅσων ἀναθημάτων, χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν ἐν διαλλαττούσαις ὕλαις, ὧν τὴν κατὰ μέρος ἐπισκευὴν φιλοτέχνως εἰργασμένην μεγέθει τε καὶ πλήθει καὶ ποικιλίαις οὐ σχολὴ νῦν ἐπεξιέναι τῷ λόγῳ.
Tonde men oun ton neōn sōtēriou anastaseōs enarges anistē martyrion basileus, plousią kai basilikę̄ kataskeuę̄ ton sympanta kataphaidrynas, ekosmei dʼ auton adiēgētois kallesi pleistōn hosōn anathēmatōn, chrysou kai argyrou kai lithōn polytelōn en diallattousais hylais, hōn tēn kata meros episkeuēn philotechnōs eirgasmenēn megethei te kai plēthei kai poikiliais ou scholē nyn epexienai tǭ logǭ.
This temple, then, the emperor raised up as a clear testimony to the saving resurrection, embellishing the whole with rich and royal furnishings; and he adorned it with the indescribable beauty of very many offerings of gold, silver, and precious stones in various materials. There is no leisure now to describe in words their detailed and skillful workmanship, their size, number, and variety.
Life 3, chapter 41
3.41.1Heikel
Ἀπολαβὼν δʼ ἐνταυθοῖ χώρας ἑτέρας δυσὶν ἄντροις μυστικοῖς τετιμημένας, πλουσίαις καὶ ταῦτα φιλοτιμίαις ἐκόσμει· τῷ μὲν τῆς πρώτης τοῦ σωτῆρος θεοφανείας ἄντρῳ, ἔνθα δὴ καὶ τὰ τῆς ἐνσάρκου γενέσεως ὑπέστη, τὰς καταλλήλους νέμων τιμάς, τῷ δὲ τῆς εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἀναλήψεως τὴν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀκρωρείας μνήμην σεμνύνων. καὶ τὰῦτα δὲ φιλοκάλως ἐτίμα, τῆς αὐτοὺ μητρός, ἣ τοσοῦτον ἀγαθὸν τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διηκονήσατο βίῳ, διαιωνίζων τὴν μνήμην.
Apolabōn dʼ entauthoi chōras heteras dysin antrois mystikois tetimēmenas, plousiais kai tauta philotimiais ekosmei; tǭ men tēs prōtēs tou sōtēros theophaneias antrǭ, entha dē kai ta tēs ensarkou geneseōs hypestē, tas katallēlous nemōn timas, tǭ de tēs eis ouranous analēpseōs tēn epi tēs akrōreias mnēmēn semnynōn. kai tauta de philokalōs etima, tēs autou mētros, hē tosouton agathon tǭ tōn anthrōpōn diēkonēsato biǭ, diaiōnizōn tēn mnēmēn.
Taking over in that region other places honored by two mystic caves, he adorned these too with rich munificence. To the cave of the Savior's first manifestation, where he underwent his birth in the flesh, he paid fitting honors, and at the cave of his ascension into heaven he glorified the memorial on the mountaintop. These too he honored splendidly, perpetuating the memory of his mother, who had rendered so great a service to the life of mankind.
Life 3, chapter 42
3.42.1Heikel
Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ αὕτη τῷ παμβασιλεῖ θεῷ τὸ τῆς εὐσεβοῦς διαθέσεως ἀποδοῦναι χρέος ἔργον ἐποιήσατο, ἐφʼ υἱῷ τε βασιλεῖ τοσούτῳ παισί τε αὐτοῦ καίσαρσι θεοφιλετάτοις ἑαυτῆς ἐκγόνοις τὰ χαριστήρια δεῖν ᾤετο διʼ εὐχῶν ἀποπληρῶσαι, ἧκεν δὴ σπεύδουσα νεανικῶς ἡ πρέσβυς, ὑπερβαλλούσῃ φρονήσει τὴν ἀξιάγαστον ἀνιστορήσουσα γῆν ἔθνη τε τὰ ἑῷα καὶ δήμους ὁμοῦ καὶ λαοὺς βασιλικῇ προμηθείᾳ ἐποψομένη. ὡς δὲ τοῖς βήμασι τοῖς σωτηρίοις τὴν πρέπουσαν ἀπεδίδου προσκύνησιν, ἀκολούθως προφητικῷ λόγῳ, φάντι „προσκυνήσωμεν εἰς τὸν τόπον, οὗ ἔστησαν οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ“, τῆς οἰκείας εὐσεβείας καρπὸν καὶ τοῖς μετέπειτα παραχρῆμα κατελίμπανεν.
Epeidē gar hautē tǭ pambasilei theǭ to tēs eusebous diatheseōs apodounai chreos ergon epoiēsato, ephʼ huiǭ te basilei tosoutǭ paisi te autou kaisarsi theophiletatois heautēs ekgonois ta charistēria dein ǭeto diʼ euchōn apoplērōsai, hēken dē speudousa neanikōs hē presbys, hyperballousę̄ phronēsei tēn axiagaston anistorēsousa gēn ethnē te ta heǭa kai dēmous homou kai laous basilikę̄ promētheią epopsomenē. hōs de tois bēmasi tois sōtēriois tēn prepousan apedidou proskynēsin, akolouthōs prophētikǭ logǭ, phanti „proskynēsōmen eis ton topon, hou estēsan hoi podes autou“, tēs oikeias eusebeias karpon kai tois metepeita parachrēma katelimpanen.
For since she had made it her task to pay to God, the King of all, the debt of her pious disposition, and thought that she must fulfill with prayers her thank-offerings for so great an emperor, her son, and for his sons, the most God-beloved Caesars, her grandchildren, the aged woman came with youthful eagerness to survey with surpassing understanding the land worthy of all admiration, and to visit with imperial care the eastern provinces, cities, and peoples. When she had paid fitting reverence to the footsteps of the Savior, according to the prophetic word that says, “Let us worship at the place where his feet stood,” she at once left to later generations too the fruit of her own piety.
Life 3, chapter 43
3.43.1Heikel
Αὐτίκα δʼ οὖν τῷ προσκυνηθέντι θεῷ δύο νεὼς ἀφιέρου, τὸν μὲν πρὸς τῷ τῆς γενέσεως ἄντρῳ, τὸν δʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ τῆς ἀναλήψεως ὄρους. καὶ γὰρ καὶ γένεσιν ὑπομεῖναι ὁ μεθʼ ἡμῶν θεὸς διʼ ἡμᾶς ἠνέσχετο, καὶ τόπος αὐτοῦ τῆς ἐνσάρκου γενέσεως ὀνομαστὶ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἡ Βηθλεὲμ ἐκηρύττετο.
Autika dʼ oun tǭ proskynēthenti theǭ dyo neōs aphierou, ton men pros tǭ tēs geneseōs antrǭ, ton dʼ epi tou tēs analēpseōs orous. kai gar kai genesin hypomeinai ho methʼ hēmōn theos diʼ hēmas ēnescheto, kai topos autou tēs ensarkou geneseōs onomasti parʼ Hebraiois hē Bēthleem ekērytteto.
At once, then, she dedicated two temples to the God she worshiped, one at the cave of his birth, the other on the mount of his ascension. For God-with-us submitted, for our sake, to undergo birth, and the place of his birth in the flesh was proclaimed among the Hebrews by the name of Bethlehem.
3.43.2Heikel
διὸ δὴ βασιλὶς ἡ θεοσεβεστάτη τῆς θεοτόκου τὴν κύησιν μνήμασι θαυμαστοῖς κατεκόσμει, παντοίως τὸ τῇδε ἱερὸν ἄντρον φαιδρύνουσα, βασιλεὺς δὲ μικρὸν ὕστερον βασιλικοῖς ἀναθήμασι καὶ ταύτην ἐτίμα, τοῖς ἐξ ἀργύρου καὶ χρυσοῦ κειμηλίοις περιπετάσμασί τε ποικίλοις τὰς τῆς μητρὸς ἐπαύξων φιλοκαλίας.
dio dē basilis hē theosebestatē tēs theotokou tēn kyēsin mnēmasi thaumastois katekosmei, pantoiōs to tę̄de hieron antron phaidrynousa, basileus de mikron hysteron basilikois anathēmasi kai tautēn etima, tois ex argyrou kai chrysou keimēliois peripetasmasi te poikilois tas tēs mētros epauxōn philokalias.
So the most pious empress adorned the place where the God-bearer gave birth with wonderful monuments, brightening the sacred cave there in every way; and a little later the emperor honored it too with imperial offerings, adding to his mother's works of beauty with treasures of silver and gold and embroidered hangings.
3.43.3Heikel
πάλιν δʼ ἡ μὲν βασιλέως μήτηρ τῆς εἰς οὐρανοὺς πορείας τοῦ τῶν ὅλων σωτῆρος ἐπὶ τοῦ τῶν ἐλαιῶν ὅρους τὴν μνήμην ἐπηρμέναις οἰκοδομίαις ἀνύψου, ἄνω πρὸς ταῖς ἀκρωρείαις παρὰ τὴν τοῦ παντὸς ὄρους κορυφὴν ἱερὸν οἶκον ἐκκλησίας ἀνεγείρασα, νεών τε κἀνταῦθα προσευκτήριον τῷ τὰς αὐτόθι διατριβὰς ἑλομένῳ σωτῆρι συστησαμένη, ἐπεὶ κἀνταῦθα λόγος ἀληθὴν κατέχει ἐν αὐτῷ ἄντρῳ τοὺς αὐτοῦ θιασώτας μυεῖν τὰς ἀπορρήτους τελετὰς τὸν τῶν ὅλων σωτῆρα.
palin dʼ hē men basileōs mētēr tēs eis ouranous poreias tou tōn holōn sōtēros epi tou tōn elaiōn horous tēn mnēmēn epērmenais oikodomiais anypsou, anō pros tais akrōreiais para tēn tou pantos orous koryphēn hieron oikon ekklēsias anegeirasa, neōn te kantautha proseuktērion tǭ tas autothi diatribas helomenǭ sōtēri systēsamenē, epei kantautha logos alēthēn katechei en autǭ antrǭ tous autou thiasōtas myein tas aporrētous teletas ton tōn holōn sōtēra.
Again, the emperor's mother raised on high, with lofty buildings, the memorial of the journey into heaven of the Savior of all on the Mount of Olives. Up by the ridge, beside the very summit of the whole mountain, she erected a sacred church house, and built there too a temple for prayer to the Savior who chose to spend his time in that place; since here too a true account holds that in that very cave the Savior of all initiated his disciples into the secret mysteries.
3.43.4Heikel
βασιλεὺς δὲ κἀνταῦθα παντοίοις ἀναθήμασί τε καὶ κόσμοις τὸν μέγαν ἐγέραιρε βασιλέα. καὶ δὴ δύο ταῦτα μνήμης ἐπάξια αἰωνίου σεμνὰ καὶ περικαλλῆ καθιερώματα ἐπὶ δύο μυστικῶν ἄντρων Ἑλένη αὐγούστα θεῷ τῷ αὐτῆς σωτῆρι, θεοφιλοῦς βασιλέως θεοφιλὴς μήτηρ, εὐσεβοῦς τεκμήρια διαθέσεως ἵδρυτο, δεξιὰν αὐτῇ βασιλικῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ παιδὸς παρασχομένου.
basileus de kantautha pantoiois anathēmasi te kai kosmois ton megan egeraire basilea. kai dē dyo tauta mnēmēs epaxia aiōniou semna kai perikallē kathierōmata epi dyo mystikōn antrōn Helenē augousta theǭ tǭ autēs sōtēri, theophilous basileōs theophilēs mētēr, eusebous tekmēria diatheseōs hidryto, dexian autę̄ basilikēs exousias tou paidos paraschomenou.
Here too the emperor honored the great King with all kinds of offerings and ornaments. These two venerable and most beautiful dedications, worthy of eternal remembrance, over two mystic caves, Helena Augusta, the God-beloved mother of a God-beloved emperor, founded for God her Savior as tokens of her pious disposition, her son supplying her with the right hand of his imperial power.
3.43.5Heikel
καρπὸν δʼ ἐπάξιον ἡ πρέσβυς οὐκ εἰς μακρὸν ἀπελάμβανεν, ἀγαθοῖς μὲν ἅπασι τὸν πάντα τῆς ζωῆς χρόνον ἐπʼ αὐτῷ γήραος οὐδῶ διαπεραναμένη, λόγοις δὲ καῖ ἔργοις τῶν σωτηρίων παραγγελμάτων εὐθαλεῖς παρασχομένη βλαστούς, κἄπειτα οὕτω βίον εὐσταλῆ καὶ ἄλυπον σώματος ὁμοῦ καὶ ψυχῆς ἐν ἐρρωμένῳ φρονήματι διανύσασα, ἐφʼ οἷς καὶ τέλος εὐσεβείας ἐπάξιον ἀγαθήν τε παρὰ θεοῦ ἀμοιβὴν κἀπὶ τοῦ παρόντος εὕρατο βίου.
karpon dʼ epaxion hē presbys ouk eis makron apelambanen, agathois men hapasi ton panta tēs zōēs chronon epʼ autǭ gēraos oudō diaperanamenē, logois de kai ergois tōn sōtēriōn parangelmatōn euthaleis paraschomenē blastous, kapeita houtō bion eustalē kai alypon sōmatos homou kai psychēs en errōmenǭ phronēmati dianysasa, ephʼ hois kai telos eusebeias epaxion agathēn te para theou amoibēn kapi tou parontos heurato biou.
Not long afterwards the aged woman received a worthy reward. She had spent the whole of her life in every good thing, up to the very threshold of old age; she had brought forth, in words and deeds, flourishing shoots of the saving commandments; and she then completed a well-ordered life, untroubled in body and soul alike, with her mind still vigorous. For these things she received, even in this present life, an end worthy of her piety and a good reward from God.
Life 3, chapter 44
3.44.1Heikel
Τὴν γάρ τοι σύμπασαν ἑῲαν μεγαλοπρεπείᾳ βασιλικῆς ἐξουσίας ἐμπεριελθοῦσα, μυρία μὲν ἀθρόως τοῖς κατὰ πόλιν ἐδωρεῖτο δήμοις ἰδίᾳ τε τῶν προσιόντων ἑκάστῳ, πλεῖστά θʼ ὅσα πένησι τικοὶς τάγμασι δεξιᾷ μεγαλοπρεπεὶ διένεμεν, πλεπιστά θʼ ὅσα πένησι γυμνοῖς καὶ ἀπεριστάτοις ἐδίδου, τοῖς μὲν χρημάτων δόσεις ποιουμένη τοῖς δὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σώματος σκέπην δαψιλῆς ἐπαρκοῦσα, ἐτέρους δʼ ἀπήλλαττε δεσμῶν μετάλλων τε κακοπαθείᾳ ταλαιπωρουμένους, ἠλευθέρου τε πλεονεκτουμένους, καὶ πάλιν ἄλλους ἐφορίας ἐνεκαλεῖτο.
Tēn gar toi sympasan heǭan megaloprepeią basilikēs exousias emperielthousa, myria men athroōs tois kata polin edōreito dēmois idią te tōn prosiontōn hekastǭ, pleista thʼ hosa penēsi tikois tagmasi dexią megaloprepei dienemen, plepista thʼ hosa penēsi gymnois kai aperistatois edidou, tois men chrēmatōn doseis poioumenē tois de ta pros tēn tou sōmatos skepēn dapsilēs eparkousa, eterous dʼ apēllatte desmōn metallōn te kakopatheią talaipōroumenous, ēleutherou te pleonektoumenous, kai palin allous ephorias enekaleito.
For as she went round the whole East with the magnificence of imperial authority, she gave countless gifts to the peoples of the cities in general, and privately to each who approached her; with a magnificent hand she distributed very many gifts to the ranks of the soldiers; and very many she gave to the poor, naked and helpless, making gifts of money to some and supplying others abundantly with clothing for the body. Others she freed from prison and from the misery of the mines where they were suffering hardship; she released those who were oppressed by fraud, and recalled others from exile.
Life 3, chapter 45
3.45.1Heikel
Τοιούτοις δῆτα λαμπρυνομένη οὐδὲ τῆς ἄλλης πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὁσίας κατωλιγώρει, φοιτῶσαν μὲν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ παντὸς ὁρᾶσθαι παρέχουσα, λαμπροῖς δὲ κατακοσμοῦσα κειμηλίοις τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἴκους μηδὲ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς βραχυτάταις πόλεσι παρορῶσα ναούς. ἦν γοῦν ὁρᾶν τὴν θαυμασίαν ἐν σεμνῇ καὶ εὐσταλεῖ περιβολῇ τῷ πλήθει συναγελαζομένην τήν τε πρὸς τὸν θεῖον εὐλάβειαν διὰ πάσης θεοφιλοῦς πράξεως ἐπιδεικνυμένην.
Toioutois dēta lamprynomenē oude tēs allēs pros ton theon hosias katōligōrei, phoitōsan men autēn en tę̄ ekklēsią tou theou dia pantos horasthai parechousa, lamprois de katakosmousa keimēliois tous euktērious oikous mēde tous en tais brachytatais polesi parorōsa naous. ēn goun horan tēn thaumasian en semnę̄ kai eustalei peribolę̄ tǭ plēthei synagelazomenēn tēn te pros ton theion eulabeian dia pasēs theophilous praxeōs epideiknymenēn.
Distinguished by such deeds, she did not neglect the rest of her devotion to God. She let herself be seen constantly attending the church of God; she adorned the houses of prayer with splendid treasures, not overlooking the churches even in the smallest towns. One could see the admirable woman, in modest and simple dress, mingling with the crowd and showing her reverence for the divine in every God-loving act.
Life 3, chapter 46
3.46.1Heikel
Επεὶ δὲ λοιπὸν τὰ τῆς αὐτάρκους διανύσασα ζωῆς ἐπὶ τὴν κρείττονα λῆξιν ἐκαλεῖτο, σχεδόν που τῆς ἡλικίας ἀμφὶ τοὺς ὀγδοήκοντα ἐνιαυτοὺς διαρκέσασα, πρὸς αὐτῷ γενομένη τῷ τέλει συνετάττετο καὶ διετίθετο, ἐπὶ μονογενεῖ υἱῷ βασιλεῖ μονάρχῳ κοσμοκράτορι παισί τε τούτου καίσαρσιν, ἑαυτῆς ἐκγόνοις, τὴν ὑστάτην βουλὴν διοριζομένη, διανέμουσά τε τῶν ἐκγόνων ἑκάστῳ τῆς οἱκείας ὑπάρξεως, ὅση τις αὐτῇ καθʼ ὅλης ὑπῆρξε τῆς οἰκουμένης.
Epei de loipon ta tēs autarkous dianysasa zōēs epi tēn kreittona lēxin ekaleito, schedon pou tēs hēlikias amphi tous ogdoēkonta eniautous diarkesasa, pros autǭ genomenē tǭ telei synetatteto kai dietitheto, epi monogenei huiǭ basilei monarchǭ kosmokratori paisi te toutou kaisarsin, heautēs ekgonois, tēn hystatēn boulēn diorizomenē, dianemousa te tōn ekgonōn hekastǭ tēs hoikeias hyparxeōs, hosē tis autę̄ kathʼ holēs hypērxe tēs oikoumenēs.
When at last, having completed a sufficient life, she was being called to the better lot, having reached about eighty years of age, she came to the very end and set her affairs in order and made her will. She made her last dispositions in favor of her only son, the emperor, sole ruler and lord of the world, and of his sons the Caesars, her grandchildren, distributing to each of her descendants her own property, all that she had throughout the world.
3.46.2Heikel
καὶ δὴ τοῦτον διαθεμένη τὸν τρόπον, λοιπὸν τὴν τοῦ βίου κατέλυε τελευτήν, παρόντος αὐτῇ καὶ παρεστῶτος υἱοῦ τοσούτου θεραπεύοντός τε καὶ τῶν χειρῶν ἐφαπτομένου, ὡς μὴ τεθνάναι εἰκότως τὴν τρισμακαρίαν τοῖς φρονοῦσι δοκεῖν, μεταβολὴν δὲ καὶ μετάθεσιν λόγῳ τῆς γεώδους ζωῆς ἐπὶ τὴν οὐράνιον ὑπομεῖναι. ἀνεστοιχειοῦτο γοῦν αὐτῇ ψυχῇ ἐπὶ τὴν ἄφθαρτον καὶ ἀγγελικὴν οὐσίαν, πρὸς τὸν αὐτῆς ἀναλαμβανομένη σωτῆρα.
kai dē touton diathemenē ton tropon, loipon tēn tou biou katelye teleutēn, parontos autę̄ kai parestōtos huiou tosoutou therapeuontos te kai tōn cheirōn ephaptomenou, hōs mē tethnanai eikotōs tēn trismakarian tois phronousi dokein, metabolēn de kai metathesin logǭ tēs geōdous zōēs epi tēn ouranion hypomeinai. anestoicheiouto goun autę̄ psychę̄ epi tēn aphtharton kai angelikēn ousian, pros ton autēs analambanomenē sōtēra.
Having made her dispositions in this way, she then came to the end of her life, with her great son present and standing beside her, tending her and holding her hands; so that to those of right mind the thrice-blessed woman fittingly seemed not to have died, but to have undergone a change and removal from earthly life to heavenly. Her very soul was re-formed into an incorruptible and angelic being as she was taken up to her Savior.
Life 3, chapter 47
3.47.1Heikel
Και τὸ σκῆνος δὲ τῆς μακαρίας οὐ τῆς τυχούσης ἠξιιοῦτο πόλιν ἀνεκομίζετο, ἐνταυθοῖ τε ἠρίιοις βασιλικοῖς ἀπετίθετο. ὧδε μὲν οὖν ἡ βασιλέως ἐτελειοῦτο μήτηρ, ἀξία γε μνήμης ἀλήστου τῶν τε αὐτῆς εἵνεκα θεοφιλῶν πράξεων τοῦ τʼ ἐξ αὐτῆς φύντος ὑπέρφυοῦς καὶ παραδόξου φυτοῦ,
Kai to skēnos de tēs makarias ou tēs tychousēs ēxiiouto polin anekomizeto, entauthoi te ēriiois basilikois apetitheto. hōde men oun hē basileōs eteleiouto mētēr, axia ge mnēmēs alēstou tōn te autēs heineka theophilōn praxeōn tou tʼ ex autēs phyntos hyperphyous kai paradoxou phytou,
The body of the blessed woman too was held worthy of no ordinary [honor]; it was carried [to the imperial] city and laid there in the imperial tombs. So the emperor's mother came to her end, worthy of unfading memory both for her own God-loving deeds and for the extraordinary and wonderful offspring who sprang from her,
3.47.2Heikel
ὃν πρὸς τοῖς ἅπασι καὶ τῆς εἰς τὴν γειναμένην ὁσίας μακαρίζειν ἄξιον, οὕτω μέν αὐτὴν θεοσεβῆ καταστήσαντα οὐκ οὖσαν πρότερον, ὡς αὐτῷ δοκεῖν ἐκ πρώτης τῷ κοινῷ σωτῆρι μεμαθητεῦσθαι, οὕτω δὲ ἀξιώματι βασιλικῷ τετιμηκότα, ὡς ἐν ἅπασιν ἔθνεσι παρʼ αὐτοῖς τε τοῖς στρατιωτικοῖς τάγμασιν αὐγούσταν βασιλίδα ἀναγορεύεσθαι, χρυσοῖς τε νομίσμασι καὶ τὴν αὐτῆς ἐκτυποῦσθαι εἰκόνα.
hon pros tois hapasi kai tēs eis tēn geinamenēn hosias makarizein axion, houtō men autēn theosebē katastēsanta ouk ousan proteron, hōs autǭ dokein ek prōtēs tǭ koinǭ sōtēri memathēteusthai, houtō de axiōmati basilikǭ tetimēkota, hōs en hapasin ethnesi parʼ autois te tois stratiōtikois tagmasin augoustan basilida anagoreuesthai, chrysois te nomismasi kai tēn autēs ektypousthai eikona.
whom, besides all else, it is right to call blessed for his devotion to the mother who bore him. He made her so God-fearing, though she had not been so before, that she seemed to him to have been a disciple of the common Savior from the first; and he so honored her with imperial rank that in all nations, and in the military ranks themselves, she was proclaimed Augusta and Empress, and her portrait was stamped on gold coins.
3.47.3Heikel
ἤδη δὲ καὶ βασιλικῶν θησαυρῶν παρεῖχε τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ὡς χρῆσθαι κατὰ προαίρεσιν καὶ διοικεῖν κατὰ γνώμην, ὅπως ἂν ἐθέλοι καὶ ὡς ἂν εὖ ἔχειν αὐτῇ νομίζοιτο ἕκαστα, τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτὴν κἀν τούτοις διαπρεπῆ καὶ ἀξιοζήλωτον πεποιημένου. διὸ τῶν εἰς αὐτοῦ μνήμην ἀναφερομένων καὶ ταῦτα εἰκότως ἡμῖν ἀνείληπται, ἃ διʼ εὐσεβείας ὑπερβολὴν μητέρα τιμῶν θεσμοὺς ἀπεπλήρου θείους ἀμφὶ γονέων τιμῆς τὰ πρέποντα διαταττομένους.
ēdē de kai basilikōn thēsaurōn pareiche tēn exousian, hōs chrēsthai kata proairesin kai dioikein kata gnōmēn, hopōs an etheloi kai hōs an eu echein autę̄ nomizoito hekasta, tou paidos autēn kan toutois diaprepē kai axiozēlōton pepoiēmenou. dio tōn eis autou mnēmēn anapheromenōn kai tauta eikotōs hēmin aneilēptai, ha diʼ eusebeias hyperbolēn mētera timōn thesmous apeplērou theious amphi goneōn timēs ta preponta diatattomenous.
He even gave her authority over the imperial treasuries, to use them at her choice and manage them at her discretion, however she wished and as she judged best in each case, her son having made her distinguished and enviable in these things too. For this reason we have rightly included these things also among what pertains to his memory, since in honoring his mother through the excess of his piety he fulfilled the divine ordinances that prescribe what is fitting in the honor of parents.
3.47.4Heikel
τὰς μὲν οὖν λεχθείσας φιλοκαλίας βασιλεὺς πρὸς τῷ Παλαιστινῶν ἔθνει τόνδε συνίστη τὸν τρόπον, καὶ κατὰ πάσας δὲ τὰς ἐπαρχίας νεοπαγεις ἐκκλησίας ἐπισκευάζων μακρῷ τῶν προτέρων τιμιωτέρας ἀπέφαινεν.
tas men oun lechtheisas philokalias basileus pros tǭ Palaistinōn ethnei tonde synistē ton tropon, kai kata pasas de tas eparchias neopageis ekklēsias episkeuazōn makrǭ tōn proterōn timiōteras apephainen.
In this way the emperor established the works of beauty described in the province of Palestine; and throughout all the provinces too, by constructing newly built churches, he made them far more honored than the earlier ones.
Life 3, chapter 48
3.48.1Heikel
Τὴν δέ γʼ ἐπώνυμον αὐτοῦ πόλιν ἐξόχῳ τιμῇ γεραίρων εὐκτηρίοις πλείοσιν ἐφαίδρυνεν μαρτυρίοις τε μεγίστοις καὶ περικαλλεστάτοις οἴκοις, τοῖς μὲν πρὸ τοῦ ἄστεως τοῖς δʼ ἐν αὐτῷ τυγχάνουσι, διʼ ὧν ὁμοῦ καὶ τὰς τῶν μαρτύρων μνήμας ἐτίμα καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ πόλιν τῷ τῶν μαρτύρων καθιέρου θεῷ.
Tēn de gʼ epōnymon autou polin exochǭ timę̄ gerairōn euktēriois pleiosin ephaidrynen martyriois te megistois kai perikallestatois oikois, tois men pro tou asteōs tois dʼ en autǭ tynchanousi, diʼ hōn homou kai tas tōn martyrōn mnēmas etima kai tēn autou polin tǭ tōn martyrōn kathierou theǭ.
Honoring with special distinction the city that bore his name, he beautified it with very many houses of prayer and with very great and most beautiful shrines of martyrs, some before the city and some within it. By these he both honored the memorials of the martyrs and consecrated his city to the martyrs' God.
3.48.2Heikel
ὅλως δʼἐμπνέων θεοῦ σοφίας, ἣν τῆς ἐπηγορίας τῆς αὐτοῦ πόλιν ἐπώνυμον ἀποφῆναι ἔκρινε, καθαρεύειν εἰδωλολατρείας ἁπάσης ἐδικαίου, ὡς μηδαμοῦ φαίνεσθαι ἐν αὐτῇ τῶν δὴ νομιζομένων θεῶν ἀγάλματα ἐν ἱεροῖς θρησκευόμενα, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ βωμοὺς λύθροις αἱμάτων μιαινομένους, οὐ θυσίας ὁλοκαυτουμένας πυρί, οὐ δαιμονικὰς ἑορτάς, οὐδʼ ἕτερόν τι τῶν συνήθων τοῖς δεισιδαίμοσιν.
holōs dʼempneōn theou sophias, hēn tēs epēgorias tēs autou polin epōnymon apophēnai ekrine, kathareuein eidōlolatreias hapasēs edikaiou, hōs mēdamou phainesthai en autę̄ tōn dē nomizomenōn theōn agalmata en hierois thrēskeuomena, allʼ oude bōmous lythrois haimatōn miainomenous, ou thysias holokautoumenas pyri, ou daimonikas heortas, oudʼ heteron ti tōn synēthōn tois deisidaimosin.
Wholly inspired by the wisdom of God, he judged it right that the city he had decided to name after himself should be pure of all idolatry, so that nowhere in it should there appear statues of the supposed gods worshiped in temples, nor altars defiled with gore of blood, nor sacrifices burned whole in fire, nor demonic festivals, nor any other of the customs of the superstitious.
Life 3, chapter 49
3.49.1Heikel
Εἶδες δʼ ἂν ἐπὶ μέσον ἀγορῶν κειμέναις κρήναις τὰ τοῦ καλοῦ ποιμένος σύμβολα, τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν θείων λογίων ὁρμωμένοις γνώριμα, τόν τε Δανιὴλ σὺν αὐτοῖς λέουσιν ἐν χαλκῷ πεπλασμένον χρυσοῦ τε πετάλοις ἐκλάμποντα. τοσοῦτος δὲ θεῖος ἔρως τὴν βασιλέως κατελήφει ψυχήν, ὡς ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνακτόροις τῶν βασιλείων, κατὰ τὸν πάντων ἐξοχώτατον οἶκον τῆς πρὸς τῷ ὀρόφῳ κεχρυσωμένης φατνώσεως κατὰ τὸ μεσαίτατον, μεγίστου πίνακος ἀνηπλωμένου μέσον ἐμπεπῆχθαι τὸ τοῦ σωτηρίου πάθους σύμβολον ἐκ ποικίλων συγκείμενον καὶ πολυτελῶν λίθων ἐν χρυσῷ πολλῷ κατειργασμένων. φυλακτήριον δὲ ἐδόκει τοῦτο αὐτῆς βασιλείας τῷ θεοφιλεῖ πεποιῆσθαι.
Eides dʼ an epi meson agorōn keimenais krēnais ta tou kalou poimenos symbola, tois apo tōn theiōn logiōn hormōmenois gnōrima, ton te Daniēl syn autois leousin en chalkǭ peplasmenon chrysou te petalois eklamponta. tosoutos de theios erōs tēn basileōs katelēphei psychēn, hōs en autois tois anaktorois tōn basileiōn, kata ton pantōn exochōtaton oikon tēs pros tǭ orophǭ kechrysōmenēs phatnōseōs kata to mesaitaton, megistou pinakos anēplōmenou meson empepēchthai to tou sōtēriou pathous symbolon ek poikilōn synkeimenon kai polytelōn lithōn en chrysǭ pollǭ kateirgasmenōn. phylaktērion de edokei touto autēs basileias tǭ theophilei pepoiēsthai.
You would see, in the middle of the squares, set up on fountains, the symbols of the Good Shepherd, familiar to those who start from the divine oracles, and Daniel with the lions, fashioned in bronze and gleaming with gold leaf. So great a divine love had seized the emperor's soul that in the palace itself, in the most eminent hall of all, at the very center of the gilded coffering of the ceiling, the symbol of the saving passion was fixed on a very large panel, made of various precious stones set in much gold. The God-beloved man seemed to have made this as a safeguard of the empire itself.
Life 3, chapter 50
3.50.1Heikel
Τούτοις μὲν οὐν τὴν αὐτοῦ πόλιν ἐκαλλώπιζε. τὴν δὲ Βιθυνῶν ἄρχουσαν ὁμοίως ἀναθήματι μεγίστης καὶ ὑπερφυοῦς ἐκκληςίας ἐτίμα, ἐξ οἰκείων θησαυρῶν κἀνταῦθα τῷ αὐτοῦ σωτῆρι τὰ κατʼ ἐχθρῶν καὶ θεομάχων ἀνυψῶν νικητήρια. καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν δʼ ἐθνῶν τὰς μάλιστα κρατιστευούσας πόλεις ταῖς τῶν εὐκτηρίων φιλοκαλίαις ἐκπρέπειν ἐποίει, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀνατολικῆς μητροπόλεως, ἣ τὴν ἐπώνυμον εἴληχεν Ἀντιόχου προσηγορίαν· ἐφʼ ἧς ὡς ἐπὶ κεφαλῆς τῶν τῇδε ἐθνῶν μονογενές τι χρῆμα ἐκκληςίας μεγέθους ἕνεκα καὶ κάλλους ἀφιέρου, μακροῖς μὲν ἔξωθεν περιβόλοις τὸν πάντα νεὼν περιλαβών, εἴσω δὲ τὸν εὐκτήριος οἶκον εἰς ἀμήχανον ἐπάρας ὕψος, ἐν ὀκταέδρου μὲν συνεστῶτα σχήματι, κύκλῳ δὲ ὑπερῴων τε καὶ καταγείων χωρημάτων ἁπανταχόθεν περιεστοιχισμένον, ὃν καὶ χρυσοῦ πλείονος ἀφθονίᾳ χαλκοῦ τε καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πολυτελοῦς ὕλης ἐστεφάνου κάλλεσιν.
Toutois men oun tēn autou polin ekallōpize. tēn de Bithynōn archousan homoiōs anathēmati megistēs kai hyperphyous ekklēsias etima, ex oikeiōn thēsaurōn kantautha tǭ autou sōtēri ta katʼ echthrōn kai theomachōn anypsōn nikētēria. kai tōn loipōn dʼ ethnōn tas malista kratisteuousas poleis tais tōn euktēriōn philokaliais ekprepein epoiei, hōsper oun kai epi tēs anatolikēs mētropoleōs, hē tēn epōnymon eilēchen Antiochou prosēgorian; ephʼ hēs hōs epi kephalēs tōn tę̄de ethnōn monogenes ti chrēma ekklēsias megethous heneka kai kallous aphierou, makrois men exōthen peribolois ton panta neōn perilabōn, eisō de ton euktērios oikon eis amēchanon eparas hypsos, en oktaedrou men synestōta schēmati, kyklǭ de hyperǭōn te kai katageiōn chōrēmatōn hapantachothen periestoichismenon, hon kai chrysou pleionos aphthonią chalkou te kai tēs loipēs polytelous hylēs estephanou kallesin.
With these things he beautified his own city. The leading city of Bithynia he likewise honored with the dedication of a very great and magnificent church, here too raising up from his own treasuries trophies to his Savior over his enemies and the enemies of God. And he made the principal cities of the other provinces distinguished by beautiful houses of prayer, as in the metropolis of the East, which bears the name of Antiochus. There, as at the head of the peoples of that region, he dedicated a church unique in size and beauty. He enclosed the whole temple outside with long surrounding walls, and within raised the house of prayer to an immense height; it was built in an octagonal form, surrounded on every side with chambers on the upper and lower levels, and he crowned it with the beauty of abundant gold, bronze, and other costly materials.
Life 3, chapter 51
3.51.1Heikel
Τάδε μὲν οὖν τὰ ἐξοχώτατα βασιλέως ἐτύγχανεν ἀφιερώματα. πυθόμενος δέ τοι ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν σωτῆρα τόν τε ἔναγχος ἐπιφανέντα τῷ βίῳ καὶ πρόπαλαι θεοφανείας πεποιῆσθαι φιλοθέοις ἀνδράσιν τῆς Παλαιστίνης ἀμφὶ τὴν καλουμένην δρῦν Μαμβρῆ, κἀνταῦθα οἶκον εὐκτήριον ἀνεγεῖραι τῷ ὀφθέντι θεῷ διακελεύεται.
Tade men oun ta exochōtata basileōs etynchanen aphierōmata. pythomenos de toi hena kai ton auton sōtēra ton te enanchos epiphanenta tǭ biǭ kai propalai theophaneias pepoiēsthai philotheois andrasin tēs Palaistinēs amphi tēn kaloumenēn dryn Mambrē, kantautha oikon euktērion anegeirai tǭ ophthenti theǭ diakeleuetai.
Such were the emperor's most eminent dedications. Learning that the same Savior who had recently appeared in human life had long ago also made manifestations of God to God-loving men of Palestine by the place called the Oak of Mamre, he ordered a house of prayer to be built there too, to the God who had appeared.
3.51.2Heikel
τοῖς μὲν οὖν τῶν ἐθνῶν ἄρχουσιν αὐθεντία βασιλικὴ διὰ τῶν πρὸς ἕκαστον ἐπισταλθέντων γραμμάτων ἐπεφοίτα, εἰς πέρας ἀγαγεῖν τὸ προσταχθὲν διακελευομένη, ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς τήνδε γράφουσι τὴν ἱστορίαν λογικωτέραν κατέπεμπε διδασκαλίαν, ἧς ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ τὸ ἴσον γράμμα τῷ παρόντι συνάψαι λόγῳ εἰς ἀκριβῆ διάγνωσιν τῆς τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς ἐπιμελείας. καταμεμψάμενος γοῦν ἡμῖν ἐφʼ οἷς ἐπύθετο πραττομένοις αὐτόθι τάδε κατὰ λέξιν ἔγραφε.
tois men oun tōn ethnōn archousin authentia basilikē dia tōn pros hekaston epistalthentōn grammatōn epephoita, eis peras agagein to prostachthen diakeleuomenē, hēmin de tois tēnde graphousi tēn historian logikōteran katepempe didaskalian, hēs emoige dokei to ison gramma tǭ paronti synapsai logǭ eis akribē diagnōsin tēs tou theophilous epimeleias. katamempsamenos goun hēmin ephʼ hois epytheto prattomenois autothi tade kata lexin egraphe.
The imperial authority reached the provincial governors through letters sent to each of them, ordering them to carry out what was commanded; and to us who are writing this history he sent a more reasoned instruction, a copy of which it seems good to me to attach to the present account, so that the God-beloved man's care may be known exactly. Rebuking us for what he had learned was being done there, he wrote as follows, word for word.
Life 3, chapter 52
3.52.1Heikel
Βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ περὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν δρῦν τὴν καλουμένην Μαμβρῆ τόπου. „Νικητὴς Κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς Μακαρίῳ καὶ λοιποῖς ἐπισκόποις Παλαιστίνης. Ἕν καὶ τοῦτο μέγιστον τῆς ὁσιωτάτης μου κηδεστρίας γέγονεν εἰς ἡμᾶς εὐεργέτημα τὸ λανθάνουσαν μέχρι νῦν παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐναγῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπόνοιαν διὰ τῶν πρὸς ἡμᾶς γνωρίσαι γραμμάτων, ὡς τῆς πρεπούσης ἐπανορθώσεως καὶ θεραπείας εἰ καὶ βραδέως ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἀναγκαίως διʼ ἡμῶν τὸ παροφθὲν ἁμάρτημα τυχεῖν. καὶ γάρ ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς δυσσέβημα παμμέγεθες τοὺς ἁγίους τόπους ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνοσίων χραίνεσθαι μιασμάτων. τί οὖν ἐστιν, ἀδελφοὶ προσφιλέστατοι, ὃ τὴν ὑμετέραν παρελθὸν ἀγχίνοιαν ἡ προειρημένη διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον εὐλάβειαν οὐχ οἵα τε γέγονεν ἀποσιωπῆσαι;
Basileōs epistolē peri tou kata tēn dryn tēn kaloumenēn Mambrē topou. „Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos Makariǭ kai loipois episkopois Palaistinēs. Hen kai touto megiston tēs hosiōtatēs mou kēdestrias gegonen eis hēmas euergetēma to lanthanousan mechri nyn parʼ hymin enagōn anthrōpōn aponoian dia tōn pros hēmas gnōrisai grammatōn, hōs tēs prepousēs epanorthōseōs kai therapeias ei kai bradeōs allʼ homōs anankaiōs diʼ hēmōn to parophthen hamartēma tychein. kai gar estin hōs alēthōs dyssebēma pammegethes tous hagious topous hypo tōn anosiōn chrainesthai miasmatōn. ti oun estin, adelphoi prosphilestatoi, ho tēn hymeteran parelthon anchinoian hē proeirēmenē dia tēn pros to theion eulabeian ouch hoia te gegonen aposiōpēsai?
The emperor's letter concerning the place at the oak called Mamre. “The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to Macarius and the other bishops of Palestine. This too has been one of the very great benefits to us from my most holy mother-in-law: that she has made known to us by letter the madness of accursed men, which has gone unnoticed among you until now, so that the fault that was overlooked may receive fitting correction and remedy through us, late indeed, yet of necessity. For it is truly a very great impiety that holy places should be defiled by unholy pollutions. What is it, then, dearest brothers, that has escaped your intelligence, and that the lady mentioned, out of her reverence for the divine, could not keep silent about?
Life 3, chapter 53
3.53.1Heikel
Τὸ χωρίον, ὅπερ παρὰ τὴν δρῦν τὴν Μαμβρῆ προσαγορεύεται, ἐν ᾧ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ τὴν ἑστίαν ἐσχηκέναι μανθάνομεν, παντοίως ὐπό τινων δεισιδαιμόνων μιαίνεσθαί φησιν· εἴδωλά τε γὰρ πάσης ἐξωλείας ἄξια παρʼ αὐτὴν ἱδρῦσθαι καὶ βωμὸν ἐδήλωσεν πλησίον ἑστάναι καὶ θυσίας ἀκαθάρτους συνεχῶς ἐπιτελεῖσθαι.
To chōrion, hoper para tēn dryn tēn Mambrē prosagoreuetai, en hǭ ton Abraam tēn hestian eschēkenai manthanomen, pantoiōs ypo tinōn deisidaimonōn miainesthai phēsin; eidōla te gar pasēs exōleias axia parʼ autēn hidrysthai kai bōmon edēlōsen plēsion hestanai kai thysias akathartous synechōs epiteleisthai.
“The place called ‘by the oak of Mamre,’ where we learn that Abraham had his home, is being defiled in every way, she says, by certain superstitious people. She has disclosed that idols worthy of utter destruction have been set up beside it, that an altar stands nearby, and that unclean sacrifices are continually offered.
3.53.2Heikel
ὅθεν ἐπειδὴ καὶ τῶν καιρῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀλλότριον καὶ τῆς τοῦ τόπου ἁγιότητος ἀνάξιον καταφαίνεται, γινώσκειν ὑμῶν τὴν σεμνότητα βούλομαι δεδηλῶσθαι παρʼ ἡμῶν πρὸς Ἀκάκιον τὸν διασημότατον κόμητα καὶ φίλον ἡμέτερον γράμματι, ἵνʼ ἄνευ τινὸς ὑπερθέσεως καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα ὅσα σἄν ἐπὶ τοῦ προειρημένου εὑρίσκοιτο τόπου πυρὶ παραδοθῇ, καὶ ὁ βωμὸς ἐκ βάθρων ἀνατραπῇ, καὶ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, πάντων τῶν τοιούτων ἐκεῖθεν ἄρδην ἀφανισθέντων, παντὶ σθένει καὶ τρόπῳ τὸ περιέχον ὅλον ἐκκαθᾶραι σπουδάσῃ, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, καθὼς ἂν αὐτοὶ διατυπώσητε, ἀξίαν τῆς καθολικῆς καὶ ἀποστολικῆς ἐκκληςίας βασιλικὴν ἀνοικοδομηθῆναι ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ποιήσῃ χωρίου. λοιπὸν ἔσται τῆς ὑμετέρας συνέσεως τε καὶ εὐλαβείας, ἐπειδὰν πάντα ἐκεῖθεν τὰ μυσαρὰ παντελῶς ἀνῃρῆσθαι μάθητε, εἰς ταὐτὸ συνελθεῖν ἅμα τοῖς ἐκ Φοινίκης ἐπισκόποις, οὓς προσκαλέσασθαι ἐξ αὐθεντίας τοῦ γράμματος τούτου δυνήσεσθε, καὶ διαγράψαι βασιλικὴν τῆς ἐμῆς φιλοτιμίας ἀξίαν, ὅπως τοῖς προσταχθεῖσιν ἀκολούθως μετὰ πάσης ταχυτῆτος ἡ τοῦ ἔργου φαιδρότης κατʼ ἀξίαν τῆς τοῦ τόπου ἀρχαιότητός τε καὶ σεμνότητος προνοίᾳ τοῦ προειρημένου ἡμῶν κόμητος τελεσιουργηθῆναι δυνηθῇ. ἐκεῖνο δὲ πρό γε ἁπάντων παραφυλάξαι ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, ὅπως μηδεὶς πρὸς τοὐπιὸν τῶν ἐναγῶν ἐκείνων καὶ μυσαρῶν ἀνθρώπων τῷ τόπῳ πλησιάσαι τολμήσῃ· ἔστι γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἡμῖν ἀφόρητον καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τολμῶσι τιμωρίας ἄξιον μετὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν κέλευσιν ἀσεβές τι ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ τόπῳ πραχθῆναι, ὃν καθαρῷ βασιλικῆς οἰκοδομήματι κοσμεῖσθαι διετάξαμεν, ὅπως ἁγίων ἀνθρώπων ἄξιον συνέδριον ἀποδειχθῇ. εἰ δέ τι παρὰ τὸ προσταχθὲν γενέσθαι συμβαίη, χωρίς τινος μελλήσεως τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ἡμερότητι διʼ ὑμετέρων δηλαδὴ γραμμάτων γνωρισθῆναι πρέπει, ἵνα τὸν ἁλισκόμενον ὡς παρανομήσαντα τὴν ἀνωτάτω κόλασιν ὑποστῆναι προστάξωμεν.
hothen epeidē kai tōn kairōn tōn hēmeterōn allotrion kai tēs tou topou hagiotētos anaxion kataphainetai, ginōskein hymōn tēn semnotēta boulomai dedēlōsthai parʼ hēmōn pros Akakion ton diasēmotaton komēta kai philon hēmeteron grammati, hinʼ aneu tinos hypertheseōs kai ta eidōla hosa san epi tou proeirēmenou heuriskoito topou pyri paradothę̄, kai ho bōmos ek bathrōn anatrapę̄, kai haplōs eipein, pantōn tōn toioutōn ekeithen ardēn aphanisthentōn, panti sthenei kai tropǭ to periechon holon ekkatharai spoudasę̄, kai meta tauta, kathōs an autoi diatypōsēte, axian tēs katholikēs kai apostolikēs ekklēsias basilikēn anoikodomēthēnai epi tou autou poiēsę̄ chōriou. loipon estai tēs hymeteras syneseōs te kai eulabeias, epeidan panta ekeithen ta mysara pantelōs anę̄rēsthai mathēte, eis tauto synelthein hama tois ek Phoinikēs episkopois, hous proskalesasthai ex authentias tou grammatos toutou dynēsesthe, kai diagrapsai basilikēn tēs emēs philotimias axian, hopōs tois prostachtheisin akolouthōs meta pasēs tachytētos hē tou ergou phaidrotēs katʼ axian tēs tou topou archaiotētos te kai semnotētos pronoią tou proeirēmenou hēmōn komētos telesiourgēthēnai dynēthę̄. ekeino de pro ge hapantōn paraphylaxai hymas boulomai, hopōs mēdeis pros toupion tōn enagōn ekeinōn kai mysarōn anthrōpōn tǭ topǭ plēsiasai tolmēsę̄; esti gar hōs alēthōs hēmin aphorēton kai pasi tois tolmōsi timōrias axion meta tēn hēmeteran keleusin asebes ti en tǭ toioutǭ topǭ prachthēnai, hon katharǭ basilikēs oikodomēmati kosmeisthai dietaxamen, hopōs hagiōn anthrōpōn axion synedrion apodeichthę̄. ei de ti para to prostachthen genesthai symbaiē, chōris tinos mellēseōs tę̄ hēmeterą hēmerotēti diʼ hymeterōn dēladē grammatōn gnōristhēnai prepei, hina ton haliskomenon hōs paranomēsanta tēn anōtatō kolasin hypostēnai prostaxōmen.
Therefore, since this is plainly foreign to our times and unworthy of the holiness of the place, I wish your Reverence to know that we have written to Acacius, the most distinguished count and our friend, that without any delay whatever idols may be found at the place mentioned be committed to the fire and the altar overturned from its foundations; and, in short, that when all such things have been utterly destroyed there, he is to be diligent to cleanse the whole surrounding area with all his strength and by every means, and afterwards, as you yourselves shall design it, to have a basilica worthy of the catholic and apostolic church built on that same spot. It will then be the part of your understanding and reverence, once you learn that all the abominations there have been completely removed, to meet together with the bishops of Phoenicia, whom you will be able to summon by the authority of this letter, and to draw up the plan of a basilica worthy of my munificence, so that, in accordance with our orders, the splendor of the work may be completed with all speed, worthily of the antiquity and holiness of the place, under the care of our count mentioned above. But above all I wish you to take care that none of those accursed and abominable men dare in future to approach the place. For it is truly intolerable to us, and deserving of punishment for all who dare it, that after our command anything impious should be done in such a place, which we have ordered to be adorned with a pure basilica building, so that it may be shown to be a meeting place worthy of holy men. If anything should happen contrary to the command, it must be made known without delay to our Clemency through your letters, so that we may order the one caught to undergo the severest punishment as a transgressor of the law.
3.53.3Heikel
οὐ γὰρ ἀγνοεῖτε ἐκεῖ πρῶτον τὸν τῶν ὅλων δεσπότην θεὸν καὶ ὦφθαι τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ διειλέχθαι. ἐκεῖ μὲν οὖν πρῶτον ἡ τοῦ ἁγίου νόμου θρησκεία τὴν καταρχὴν εἴληφεν, ἐκεῖ πρῶτον ὁ σωτὴρ αὐτὸς μετὰ τῶν δύο ἀγγέλων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιφάνειαν τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἐπεδαψιλεύσατο, ἐκεῖ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὁ θεὸς ἤρξατο φαίνεσθαι, ἐκεῖ τῷ Ἀβραὰμ περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος αὐτῷ σπέρματος προηγόρευσεν καὶ παραχρῆμά γε τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν ἐπλήρωσεν, ἐκεῖ πλείστων ὅσων ἐθνῶν ἔσεσθαι αὐτὸν πατέρα προεκήρυξεν.
ou gar agnoeite ekei prōton ton tōn holōn despotēn theon kai ōphthai tǭ Abraam kai dieilechthai. ekei men oun prōton hē tou hagiou nomou thrēskeia tēn katarchēn eilēphen, ekei prōton ho sōtēr autos meta tōn dyo angelōn tēn heautou epiphaneian tǭ Abraam epedapsileusato, ekei tois anthrōpois ho theos ērxato phainesthai, ekei tǭ Abraam peri tou mellontos autǭ spermatos proēgoreusen kai parachrēma ge tēn epangelian eplērōsen, ekei pleistōn hosōn ethnōn esesthai auton patera proekēryxen.
For you are not unaware that it was there that God, the Lord of all, first appeared to Abraham and spoke with him. There first the worship of the holy law had its beginning; there first the Savior himself, with the two angels, granted Abraham his manifestation; there God began to appear to men; there he foretold to Abraham the offspring that was to come to him, and at once fulfilled the promise; there he proclaimed beforehand that he would be the father of very many nations.
3.53.4Heikel
ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων, ἄξιόν ἐστιν, ὥς γʼ ἐμοί καταφαίνεται, διὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας φροντίδος καὶ καθαρὸν ἀπὸ παντὸς μιάσματος τὸν τόπον τοῦτον φυλάττεσθαι καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀρχαίαν ἁγιότητα ἀνακαλέσασθαι, ὡς μηδὲν ἕτερον ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ πράττεσθαι, ἢ τὴν πρέπουσαν τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ σωτῆρι ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν ὅλων δεσπότῃ θεῷ τελεῖσθαι θρησκείαν· ὅπερ μετὰ τῆς δεούσης προσήκει φυλάττειν ὑμᾶς φροντίδος, εἴ γέ μοι τὰ καταθύμια τῆς θεοσεβείας ἐξαιρέτως ἠρτημένα, ὥσπερ οὖν πέπεισμαι, ἡ ὑμετέρα σεμνότης πληροῦσθαι βούλεται. ὁ θεὸς ὑμᾶς διαφυλάξει, ἀδελφοὶ ἀγαπητοί.“
hōn houtōs echontōn, axion estin, hōs gʼ emoi kataphainetai, dia tēs hēmeteras phrontidos kai katharon apo pantos miasmatos ton topon touton phylattesthai kai pros tēn archaian hagiotēta anakalesasthai, hōs mēden heteron epʼ autou prattesthai, ē tēn prepousan tǭ pantokratori kai sōtēri hēmōn kai tōn holōn despotę̄ theǭ teleisthai thrēskeian; hoper meta tēs deousēs prosēkei phylattein hymas phrontidos, ei ge moi ta katathymia tēs theosebeias exairetōs ērtēmena, hōsper oun pepeismai, hē hymetera semnotēs plērousthai bouletai. ho theos hymas diaphylaxei, adelphoi agapētoi.“
Since this is so, it is right, as it seems to me, that through our care this place should be kept pure of every pollution and restored to its ancient holiness, so that nothing else may be done there except the performance of the worship befitting God, the Almighty, our Savior and the Lord of all. You should guard this with due care, if indeed your Reverence wishes, as I am convinced it does, that my desires, which depend above all on godliness, should be fulfilled. God will preserve you, beloved brothers.”
Life 3, chapter 54
3.54.1Heikel
Πάντα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα συντελῶν εἰς δόξαν τῆς σωτηρίου δυνάμεως βασιλεὺς διεπράττετο. καὶ τὸν μὲν αὐτοῦ σωτῆρα θεὸν ὧδέ πη διετέλει γεραίρων, τὴν δέ γε τῶν ἐθνῶν δεισιδαίμονα πλάνην παντοίοις ἐξήλεγχε τρόποις.
Panta men dē tauta syntelōn eis doxan tēs sōtēriou dynameōs basileus diepratteto. kai ton men autou sōtēra theon hōde pē dietelei gerairōn, tēn de ge tōn ethnōn deisidaimona planēn pantoiois exēlenche tropois.
All these things the emperor did, contributing to the glory of the saving power. And while he continued thus to honor his Savior God, he also exposed the superstitious error of the pagans in every way.
3.54.2Heikel
ἔνθεν εἰκότως ἐγυμνοῦτο μὲν αὐτοῖς τῶν κατὰ πόλεις νεῶν τὰ προπύλαια θυρῶν ἔρημα γιγνόμενα βασιλέως προστάγματι, ἑτέρων δʼ ἡ ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀρόφοις στέγη τῶν καλυπτήρων ἀφαιρουμένων ἐφθείρετο, ἄλλων τὰ σεμνὰ χαλκουργήματα, ἐφʼ οἷς ἡ τῶν παλαιῶν ἀπάτη μακροῖς ἐσεμνύνετο χρόνοις, ἔκδηλα τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐν ἀγοραῖς πάσαις τῆς βασιλέως πόλεως προὐτίθετο, ὡς εἰς ἀσχήμονα θέαν προκεῖσθαι τοῖς ὁρῶσιν ὧδε μὲν τὸν Πύθιον, ἑτέρωθι δὲ τὸν Σμίνθιον, ἐν αὐτῷ δʼ ἱπποδρομίῳ τοὺς ἐν Δελφοῖς τρίποδας, τὰς δʼ Ἑλικωνίδας Μούσας ἐν παλατίῳ.
enthen eikotōs egymnouto men autois tōn kata poleis neōn ta propylaia thyrōn erēma gignomena basileōs prostagmati, heterōn dʼ hē epi tois orophois stegē tōn kalyptērōn aphairoumenōn ephtheireto, allōn ta semna chalkourgēmata, ephʼ hois hē tōn palaiōn apatē makrois esemnyneto chronois, ekdēla tois pasin en agorais pasais tēs basileōs poleōs proutitheto, hōs eis aschēmona thean prokeisthai tois horōsin hōde men ton Pythion, heterōthi de ton Sminthion, en autǭ dʼ hippodromiǭ tous en Delphois tripodas, tas dʼ Helikōnidas Mousas en palatiǭ.
Hence, naturally, the entrances of the temples in the cities were laid bare, left without doors at the emperor's command; the roofs of others were ruined as their tiles were removed; and of others the revered bronze statues, in which the deceit of the ancients had long taken pride, were set out plainly before all in all the squares of the emperor's city, so that they lay exposed as a shameful spectacle to the beholders: here the Pythian, there the Sminthian, in the hippodrome itself the tripods of Delphi, and the Muses of Helicon in the palace.
3.54.3Heikel
ἐπληροῦτο δὲ διʼ ὅλου πᾶσα ἡ βασιλέως ἐπώνυμος πόλις τῶν κατὰ πᾶν ἔθνος ἐντέχνοις χαλκοῦ φιλοκαλίαις ἀφιερωμένων, οἷς θεῶν ὀνόματι πλείστας ὅσας ἑκατόμβας ὁλοκαύτους τε θυσίας εἰς μάταιον ἀποδόντες μακροῖς αἰῶσιν οἱ τὴν πλάνην νενοσηκότες ὀψέ ποτε φρονεῖν ἔγνωσαν, τούτοις αὐτοῖς ἀθύρμασιν ἐπὶ γέλωτι καὶ παιδιᾷ τῶν ὁρώντων βασιλέως κεχρημένου.
eplērouto de diʼ holou pasa hē basileōs epōnymos polis tōn kata pan ethnos entechnois chalkou philokaliais aphierōmenōn, hois theōn onomati pleistas hosas hekatombas holokautous te thysias eis mataion apodontes makrois aiōsin hoi tēn planēn nenosēkotes opse pote phronein egnōsan, toutois autois athyrmasin epi gelōti kai paidią tōn horōntōn basileōs kechrēmenou.
The whole city named after the emperor was filled throughout with artistic bronze works dedicated in every province. To these, in the name of gods, those sick with error had for long ages vainly offered countless hecatombs and whole burnt offerings; now at last they learned to think rightly, since the emperor used these very toys for the laughter and amusement of the spectators.
3.54.4Heikel
τὰ δέ γε χρύσεα τῶν ἀγαλμάτων ἄλλῃ πη μετήρχετο. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ συνεῖδεν μάτην δειμαίνοντα νηπίων δίκην ἀφρόνων τὰ πλήθη τῆς πλάνης τὰ μορμολύκεια ὕλῃ χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου πεπλασμένα, καὶ ταῦτα ἐκποδὼν ᾤετο δεῖν ἄρασθαι ὥσπερ τινὰ λίθων ἐγκόμματα τοῖς ἐν σκότῳ βαδίζουσι πρὸ τῶν ποδῶν ἐρριμμένα, λείαν τε καὶ ὁμαλὴν τοῦ λοιποῦ τὴν βασιλικὴν τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀναπετάσας πορείαν.
ta de ge chrysea tōn agalmatōn allę̄ pē metērcheto. epeidē gar syneiden matēn deimainonta nēpiōn dikēn aphronōn ta plēthē tēs planēs ta mormolykeia hylę̄ chrysou kai argyrou peplasmena, kai tauta ekpodōn ǭeto dein arasthai hōsper tina lithōn enkommata tois en skotǭ badizousi pro tōn podōn errimmena, leian te kai homalēn tou loipou tēn basilikēn tois pasin anapetasas poreian.
The golden statues he dealt with in another way. For when he saw that the multitudes, like senseless children, were vainly afraid of the bogeys of error fashioned out of gold and silver, he thought that these too must be removed, like stumbling stones thrown before the feet of those who walk in darkness, and so he opened for all henceforth a smooth and level royal road.
3.54.5Heikel
ταῦτα δʼ οὖν διανοηθεὶς οὐχ ὁπλιτῶν αὐτῷ καὶ πλήθους στρατοπεδείας ἡγήσατο δεῖν πρὸς τὸν τούτων ἔλεγχον, εἷς δὲ μόνος αὐτῷ καὶ δεύτερος τῶν αὐτοῦ γνωρίμων πρὸς τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν ἀπήρκουν, οὓς ἑνὶ νεύματι κατὰ πᾶν ἔθνος διεπέμπετο.
tauta dʼ oun dianoētheis ouch hoplitōn autǭ kai plēthous stratopedeias hēgēsato dein pros ton toutōn elenchon, heis de monos autǭ kai deuteros tōn autou gnōrimōn pros tēn hypēresian apērkoun, hous heni neumati kata pan ethnos diepempeto.
Having decided this, he did not think he needed soldiers and a host of troops to expose them; one or two of his acquaintances were enough for the service, and he sent them into every province with a single nod.
3.54.6Heikel
οἱ δὲ τῇ βασιλέως ἐπιθαρροῦντες εὐσεβείᾳ σφῶν τε αὐτῶν τῇ περὶ τὸ θεῖον εὐλαβείᾳ, μυριάνδρων δήμων τε καὶ λαῶν μέσοι παριόντες ἀνὰ πάσας πόλεις τε καὶ χώρας πολυχρονίου πλάνης ἐποιοῦντο φωράν, αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἱερωμένους σὺν πολλῷ γέλωτι καὶ σὺν αἰσχύνῃ παράγειν εἰς φῶς ἐκ σκοτίων μυχῶν τοὺς αὐτῶν θεοὺς ἐγκελευόμενοι, κἄπειτʼ ἀπογυμνοῦντες τοῦ φάσματος καὶ τὴν εἴσω τῆς ἐπικεχρωσμένης μορφῆς ἀμορφίαν τοῖς πάντων ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐνδεικνύμενοι. εἶτʼ ἀποξέοντες τὸ δοκοῦν χρήσιμον τῆς ὕλης, χωνείᾳ τε καὶ πυρὶ δοκιμάζοντες, τὸ μὲν λυσιτελὲς ὅσον αὐτοῖς ἀναγκαῖον ἐνομίζετο ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ τιθέμενοι συνεῖχον, τὸ δʼ ἄλλως περιττὸν καὶ ἄχρηστον εἰς μνήμην αἰσχύνης παρεχώρουν τοῖς δεισιδαίμοσιν.
hoi de tę̄ basileōs epitharrountes eusebeią sphōn te autōn tę̄ peri to theion eulabeią, myriandrōn dēmōn te kai laōn mesoi pariontes ana pasas poleis te kai chōras polychroniou planēs epoiounto phōran, autous tous hierōmenous syn pollǭ gelōti kai syn aischynę̄ paragein eis phōs ek skotiōn mychōn tous autōn theous enkeleuomenoi, kapeitʼ apogymnountes tou phasmatos kai tēn eisō tēs epikechrōsmenēs morphēs amorphian tois pantōn ophthalmois endeiknymenoi. eitʼ apoxeontes to dokoun chrēsimon tēs hylēs, chōneią te kai pyri dokimazontes, to men lysiteles hoson autois anankaion enomizeto en asphalei tithemenoi syneichon, to dʼ allōs peritton kai achrēston eis mnēmēn aischynēs parechōroun tois deisidaimosin.
Trusting in the emperor's piety and in their own reverence for the divine, they passed through the midst of peoples numbering tens of thousands in every city and district and exposed the long-standing error. They ordered the priests themselves, amid much laughter and shame, to bring their gods out of their dark recesses into the light; then they stripped them of their disguise and displayed to the eyes of all the ugliness within the painted form. Next they scraped off whatever part of the material seemed useful and tested it by melting and fire; what was of value and considered necessary they secured and kept, and what was otherwise superfluous and useless they left to the superstitious as a memorial of their shame.
3.54.7Heikel
οἷον δὲ καὶ τόδʼ ἔρεξε βασιλεὺς ὁ θαυμάσιος· ὡς γὰρ τῶν νεκρῶν εἰδώλων τὰ τῆς πολυτελοῦς ὕλης τὸν ἀποδοθέντα τρόπον ἐσκυλεύετο, τὰ λοιπὰ μετῄει ἀνδρείκελα χαλκοῦ πεποιημένα. δέσμιοι δῆτα καὶ οἵδε μύθων θεοὶ γεγηρακότων τριχῶν ὑφάσμασιν ἤγοντο περιβληθέντες.
hoion de kai todʼ erexe basileus ho thaumasios; hōs gar tōn nekrōn eidōlōn ta tēs polytelous hylēs ton apodothenta tropon eskyleueto, ta loipa metę̄ei andreikela chalkou pepoiēmena. desmioi dēta kai hoide mythōn theoi gegērakotōn trichōn hyphasmasin ēgonto periblēthentes.
And here is another thing the admirable emperor did. When the precious material of the dead idols had been stripped off in the way described, he went after the rest, the statues made of bronze. So these gods of antiquated myths too were led away captive, bound with ropes of woven hair.
Life 3, chapter 55
3.55.1Heikel
Ἐπὶ τούτοις βασιλεὺς ὥσπερ τινὰ πολυφεγγῆ πυρσὸν ἐξάψας, μή πη λανθάνοι κρύφιόν τι πλάνης λείψανον, ὄμματι βασιλικῷ περιεσκόπει· οἷα δέ τις οὐρανοπετὴς ἀετῶν ὀξυωπέστατος ἄνωθεν ἀφʼ ὑψηλοῦ τὰ πορρωτάτω διεστῶτα κατὰ γῆς ἴδοι, ὧδε καὶ οὗτος τῆς αὐτοῦ καλλιπόλεως τὴν βασιλικὴν ἀμφιπολεύων ἑστίαν δεινόν τι ψυχῶν θήρατρον ἐπὶ τοῦ Φοινίκων λανθάνον ἔθνους ἐξ ἀπόπτου συνεῖδεν.
Epi toutois basileus hōsper tina polyphengē pyrson exapsas, mē pē lanthanoi kryphion ti planēs leipsanon, ommati basilikǭ perieskopei; hoia de tis ouranopetēs aetōn oxyōpestatos anōthen aphʼ hypsēlou ta porrōtatō diestōta kata gēs idoi, hōde kai houtos tēs autou kallipoleōs tēn basilikēn amphipoleuōn hestian deinon ti psychōn thēratron epi tou Phoinikōn lanthanon ethnous ex apoptou syneiden.
Besides this, the emperor, as though kindling a brilliant beacon, looked round with an imperial eye lest any hidden remnant of error should escape his notice. And as the sharpest-sighted eagle, soaring in the sky, sees from on high things far off on the earth, so he, as he went about the imperial residence of his own beautiful city, perceived from afar a terrible snare of souls lurking in the province of Phoenicia.
3.55.2Heikel
ἄλσος δὲ τοῦτο ἦν καὶ τέμενος, οὐκ ἐν μέσαις πόλεσιν οὐδʼ ἐν ἀγοραῖς καὶ πλατείαις, ὁποῖς τὰ πολλὰ κόσμου χάριν ταῖς πόλεσι φιλοτιμεῖται, τὸ δʼ ἦν ἔξω πάτου τριόδων τε καὶ λεωφόρων ἐκτὸς αἰσχρῷ δαίμονι Ἀφροδίτης ἐπʼ ἀκρωρείας μέρει τοῦ Λιβάνου τῆς ἐν Ἀφάκοις ἱδρυμένον.
alsos de touto ēn kai temenos, ouk en mesais polesin oudʼ en agorais kai plateiais, hopois ta polla kosmou charin tais polesi philotimeitai, to dʼ ēn exō patou triodōn te kai leōphorōn ektos aischrǭ daimoni Aphroditēs epʼ akrōreias merei tou Libanou tēs en Aphakois hidrymenon.
This was a grove and precinct, not in the middle of cities nor in squares and streets, as most such things are set up to adorn cities; it lay off the beaten track, away from crossroads and highways, established for the shameful demon Aphrodite on a mountain ridge in part of Lebanon, at Aphaca.
3.55.3Heikel
σχολή τις ἦν αὕτη κακοεργίας πᾶσιν ἀκολάστοις πολλῇ τε ῥᾳστώνῃ διεφθορόσι τὰ σώματα. γύννιδες γοῦν τινες ἄνδρες οὐκ ἄνδρες τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς φύσεως ἀπαρνησάμενοι θηλείᾳ νόσῳ τὴν δαίμονα ἱλεοῦντο, γυναικῶν τʼ αὖ παράνομοι ὁμιλίαι κλεψίγαμοί τε φθοραί, ἄρρητοί τε καὶ ἐπίρρητοι πράξεις ὡς ἐν ἀνόμῳ καὶ ἀπροστάτῃ χώρῳ κατὰ τόνδε τὸν νεὼν ἐπεχειροῦντο. φώρ τʼ οὐδεὶς ἦν τῶν πραττομένων, τῷ μηδένα σεμνῶν ἀνδρῶν αὐτόθι τολμᾶν παριέναι.
scholē tis ēn hautē kakoergias pasin akolastois pollę̄ te rhąstōnę̄ diephthorosi ta sōmata. gynnides goun tines andres ouk andres to semnon tēs physeōs aparnēsamenoi thēleią nosǭ tēn daimona hileounto, gynaikōn tʼ au paranomoi homiliai klepsigamoi te phthorai, arrētoi te kai epirrētoi praxeis hōs en anomǭ kai aprostatę̄ chōrǭ kata tonde ton neōn epecheirounto. phōr tʼ oudeis ēn tōn prattomenōn, tǭ mēdena semnōn andrōn autothi tolman parienai.
It was a school of wickedness for all the licentious and for those who had ruined their bodies by much indulgence. Certain effeminate men, not men, having renounced the dignity of their nature, propitiated the goddess with a womanish disease; unlawful intercourse with women, adulterous corruptions, and unspeakable and infamous deeds were practiced at this temple as in a lawless and unguarded place. No one detected what was done, since no respectable man dared to go there.
3.55.4Heikel
ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ καὶ βασιλέα τὸν μέγαν οἷά τʼ ἦν τὰ τῇδε δρώμενα λανθάνειν, αὐτοπτήσας δὲ καὶ ταῦτα βασιλικῇ προμηθείᾳ οὐκ ἄξιον εἶναι ἡλίου αὐγῶν τὸν τοιόνδε νεὼν ἔκρινεν, αὐτοῖς δʼ ἀφιερώμασιν ἐκ βάθρων τὸ πᾶν ἀφανισθῆναι κελεύει·
allʼ ouchi kai basilea ton megan hoia tʼ ēn ta tę̄de drōmena lanthanein, autoptēsas de kai tauta basilikę̄ promētheią ouk axion einai hēliou augōn ton toionde neōn ekrinen, autois dʼ aphierōmasin ek bathrōn to pan aphanisthēnai keleuei;
But what was done there could not escape the great emperor. Having seen these things for himself with imperial foresight, he judged such a temple unworthy of the sun's rays, and ordered the whole of it to be destroyed from its foundations, offerings and all.
3.55.5Heikel
ἐλύετο δῆτα αὐτίκα βασιλικῷ νεύματι τὰ τῆς ἀκολάστου πλάνης μηχανήματα, χείρ τε στρατιωτικὴ τῇ τοῦ τόπου καθάρσει διηκονεῖτο, σωφρονεῖν δʼ ἐμάνθανον ἀπειλῇ βασιλέως οἱ μέχρι τοῦδʼ ἀκόλαστοι, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ τῶν δοκησισόφων Ἑλλήνων οἱ δεισιδαίμονες, οἳ καὶ αὐτοὶ τῆς σφῶν ματαιότητος ἔργῳ τὴν πεῖραν ἐμάνθανον.
elyeto dēta autika basilikǭ neumati ta tēs akolastou planēs mēchanēmata, cheir te stratiōtikē tę̄ tou topou katharsei diēkoneito, sōphronein dʼ emanthanon apeilę̄ basileōs hoi mechri toudʼ akolastoi, hōsper oun kai tōn dokēsisophōn Hellēnōn hoi deisidaimones, hoi kai autoi tēs sphōn mataiotētos ergǭ tēn peiran emanthanon.
At once, at the emperor's nod, the contrivances of licentious error were dismantled, a detachment of soldiers carried out the cleansing of the place, and those who until then had been licentious learned self-control through the emperor's threat — as did also the superstitious among the Greeks who fancied themselves wise, who likewise learned by experience the proof of their own vanity.
Life 3, chapter 56
3.56.1Heikel
Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πολὺς ἦν ὁ τῶν δοκησισόφων περὶ τὸν Κιλίκων δαίμονα πλάνος, μυρίων ἐπτοημένων ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ὡς ἂν ἐπὶ σωτῆρι καὶ ἰατρῷ ποτὲ μὲν ἐπιφαινομένῳ τοῖς ἐγκαθεύδουσι ποτὲ δὲ τῶν τὰ σώματα καμνόντων ἰωμένῳ τὰς νόσους· ψυχῶν δʼ ἦν ὀλετὴρ ἄντικρυς οὗτος, τοῦ μὲν ἀληθοῦς ἀφέλκων σωτῆρος ἐπὶ δὲ τὴν ἄθεον πλάνην κατασπῶν τοὺς πρὸς ἀπάτην εὐχερεῖς· εἰκότα δὴ πράττων, θεὸν ζηλωτὴν ἀληθῶς σωτῆρα προβεβλημένος καὶ τοῦτον εἰς ἔδαφος φέρεσθαι τὸν νεὼν ἐκέλευσεν.
Epeidē gar polys ēn ho tōn dokēsisophōn peri ton Kilikōn daimona planos, myriōn eptoēmenōn epʼ autǭ hōs an epi sōtēri kai iatrǭ pote men epiphainomenǭ tois enkatheudousi pote de tōn ta sōmata kamnontōn iōmenǭ tas nosous; psychōn dʼ ēn oletēr antikrys houtos, tou men alēthous aphelkōn sōtēros epi de tēn atheon planēn kataspōn tous pros apatēn euchereis; eikota dē prattōn, theon zēlōtēn alēthōs sōtēra probeblēmenos kai touton eis edaphos pheresthai ton neōn ekeleusen.
For there was great error among those who fancied themselves wise concerning the demon of the Cilicians. Countless people were excited about him as a savior and physician, who sometimes appeared to those sleeping in his temple and sometimes healed the diseases of those sick in body. But he was plainly a destroyer of souls, drawing those easily deceived away from the true Savior and dragging them down to godless error. The emperor, acting fittingly, and holding before him the jealous God, the true Savior, ordered this temple too to be razed to the ground.
3.56.2Heikel
ἑνὶ δὲ νεύματι κατὰ γῆς ἡπλοῦτο δεξιᾷ καταρριπτόμενον στρατιωτικῇ τὸ τῶν γενναίων φιλοσόφων βοώμενον θαῦμα καὶ ὁ τῇδε ἐνδομυχῶν οὐ δαίμων οὐδέ γε θεός, πλάνος δέ τις ψυχῶν μακροῖς καὶ μυρίοις ἐξαπατήσας χρόνοις. εἶθʼ ὁ κακῶν ἑτέρους ἀπαλλάξειν καὶ συμφορᾶς προισχόμενος οὐδὲν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ πρὸς ἄμυναν εὔρατο φάρμακον μᾶλλον ἤ ὄτε κεραυνῷ βληθῆναι μυθεύεται.
heni de neumati kata gēs hēplouto dexią katarriptomenon stratiōtikę̄ to tōn gennaiōn philosophōn boōmenon thauma kai ho tę̄de endomychōn ou daimōn oude ge theos, planos de tis psychōn makrois kai myriois exapatēsas chronois. eithʼ ho kakōn heterous apallaxein kai symphoras proischomenos ouden autos heautǭ pros amynan eurato pharmakon mallon ē ote keraunǭ blēthēnai mytheuetai.
At a single nod the much-vaunted wonder of the noble philosophers was thrown down by a soldier's hand and laid flat on the ground, and with it the one who lurked there — no demon, nor yet a god, but a deceiver of souls, who had deceived them for many long ages. Then he who promised to deliver others from evils and misfortunes found no remedy for his own defense, any more than when, as the myth tells, he was struck by a thunderbolt.
3.56.3Heikel
ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν μύθοις ἦν τὰ τοῦ ἡμεδαποῦ βασιλέως θεῷ κεχαρισμένα κατορθώματα, διʼ ἐναργοῦς δέ γε ἀρετῆς τοῦ αὐτοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτόρριζος καὶ ὁ τῇδε νεὼς ἀνετρέπετο, ὡς μηδὲ ἴχνος αὐτόθι τῆς ἔμπροσθεν περιλελεῖφθαι μανίας.
allʼ ouk en mythois ēn ta tou hēmedapou basileōs theǭ kecharismena katorthōmata, diʼ enargous de ge aretēs tou autou sōtēros autorrizos kai ho tę̄de neōs anetrepeto, hōs mēde ichnos autothi tēs emprosthen perileleiphthai manias.
But our emperor's achievements, pleasing to God, were not in myths. By the manifest power of his Savior, the temple there too was overturned, root and all, so that not even a trace of the former madness was left in the place.
Life 3, chapter 57
3.57.1Heikel
Πάντες δʼ οἱ πρὶν δεισιδαίμονες, τὸν ἔλεγχον τῆς αὐτῶν πλάνης αὐταῖς ὄψεσιν ὁρῶντες τῶν θʼ ἁπανταχοῦ νεῶν τε καὶ ἱδρυμάτων ἔργῳ θεώμενοι τὴν ἐρημίαν, οἱ μὲν τῷ σωτηρίῳ προσέφευγον λόγῳ, οἱ δὲ εἰ καὶ τοῦτο μὴ ἔπραττον, τῆς γοῦν πατρῴας κατεγίνωσκον ματαιοτητος ἐγέλων τε καὶ κατεγέλων τῶν πάλαι νομιζομένων αὐτοῖς θεῶν.
Pantes dʼ hoi prin deisidaimones, ton elenchon tēs autōn planēs autais opsesin horōntes tōn thʼ hapantachou neōn te kai hidrymatōn ergǭ theōmenoi tēn erēmian, hoi men tǭ sōtēriǭ prosepheugon logǭ, hoi de ei kai touto mē epratton, tēs goun patrǭas kateginōskon mataiotētos egelōn te kai kategelōn tōn palai nomizomenōn autois theōn.
All who had formerly been superstitious, seeing with their own eyes the refutation of their error and beholding in fact the desolation of temples and shrines everywhere, either took refuge in the saving word, or, if they did not do this, at least condemned the vanity of their fathers and laughed and jeered at those they had long regarded as gods.
3.57.2Heikel
καὶ πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἔμελλον οὔτω φρονεῖν, τῆς ἔξωθεν τῶν ξοάνων φαντασίας πλείστην ὄσην μιαρίαν εἴσω κεκρυμμένην ὁρῶντες; ἥ γὰρ νεκρῶν σωμάτων ὑπῆν ὀστέα ξηρά τε κρανία γοήτων περιεργασίαις ἐσκευωρημένα, ἤ ῥυπῶντα ῥάκη βδευρίας αἰσχρᾶς ἔμπλεα, ἤ χόρτου καὶ καλάμης φορυτός.
kai pōs gar ouk emellon outō phronein, tēs exōthen tōn xoanōn phantasias pleistēn osēn miarian eisō kekrymmenēn horōntes? hē gar nekrōn sōmatōn hypēn ostea xēra te krania goētōn periergasiais eskeuōrēmena, ē rhypōnta rhakē bdeurias aischras emplea, ē chortou kai kalamēs phorytos.
And how could they not think so, when they saw so much filth hidden inside beneath the outward show of the images? For underneath were bones of dead bodies and dry skulls prepared by the curious arts of sorcerers, or filthy rags full of shameful stench, or a heap of hay and straw.
3.57.3Heikel
ἄ δὴ τῶν ἀψύχων ἐντὸς σεσωρευμένα θεώμενοι αὐτοῖς τε καὶ τοῖς αὐτῶν πατράσιν πολλὴν λογισμοῦ κατεμέμφοντο ἀφροσύνην, ὄτε μάλιστʼ ἐνενόουν ὡς οὐδεὶς ἄρα ἦν ἐν τοῖς ἀδύτοις αὐτῶν μυχοῖς οὐδʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀγάλμασιν ἔνοικος οὐ δαίμων οὐ χρησμῳδὸς οὐ θεὸς οὐ μάντις, οἶα δὴ τὸ πρὶν ὑπελάμβανον, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἀμυδρόν τι ἤ σκιῶδες φάντασμα.
a dē tōn apsychōn entos sesōreumena theōmenoi autois te kai tois autōn patrasin pollēn logismou katememphonto aphrosynēn, ote malistʼ enenooun hōs oudeis ara ēn en tois adytois autōn mychois oudʼ en autois agalmasin enoikos ou daimōn ou chrēsmǭdos ou theos ou mantis, oia dē to prin hypelambanon, allʼ oudʼ amydron ti ē skiōdes phantasma.
Seeing these things heaped up inside the lifeless images, they blamed themselves and their fathers for great folly, especially when they realized that there was in fact no one dwelling in their secret sanctuaries or in the statues themselves — no demon, no oracle-giver, no god, no seer, as they had formerly supposed — not even a dim or shadowy phantom.
3.57.4Heikel
διὸ δὴ προχείρως τοῖς ἐκ βασιλέως καταπεμφθεῖσι πᾶν σκοτεινὸν ἄντρον καὶ πᾶς ἀπόρρητος μυχὸς βατὸς ἦν, ἄβατά τε καὶ ἄδυτα ἱερῶν τε τὰ ἐνδοτάτω στρατιωτικοῖς κατεπατεῖτο βήμασιν, ὥστʼ ἐναργῆ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐκ τῶνδε καὶ κατάφωρον γεγονέναι τὴν ἐξ αἰῶνος μακροῦ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων κατακρατήσασαν διανοίας πήρωσιν.
dio dē procheirōs tois ek basileōs katapemphtheisi pan skoteinon antron kai pas aporrētos mychos batos ēn, abata te kai adyta hierōn te ta endotatō stratiōtikois katepateito bēmasin, hōstʼ enargē tois pasin ek tōnde kai kataphōron gegonenai tēn ex aiōnos makrou tōn ethnōn hapantōn katakratēsasan dianoias pērōsin.
So every dark cave and every secret recess was readily accessible to those sent by the emperor; the untrodden and forbidden places and the innermost parts of the temples were trampled by soldiers' feet, so that from these things the blindness of mind that had held all nations for a long age became plain and manifest to all.
Life 3, chapter 58
3.58.1Heikel
Καὶ ταῦτα δʼ ἄν τις τοῖς βασιλέως εἰκότως ἀναθείη κατορθώμασιν, ὤσπερ οὖν καὶ τὰ μερικῶς καθʼ ἔκαστον ἔθνος αὐτῷ διαταχθέντα· οἶον ἐπὶ τῆς Φοινίκων Ἡλιουπόλεως, ἐφʼ ἦς οἱ μὲν τὴν ἀκόλαστον ἡδονὴν τιμῶντες Ἀφροδίτης προσρήματι γαμεταῖς καὶ θυγατράσιν ἀνέδην ἐκπορνεύειν συνεχώρουν πρότερον.
Kai tauta dʼ an tis tois basileōs eikotōs anatheiē katorthōmasin, ōsper oun kai ta merikōs kathʼ ekaston ethnos autǭ diatachthenta; oion epi tēs Phoinikōn Hēlioupoleōs, ephʼ ēs hoi men tēn akolaston hēdonēn timōntes Aphroditēs prosrēmati gametais kai thygatrasin anedēn ekporneuein synechōroun proteron.
One might fittingly count these things too among the emperor's achievements, as also the measures he ordered for each province in particular: for example at Heliopolis in Phoenicia, where those who honored licentious pleasure under the name of Aphrodite had formerly allowed their wives and daughters to prostitute themselves freely.
3.58.2Heikel
νυνὶ δὲ νόμος ἐφοίτα νέος τε καὶ σώφρων παρὰ βασιλέως μηδὲν τῶν πάλαι συνήθων τολμᾶν διαγορεύων, καὶ τούτοις δʼ ἐγγράφους πάλιν παρέθετο διδασκαλίας, ὡς ἄν έπʼ αὐτῷ τούτῳ πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ προηγμένος ἐφʼ ᾦ πάντας ἀνθρώπους νόμοις σωφροσύνης παιδεύειν. διὸ οὐκ ἀπηξίου καὶ τούτοις διʼ οἰκείου προσομιλεῖν γράμματος, προὔτρεπέ τε σπεύδειν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ κρείττονος γνῶσιν.
nyni de nomos ephoita neos te kai sōphrōn para basileōs mēden tōn palai synēthōn tolman diagoreuōn, kai toutois dʼ engraphous palin paretheto didaskalias, hōs an epʼ autǭ toutǭ pros tou theou proēgmenos ephʼ ǭ pantas anthrōpous nomois sōphrosynēs paideuein. dio ouk apēxiou kai toutois diʼ oikeiou prosomilein grammatos, proutrepe te speudein epi tēn tou kreittonos gnōsin.
But now a new and chaste law came from the emperor, forbidding them to dare any of their former customs; and he provided them with written instructions as well, as though he had been brought forward by God for this very purpose, to educate all people in the laws of chastity. So he did not disdain to address them too in a letter of his own, and urged them to hasten to the knowledge of the Supreme Being.
3.58.3Heikel
κάνταῦθα δέ τὰ ἔργα ἐπῆγεν τοῖς λόγοις ἀδελφά, οἶκον εὐκτήριον ἐκκλησίας τε μέγιστον καὶ παρὰ τοῖσδε καταβαλλόμενος, ὡς τὸ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ παντός πω αἰῶνος ἀκοῇ γνωσθὲν νῦν τοῦτο πρῶτον ἔργου τυχεῖν, καὶ τὴν τῶν δεισιδαιμόνων πόλιν ἐκκλησίας θεοῦ πρεσβυτέρων τε καὶ διακόνων ἠξιῶσθαι τῷ τʼ ἐπὶ πάντων θεῷ ἱερωμένον ἐπίσκοπον τῶν τῇδε προκαθέζεσθαι.
kantautha de ta erga epēgen tois logois adelpha, oikon euktērion ekklēsias te megiston kai para toisde kataballomenos, hōs to mē ek tou pantos pō aiōnos akoę̄ gnōsthen nyn touto prōton ergou tychein, kai tēn tōn deisidaimonōn polin ekklēsias theou presbyterōn te kai diakonōn ēxiōsthai tǭ tʼ epi pantōn theǭ hierōmenon episkopon tōn tę̄de prokathezesthai.
Here too he added deeds akin to his words, founding among them as well a very large house of prayer and church; so that what had never been heard of in all ages now for the first time came to pass: that the city of the superstitious was deemed worthy of a church of God, with presbyters and deacons, and that a bishop consecrated to the God over all presided over the people there.
3.58.4Heikel
προνοῶν δὲ κἀνταῦθα βασιλεὺς ὅπως ἄν πλείους προσίοιεν τῷ λόγῳ, τὰ πρὸς ἐπικουρίαν τῶν πενήτων ἔμπλεα παρεῖχεν, καὶ ταύτῃ προτρέπων ἐπὶ τὴν σωτήριον σπεύδειν διδασκαλίαν, μόνον οὐχὶ τῷ φάντι παραπλησίως εἰπὼν ἄν καὶ αὐτός·,, εἴτε προφάσει εἴτʼ ἀληθείᾳ Χριστὸς καταγγελλέσθω.“
pronoōn de kantautha basileus hopōs an pleious prosioien tǭ logǭ, ta pros epikourian tōn penētōn emplea pareichen, kai tautę̄ protrepōn epi tēn sōtērion speudein didaskalian, monon ouchi tǭ phanti paraplēsiōs eipōn an kai autos;,, eite prophasei eitʼ alētheią Christos katangellesthō.“
Providing here too that more might come to the word, the emperor supplied ample means for the relief of the poor, urging them in this way too to hasten to the saving teaching, all but saying himself, like the one who said it, “Whether in pretense or in truth, let Christ be proclaimed.”
Life 3, chapter 59
3.59.1Heikel
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἁπάντων ἐν θυμηδίαις τὴν ζωὴν διαγόντων τῆς τʼ ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ πανταχοῦ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἔθνεσιν ὑψουμένης, αὖθις ὁ τοῖς καλοῖς ἐφεδρεύων φθόνος ἐπηλείφετο τῇ τῶν τοσούτων ἀγαθῶν εὐπραγίᾳ, τάχα ποτὲ καὶ αὐτὸν ἀλλοῖον ἔσεσθαι βασιλέα περὶ ἡμᾶς ἀποκναίσαντα ταῖς ἡμετέραις ταραχαῖς τε καὶ ἀκοσμίαις ἐλπίσας.
Alla gar epi toutois hapantōn en thymēdiais tēn zōēn diagontōn tēs tʼ ekklēsias tou theou pantachou kata panta tropon kai para pasin ethnesin hypsoumenēs, authis ho tois kalois ephedreuōn phthonos epēleipheto tę̄ tōn tosoutōn agathōn eupragią, tacha pote kai auton alloion esesthai basilea peri hēmas apoknaisanta tais hēmeterais tarachais te kai akosmiais elpisas.
But while, because of these things, all were passing their lives in gladness, and the church of God was being exalted everywhere, in every way, and among all nations, once more envy, which lies in wait for good things, was galled by the prosperity of such great blessings, hoping perhaps that the emperor himself would change toward us, worn out by our disturbances and disorders.
3.59.2Heikel
μέγιστον δʼ οὖν ἐξάψας πυρσὸν τὴν Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίαν τραγικαῖς διελάμβανε συμφοραῖς, ὡς μικροῦ τὴν πᾶσαν ἐκ βάθρων ἀνατραπῆναι πόλιν. εἰς δύο μὲν γὰρ τμήματα διαιρεθέντων τῶν τῆς ἐκκλησίας λαῶν, τοῦ δὲ κοινοῦ τῆς πόλεως αὐτοῖς ἄρχουσι καὶ στρατιωτικοῖς πολεμίων τρόπον ἀνακινηθέντων, ὡς καὶ ξιφῶν μέλλειν ἄπτεσθαι, εἰ μὴ θεοῦ τις ἐπισκοπὴ ὄ τε παρὰ βασιλέως φόβος τὰς τοῦ πλήθους ἀνέστειλεν ὁρμάς,
megiston dʼ oun exapsas pyrson tēn Antiocheōn ekklēsian tragikais dielambane symphorais, hōs mikrou tēn pasan ek bathrōn anatrapēnai polin. eis dyo men gar tmēmata diairethentōn tōn tēs ekklēsias laōn, tou de koinou tēs poleōs autois archousi kai stratiōtikois polemiōn tropon anakinēthentōn, hōs kai xiphōn mellein aptesthai, ei mē theou tis episkopē o te para basileōs phobos tas tou plēthous anesteilen hormas,
So, kindling a very great blaze, it seized the church of the Antiochenes with tragic calamities, so that the whole city was nearly overturned from its foundations. The people of the church were divided into two parties, and the common people of the city, together with the magistrates and soldiers themselves, were stirred up as if against enemies, so that they were about to take up swords, had not a certain oversight of God and fear of the emperor checked the impulses of the multitude;
3.59.3Heikel
πάλιν θʼ ἡ βασιλέως ἀνεξικακία δίκην σωτῆρος καὶ ψυχῶν ἰατροῦ τὰς διὰ λόγων θεραπείας προσῆγε τοῖς νενοσηκόσιν. Διεπρεσβεύετο δῆτα τοῖς λαοῖς ἡμερωτάτως, τῶν παρʼ αὐτῷ δοκίμων καὶ τῇ τῶν κομήτων ἀξίᾳ τετιμημένων ἀνδρῶν τὸν πιστότατον ἐκπέμψας, φρονεῖν τε τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην ἐπαλλήλοις παρῄνει γράμμασιν, ἐδίδασκέ τε πράττειν θεοσεβείᾳ πρεπόντως, ἔπειθέ τε καὶ ἀπελογεῖτο διʼ ὧν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔγραφεν, ὡς τοῦ τῆς στάσεως αἰτίου διακηκοὼς αὐτὸς εἴη.
palin thʼ hē basileōs anexikakia dikēn sōtēros kai psychōn iatrou tas dia logōn therapeias prosēge tois nenosēkosin. Diepresbeueto dēta tois laois hēmerōtatōs, tōn parʼ autǭ dokimōn kai tę̄ tōn komētōn axią tetimēmenōn andrōn ton pistotaton ekpempsas, phronein te ta pros eirēnēn epallēlois parę̄nei grammasin, edidaske te prattein theosebeią prepontōs, epeithe te kai apelogeito diʼ hōn pros autous egraphen, hōs tou tēs staseōs aitiou diakēkoōs autos eiē.
and again the emperor's forbearance, like a savior and physician of souls, applied the treatment of words to the sick. He negotiated most gently with the peoples, sending the most trustworthy of the approved men about him who had been honored with the rank of count; he urged them by letter after letter to think of peace, taught them to act as befits godliness, and persuaded them and explained himself in what he wrote to them, saying that he himself had given a hearing to the cause of the strife.
3.59.4Heikel
καὶ ταύτας δʼ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς οὐ τῆς τυχούσης παιδεύσεώς τε καὶ ὠφελείας πλήρεις παρεθέμην ἄν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος, εἰ μὴ διαβολὴν ἐπῆγον τοῖς κατηγορουμένοις.
kai tautas dʼ autou tas epistolas ou tēs tychousēs paideuseōs te kai ōpheleias plēreis parethemēn an epi tou parontos, ei mē diabolēn epēgon tois katēgoroumenois.
These letters of his too, full of no ordinary instruction and benefit, I would have included at this point, were it not that they brought reproach on those accused.
3.59.5Heikel
διὸ ταύτας μὲν ἀναθήσομαι, κρίνας μὴ ἀνανεοῦσθαι κακῶν μνήμην, μόνας δὲ συνάψω τῷ λόγῳ ἄς ἐπὶ συναφείᾳ καὶ είρήῃ τῶν λαῶν εὐθυμούμενος συνέγραψε, διʼ ὦν παρῄνει ἀλλοτρίου μὲν ἄρχοντος, ἐφʼ ᾦ τὴν εἰρήνην πεποίηντο, μηδαμῶς ἐθέλειν μεταποιεῖσθαι, θεσμῷ δʼ ἐκκλησίας τοῦτον αἱρεῖσθαι ποιμένα, ὅν αὐτὸς ἄν ἀναδείξειεν ὁ κοινὸς τῶν ὄλων σωτήρ. γράφει δὲ αὐτῷ τε τῷ λαῷ καὶ τοῖς ἐπισκόποις διαφόρως τὰ ὑποτεταγμένα.
dio tautas men anathēsomai, krinas mē ananeousthai kakōn mnēmēn, monas de synapsō tǭ logǭ as epi synapheią kai eirēę̄ tōn laōn euthymoumenos synegrapse, diʼ ōn parę̄nei allotriou men archontos, ephʼ ǭ tēn eirēnēn pepoiēnto, mēdamōs ethelein metapoieisthai, thesmǭ dʼ ekklēsias touton haireisthai poimena, hon autos an anadeixeien ho koinos tōn olōn sōtēr. graphei de autǭ te tǭ laǭ kai tois episkopois diaphorōs ta hypotetagmena.
So I shall lay these aside, having decided not to renew the memory of evils, and shall attach to the account only those he wrote in his joy at the union and peace of the peoples. In them he urged them by no means to want to claim for themselves the leader of another church, for whose sake they had made peace, but by the rule of the church to choose as shepherd the one whom the common Savior of all would himself designate. He writes separately to the people itself and to the bishops what is set out below.
Life 3, chapter 60
3.60.1Heikel
Βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς Ἀντιοχέας ἐπὶ τῇ ἑνώσει τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῦ μὴ δεῖν ἀλλοτρίου ἐφίεσθαι ἐπισκόπου. „Νικητὴς κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς τῷ λαῷ Ἀντιοχέων. Ὠς κεχαρισμένη γε τῇ τοῦ κόσμου συνέσει τε καὶ σοφίᾳ ἡ παρʼ ὑμῶν ὁμόνοια, καὶ ἔγωγε ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, ἀθάνατον φιλίαν φιλεῖν ἔγνωκα, προκληθεὶς τῷ τε νόμῳ καὶ τῷ βίῳ καὶ ταῖς σπουδαῖς ταῖς ὑμετέραις. τοῦτο οὖν ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς ὀρθῶς τὰ καλὰ καρποῦσθαι τὸ ὀρθῇ τε καὶ ὑγιεῖ κεχρῆσθαι διανοίᾳ.
Basileōs epistolē pros Antiocheas epi tę̄ henōsei tou laou kai tou mē dein allotriou ephiesthai episkopou. „Nikētēs kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos tǭ laǭ Antiocheōn. Ōs kecharismenē ge tę̄ tou kosmou synesei te kai sophią hē parʼ hymōn homonoia, kai egōge hymas, adelphoi, athanaton philian philein egnōka, proklētheis tǭ te nomǭ kai tǭ biǭ kai tais spoudais tais hymeterais. touto oun estin hōs alēthōs orthōs ta kala karpousthai to orthę̄ te kai hygiei kechrēsthai dianoią.
The emperor's letter to the Antiochenes concerning the union of the people, and that they should not seek another church's bishop. “The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to the people of the Antiochenes. How pleasing to the understanding and wisdom of the world is your concord! I myself, brothers, have resolved to love you with an undying love, drawn on by your law, your life, and your zeal. This, then, is truly to enjoy good things rightly: to use a right and sound mind.
3.60.2Heikel
τί γὰρ ἅν οὔτως ὑμῖν ἁρμόσειεν; οὐκοῦν θαυμάσαιμι ἄν, εἰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν σωτηρίας μᾶλλον ὑμῖν ἥ μίσους αἰτίαν φήσαιμι. ἐν οὖν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, οὔς μίς τε καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ διάθεσις ὀρθῆς καὶ δικαίας ὁδοῦ πορείαν τῷ θεῷ κατεπαγγέλλεται εἰς ἁγνήν τε καὶ ὁσίαν ἑστίαν ἐγγράφειν, τί ἄν τιμιώτερον γένοιτο τοῦ μετʼ εὐτυχίας τοῖς πάντων καλοῖς ὁμογνωμονεῖν; μάλιστα ὄπου τὴν πρόθεσιν ὑμῶν ἡ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου παίδευσις εἰς καλλίω διόρθωσιν φέρει, καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν κρίσιν βεβαιοῦσθαι τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἐπιθυμοῦμεν δόγμασι.
ti gar han outōs hymin harmoseien? oukoun thaumasaimi an, ei tēn alētheian sōtērias mallon hymin hē misous aitian phēsaimi. en oun tois adelphois, ous mis te kai hē autē diathesis orthēs kai dikaias hodou poreian tǭ theǭ katepangelletai eis hagnēn te kai hosian hestian engraphein, ti an timiōteron genoito tou metʼ eutychias tois pantōn kalois homognōmonein? malista opou tēn prothesin hymōn hē ek tou nomou paideusis eis kalliō diorthōsin pherei, kai tēn hēmeteran krisin bebaiousthai tois agathois epithymoumen dogmasi.
For what could suit you so well? I would not be surprised, then, if I said that the truth is for you a cause of salvation rather than of hatred. Among brothers, then, whom one and the same disposition for the right and just road pledges to God to enroll in a pure and holy household, what could be more precious than to share gladly in the good of all? Especially where instruction from the law brings your purpose to a better correction, and we desire that our own judgment be confirmed by good decisions.
3.60.3Heikel
θαυμαστὸν τοῦτο ἴσως ὑμῖν καταφαίνεται, τί δή ποτε τὸ προοίμιόν μοι τοῦ λόγου βούλεται. οὐ δὴ παραιτήσομαι οὐδʼ ἀρνήσομαι τὴν αἰτίαν εἰπεῖν. ὁμολογῶ γὰρ ἀνεγνωκέναι τὰ ὑπομνήματα, ἐν οἶς λαμπραῖς εὐφημίαις τε καὶ μαρτυρίαις, αἶς εἰς Εὐσέβιον εἰσηνέγκασθε ἐπίσκοπον ἤδη Καισαρέων ὄντα, ὄν καὶ αὐτὸς παιδεύσεώς τε καὶ ἐπιεικείας ἔνεκεν καλῶς γε ἐκ πολλοῦ γινώσκω, ἑώρων ὑμᾶς ἐγκειμένως αὐτὸν σφετεριζομένους.
thaumaston touto isōs hymin kataphainetai, ti dē pote to prooimion moi tou logou bouletai. ou dē paraitēsomai oudʼ arnēsomai tēn aitian eipein. homologō gar anegnōkenai ta hypomnēmata, en ois lamprais euphēmiais te kai martyriais, ais eis Eusebion eisēnenkasthe episkopon ēdē Kaisareōn onta, on kai autos paideuseōs te kai epieikeias eneken kalōs ge ek pollou ginōskō, heōrōn hymas enkeimenōs auton spheterizomenous.
Perhaps you wonder what the preface of my letter means. I shall not decline or refuse to state the reason. For I confess that I have read the records in which I saw, from the splendid acclamations and testimonies you offered for Eusebius, already bishop of the Caesareans — whom I myself have long known well for his learning and moderation — that you were insistently claiming him as your own.
3.60.4Heikel
τί οὖν ἡγεῖσθέ με πρὸς ἀκριβῆ τοῦ καλῶς ἔχοντος ἐπιζήτησιν ἐπειγόμενον διεντεθυμῆσθαι, τίαν δὲ ἐκ τῆς ὑμετέρας σπουδῆς ἀνειληφέναι φροντίδα; ὦ πίστις ἁγία, ἤ διὰ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς γνώμης τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εἰκόνα ὤσπερ ἡμῖν τοῦ βίου δίδως, ὡς δυσχερῶς ἄν καὶ αὐτὴ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ἀντιβαίης, τῆς νίκης περιγενέσθαι ὁ τῆς εἰρήνης μᾶλλον ἀντιποιούμενος· ὡς ὅπου γέ τοί τινι τὸ πρέπον ἔξεστιν, οὐδεὶς ὁ μὴ τερπόμενος εὑρεθείη.
ti oun hēgeisthe me pros akribē tou kalōs echontos epizētēsin epeigomenon dientethymēsthai, tian de ek tēs hymeteras spoudēs aneilēphenai phrontida? ō pistis hagia, ē dia tou logou kai tēs gnōmēs tou sōtēros hēmōn eikona ōsper hēmin tou biou didōs, hōs dyscherōs an kai autē tois hamartēmasin antibaiēs, tēs nikēs perigenesthai ho tēs eirēnēs mallon antipoioumenos; hōs hopou ge toi tini to prepon exestin, oudeis ho mē terpomenos heuretheiē.
What, then, do you suppose I have been thinking, as I press on toward an exact inquiry into what is right, and what anxiety do you think your zeal has caused me? O holy faith, who through the word and mind of our Savior give us, as it were, a pattern of life, how hard it would be even for you to withstand our faults, unless the one who strives for peace rather than for victory prevails! For wherever anyone is free to do what is fitting, no one would be found who is not glad.
3.60.5Heikel
ἀξιῶ τοίνυν, ἀδελφοί· τοῦ χάριν οὔτω διαγινώσκομεν, ὤσθʼ ἑτέροις ὕβριν διʼ ὦν αἱρούμεθα προστρίψεως ἡμῶν καθαιρήσει; ἐγώ μὲν οὖν ἐπαινῶ τὸν ἄνδρα, ὄς καὶ ὑμῖν τιμῆς τε καὶ διαθέσεως ἄξιος δοκιμάζεται, οὐ μὴν οὔτω γʼ ἐξησθενηκέναι τὸ παρʼ ἑκάστοις κύριόν τε και βέβαιον ὀφεῖλον μένειν χρή, ὡς μὴ ταῖς ἰδίαις γνώμαις ἕκαστον ἀρκεῖσθαι καὶ τῶν οἰκείων πάντας ἀπολαύειν ἔν τε ἐφαμίλλῳ διασκέψει εἰς τὴν τοῦδε τοῦ ἀνδρὸς σύγκρισιν οὐχ ἔνα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείους ἐκφῆναι.
axiō toinyn, adelphoi; tou charin outō diaginōskomen, ōsthʼ heterois hybrin diʼ ōn hairoumetha prostripseōs hēmōn kathairēsei? egō men oun epainō ton andra, os kai hymin timēs te kai diatheseōs axios dokimazetai, ou mēn outō gʼ exēsthenēkenai to parʼ hekastois kyrion te kai bebaion opheilon menein chrē, hōs mē tais idiais gnōmais hekaston arkeisthai kai tōn oikeiōn pantas apolauein en te ephamillǭ diaskepsei eis tēn toude tou andros synkrisin ouch ena monon alla kai pleious ekphēnai.
I ask, then, brothers: why do we decide in such a way as to inflict injury on others by taking from them what we choose? I praise the man, whom you too judge worthy of honor and affection; yet what ought to remain authoritative and firm for each church must not be so weakened that each is not content with his own and all do not enjoy what is theirs. And in a fair comparison with this man, not one only but many others could be put forward.
3.60.6Heikel
διὸ δὴ οὐδὲν οὔτʼ ἐκπλήγξεως οὔτε τραχύτητος ἐνοχλήσει, εἰ τὰς περὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τιμὰς ὁμοίας τε καὶ διὰ πάντων ἐπʼ ἴσης ἀγαπητὰς εἶναι συμβαίη. οὐδὲ γὰρ εὔλογον εἰς ἑτέρων πλεονέκτημα ποιεῖσθαι τὴν περὶ τούτων ἐπίσκεψιν, τῆς πάντων διανοίας ἐπʼ ἴσης, ἄν τʼ ἐλάττους ἄν τε μείζους εἶναι δοκοῖεν, τὰ θεῖα δόγματα ὑποδεχομένης τε καὶ φυλαττούσης, ὡς κατὰ μηδὲν τοὺς ἑτέρους τῶν ἑτέρων εἰς τὸν κοινὸν νόμον ἐλαττοῦσθαι.
dio dē ouden outʼ ekplēnxeōs oute trachytētos enochlēsei, ei tas peri tēn ekklēsian timas homoias te kai dia pantōn epʼ isēs agapētas einai symbaiē. oude gar eulogon eis heterōn pleonektēma poieisthai tēn peri toutōn episkepsin, tēs pantōn dianoias epʼ isēs, an tʼ elattous an te meizous einai dokoien, ta theia dogmata hypodechomenēs te kai phylattousēs, hōs kata mēden tous heterous tōn heterōn eis ton koinon nomon elattousthai.
So it will cause no astonishment or offense if the honors of the church prove to be alike and equally cherished everywhere. For it is not reasonable to conduct the inquiry into these matters to the advantage of some over others, since the minds of all alike, whether they seem lesser or greater, receive and guard the divine doctrines, so that in no respect are some inferior to others with regard to the common law.
3.60.7Heikel
εἰ δὴ τἀληθὲς λοιπὸν γνώριμον διαρρήδην ἀποφαινόμεθα, ὡς οὐ κάθεξιν ἀλλʼ ἀφαίρεσιν μᾶλλον ἅν εἴποι τις ἔσεσθαι τἀνδρός καὶ βίας ἔργα οὐ δικαιοσύνης γενήσεσθαι τὸ γινόμενον, ἄν θʼ οὔτως ἄν θʼ ἑτέρως τὰ πλήθη φρονῇ· ὡς ἔγωγε διαρρήδην καὶ εὐτόλμως ἀποφαίνομαι ἐγκλήματος ὑπόθεσιν εἶναι τοῦτο προκαλούμενον οὐ τῆς τυχούσης στάσεως ταραχήν. ἐπισημαίνουσι γοῦν τὴν τῶν ὀδόντων φύσιν τε καὶ δύναμιν καὶ ἀρνειοί, ὄταν τοῦ ποιμένος τῆς συνηθείας τε καὶ θεραπείας ὑπολισθξούσης ἐπὶ τὰ χείρω τῆς πρὶν διαγωγῆς ἀποστερηθῶσιν.
ei dē talēthes loipon gnōrimon diarrēdēn apophainometha, hōs ou kathexin allʼ aphairesin mallon han eipoi tis esesthai tandros kai bias erga ou dikaiosynēs genēsesthai to ginomenon, an thʼ outōs an thʼ heterōs ta plēthē phronę̄; hōs egōge diarrēdēn kai eutolmōs apophainomai enklēmatos hypothesin einai touto prokaloumenon ou tēs tychousēs staseōs tarachēn. episēmainousi goun tēn tōn odontōn physin te kai dynamin kai arneioi, otan tou poimenos tēs synētheias te kai therapeias hypolisthxousēs epi ta cheirō tēs prin diagōgēs aposterēthōsin.
If, then, we declare the truth plainly, one would say that this would be not keeping the man but rather taking him away, and that what was done would be a work of violence, not of justice, whatever the multitudes may think. For I declare plainly and boldly that this invitation is an occasion for accusation and for no ordinary disturbance of strife. Even lambs show the nature and power of their teeth when their shepherd's accustomed care slips away for the worse and they are deprived of their former guidance.
3.60.8Heikel
εἰ δὴ ταῦθʼ οὔτως ἐχει καὶ οὐ σφαλλόμεθα, τοῦτο πρῶτον θεάσασθε, ἀδελφοί (πολλὰ γὰρ ὑμῖν καὶ μεγάλα ἐκ πρώτης ἀπαντήσεται), πρῶτον αὑτῆς ἐλαττωθὲν αἰσθήσεται· εἶθʼ ὄτι καὶ διʼ ὀρθὴν συμβουλὴν ἀφικόμενος τὸ κατʼ ἀξίαν ἐκ τῆς θείας κρίσεως καρποῦται, οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν χάριν εἰληφώς, τῷ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοσαύτην ὑμᾶς ἐπιεικείας ψῆφον ἐνέγκασθαι. ἐπὶ τούτοις, ὄ τὴς ὑμετέρας συνηθείας ἐστίν, ἀγαθῇ γνώμῃ σπουδὴν τὴν πρέπουσαν εἰσενέγκασθε εἰς ἐπιζήτησιν ἀνδρὸς οὖ χρῄζετε, ἀποκλείσαντες πᾶσαν στασιώδη καὶ ἄτακτον βοήν· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἄδικος ἡ τοιαύτη, κἀκ τῆς τῶν διαφορῶν συγκρούσεως σπινθῆρές τε καὶ φλόγες ἐξανίστανται.
ei dē tauthʼ outōs echei kai ou sphallometha, touto prōton theasasthe, adelphoi (polla gar hymin kai megala ek prōtēs apantēsetai), prōton hautēs elattōthen aisthēsetai; eithʼ oti kai diʼ orthēn symboulēn aphikomenos to katʼ axian ek tēs theias kriseōs karpoutai, ou tēn tychousan charin eilēphōs, tǭ peri autou tosautēn hymas epieikeias psēphon enenkasthai. epi toutois, o tēs hymeteras synētheias estin, agathę̄ gnōmę̄ spoudēn tēn prepousan eisenenkasthe eis epizētēsin andros ou chrę̄zete, apokleisantes pasan stasiōdē kai atakton boēn; aei gar adikos hē toiautē, kak tēs tōn diaphorōn synkrouseōs spinthēres te kai phloges exanistantai.
If this is so, and we are not mistaken, consider this first, brothers (for many great considerations will meet you at the outset): [whether your mutual affection] will not be felt to be diminished. Next, that he who came with right counsel reaps what he deserves from the divine judgment, having received no ordinary favor in that you have cast so great a vote of esteem for him. Besides this, as is your custom, apply with goodwill the fitting zeal to the search for the man you need, shutting out all factious and disorderly clamor; for such clamor is always unjust, and from the clash of differences sparks and flames spring up.
3.60.9Heikel
οὔτως οὖν τῷ θεῷ τʼ ἀρέσαιμι καὶ ὑμῖν κατʼ εὐχάς τε τὰς ὑμετέρας διαζήσαιμι, ὡς ὑμᾶς ἀγαπῶ καὶ τὸν ὄρμον τῆς ὑμετέρας πραότητος· ἐξ οὖ τὸν ῥύπον ἐκεῖνον ἀπωσάμενοι ἀντεισηνέγκατε ἤθει ἀγαθῷ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν, βέβαιον τὸ σημεῖον ἐνθέμενοι, δρόμον τε οὐράνιον εἰς φῶς δραμόντες, πηδαλίοις θʼ ὡς ἄν εἴποι τις σιδηροῖς. διόπερ καὶ τὸν ἄφθαρτον φόρτον ᾔρησθε· πᾶν γὰρ τὸ τὴν ναῦν λυμαινόμενον ὤσπερ ἐξ ἀντλίας ἀνάλωται. διὸ δεῖ νῦν προνοήσασθαι τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν τούτων ἁπάντων οὔτως ἔχειν, ὡς ἄν μὴ δεύτερον ἀβούλῳ καὶ ἀλυσιτελεῖ σπουδῇ καθόλου τι πήξασθαι ἤ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐπιχειρῆσαι μὴ συμφέρον δοκοίημεν. ὁ θεὸς ὑμᾶς διαφυλάξει, ἀδελφοὶ ἀγαπητοί.“
outōs oun tǭ theǭ tʼ aresaimi kai hymin katʼ euchas te tas hymeteras diazēsaimi, hōs hymas agapō kai ton ormon tēs hymeteras praotētos; ex ou ton rhypon ekeinon apōsamenoi anteisēnenkate ēthei agathǭ tēn homonoian, bebaion to sēmeion enthemenoi, dromon te ouranion eis phōs dramontes, pēdaliois thʼ hōs an eipoi tis sidērois. dioper kai ton aphtharton phorton ę̄rēsthe; pan gar to tēn naun lymainomenon ōsper ex antlias analōtai. dio dei nyn pronoēsasthai tēn apolausin toutōn hapantōn outōs echein, hōs an mē deuteron aboulǭ kai alysitelei spoudę̄ katholou ti pēxasthai ē tēn archēn epicheirēsai mē sympheron dokoiēmen. ho theos hymas diaphylaxei, adelphoi agapētoi.“
So may I please God and you, and live according to your prayers, as I love you and the haven of your gentleness, since you have cast out that filth and brought in concord in its place with good character, setting the sign firmly, running a heavenly course toward the light, with iron rudders, as one might say. Therefore you have taken on board the incorruptible cargo; for everything that harmed the ship has been drained away as from the bilge. So you must now take care that the enjoyment of all these things be secured, so that we may not seem a second time, by ill-advised and unprofitable zeal, to settle anything at all, or to undertake from the start what is not expedient. God will preserve you, beloved brothers.”
Life 3, chapter 61
3.61.1Heikel
Βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τῇ παραιτήσει τῆς Αντιοχέων ἐπισκοπῆς.,, Νικητὴς Κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς Εὐσεβίῳ. Ἀνέγνων ἤδιστα τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἥν ἡ σὴ σύνεσις ἐποιήσατο, καὶ τὸν κανόνα τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἐπιστήμης εἰς ἀκρίβειαν φυλαχθέντα κατενόησα· ἐμμένοις γοῦν τούτοις ἄπερ ἀρεστά τε τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῇ ἀποστολικῇ παραδόσει σύμφωνα φαίνεται. μακάριον δὴ σαυτὸν καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τούτῳ νόμιζε, ὡς τῇ τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν μαρτυρίᾳ ἄξιος ἐκρίθης πάσης ἐκκλησίας ἐπίσκοπος εἶναι· εἰ γὰρ ποθοῦσιν ἄπαντες εἶναί σε παρʼ αὐτοῖς, ταύτην σοι τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἀναμφισβητήτως συναύξουσιν.
Basileōs epistolē pros hēmas epi tę̄ paraitēsei tēs Antiocheōn episkopēs.,, Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos Eusebiǭ. Anegnōn ēdista tēn epistolēn hēn hē sē synesis epoiēsato, kai ton kanona tēs ekklēsiastikēs epistēmēs eis akribeian phylachthenta katenoēsa; emmenois goun toutois aper aresta te tǭ theǭ kai tę̄ apostolikę̄ paradosei symphōna phainetai. makarion dē sauton kai en autǭ toutǭ nomize, hōs tę̄ tou kosmou pantos hōs epos eipein martyrią axios ekrithēs pasēs ekklēsias episkopos einai; ei gar pothousin apantes einai se parʼ autois, tautēn soi tēn eudaimonian anamphisbētētōs synauxousin.
The emperor's letter to us on declining the bishopric of the Antiochenes. “The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to Eusebius. I have read with the greatest pleasure the letter that your understanding composed, and perceived that the rule of ecclesiastical discipline has been exactly observed. Abide, then, in these things that appear pleasing to God and in harmony with the apostolic tradition. Count yourself blessed in this very thing, that by the testimony, so to speak, of the whole world you have been judged worthy to be bishop of any church; for if all long for you to be among them, they undoubtedly add to this happiness of yours.
3.61.2Heikel
ἀλλʼ ἡ σὴ σύνεσις, ἤ τάς τε ἐντολὰς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸν ἀποστολικὸν κανόνα καὶ τὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας φυλάττειν ἔγνωκεν, ὑπέρευγε πεποίηκε παραιτουμένη τὴν ἐπισκοπίαν τῆς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν ἐκκλησίας, ἐν ταύτῃ δὲ διαμεῖναι σπουδάζουσα, εἰς ἤν ἐκ πρώτης θεοῦ βουλήσει τὴν ἐπισκοπίαν ὑπεδέξατο.
allʼ hē sē synesis, ē tas te entolas tou theou kai ton apostolikon kanona kai ton tēs ekklēsias phylattein egnōken, hypereuge pepoiēke paraitoumenē tēn episkopian tēs kata tēn Antiocheian ekklēsias, en tautę̄ de diameinai spoudazousa, eis ēn ek prōtēs theou boulēsei tēn episkopian hypedexato.
But your understanding, which has resolved to keep the commandments of God, the apostolic canon, and that of the church, has done excellently in declining the bishopric of the church at Antioch and in being eager to remain in the church whose bishopric it received from the first by the will of God.
3.61.3Heikel
περὶ δὴ τούτου πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ἐποιησάμην ἐπιστολήν, πρός τε τοὺς ἄλλους σου συλλειτουργούς, οἴ καὶ αὐτοὶ περὶ τούτων ἐτύγχανόν μοι γεγραφότες ἄπερ ἡ σὴ καθαρότης ἀναγνοῦσα ῥᾳδίως ἐπιγνώσεται, τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἀντιφθεγγομένης αὐτοῖς προτροπῇ τοῦ θείου πρὸς αύτοὺς ἔγραψα, ὦν τῷ συμβουλίῳ καὶ τὴν σὴν σύνεσιν παρεῖναι δεήσει, ὡς ἄν τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίας τυπωθείη ὁ καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρεπωδέστατον νομισθείη. ὁ θεός σε διαφυλάξει, ἀδελφὲ ἀγαπητέ.“
peri dē toutou pros ton laon epoiēsamēn epistolēn, pros te tous allous sou sylleitourgous, oi kai autoi peri toutōn etynchanon moi gegraphotes aper hē sē katharotēs anagnousa rhądiōs epignōsetai, tēs dikaiosynēs antiphthengomenēs autois protropę̄ tou theiou pros autous egrapsa, ōn tǭ symbouliǭ kai tēn sēn synesin pareinai deēsei, hōs an touto epi tēs Antiocheōn ekklēsias typōtheiē ho kai autǭ tǭ theǭ kai tę̄ ekklēsią prepōdestaton nomistheiē. ho theos se diaphylaxei, adelphe agapēte.“
About this I have written a letter to the people, and to your other fellow ministers, who had themselves written to me on these matters. When your Purity reads it, you will easily see that, since justice spoke against them, I wrote to them at the prompting of the Divine. Your understanding will need to be present at their council, so that what is judged most fitting for God himself and for the church may be settled for the church of the Antiochenes. God will preserve you, beloved brother.”
Life 3, chapter 62
3.62.1Heikel
Βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς τὴν Ἀντιοχέων σύνοδον.,, Νικητὴς Κωνσταντὶνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς Θεοδότῳ, Θεοδώρῳ, Ναρκίσσῳ Ἀετίῳ, Ἀλφειῷ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπισκόποις τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ. Ἀνέγνων τὰ γραφέντα παρὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας συνέσεως, Εὐσεβίου τε τοῦ ἅμα ὑμῖν ἱερωμένου τὴν ἔμφρονα πρόθεσιν ἀπεδεξάμην, ἐπιγνούς τε τὰ πεπραγμένα σύμπαντα τοῦτο μὲν τοῖς ὑμετέροις γράμμασιν τοῦτο δὲ τοῖς Ἀκακίου καὶ Στρατηγίου τῶν διασημοτάτων κομήτων, διάσκεψίν τε τὴν δέουσαν ποιησάμενος, πρὸς τὸν Ἀντιοχέων λαὸν ἔγραψα ὅπερ ἀρεστόν τε τῷ θεῷ ἦν καὶ ἁρμόζον τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἀντίγραφόν τε τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ὑποταχθῆναι τοῖς γράμμασι τούτοις ἐνετειλάμην, ὡς ἂν καὶ αὐτοὶ γινώσκοιτε ὅ τί ποτε τῷ τοῦ δικαίου λόγῳ προκληθεὶς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν γράψαι προειλόμην, ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο τοῖς γράμμασιν ὑμῶν περιείχετο, ὥστε κατά γε τὴν τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τὴν τῆς ὑμετέρας προαιρέσεως σύνεσίν τε καὶ βούλησιν Εὐσέβιον τὸν ἱερώτατον ἐπίσκοπον τῆς Καισαρέων ἐκκλησίας ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀντιοχέων προκαθέζεσθαι καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ ταύτης ἀναδέξασθαι φροντίδα.
Basileōs epistolē pros tēn Antiocheōn synodon.,, Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos Theodotǭ, Theodōrǭ, Narkissǭ Aetiǭ, Alpheiǭ kai tois loipois episkopois tois ousin en Antiocheią. Anegnōn ta graphenta para tēs hymeteras syneseōs, Eusebiou te tou hama hymin hierōmenou tēn emphrona prothesin apedexamēn, epignous te ta pepragmena sympanta touto men tois hymeterois grammasin touto de tois Akakiou kai Stratēgiou tōn diasēmotatōn komētōn, diaskepsin te tēn deousan poiēsamenos, pros ton Antiocheōn laon egrapsa hoper areston te tǭ theǭ ēn kai harmozon tę̄ ekklēsią, antigraphon te tēs epistolēs hypotachthēnai tois grammasi toutois eneteilamēn, hōs an kai autoi ginōskoite ho ti pote tǭ tou dikaiou logǭ proklētheis pros ton laon grapsai proeilomēn, epeidē touto tois grammasin hymōn perieicheto, hōste kata ge tēn tou laou kai tēn tēs hymeteras proaireseōs synesin te kai boulēsin Eusebion ton hierōtaton episkopon tēs Kaisareōn ekklēsias epi tēs Antiocheōn prokathezesthai kai tēn hyper tautēs anadexasthai phrontida.
The emperor's letter to the synod at Antioch. “The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to Theodotus, Theodorus, Narcissus, Aetius, Alpheus, and the other bishops who are at Antioch. I have read what your understanding wrote, and welcomed the sensible resolve of Eusebius, your fellow priest. Having learned all that was done, partly from your letters and partly from those of Acacius and Strategius, the most distinguished counts, and having made the necessary examination, I have written to the people of the Antiochenes what was pleasing to God and fitting for the church, and I have ordered a copy of that letter to be appended to this one, so that you too may know what I chose to write to the people, called forth by the principle of justice. For your letter contained this: that according to the understanding and wish of the people and of your own choice, Eusebius, the most holy bishop of the church of the Caesareans, should preside over that of the Antiochenes and take up its care.
3.62.2Heikel
τά γε μὴν Εὐσεβίου γράμματα, ἃ τὸν θεσμὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας μάλιστα φυλάττοντα ἐφαίνετο, τὴν ἐναντίαν εἰσηγεῖτο γνώμην, μηδαμῶς αὐτὸν τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐμπιστευθεῖσαν ἐκκλησίαν ἂν ἀπολιπεῖν· ἔδοξεν οὖν τὴν οὕτω δικαίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ πᾶσιν ὑμῖν φυλακτέαν κυρίαν μᾶλλον ποιήσασθαι μήδʼ ἀποσπάσαι αὐτὸν τῆς ἰδίας ἐκκλησίας. ἐχρῆν δʼ ὑμῶν τῇ συνέσει καὶ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι. ἀφῖκται γὰρ εἰς ἐμὲ Εὐφρόνιόν τε τὸν πρεσβύτερον πολίτην ὄντα τῆς κατὰ Καππαδοκίαν Καισαρείας καὶ Γεώργιον τὸν Ἀρεθούσιον πρεσβύτερον ὡσαύτως, ὃν ἐπὶ τῆς τάξεως ταύτης Ἀλέξανδρος ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ κατεστήσατο, εἶναι τὴν πίστιν δοκιμωτάτους.
ta ge mēn Eusebiou grammata, ha ton thesmon tēs ekklēsias malista phylattonta ephaineto, tēn enantian eisēgeito gnōmēn, mēdamōs auton tēn hypo tou theou empisteutheisan ekklēsian an apolipein; edoxen oun tēn houtō dikaian prothesin kai pasin hymin phylaktean kyrian mallon poiēsasthai mēdʼ apospasai auton tēs idias ekklēsias. echrēn dʼ hymōn tę̄ synesei kai tēn emēn gnōmēn emphanē genesthai. aphiktai gar eis eme Euphronion te ton presbyteron politēn onta tēs kata Kappadokian Kaisareias kai Geōrgion ton Arethousion presbyteron hōsautōs, hon epi tēs taxeōs tautēs Alexandros en Alexandreią katestēsato, einai tēn pistin dokimōtatous.
But the letter of Eusebius, which appeared to keep the ordinance of the church most carefully, proposed the opposite view, that he would by no means leave the church entrusted to him by God. It seemed good, then, to confirm rather this purpose, so just and one that all of you should observe, and not to tear him away from his own church. But my own opinion too had to be made known to your understanding. It has reached me that Euphronius the presbyter, a citizen of Caesarea in Cappadocia, and likewise George of Arethusa, a presbyter whom Alexander appointed to this rank in Alexandria, are most approved in the faith.
3.62.3Heikel
καλῶς οὖν εἶχεν δηλῶσαι τῇ συνέσει ὑμῶν τούσδε προχειρισαμένους καὶ ἑτέρους, οὕς ἂν ἀξίους ἡγήσησθε πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ἀξίωμα, ὁρίσαι ταῦτα ἃ τῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων παραδόσει σύμφων ἂν εἴη. τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων εὐτρεπισθέντων δυνήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ σύνεσις κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας κανόνα καὶ τὴν ἀποστολικὴν παράδοσιν οὕτω ῥυθμίσαι τὴν χειροτονίαν, ὡς ἂν ὁ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἐπιστήμης ὑφηγῆται λόγος. ὁ θεὸς ὑμᾶς διαφυλάξει, ἀδελφοὶ ἀγαπητοί.“
kalōs oun eichen dēlōsai tę̄ synesei hymōn tousde procheirisamenous kai heterous, hous an axious hēgēsēsthe pros to tēs episkopēs axiōma, horisai tauta ha tę̄ tōn apostolōn paradosei symphōn an eiē. tōn gar toioutōn eutrepisthentōn dynēsetai hymōn hē synesis kata ton tēs ekklēsias kanona kai tēn apostolikēn paradosin houtō rhythmisai tēn cheirotonian, hōs an ho tēs ekklēsiastikēs epistēmēs hyphēgētai logos. ho theos hymas diaphylaxei, adelphoi agapētoi.“
It was right, then, to make known to your understanding that you should put forward these men, and others whom you think worthy of the dignity of the episcopate, and decide in a manner consistent with the tradition of the apostles. For when such matters have been prepared, your understanding will be able to arrange the ordination according to the canon of the church and the apostolic tradition, as the principle of ecclesiastical discipline directs. God will preserve you, beloved brothers.”
Life 3, chapter 63
3.63.1Heikel
Τοιαῦτα τοῖς τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἄρχουσι διαταττόμενος βασιλεὺς πάντα πράττειν ἐπʼ εὐφημίᾳ τοῦ θείου λόγου παρῄνει. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰς διαστάσεις ἐκποδὼν ποιησάμενος ὑπὸ σύμφω- νον ἁρμονίαν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ κατεστήσατο, ἔνθεν μεταβὰς ἄλλο τι γένος ἀθέων ἀνδρῶν ᾠήθη δεῖν ὥσπερ δηλητήριον τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀφανὲς καταστῆσαι βίου.
Toiauta tois tōn ekklēsiōn archousi diatattomenos basileus panta prattein epʼ euphēmią tou theiou logou parę̄nei. epei de tas diastaseis ekpodōn poiēsamenos hypo symphō- non harmonian tēn ekklēsian tou theou katestēsato, enthen metabas allo ti genos atheōn andrōn ǭēthē dein hōsper dēlētērion tou tōn anthrōpōn aphanes katastēsai biou.
Giving such directions to the rulers of the churches, the emperor urged them to do everything for the good repute of the divine word. And when he had removed the dissensions and brought the church of God into harmonious concord, he passed on from there and thought he must remove from human life, as a poison, another kind of godless men.
3.63.2Heikel
φθόροι δέ τινες ὑπῆρχον οὗτοι, προσχήματι σεμνῷ λυμαινόμενοι τὰς πόλεις· ψευδοπροφήτας αὐτοὺς ἢ λύκους ἅρπαγας σωτήριος ἀπεκάλει ὧδέ πη θεσπίζουσα φωνή· „προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, οἵτινες ἐλεύσονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δʼ εἰσὶ λύκοι ἅρπαγες· ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνωσεσθε αὐτούς.“
phthoroi de tines hypērchon houtoi, proschēmati semnǭ lymainomenoi tas poleis; pseudoprophētas autous ē lykous harpagas sōtērios apekalei hōde pē thespizousa phōnē; „prosechete apo tōn pseudoprophētōn, hoitines eleusontai pros hymas en endymasi probatōn, esōthen dʼ eisi lykoi harpages; apo tōn karpōn autōn epignōsesthe autous.“
These were certain corrupters, ruining the cities under a solemn pretense. The saving voice called them false prophets or ravening wolves, prophesying thus: “Beware of the false prophets, who will come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly are ravening wolves; by their fruits you will know them.”
3.63.3Heikel
καταπεμφθὲν δέ τι τοῖς κατʼ ἔθνος ἡγεμόσι πρόσταγμα πᾶν τὸ τῶν τοιούτων δύσφημον φῦλον ἤλαυνεν, πρὸς δὲ τῲ νόμῳ καὶ ζωοποιὸν διδασκαλίαν εἰς αὐτῶν πρόσωπον διετύπου, σπεύδειν ἐπὶ μετάνοιαν παρορμῶν τοὺς ἄνδρας· σωτηρίας γὰρ ὅρμον αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθαι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ. ἐπάκουσον δʼ ὅπως καὶ τούτοις διὰ τοῦ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὡμίλει γράμματος.
katapemphthen de ti tois katʼ ethnos hēgemosi prostagma pan to tōn toioutōn dysphēmon phylon ēlaunen, pros de tǭ nomǭ kai zōopoion didaskalian eis autōn prosōpon dietypou, speudein epi metanoian parormōn tous andras; sōtērias gar hormon autois esesthai tēn ekklēsian tou theou. epakouson dʼ hopōs kai toutois dia tou pros autous hōmilei grammatos.
An order sent to the governors of each province drove out the whole slanderous tribe of such men; and besides the law he composed a life-giving teaching addressed to them personally, urging the men to hasten to repentance, for the church of God would be for them a haven of salvation. Hear how he addressed them too in his letter to them.
Life 3, chapter 64
3.64.1Heikel
Βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς τοὺς ἀθέους αἱρεσιώτας. „Νικητὴς Κωνσταντιῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς αἱρετικοῖς. Ἐπίγνωτε νῦν διὰ τῆς νομοθεσίας ταύτης, ὦ Νοουατιανοί, Οὐαλεντῖνοι, Μαρκιωνισταί, Παυλιανοί, οἵ τε κατὰ φρύγας ἐπικεκλημένοι, καὶ πάντες ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν οἱ τὰς αἱρέσεις διὰ τῶν οἰκείων πληροῦντες συστημάτων, ὅσοις ψεύσεσιν ἡ παρʼ ἡμῖν ματαιότης ἐμπέπλεκται, καὶ ὁπως ἰοβόλοις τισὶ φαρμάκοις ἡ ὑμετέρα συνέχεται διδασκαλία, ὡς τοὺς μὲν ὑγιαίνοντας εἰς ἀσθένειαν τοὺς δὲ ζῶντας εἰς διηνεκῆ θάνατον ἀπάγεσθαι διʼ ὑμῶν.
Basileōs epistolē pros tous atheous hairesiōtas. „Nikētēs Kōnstantiinos Megistos Sebastos hairetikois. Epignōte nyn dia tēs nomothesias tautēs, ō Noouatianoi, Oualentinoi, Markiōnistai, Paulianoi, hoi te kata phrygas epikeklēmenoi, kai pantes haplōs eipein hoi tas haireseis dia tōn oikeiōn plērountes systēmatōn, hosois pseusesin hē parʼ hēmin mataiotēs empeplektai, kai hopōs iobolois tisi pharmakois hē hymetera synechetai didaskalia, hōs tous men hygiainontas eis astheneian tous de zōntas eis diēnekē thanaton apagesthai diʼ hymōn.
The emperor's letter to the godless sectarians. “The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to the heretics. Learn now by this legislation, you Novatians, Valentinians, Marcionites, Paulians, you who are called after the Phrygians, and, in short, all of you who make up the heresies by your own assemblies, with how many lies your vanity is entangled, and with what venomous poisons your teaching is bound up, so that through you the healthy are led into sickness and the living into everlasting death.
3.64.2Heikel
ὦ τῆς μὲν ἀληθείας ἐχθροί, τῆς δὲ ζωῆς πολέμιοι καὶ ἀπωλείας σύμβουλοι· πάντα παρʼ ὑμῖν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐστὶν ἐναντία, αἰσχροῖς πονηρεύμασι συνᾴδοντα, ἀτοπίαις καὶ δράμασι χρήσιμα, διʼ ὧν ὑμεῖς τὰ μὲν ψευδῆ κατασκευάζετε, τοὺς δʼ ἀναμαρτήτους θλίβετε, τὸ φῶς τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἀρνεῖσθε. ἐπὶ προσχήματι γοῦν θειότητος ἀεὶ πλημμελοῦντες, πάντα μιαίνετε, τὰς ἀθώους καὶ καθαρὰς συνειδήσεις θανατηφόροις πληγαῖς τραυματίζετε, αὐτὴν δὲ σχεδὸν εἰπεῖν τὴν ἠμέραν τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ὀφθαλμῶν καθαρπάζετε.
ō tēs men alētheias echthroi, tēs de zōēs polemioi kai apōleias symbouloi; panta parʼ hymin tēs alētheias estin enantia, aischrois ponēreumasi synądonta, atopiais kai dramasi chrēsima, diʼ hōn hymeis ta men pseudē kataskeuazete, tous dʼ anamartētous thlibete, to phōs tois pisteuousin arneisthe. epi proschēmati goun theiotētos aei plēmmelountes, panta miainete, tas athōous kai katharas syneidēseis thanatēphorois plēgais traumatizete, autēn de schedon eipein tēn ēmeran tōn anthrōpeiōn ophthalmōn katharpazete.
O enemies of the truth, foes of life, and counselors of destruction! Everything among you is contrary to the truth, in tune with shameful villainies, fit for absurdities and stage plays, by which you fabricate falsehoods, afflict the innocent, and deny the light to those who believe. Always sinning under a pretense of godliness, you defile everything; you wound innocent and pure consciences with deadly blows; you all but snatch the very daylight from human eyes.
3.64.3Heikel
καὶ τί δεῖ καθʼ ἕκαστον λέγειν, ὅπου γε περὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων κακῶν εἰπεῖν τι κατʼ ἀξίαν οὔτε βραχέος ἐστὶ χρόνου οὔτε τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀσχολιῶν. οὕτω γάρ ἐστι μακρὰ καὶ ἄμετρα τὰ παρʼ ὑμῖν ἀτοπήματα, οὕτως εἰδχθῆ καὶ πάσης ἀπηνείας πλήρη, ὡς μηδʼ ὁλόκληρον ἠμέραν πρὸς ἔκφρασιν τούτων ἀρκεῖν· ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐκκλίνειν τῶν τοιούτων προσήκει τὰς ἀκοὰς τούς τʼ ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀποστρέφειν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ χραίνεσθαι τῇ καθʼ ἕκαστον διηγήσει τὴν τὴς ἡμετέρας πίστεως εἰλικρινῆ καὶ καθαρὰν προθυμίαν.
kai ti dei kathʼ hekaston legein, hopou ge peri tōn hymeterōn kakōn eipein ti katʼ axian oute bracheos esti chronou oute tōn hēmeterōn ascholiōn. houtō gar esti makra kai ametra ta parʼ hymin atopēmata, houtōs eidchthē kai pasēs apēneias plērē, hōs mēdʼ holoklēron ēmeran pros ekphrasin toutōn arkein; allōs te kai ekklinein tōn toioutōn prosēkei tas akoas tous tʼ ophthalmous apostrephein, hyper tou mē chrainesthai tę̄ kathʼ hekaston diēgēsei tēn tēs hēmeteras pisteōs eilikrinē kai katharan prothymian.
And why need I speak of each thing, when to say anything worthy of your evils is a matter neither of a short time nor of our leisure? So long and immeasurable are your absurdities, so hateful and full of every cruelty, that not even a whole day would suffice to describe them. Besides, it is fitting to turn away the ears and avert the eyes from such things, so that the sincere and pure zeal of our faith may not be defiled by a detailed account of them.
3.64.4Heikel
τί οὖν ἀνεξόμεθα περαιτέρω τῶν τοιούτων κακῶν; ἀλλʼ ἡ μακρὰ παρεπιθύμησις ὥσπερ λοιμικῷ νοσήματι καὶ τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας χραίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν τὴν ταχίστην τὰς ῥίζας ὡς εἰπεῖν τῆς τοσαύτης κακίας οὐ διὰ δημοσίας ἐπιστρεφείας ἐκκόπτομεν;“
ti oun anexometha peraiterō tōn toioutōn kakōn? allʼ hē makra parepithymēsis hōsper loimikǭ nosēmati kai tous hygiainontas chrainesthai poiei. tinos oun heneken tēn tachistēn tas rhizas hōs eipein tēs tosautēs kakias ou dia dēmosias epistrepheias ekkoptomen?“
Why, then, should we bear such evils any longer? Long indulgence makes even the healthy defiled, as by a pestilential disease. Why, then, do we not cut out as quickly as possible the roots, so to speak, of such great wickedness by public correction?”
Life 3, chapter 65
3.65.1Heikel
„Τοιγάρτοι ἐπειδὴ τὸν ὄλεθρον τοῦτον τῆς ὑμετέρας ἐξωλείας ἐπὶ πλεῖον φέρειν οὔκ ἐστιν οἷόν τε, διὰ τοῦ νόμου τούτου προαγορεύομεν, μή τις ὑμῶν συνάγειν ἐκ τοῦ λοιποῦ τολμήσῃ. διὸ καὶ πάντας ὑμῶν τοὺς οἴκους, ἐν οἷς τὰ συνέδρια ταῦτα πληροῦτε, ἀφαιρεθῆναι προστετάχαμεν, μέχρι τοσούτου τῆς φροντίδος ταύτης προχωρούσης, ὡς μὴ ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ μηδʼ ἐν οἰκίᾳ ἰδιωτικῇ ἢ τόποις τισὶν ἰδιάζουσι τὰ τῆς δεισιδαίμονος ὐμῶν ἀνοίας συστήματα συντρέχειν.
„Toigartoi epeidē ton olethron touton tēs hymeteras exōleias epi pleion pherein ouk estin hoion te, dia tou nomou toutou proagoreuomen, mē tis hymōn synagein ek tou loipou tolmēsę̄. dio kai pantas hymōn tous oikous, en hois ta synedria tauta plēroute, aphairethēnai prostetachamen, mechri tosoutou tēs phrontidos tautēs prochōrousēs, hōs mē en tǭ dēmosiǭ monon, alla mēdʼ en oikią idiōtikę̄ ē topois tisin idiazousi ta tēs deisidaimonos ymōn anoias systēmata syntrechein.
“Therefore, since it is no longer possible to bear the ruin of your destructiveness, we proclaim by this law that none of you shall dare to assemble from now on. We have therefore ordered that all your houses in which you hold these meetings be taken away, this concern extending so far that the gatherings of your superstitious folly may meet not only not in public but not in a private house or any private place either.
3.65.2Heikel
πλὴν ὅπερ ἔστι κάλλιον, ὅσοι τὴς ἀληθινῆς καὶ καθαρᾶς ἐπιμέλεσθε θρησκείας, εἰς τὴν καθολικὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἔλθετε καὶ τῇ ταύτης ἁγιότητι κοινωνεῖτε, διʼ ἧς καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐφικέσθαι δυνήσεσθε, κεχωρίσθω δὲ παντελῶς τῆς τῶν ἠμετέρων καιρῶν εὐκληρίας ἡ τῆς διεστραμμένης διδασκαλίας ὑμῶν ἀπάτη, λέγω δὲ ἡ τῶν αἱρετικῶν καὶ σχισματικῶν ἐναγής τε καὶ ἐξώλης διχόνοια. πρέπει γὰρ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ μακαριότητι, ᾗς ἀπολαύομεν σὺν θεῷ, τὸ τοὺς ἐπʼ ἐλπίσιν ἀγαθαῖς βιοῦντας ἀπὸ πάσης ἀτάκτου πλάνης εἰς τὴν εὐθεῖαν ὁδόν, ἀπὸ τοῦ σκότους ἐπὶ τὸ φῶς, ἀπὸ ματαιότητος εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀπὸ θανάτου πρὸς σωτηρίαν ἄγεσθαι. 3ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ τῆς θεραπείας ταύτης καὶ ἀναγκαίαν γενέσθαι τὴν ἰσχὺν προσετάξαμεν, καθὼς προείρηται, ἅπαντα τὰ τῆς δειδιδαιμονίας ὑμῶν συνέδρια, πάντων φημὶ τῶν αἱρετικῶν τοὺς εὐκτηρίους, εἴ γε εὐκτηρίους ὀνομάζειν οἴκους προσήκει, ἀφαιρεθέντας ἀναντιρρήτως τῇ καθολικῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ χωρίς τινος ὑπερθέσεως παραδοθῆναι, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς τόπους τοῖς δημοσίοις προσκριθῆναι, καὶ μηδεμίαν ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ ἐξῆς τοῦ συνάγειν εὐμάρειαν περιλειφθῆναι, ὅπως ἐκ τῆς ἐνεστώσης ἡμέρας ἐν μηδενὶ τόπῳ μήτε δημοσίῳ μήτʼ ἰδιωτικῷ τὰ ἀθέμιτα ὑμῶν συστήματα ἀθροισθῆναι τολμήσῃ. προτεθήτω.“
plēn hoper esti kallion, hosoi tēs alēthinēs kai katharas epimelesthe thrēskeias, eis tēn katholikēn ekklēsian elthete kai tę̄ tautēs hagiotēti koinōneite, diʼ hēs kai tēs alētheias ephikesthai dynēsesthe, kechōristhō de pantelōs tēs tōn ēmeterōn kairōn euklērias hē tēs diestrammenēs didaskalias hymōn apatē, legō de hē tōn hairetikōn kai schismatikōn enagēs te kai exōlēs dichonoia. prepei gar tę̄ hēmeterą makariotēti, hę̄s apolauomen syn theǭ, to tous epʼ elpisin agathais biountas apo pasēs ataktou planēs eis tēn eutheian hodon, apo tou skotous epi to phōs, apo mataiotētos eis tēn alētheian, apo thanatou pros sōtērian agesthai. 3hyper de tou tēs therapeias tautēs kai anankaian genesthai tēn ischyn prosetaxamen, kathōs proeirētai, hapanta ta tēs deididaimonias hymōn synedria, pantōn phēmi tōn hairetikōn tous euktērious, ei ge euktērious onomazein oikous prosēkei, aphairethentas anantirrētōs tę̄ katholikę̄ ekklēsią chōris tinos hypertheseōs paradothēnai, tous de loipous topous tois dēmosiois proskrithēnai, kai mēdemian hymin eis to exēs tou synagein eumareian perileiphthēnai, hopōs ek tēs enestōsēs hēmeras en mēdeni topǭ mēte dēmosiǭ mētʼ idiōtikǭ ta athemita hymōn systēmata athroisthēnai tolmēsę̄. protethētō.“
Instead — and this is better — all of you who care for true and pure religion, come into the catholic church and share in its holiness, through which you will also be able to attain the truth; and let the deceit of your perverted teaching be wholly separated from the prosperity of our times — I mean the accursed and destructive dissension of heretics and schismatics. For it befits our blessedness, which we enjoy with God's help, that those who live in good hopes be led from all disorderly error to the straight way, from darkness to light, from vanity to truth, from death to salvation. 3 And so that this remedy may have compelling force as well, we have ordered, as was said above, that all the meeting places of your superstition — I mean the houses of prayer of all the heretics, if indeed they should be called houses of prayer — be taken away and handed over, without dispute and without any delay, to the catholic church, that the other places be made public property, and that no opportunity be left you hereafter to assemble, so that from this day on your lawless assemblies may not dare to gather in any place, public or private. Let this be posted.”
Life 3, chapter 66
3.66.1Heikel
Οὕτω μὲν τὰ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων ἐγκρύμματα βασιλικῷ προστάγματι διελύοντο, ἠλαύνοντό τε οἱ θῆρες οἱ τε τῆς τούτων δυσσεβείας ἔξαρχοι. τῶν δʼ ὑπὸ τούτων ἡπατημένων οἱ μὲν νόθῳ φρονήματι βασιλικῆς ἀπειλῆς φόβῳ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ὑπεδύοντο, τὸν καιρὸν κατειρωνευόμενοι ἐπεὶ καὶ διερευνᾶσθαι τῶν ἀνδρῶν τὰς βίβλους διηγόρευεν ὁ νόμος, ἡλίσκοντό τʼ ἀπειργμένας κακοτεχνίας μετιόντες, οὗ δὴ χάριν πάντα ἔπραττον εἰρωνείᾳ τὴν σωτηρίαν ποριζόμενοι, οἱ δὲ καὶ σὺν ἀληθεῖ τάχα που λογισμῷ ηὐτομόλουν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ κρείττονος ἐλπίδα.
Houtō men ta tōn heterodoxōn enkrymmata basilikǭ prostagmati dielyonto, ēlaunonto te hoi thēres hoi te tēs toutōn dyssebeias exarchoi. tōn dʼ hypo toutōn hēpatēmenōn hoi men nothǭ phronēmati basilikēs apeilēs phobǭ tēn ekklēsian hypedyonto, ton kairon kateirōneuomenoi epei kai diereunasthai tōn andrōn tas biblous diēgoreuen ho nomos, hēliskonto tʼ apeirgmenas kakotechnias metiontes, hou dē charin panta epratton eirōneią tēn sōtērian porizomenoi, hoi de kai syn alēthei tacha pou logismǭ ēutomoloun epi tēn tou kreittonos elpida.
In this way the lurking places of the heterodox were broken up by imperial command, and the wild beasts, the ringleaders of their impiety, were driven off. Of those deceived by them, some, with counterfeit minds and out of fear of the emperor's threat, crept into the church, dissembling to suit the times; for the law also ordered the men's books to be searched out, and they were caught practicing forbidden evil arts, and for this reason they did everything to secure their safety by pretense. Others, perhaps with true conviction, deserted to the hope of the Supreme Being.
3.66.2Heikel
τούτων δὲ τὴν διάκρισιν οἱ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν πρόεδροι σὺν ἀκριβείᾳ ποιούμενοι, τοὺς μὲν επιπλάστως προσιέναι πειρωμένους μακρὰν εἶργον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ποίμνης οἷα λύκους κωδίοις ἐγκρυπτομένους προβάτων, τοὺς δὲ ψυχῇ καθαρᾷ τοῦτο πράττοντας δοκιμάζοντες χρόνῳ μετὰ τὴν αὐτάρκη διάπειραν τῷ πλήθει τῶν εἰσαγομένων κατέλεγον.
toutōn de tēn diakrisin hoi tōn ekklēsiōn proedroi syn akribeią poioumenoi, tous men epiplastōs prosienai peirōmenous makran eirgon tēs tou theou poimnēs hoia lykous kōdiois enkryptomenous probatōn, tous de psychę̄ katharą touto prattontas dokimazontes chronǭ meta tēn autarkē diapeiran tǭ plēthei tōn eisagomenōn katelegon.
The presidents of the churches distinguished carefully among these. Those who tried to come in by pretense they kept far from God's flock, as wolves hidden in sheepskins; those who did so with a pure soul they tested over a period of time, and after sufficient trial enrolled them among the number of those admitted.
3.66.3Heikel
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν δυσφήμων ἑτεροδόξων ἐπράττετο. τοὺς δέ γε μηδὲν δυσσεβὲς ἐν δογμάτων διδασκαλίᾳ φέροντας, ἄλλως δὲ τῆς κοινῆς ὁμηγύρεως ἀνδρῶν σχισματικῶν αἰτίᾳ διεστῶτας, ἀμελλήτως εἰσεδέχοντο. οἱ δʼ ἀγεληὸν ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀποικίας ἐπανιόντες τὴν αὐτῶν ἀπελάμβανον πατρίδα, καὶ τὴν μητέρα, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐπεγίνωσκον, ἧς ἀποπλανηθέντες χρόνιοι σὺν εὐφροσύνῃ καὶ χαρᾷ τὴν εἰς αὐτὴν ἐπάνοδον ἐποιοῦντο, ἡνοῦτό τε τὰ τοῦ κοινοῦ σώματος μέλη καὶ ἁρμονίᾳ, συνήπτετο μιᾷ, μόνη τε ἡ καθολικὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησία εἰς ἑαυτὴν συνεστραμμένη διέλαμπεν, μηδαμοῦ γῆς αἱρετικοῦ συστήματος μηδὲ σχισματικοῦ λειπομένου. καὶ τούτους δὲ μόνου τοῦ μεγάλου κατορθώματος μόνος τῶν πώποτε τὴν αἰτίαν τοὺ θεὸν ὁ τῷ θεῷ μεμελημένος βασιλεὺς ἐπεγράφετο.
tauta men oun epi tōn dysphēmōn heterodoxōn epratteto. tous de ge mēden dyssebes en dogmatōn didaskalią pherontas, allōs de tēs koinēs homēgyreōs andrōn schismatikōn aitią diestōtas, amellētōs eisedechonto. hoi dʼ agelēon hōsper ex apoikias epaniontes tēn autōn apelambanon patrida, kai tēn mētera, tēn ekklēsian, epeginōskon, hēs apoplanēthentes chronioi syn euphrosynę̄ kai charą tēn eis autēn epanodon epoiounto, hēnouto te ta tou koinou sōmatos melē kai harmonią, synēpteto mią, monē te hē katholikē tou theou ekklēsia eis heautēn synestrammenē dielampen, mēdamou gēs hairetikou systēmatos mēde schismatikou leipomenou. kai toutous de monou tou megalou katorthōmatos monos tōn pōpote tēn aitian tou theon ho tǭ theǭ memelēmenos basileus epegrapheto.
This was how the slanderous heterodox were treated. But those who held nothing impious in their teaching of doctrine, and had been separated from the common assembly only through the fault of schismatic men, they received without delay. These came back in flocks as if returning from exile, recovered their own homeland, and recognized their mother, the church, from which they had long wandered; they made their return to her with gladness and joy. The members of the common body were united and joined in one harmony, and the catholic church of God alone, gathered into itself, shone out, no heretical or schismatic assembly being left anywhere on earth. And of this great achievement too the emperor cared for by God, alone of all who ever lived, ascribed the cause to God.
Life 4, chapter 1
4.1.1Heikel
Τοσαῦτα πράττων βασιλεὺς ἐπʼ οἰκοδομῇ καὶ εὐδοξίᾳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας Τοῦ θεοῦ, πάντα τε πρὸς εὔφημον ἀκοὴν τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος Διδασκαλίας ἐκτελῶν, οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκτὸς κατωλιγώρει πραγμάτων, κἀν Τούτοις δʼ ἐπαλλήλους καὶ συνεχεῖς ὁμοῦ πᾶσι τοῖς κατʼ ἔθνος οἰκοῦσι παντοίας διετέλει παρέχων εὐεργεσίας, ὧδε μὲν κοινὴν πρὸς ἅπαντας ἐνδεικνύμενος πατρικὴν κηδεμονίαν, ωδε δὲ τῶν αὐτῷ γνωριζομένων ἕκαστον διαφόροις τιμῶν ἀξιώμασιν, πάντα τε τοῖς πᾶσι μεγαλοψύχῳ διανοίᾳ δωρούμενος, οὐδʼ ἠν σκοποῦ διαμαρτεῖν τινα παρὰ βασιλέως χάριν αἰτοῦντα, οὐδέ τις ἐλπίσας ἀγαθῶν τυχεῖν τοῦ προσδοκηθέντος ἠστόχησεν, 2ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν χρημάτων, οἱ δὲ κτημάτων περιουσίας ἐτύγχανον, ἄλλοι ὑπαρχικῶν ἀξιωμάτων, οἱ δὲ συγκλήτου Τιμῆς, οἱ δὲ τῆς τῶν ὑπάτων, πλείους δʼ ἡγεμόνες ἐχρημάτιζον, κομήτων Δὲ οἱ μὲν πρώτου τάγματος ἠξιοῦντο, οἱ δὲ δευτέρου, οἱ δὲ Τρίτου, διασημοτάτων θʼ ὡσαύτως καὶ ἑτέρων πλείστων ἄλλων ἀξιωμάτων μυρίοι ἄλλοι μετεῖχον· εἰς γὰρ τὸ πλείονας τιμᾶν διαφόρους ἐπενόει βασιλεὺς ἀξίας.
Tosauta prattōn basileus epʼ oikodomę̄ kai eudoxią tēs ekklēsias Tou theou, panta te pros euphēmon akoēn tēs tou sōtēros Didaskalias ektelōn, oude tōn ektos katōligōrei pragmatōn, kan Toutois dʼ epallēlous kai synecheis homou pasi tois katʼ ethnos oikousi pantoias dietelei parechōn euergesias, hōde men koinēn pros hapantas endeiknymenos patrikēn kēdemonian, ōde de tōn autǭ gnōrizomenōn hekaston diaphorois timōn axiōmasin, panta te tois pasi megalopsychǭ dianoią dōroumenos, oudʼ ēn skopou diamartein tina para basileōs charin aitounta, oude tis elpisas agathōn tychein tou prosdokēthentos ēstochēsen, 2allʼ hoi men chrēmatōn, hoi de ktēmatōn periousias etynchanon, alloi hyparchikōn axiōmatōn, hoi de synklētou Timēs, hoi de tēs tōn hypatōn, pleious dʼ hēgemones echrēmatizon, komētōn De hoi men prōtou tagmatos ēxiounto, hoi de deuterou, hoi de Tritou, diasēmotatōn thʼ hōsautōs kai heterōn pleistōn allōn axiōmatōn myrioi alloi meteichon; eis gar to pleionas timan diaphorous epenoei basileus axias.
While doing so much for the building up and good repute of the church of God, and accomplishing everything for the good report of the Savior's teaching, the emperor did not neglect secular affairs either. In these too he continued to bestow all kinds of benefits, one after another in constant succession, on all the inhabitants of every province: now showing a fatherly care common to all, now honoring each of his acquaintances with various dignities, and giving everything to everyone with a generous mind. No one who asked a favor of the emperor could miss his aim, nor did anyone who hoped for good things fail to obtain what he expected. 2 Some received money, others wealth in possessions; others obtained prefectural dignities, others senatorial rank, others the consulship; more were styled governors; of the counts, some were deemed worthy of the first rank, some of the second, some of the third; and likewise countless others shared the rank of clarissimus and very many other dignities. For the emperor devised various ranks so as to honor more people.
Life 4, chapter 2
4.2.1Heikel
Ὅπως δὲ καὶ τὸ κοινὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐθυμεῖσθαι παρεσκεύαζε, Σκοπήσειεν ἄν τις ἐξ ἑνὸς βιωφελοῦς καὶ διὰ πάντων ἐλθόντος Εἰσέτι νῦν γνωριζομένου παραδείγματος. Τῶν κατʼ ἔτος εἰσφορῶν τῶν ἀγρῶν δεσπόταις ἐδωρεῖτο ταύτην, ὡς τῷ λογιζομένῳ Τὴν κατʼ ἔτος ἀφαίρεσιν διὰ τεττάρων συμβαίνειν ἐνιαυτῶν ἀνεισφόρους γίγνεσθαι τοὺς τῶν ἀγρῶν οἰκήτορας. ὃ δὴ νόμῳ κυρωθὲν κρατῆσάν τε καὶ εἰς τὸν μετέπειτα χρόνον οὐ τοῖς παροῦσι μόνοις, καὶ παισὶν δʼ αὐτῶν διαδόχοις τε τοῖς τούτων ἄληστον καὶ Διαιωνίζουσαν παρεῖχε τὴν βασιλέως ἀρχήν.
Hopōs de kai to koinon tōn anthrōpōn euthymeisthai pareskeuaze, Skopēseien an tis ex henos biōphelous kai dia pantōn elthontos Eiseti nyn gnōrizomenou paradeigmatos. Tōn katʼ etos eisphorōn tōn agrōn despotais edōreito tautēn, hōs tǭ logizomenǭ Tēn katʼ etos aphairesin dia tettarōn symbainein eniautōn aneisphorous gignesthai tous tōn agrōn oikētoras. ho dē nomǭ kyrōthen kratēsan te kai eis ton metepeita chronon ou tois parousi monois, kai paisin dʼ autōn diadochois te tois toutōn alēston kai Diaiōnizousan pareiche tēn basileōs archēn.
How he also made the common people cheerful one may see from a single example, beneficial to life, which reached everyone and is still remembered today. Of the yearly taxes on land he gave [a fourth part] to the landowners, so that, for anyone reckoning it, the effect of the yearly deduction was that the holders of the land were free of tax every fourth year. This, ratified by law and remaining in force for the future too, made the emperor's grace unforgettable and lasting, not only for those then living but also for their children and their heirs.
Life 4, chapter 3
4.3.1Heikel
Ἐπεὶ δʼ ἕτεροι τὰς τῶν πρότερον κρατούντων τῆς γῆς καταμετρήσεις κατεμέμφοντο, βεβαρῆσθαι σφῶν τὴν χώραν καταιτιώμενοι, πάλιν κἀνταῦθα θεσμῷ δικαιοσύνης ἄνδρας ἐξισωτὰς κατέπεμπε τοὺς τὸ ἀζήμιον τοῖς δεηθεῖσι παρέξοντας.
Epei dʼ heteroi tas tōn proteron kratountōn tēs gēs katametrēseis katememphonto, bebarēsthai sphōn tēn chōran kataitiōmenoi, palin kantautha thesmǭ dikaiosynēs andras exisōtas katepempe tous to azēmion tois deētheisi parexontas.
When others complained about the land surveys of former rulers, charging that their land had been overburdened, here too, by an ordinance of justice, he sent out assessors to give relief to those who petitioned.
Life 4, chapter 4
4.4.1Heikel
Ἄλλοις δικάσας βασιλεύς, ὡς ἄν μὴ τὸ ληφθὲν παρʼ αὐτῷ μέρος ἧττον ἀπαλλάττοιτο χαῖρον τοῦ νενικηκότος, ἐξ οἰκείων ἐδωρεῖτο τοῖς νενικημένοις ἄρτι μὲν κτήματα ἄρτι δὲ κτήσεις ἀγρῶν, τοῦ κρατήσαντος δίκην ἐξ ἴσου χαίρειν τὸν ἡττηθέντα παρασκευάζων ὡς ἂν τῆς αὐτοῦ θέας ἀξιωθέντα· μὴ γὰρ ἐξεῖναι ἄλλως τοσούτῳ βασιλεῖ παραστάντα κατηφῆ τινα καὶ λυπηρὸν ἀπαλλάττεσθαι. οὕτω δʼ οὖν ἄμφω φαιδροῖς καὶ μειδιῶσι προσώποις ἀνέλυον τῆς δίκης. θαῦμα δʼ ἐκράτει τοὺς πάντας τῆς βασιλέως μεγαλονοίας.
Allois dikasas basileus, hōs an mē to lēphthen parʼ autǭ meros hētton apallattoito chairon tou nenikēkotos, ex oikeiōn edōreito tois nenikēmenois arti men ktēmata arti de ktēseis agrōn, tou kratēsantos dikēn ex isou chairein ton hēttēthenta paraskeuazōn hōs an tēs autou theas axiōthenta; mē gar exeinai allōs tosoutǭ basilei parastanta katēphē tina kai lypēron apallattesthai. houtō dʼ oun amphō phaidrois kai meidiōsi prosōpois anelyon tēs dikēs. thauma dʼ ekratei tous pantas tēs basileōs megalonoias.
When the emperor judged lawsuits between others, so that the party that lost before him should not go away less happy than the winner, he gave the losers from his own resources sometimes goods, sometimes landed estates, contriving that the loser should rejoice as much as the victor, since he had been thought worthy to see him; for he held that no one who had stood before so great an emperor should go away dejected and grieved. So both parties left the court with bright and smiling faces, and all were filled with wonder at the emperor's magnanimity.
Life 4, chapter 5
4.5.1Heikel
Τί δέ με χρὴ λόγου πάρεργον ποιεῖσθαι, ὡς τὰ βάρβαρα φῦλα τῇ ῾Ρωμαίων καθυπέταττεν ἀρχῇ, ὡς τὰ Σκυθῶν καὶ σαυροματῶν γένη μήπω πρότερον δουλεύειν μεμαθηκότα πρῶτος αὐτὸς ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ἤγαγε, δεσπότας ἡγεῖσθαι ῾Ρωμαίους καὶ μὴ θέλοντας ἐπαναγκάσας. Σκύθαις μὲν γὰρ καὶ δασμοὺς οἱ πρόσθεν ἐτέλουν ἄρχοντες, ῾Ρωμαῖοί τε βαρβάροις ἐδούλευον εἰσφοραῖς ἐτησίοις.
Ti de me chrē logou parergon poieisthai, hōs ta barbara phyla tę̄ ῾Rōmaiōn kathypetatten archę̄, hōs ta Skythōn kai sauromatōn genē mēpō proteron douleuein memathēkota prōtos autos hypo zygon ēgage, despotas hēgeisthai ῾Rōmaious kai mē thelontas epanankasas. Skythais men gar kai dasmous hoi prosthen eteloun archontes, ῾Rōmaioi te barbarois edouleuon eisphorais etēsiois.
Why should I mention in passing how he subjected the barbarian tribes to Roman rule; how he was the first to bring under the yoke the races of the Scythians and Sarmatians, who had never before learned to serve, compelling them, even against their will, to acknowledge the Romans as their masters? For the rulers before him had even paid tribute to the Scythians, and Romans were serving barbarians with annual payments.
4.5.2Heikel
οὐκ ἦν δʼ ἄρα οὗτος βασιλεῖ φορητὸς ὁ λόγος, οὐδὲ τῷ νικητῇ καλὸν ἐνομίζετο τὰ ἴσα τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν προσφέρειν, τῷ δʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπιθαρσῶν σωτῆρι τὸ νικητικὸν τρόπαιον καὶ τούτοις ἐπανατείνας, ἐν ὀλίγῳ καιρῷ πάντας παρεστήσατο, ἄρτι μὲν τοὺς ἀφηνιῶντας στρατιωτικῇ σωφρονίσας χειρί, ἄρτι δὲ λογικαῖς πρεσβείαις τοὺς λοιποὺς ἡμερώσας, ἐξ ἀνόμου τε καὶ θηριώδους βίου ἐπὶ τὸ λογικὸν καὶ νόμιμον μεθαρμοσάμενος. οὕτω δʼ οὖν Σκύθαι ῾Ρωμαίοις ἔγνωσάν ποτε δουλεύειν.
ouk ēn dʼ ara houtos basilei phorētos ho logos, oude tǭ nikētę̄ kalon enomizeto ta isa tois emprosthen prospherein, tǭ dʼ autou epitharsōn sōtēri to nikētikon tropaion kai toutois epanateinas, en oligǭ kairǭ pantas parestēsato, arti men tous aphēniōntas stratiōtikę̄ sōphronisas cheiri, arti de logikais presbeiais tous loipous hēmerōsas, ex anomou te kai thēriōdous biou epi to logikon kai nomimon metharmosamenos. houtō dʼ oun Skythai ῾Rōmaiois egnōsan pote douleuein.
This state of things was not tolerable to the emperor, nor did the victor think it honorable to pay the same as his predecessors. Trusting in his Savior and brandishing the victorious trophy against them too, he brought them all to submission in a short time, sometimes chastening the rebellious by military force, sometimes taming the rest by reasoned embassies, bringing them over from a lawless and beastlike life to a rational and law-abiding one. So the Scythians at last learned to serve the Romans.
Life 4, chapter 6
4.6.1Heikel
Σαυρομάτας δʼ αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς ὑπὸ τοῖς Κωνσταντίνου ποσὶν ἤλαυνεν, ὧδέ πη τοὺς ἄνδρας βαρβαρικῷ φρονήματι γαυρουμένους χειρωσάμενος. Σκυθῶν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐπαναστάντων τοὺς οἰκέτας ὥπλιζον οἱ δεσπόται πρὸς ἄμυναν τῶν πολεμίων. ἐπεὶ δʼ ἐκράτουν οἱ δοῦλοι, κατὰ τῶν δεσποτῶν ἤραντο τὰς ἀσπίδας πάντας τε ἤλαυνον τῆς οἰκείας.
Sauromatas dʼ autos ho theos hypo tois Kōnstantinou posin ēlaunen, hōde pē tous andras barbarikǭ phronēmati gauroumenous cheirōsamenos. Skythōn gar autois epanastantōn tous oiketas hōplizon hoi despotai pros amynan tōn polemiōn. epei dʼ ekratoun hoi douloi, kata tōn despotōn ēranto tas aspidas pantas te ēlaunon tēs oikeias.
The Sarmatians God himself drove under Constantine's feet, subduing in this way men who were proud with barbarian arrogance. When the Scythians rose against them, the masters armed their slaves to ward off the enemy. When the slaves had won, they raised their shields against their masters and drove them all out of their own land.
4.6.2Heikel
οἱ δὲ λιμένα σωτηρίας οὐκ ἄλλον ἢ μόνον Κωνσταντῖνον εὕραντο, ὁ δὲ οἷα σώζειν εἰδὼς τούτους πάντας ὑπὸ τῇ ῾Ρωμαίων εἰσεδέχετο χώρᾳ, ἐν οἰκείοις τε κατέλεγε στρατοῖς τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους, τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις τῶν πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν εἵνεκα χώρας εἰς γεωργίαν διένεμεν, ὡς ἐπὶ καλῷ τὴν συμφορὰν αὐτοῖς ὁμολογεῖν γεγενῆσθαι Ῥωμαἴκῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀντὶ βαρβάρου θηριωδίας ἀπολαύουσιν οὕτω δὴ θεὸς αὐτῷ τὰς κατὰ πάντων ἐθνῶν ἐδωρεῖτο νικάς, ὡς καὶ ἑκοντὶ ἐθέλειν ὑποτάττεσθαι αὐτῷ παντοῖα φῦλα βαρβάρω.
hoi de limena sōtērias ouk allon ē monon Kōnstantinon heuranto, ho de hoia sōzein eidōs toutous pantas hypo tę̄ ῾Rōmaiōn eisedecheto chōrą, en oikeiois te katelege stratois tous epitēdeious, tois dʼ allois tōn pros tēn zōēn heineka chōras eis geōrgian dienemen, hōs epi kalǭ tēn symphoran autois homologein gegenēsthai Rhōmaikēs eleutherias anti barbarou thēriōdias apolauousin houtō dē theos autǭ tas kata pantōn ethnōn edōreito nikas, hōs kai hekonti ethelein hypotattesthai autǭ pantoia phyla barbarō.
They found no haven of safety other than Constantine alone. And he, as one who knew how to save, received them all into Roman territory; the suitable ones he enrolled in his own armies, and to the rest he distributed land to farm for their livelihood, so that they confessed that their misfortune had turned out for their good, since they enjoyed Roman freedom instead of barbarian savagery. So God granted him victories over all nations, so that all kinds of barbarian tribes were willing to submit to him of their own accord.
Life 4, chapter 7
4.7.1Heikel
Συνεχεῖς γοῦν ἁπανταχόθεν οἱ διαπρεσβευόμενοι δῶρα τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς πολυτελῆ διεκόμιζον, ὡς καὶ αὐτούς ποτε παρατυχόντας ἡμᾶς πρὸ τῆς αὐλείου τῶν βασιλείων πυλῶν στοιχηδὸν ἐν τάξει περίβλεπτα σχήματα βαρβάρων ἑστῶτα θεάσασθαι, οἷς ἔξαλλος μὲν ἡ στολή, διαλλάττων δʼ ὁ τῶν σχημάτων τρόπος, κόμη τε καὶ κεφαλῆς καὶ γενείου πάμπολυ διεστῶσα, βλοσυρῶν τε ἦν προσώπων βάρβαρος καὶ καταπληκτική τις ὄψις, σωμάτων θʼ ἡλικίας ὑπερβάλλοντα μεγέθη· καὶ οἷς μὲν ἐρυθραίνετο τὰ πρόσωπα, οἷς δὲ λευκότερα χιόνος ἦν, οἷς δʼ ἐβένου καὶ πίττης μελάντερα, οἱ δὲ μέσης μετεῖχον κράσεως, ἐπεὶ καὶ Βλεμμύων γένη Ἰνδῶν τε καὶ Αἰθιόπων, οἳ διχθὰ δεδαίαται ἔσχατοι ἀνδρῶν, τῇ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐθεωρεῖτο ἱστορίᾳ.
Synecheis goun hapantachothen hoi diapresbeuomenoi dōra ta parʼ autois polytelē diekomizon, hōs kai autous pote paratychontas hēmas pro tēs auleiou tōn basileiōn pylōn stoichēdon en taxei periblepta schēmata barbarōn hestōta theasasthai, hois exallos men hē stolē, diallattōn dʼ ho tōn schēmatōn tropos, komē te kai kephalēs kai geneiou pampoly diestōsa, blosyrōn te ēn prosōpōn barbaros kai kataplēktikē tis opsis, sōmatōn thʼ hēlikias hyperballonta megethē; kai hois men erythraineto ta prosōpa, hois de leukotera chionos ēn, hois dʼ ebenou kai pittēs melantera, hoi de mesēs meteichon kraseōs, epei kai Blemmyōn genē Indōn te kai Aithiopōn, hoi dichtha dedaiatai eschatoi andrōn, tę̄ tōn eirēmenōn etheōreito historią.
Envoys from every quarter were continually bringing the costly gifts of their lands, so that we ourselves, once happening to be present before the outer gates of the palace, saw remarkable figures of barbarians standing in line in order. Their dress was outlandish, the fashion of their appearance different, the hair of head and beard very different; the look of their faces was barbarous and startlingly fierce, and their bodies exceeded ordinary stature. Some had red faces, others were whiter than snow, others blacker than ebony and pitch, and others of a mixed complexion; for among those described were to be seen races of Blemmyes, Indians, and Ethiopians, “who are divided in two, the farthest of men.”
4.7.2Heikel
ἐν μέρει δὲ τούτων ἕκαστοι, ὥσπερ ἐν πίνακος γραφῇ, τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τίμια βασιλεῖ προσεκόμιζον, οἱ μὲν στεφάνους χρυσοῦς, οἱ δʼ ἐκ λίθων διαδήματα τιμίων, ἄλλοι ξανθοκόμους παῖδας, οἱ δὲ χρυσῷ καὶ ἄνθεσι καθυφασμένας βαρβαρικὰς στολάς, οἱ δʼ ἵππους, οἱ δʼ ἀσπίδας καὶ δόρατα μακρὰ καὶ βέλη καὶ τόξα, τὴν διὰ τούτων ὑπηρεσίαν τε καὶ συμμαχίαν βουλομένῳ βασιλεῖ παρέχειν ἐνδεικνύμενοι.
en merei de toutōn hekastoi, hōsper en pinakos graphę̄, ta parʼ autois timia basilei prosekomizon, hoi men stephanous chrysous, hoi dʼ ek lithōn diadēmata timiōn, alloi xanthokomous paidas, hoi de chrysǭ kai anthesi kathyphasmenas barbarikas stolas, hoi dʼ hippous, hoi dʼ aspidas kai dorata makra kai belē kai toxa, tēn dia toutōn hypēresian te kai symmachian boulomenǭ basilei parechein endeiknymenoi.
Each of these in turn, as in a painted picture, brought to the emperor the things valued among them: some golden crowns, others diadems of precious stones, others fair-haired boys, others barbarian robes woven with gold and flowers, others horses, others shields, long spears, darts, and bows, showing that through these they offered the emperor their service and alliance if he wished it.
4.7.3Heikel
ἃ δὴ παρὰ τῶν κομιζόντων ὑποδεχόμενος καὶ ἐντάττων, ἀντεδίδου τοσαῦτα βασιλεύς, ὡς ὑφʼ ἕνα καιρὸν πλουσιωτάτους ἀποφῆναι τοὺς κομιζομένους, ἐτίμα δὲ καὶ Ῥωμαικοῖς ἀξιώμασι τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς διαφανεστέρους, ὥστʼ ἤδη πλείους τὴν ἐνταυθοῖ στέργειν διατριβὴν ἐπανόδου τῆς εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα λήθην πεποιημένους.
ha dē para tōn komizontōn hypodechomenos kai entattōn, antedidou tosauta basileus, hōs hyphʼ hena kairon plousiōtatous apophēnai tous komizomenous, etima de kai Rhōmaikois axiōmasi tous en autois diaphanesterous, hōstʼ ēdē pleious tēn entauthoi stergein diatribēn epanodou tēs eis ta oikeia lēthēn pepoiēmenous.
Receiving these from those who brought them and taking note of them, the emperor gave back so much in return that he made the bearers very rich at a stroke; and he honored the more distinguished among them with Roman dignities, so that many now preferred to stay here, forgetting their return home.
Life 4, chapter 8
4.8.1Heikel
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ ὁ Περσῶν βασιλεὺς Κωνσταντίνῳ γνωρίζεσθαι διὰ πρεσβείας ἠξίου δῶρά τε καὶ οὗτος σπονδῶν φιλικῶν διεπέμπετο σύμβολα, ἔπραττε δὲ τὰς συνθήκας κἀπὶ τούτῳ βασιλεύς, ὑπερβολῇ φιλοτίμῳ τὸν τῆς τιμῆς προαρξάμενον νικῶν ταῖς ἀντιδόσεσι. πυθόμενος γέ τοι παρὰ τῷ Περςῶν ἔθνει πληθύειν τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκληςίας λαούς τε μυριάνδρους ταῖς Χριστοῦ ποίμνας ἐναγελάζεσθαι, χαίρων ἐπι τῇ τούτων ἀκοῇ οἷά τις κοινὸς τῶν ἁπανταχοῦ κηδεμὼν πάλιν κἀνταῦθα τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁπάντων ἐποιεῖτο πρόνοιαν. οἰκείαις δʼ οὖν αὐτὸς καὶ τοῦτο παραστήσει φωναῖς διʼ ὧν πρὸς τὸν Περςῶν βασιλέα διεπέμψατο γραμμάτων, σὺν ἐμμελείᾳ τῇ πάσῃ καὶ ἐπιστρεφεία τοὺς ἄνδρας αὐτῷ παρατιθέμενος. φέρεται μὲν οὖν Ῥωμαίᾳ γλώττῃ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἡμῖν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ βασιλέως ἰδιόγραφον γράμμα, μεταβληθὲν δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλήνων φωνὴν γνωριμώτερον γένοιτʼ ἂν τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν, ὧδέ πη περιέχον.
Epeidē de kai ho Persōn basileus Kōnstantinǭ gnōrizesthai dia presbeias ēxiou dōra te kai houtos spondōn philikōn diepempeto symbola, epratte de tas synthēkas kapi toutǭ basileus, hyperbolę̄ philotimǭ ton tēs timēs proarxamenon nikōn tais antidosesi. pythomenos ge toi para tǭ Persōn ethnei plēthyein tas tou theou ekklēsias laous te myriandrous tais Christou poimnas enagelazesthai, chairōn epi tę̄ toutōn akoę̄ hoia tis koinos tōn hapantachou kēdemōn palin kantautha tēn hyper tōn hapantōn epoieito pronoian. oikeiais dʼ oun autos kai touto parastēsei phōnais diʼ hōn pros ton Persōn basilea diepempsato grammatōn, syn emmeleią tę̄ pasę̄ kai epistrepheia tous andras autǭ paratithemenos. pheretai men oun Rhōmaią glōttę̄ parʼ autois hēmin kai touto to basileōs idiographon gramma, metablēthen dʼ epi tēn Hellēnōn phōnēn gnōrimōteron genoitʼ an tois entynchanousin, hōde pē periechon.
When the king of the Persians too thought fit to become known to Constantine through an embassy, and he too sent gifts as tokens of a friendly treaty, the emperor concluded the agreement in this case as well, surpassing with lavish generosity, in his return gifts, the one who had begun the exchange of honors. Learning that the churches of God were multiplying among the Persian nation and that peoples numbering tens of thousands were being gathered into the flocks of Christ, he rejoiced at the report and, as a common guardian of all people everywhere, again made provision here too for the welfare of all. He himself will show this in his own words, in the letter he sent to the king of the Persians, commending the men to him with all tact and care. This letter of the emperor, written in his own hand in the Latin language, is extant among us too; translated into Greek it would be more intelligible to readers. It runs somewhat as follows.
Life 4, chapter 9
4.9.1Heikel
Βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς Σαπώρην τὸν βασιλέα Περςῶν περὶ τῆς τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοίας. „Τὴν θείαν πίστιν φυλάσσων τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας φωτὸς μεταλαγχάνω. τῷ τῆς ἀληθείας φωτὶ ὁδηγούμενος τὴν θείαν πίστιν ἐπιγινώσκω. τοιγάρτοι τούτοις, ὡς τὰ πράγματα βεβαιοῖ, τὴν ἁγιωτάτην θρησκείαν γνωρίζω. διδάσκαλον τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ ἁγίου θεοῦ ταύτην τὴν λατρείαν ἔχειν ὁμολογῶ. τούτου τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δύναμιν ἔχων σύμμαχον. ἐκ τῶν περάτων τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ ἀρξάμενος πᾶσαν ἐφεξῆς τὴν οἰκουμένην βεβαίοις σωτηρίας ἐλπίσι διήγειρα, ὡς ἅπαντα ὅσα ὑπὸ τοσούτοις τυράννοις δεδουλωμένα ταῖς καθημεριναῖς συμφοραῖς ἐνδόντα ἐξίτηλα ἐγεγόνει, ταῦτα προσλαβόντα τὴν τῶν κοινῶν ἐκδικίαν ὥσπερ ἔκ τινος θεραπείας ἀναζωπυρηθῆναι. τοῦτον τὸν θεὸν πρεσβεύω, οὗ τὸ σημεῖον ὁ τῷ θεῷ ἀνακείμενός μου στρατὸς ὑπὲρ τῶν ὤμων φέρει, καὶ ἐφʼ ἅπερ ἂν ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λόγος παρακαλῇ κατευθύνεται, ἐξ αὐτῶν δʼ ἐκείνων περιφανέσι τροπαίοις αὐτίκα τὴν χάριν ἀντιλαμβάνω. τοῦτον τὸν θεὸν ἀθανάτῳ μνήμῃ τιμᾶν ὁμολογῶ, τοῦτον ἀκραιφνεῖ καὶ καθαρᾷ διανοίᾳ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτάτω τυγχάνειν ὑπεραυγάζομαι.
Basileōs epistolē pros Sapōrēn ton basilea Persōn peri tēs tou laou tou theou pronoias. „Tēn theian pistin phylassōn tou tēs alētheias phōtos metalanchanō. tǭ tēs alētheias phōti hodēgoumenos tēn theian pistin epiginōskō. toigartoi toutois, hōs ta pragmata bebaioi, tēn hagiōtatēn thrēskeian gnōrizō. didaskalon tēs epignōseōs tou hagiou theou tautēn tēn latreian echein homologō. toutou tou theou tēn dynamin echōn symmachon. ek tōn peratōn tou Ōkeanou arxamenos pasan ephexēs tēn oikoumenēn bebaiois sōtērias elpisi diēgeira, hōs hapanta hosa hypo tosoutois tyrannois dedoulōmena tais kathēmerinais symphorais endonta exitēla egegonei, tauta proslabonta tēn tōn koinōn ekdikian hōsper ek tinos therapeias anazōpyrēthēnai. touton ton theon presbeuō, hou to sēmeion ho tǭ theǭ anakeimenos mou stratos hyper tōn ōmōn pherei, kai ephʼ haper an ho tou dikaiou logos parakalę̄ kateuthynetai, ex autōn dʼ ekeinōn periphanesi tropaiois autika tēn charin antilambanō. touton ton theon athanatǭ mnēmę̄ timan homologō, touton akraiphnei kai katharą dianoią en tois anōtatō tynchanein hyperaugazomai.
The emperor's letter to Sapor, king of the Persians, concerning his care for the people of God. “Guarding the divine faith, I share in the light of truth; guided by the light of truth, I recognize the divine faith. Therefore by these things, as events confirm, I acknowledge the most holy religion. I confess that I have this worship as my teacher in the knowledge of the most holy God. Having the power of this God as my ally, and beginning from the ends of the Ocean, I have raised up the whole world in turn with sure hopes of salvation, so that all that had been enslaved under so many tyrants and, yielding to daily calamities, had wasted away, received the vindication of the common good and was rekindled, as by some remedy. This God I honor, whose sign my army, dedicated to God, carries on its shoulders, and it is directed wherever the principle of justice calls it; and from those very enemies I at once receive my recompense in splendid trophies. This God I confess that I honor with undying remembrance; this God I delight to contemplate with a pure and undefiled mind in the highest places.
Life 4, chapter 10
4.10.1Heikel
Τοῦτον ἐπικαλοῦμαι γόνυ κλίνας, φεύγων μὲν πᾶν αἷμα βδελυκτὸν καὶ ὀσμὰς ἀηδεῖς καὶ ἀποτροπαίους, πᾶσαν δὲ γεώδη λαμπηδόνα ἐκκλίνων, οἷς ἅπασιν ἡ ἀθέμιτος καὶ ἄρρητος πλάνη χραινομένη πολλοὺς τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ὅλα γένη κατέρριψεν τοῖς κατωτάτω μέρεσι παραδοῦσα.
Touton epikaloumai gony klinas, pheugōn men pan haima bdelykton kai osmas aēdeis kai apotropaious, pasan de geōdē lampēdona ekklinōn, hois hapasin hē athemitos kai arrētos planē chrainomenē pollous tōn ethnōn kai hola genē katerripsen tois katōtatō meresi paradousa.
Him I call upon with bended knee, shunning all abominable blood and unpleasant and offensive odors, and turning away from all earthly splendor; for, defiled by all these things, lawless and unspeakable error has cast down many of the nations and whole races, handing them over to the lowest regions.
4.10.2Heikel
ἃ γὰρ ὁ τῶν ὅλων θεὸς προνοίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν οἰκείαν χρείας ἕνεκα εἰς τοὐμφανὲς παρήγαγε, ταῦτα πρὸς τὴν ἑκάστου ἐπι- θυμίαν ἕλκεσθαι οὐδαμῶς ἀνέχεται, καθαρὰν δὲ μόνην διάνοιαν καὶ ψυχὴν ἀκηλίδωτον παρὰ ἀνθρώπων ἀπαιτεῖ, τὰς τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ εὐσεβείας πράξεις ἐν τούτοις σταθμώμενος.
ha gar ho tōn holōn theos pronoią tōn anthrōpōn dia philanthrōpian oikeian chreias heneka eis toumphanes parēgage, tauta pros tēn hekastou epi- thymian helkesthai oudamōs anechetai, katharan de monēn dianoian kai psychēn akēlidōton para anthrōpōn apaitei, tas tēs aretēs kai eusebeias praxeis en toutois stathmōmenos.
For what the God of all, in his providence for mankind and out of his own love for humanity, brought forth into view for their use, he by no means allows to be dragged about at each person's desire; he demands from people only a pure mind and an unstained soul, weighing by these the deeds of virtue and piety.
4.10.3Heikel
ἐπιεικείας γὰρ καὶ ἡμερότητος ἔργοις ἀρέσκεται, πράους φιλῶν, μισῶν τοὺς ταραχώδεις, ἀγαπῶν πίστιν, ἀπιστίαν κολάζων, πᾶσαν μετὰ ἀλαζονείας δυναστείαν καταρρηγνύς, ὕβριν ὑπερηφάνων τιμωρεῖται, τοὺς ὑπὸ τύφου ἐπαιρομένους ἐκ βάθρων ἀναιρεῖ, ταπεινόφροσι καὶ ἀνεξικάκοις τὰ πρὸς ἀξίαν νέμων.
epieikeias gar kai hēmerotētos ergois aresketai, praous philōn, misōn tous tarachōdeis, agapōn pistin, apistian kolazōn, pasan meta alazoneias dynasteian katarrēgnys, hybrin hyperēphanōn timōreitai, tous hypo typhou epairomenous ek bathrōn anairei, tapeinophrosi kai anexikakois ta pros axian nemōn.
For he is pleased with works of gentleness and mildness; he loves the meek and hates the turbulent; he loves faith and punishes unbelief; he breaks every power joined with arrogance, punishes the insolence of the proud, and destroys from their foundations those lifted up with vanity, while he gives to the humble-minded and forbearing what they deserve.
4.10.4Heikel
οὕτω καὶ βασιλείαν δικαίαν περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενος ταῖς παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπικουρίαις κρατύνει, σύνεσίν τε βασιλικὴν τῷ γαληναίῳ τῆς εἰρήνης διαφυλάττει.“
houtō kai basileian dikaian peri pollou poioumenos tais parʼ heautou epikouriais kratynei, synesin te basilikēn tǭ galēnaiǭ tēs eirēnēs diaphylattei.“
So too, valuing a just kingdom highly, he strengthens it with his help, and preserves the royal understanding in the calm of peace.”
Life 4, chapter 11
4.11.1Heikel
„Οὔ μοι δοκῶ πλανᾶσθαι, ἀδελφέ μου, τοῦτον ἕνα θεὸν ὁμολογῶν πάντων ἀρχηγὸν καὶ πατέρα, ὅν πολλοὶ τῶν τῇδε βασιλευσάντων μανιώδεσι πλάναις ὑπαχθέντες ἐπεχείρησαν ἀρνήσασθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνους μὲν ἅπαντας τοιοῦτον τιμωρὸν τέλος κατανάλωσεν, ὡς πᾶν τὸ μετʼ ἐκείνους ἀνθρώπων γένος τὰς ἐκείνων συμφορὰς ἀντʼ ἄλλου παραδείγματος τοῖς παρὰ τούτοις τὰ ὅμοια ζηλοῦσι τίθεσθαι.
„Ou moi dokō planasthai, adelphe mou, touton hena theon homologōn pantōn archēgon kai patera, hon polloi tōn tę̄de basileusantōn maniōdesi planais hypachthentes epecheirēsan arnēsasthai, allʼ ekeinous men hapantas toiouton timōron telos katanalōsen, hōs pan to metʼ ekeinous anthrōpōn genos tas ekeinōn symphoras antʼ allou paradeigmatos tois para toutois ta homoia zēlousi tithesthai.
“I do not think I am mistaken, my brother, in confessing this one God, the Author and Father of all, whom many who reigned here, led astray by mad errors, tried to deny. But such an avenging end consumed them all that the whole human race after them sets their calamities, above any other example, before those who emulate their deeds.
4.11.2Heikel
τούτων ἐκεῖνον ἕνα ἡγοῦμαι γεγονέναι, ὅν ὥσπερ τις σκηπτὸς ἡ θεία μῆνις τῶν τῇδε ἀπελάσασα τοῖς ὑμετέροις μέρεσι παραδέδωκεν, τῆς ἐπ΄ αὐτῷ αἰσχύνης πολυθρύλητον τὸ παρʼ ὑμῖν τρόπαιον ἀποφήναντα.“
toutōn ekeinon hena hēgoumai gegonenai, hon hōsper tis skēptos hē theia mēnis tōn tę̄de apelasasa tois hymeterois meresi paradedōken, tēs ep΄ autǭ aischynēs polythrylēton to parʼ hymin tropaion apophēnanta.“
Of these I believe that one was he whom the divine wrath drove from these parts like a thunderbolt and handed over to your regions, where he made the trophy over his disgrace famous among you.”
Life 4, chapter 12
4.12.1Heikel
„Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἔοικεν εἰς καλὸν προκεχωρηκέναι τὸ καὶ ἐν τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς αἰῶνι τὴν τῶν τοιούτων τιμωρίαν περιφανῆ δειχθῆναι. ἐπεῖδον γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκείνων τὰ τέλη τῶν ἔναγχος ἀθεμίτοις προστάγμασι τὸν τῷ θεῷ ἀνακείμενον λαὸν ἐκπραξάντων. διὸ δὴ καὶ πολλὴ χάρις τῷ θεῷ, ὅτι τελείᾳ προνοίᾳ πᾶν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον τὸ θεραπεῦον τὸν θεῖον νόμον, ἀποδοθείσης αὐτοῖς πέπεισμαι ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστα καὶ ἀσφαλέστατα ἔχειν ἅπαντα, ὁπότε διὰ τῆς ἐκείνων καθαρᾶς τε καὶ δοκίμου θρησκείας ἐκ τῆς περὶ τὸ θεῖον συμφωνίας πάντας εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀγείρειν ἀξιοῖ.“
„Alla gar eoiken eis kalon prokechōrēkenai to kai en tǭ kathʼ hēmas aiōni tēn tōn toioutōn timōrian periphanē deichthēnai. epeidon gar kai autos ekeinōn ta telē tōn enanchos athemitois prostagmasi ton tǭ theǭ anakeimenon laon ekpraxantōn. dio dē kai pollē charis tǭ theǭ, hoti teleią pronoią pan to anthrōpinon to therapeuon ton theion nomon, apodotheisēs autois pepeismai hōs hoti kallista kai asphalestata echein hapanta, hopote dia tēs ekeinōn katharas te kai dokimou thrēskeias ek tēs peri to theion symphōnias pantas eis heauton ageirein axioi.“
“But it seems to have turned out well that in our own age too the punishment of such men has been made manifest. For I myself have seen the ends of those who recently harassed with lawless edicts the people dedicated to God. Therefore great thanks are due to God, that by his perfect providence the whole of mankind that serves the divine law, now that [peace] has been restored to them, [rejoices]. I am convinced that everything is in the best and safest state, since, through their pure and approved worship and their concord concerning the divine, he deigns to gather all people to himself.”
Life 4, chapter 13
4.13.1Heikel
„Τούτῳ τῷ καταλόγῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, λέγω δὴ τῶν Χρι- στιανῶν, (ὑπὲρ γὰρ τούτων ὁ πᾶς μοι λόγος) πῶς οἴει με ἥδεσθαι ἀκούοντα ὅτι καὶ τῆς Περσίδος τὰ κράτιστα ἐπὶ πλεῖστον, ὥσπερ ἔστι μοι βουλομένῳ, κεκόσμηται. σοί τʼ οὖν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστα ἐκείνοις θʼ ὡσαύτως ὑπάρχοι τὰ κάλλιστα, ὅτι σοὶ κἀκεῖνοι. οὕτω γὰρ ἕξεις τὸν τῶν ὅλων δεσπότην πατέρα, θεὸν ἵλεω καὶ εὐμενῆ. τούτους τοιγαροῦν, ἐπειδὴ τοσοῦτος εἶ, σοὶ παρατίθεμαι, τοὺς αὐτοὺς τούτους, ὅτι καὶ εὐσεβείᾳ ἐπίσημος εἶ, ἐγχειρίζων· τούτους ἀγάπα ἁρμοδίως τῇ σεαυτοῦ φιλανθρωπίᾳ· σαυτῷ τε γὰρ καὶ ἡμῖν ἀπερίγραπτον δώσεις διὰ τῆς πίστεως τὴν χάριν.“
„Toutǭ tǭ katalogǭ tōn anthrōpōn, legō dē tōn Chri- stianōn, (hyper gar toutōn ho pas moi logos) pōs oiei me hēdesthai akouonta hoti kai tēs Persidos ta kratista epi pleiston, hōsper esti moi boulomenǭ, kekosmētai. soi tʼ oun hōs hoti kallista ekeinois thʼ hōsautōs hyparchoi ta kallista, hoti soi kakeinoi. houtō gar hexeis ton tōn holōn despotēn patera, theon hileō kai eumenē. toutous toigaroun, epeidē tosoutos ei, soi paratithemai, tous autous toutous, hoti kai eusebeią episēmos ei, encheirizōn; toutous agapa harmodiōs tę̄ seautou philanthrōpią; sautǭ te gar kai hēmin aperigrapton dōseis dia tēs pisteōs tēn charin.“
“With this class of people — I mean the Christians, for my whole discourse is on their behalf — how pleased do you think I am to hear that the finest parts of Persia too are richly adorned with them, just as I would wish! May the best things, then, be yours in the fullest measure, and theirs likewise, since they too are yours. For so you will have the Lord of all, the Father, as a merciful and gracious God. These, therefore, since you are so great a ruler, I commend to you; I place these same men in your hands, because you are distinguished for piety as well. Love them as befits your own humanity; for through your faith you will confer on yourself and on us a favor beyond measure.”
Life 4, chapter 14
4.14.1Heikel
Οὕτω δὴ λοιπὸν τῶν ἁπανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐθνῶν ὥσπερ ὑφʼ ἑνὶ κυβερνήτῃ διευθυνομένων καὶ τὴν ὑπὸ τῷ θεράποντι τοῦ θεοῦ πολιτείαν ἀσπαζομένων, μηδενὸς μηκέτι παρενοχλοῦντος τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχήν, ἐν εὐσταθεῖ καὶ ἀταράχῳ βίῳ τὴν ζωῆν διῆγον οἱ πάντες. βασιλεὺς δὲ κρίνας αὐτῷ τὰ μεγάλα συντείνειν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὅλων φυλακὴν τὰς τῶν θεοσεβῶν εὐχάς, ταύτας ἀναγκαίως ἐπορίζετο αὐτός θʼ ἱκέτης γιγνόμενος τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς τε τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν προέδροις τὰς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ λιτὰς ποιεῖσθαι ἐγκελευόμενος.
Houtō dē loipon tōn hapantachou tēs oikoumenēs ethnōn hōsper hyphʼ heni kybernētę̄ dieuthynomenōn kai tēn hypo tǭ theraponti tou theou politeian aspazomenōn, mēdenos mēketi parenochlountos tēn Rhōmaiōn archēn, en eustathei kai atarachǭ biǭ tēn zōēn diēgon hoi pantes. basileus de krinas autǭ ta megala synteinein pros tēn tōn holōn phylakēn tas tōn theosebōn euchas, tautas anankaiōs eporizeto autos thʼ hiketēs gignomenos tou theou tois te tōn ekklēsiōn proedrois tas hyper autou litas poieisthai enkeleuomenos.
So at last, as all the nations of the world were steered as by one pilot and welcomed the government under the servant of God, with no one any longer troubling the Roman empire, all people passed their lives in a settled and untroubled existence. The emperor, judging that the prayers of the godly contributed greatly to the protection of the whole, secured them as a necessity, himself becoming a suppliant of God and ordering the presidents of the churches to make supplications on his behalf.
Life 4, chapter 15
4.15.1Heikel
Ὅση δʼ αὐτοῦ τῇ ψυχῇ πίστεως ἐνθέου ὑπεστήρικτο δύναμις, μάθοι ἄν τις καὶ ἐκ τοῦδε λογιζόμενος, ὡς ἐν τοῖς χρυσοῖς νομίσμασι τὴν αὐτὸς αὐτοῦ εἰκόνα ὧδε γράφεσθαι διετύπου, ὡς ἄνω βλέπειν δοκεῖν ἀνατεταμένως πρὸς θεὸν τρόπον εὐχομένου.
Hosē dʼ autou tę̄ psychę̄ pisteōs entheou hypestērikto dynamis, mathoi an tis kai ek toude logizomenos, hōs en tois chrysois nomismasi tēn autos autou eikona hōde graphesthai dietypou, hōs anō blepein dokein anatetamenōs pros theon tropon euchomenou.
How great a power of divine faith was firmly set in his soul one may learn by considering this too: he had his own portrait so represented on the gold coins that he seemed to be looking upward, gazing intently toward God in the manner of one praying.
4.15.2Heikel
τούτου μὲν οὖν τὰ ἐκτυπώματα καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ῥωμαίων διέτρεχεν οἰκουμετέωρον τῶν προπύλων ἀνακειμέναις εἰκόσιν ἑστὼς ὄρθιος ἐγράφετο, ἄνω μὲν εἰς οὐρανὸν ἐμβλέπων τὼ χεῖρε δʼ ἐκτεταμένος εὐχομένου σχήματι.
toutou men oun ta ektypōmata kathʼ holēs tēs Rhōmaiōn dietrechen oikoumeteōron tōn propylōn anakeimenais eikosin hestōs orthios egrapheto, anō men eis ouranon emblepōn tō cheire dʼ ektetamenos euchomenou schēmati.
Impressions of this circulated throughout the Roman world. [And in the palaces of certain cities, in the images set up] high above the entrances, he was portrayed standing upright, looking up to heaven, with his hands outstretched in the posture of prayer.
Life 4, chapter 16
4.16.1Heikel
Ὧδε μὲν οὖν αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν κἀν ταῖς γραφαῖς εὐχόμενον ἀνίστη. νόμῳ δʼ ἀπεῖργεν εἰκόνας αὐτοῦ ἐν εἰδώλων ναοῖς ἀνατίθεσθαι, ὡς μηδὲ μέχρι σκιαγραφίας τῇ πλάνῃ τῶν ἀπειρημένων μολύνοιτο ἡ γραφή.
Hōde men oun autos heauton kan tais graphais euchomenon anistē. nomǭ dʼ apeirgen eikonas autou en eidōlōn naois anatithesthai, hōs mēde mechri skiagraphias tę̄ planę̄ tōn apeirēmenōn molynoito hē graphē.
So he represented himself as praying even in pictures. But by law he forbade images of himself to be set up in the temples of idols, so that not even his painted likeness might be defiled by the error of forbidden things.
Life 4, chapter 17
4.17.1Heikel
Σκέψαιτο δ΄ ἄν τις τὰ τούτων σεμνότερα, διαγνοὺς ὡς ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς βασιλείοις ἐκκληςίας θεοῦ τρόπον διέθετο, σπουδῆς ἐξάρχων αὐτὸς τῶν ἔνδον ἐκκλησιαζομένων· μετὰ χεῖράς γέ τοι λαμβάνων τὰς βίβλους τῇ τῶν θεοπνεύστων λογίων θεωρίᾳ προσανεῖχε τὸν νοῦν, εἶτʼ εὐχὰς ἐνθέσμους σὺν τοῖς τὸν βασίλειον οἶκον πληροῦσιν ἀπεδίδου.
Skepsaito d΄ an tis ta toutōn semnotera, diagnous hōs en autois tois basileiois ekklēsias theou tropon dietheto, spoudēs exarchōn autos tōn endon ekklēsiazomenōn; meta cheiras ge toi lambanōn tas biblous tę̄ tōn theopneustōn logiōn theōrią prosaneiche ton noun, eitʼ euchas enthesmous syn tois ton basileion oikon plērousin apedidou.
One might observe things more solemn still, recognizing that in the palace itself he arranged matters in the manner of a church of God, himself leading the devotion of those who assembled inside. Taking the books in his hands, he applied his mind to the study of the God-inspired oracles, and then offered the prescribed prayers with those who filled the imperial household.
Life 4, chapter 18
4.18.1Heikel
Καὶ ἡμέραν δʼ εὐχῶν ἡγεῖσθαι κατάλληλον τὴν κυρίαν ἀληθῶς καὶ πρώτην ὄντως κυριακήν τε καὶ σωτήριον διετύπου. διάκονοι δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ ὑπηρέται θεῷ καθιερωμένοι βίου τε σεμνότητι καὶ ἀρετῇ πάσῃ κόσμιοι ἄνδρες φύλακες τοῦ παντὸς οἴκου καθίσταντο, δορυφόροι τε, πιστοὶ σωματοφύλακες, τρόποις εὐνοίας πιστῆς καθωπλισμένοι βασιλέα διδάσκαλον εὐσεβῶν ἐπεγράφοντο τρόπων, τιμῶντες οὐχ ἧττον καὶ αὐτοὶ τὴν σωτήριον καὶ κυριακὴν ἡμέραν εὐχάς τε ἐν αὐτῇ συντελοῦντες τὰς βασιλεῖ φίλας.
Kai hēmeran dʼ euchōn hēgeisthai katallēlon tēn kyrian alēthōs kai prōtēn ontōs kyriakēn te kai sōtērion dietypou. diakonoi dʼ autǭ kai hypēretai theǭ kathierōmenoi biou te semnotēti kai aretę̄ pasę̄ kosmioi andres phylakes tou pantos oikou kathistanto, doryphoroi te, pistoi sōmatophylakes, tropois eunoias pistēs kathōplismenoi basilea didaskalon eusebōn epegraphonto tropōn, timōntes ouch hētton kai autoi tēn sōtērion kai kyriakēn hēmeran euchas te en autę̄ syntelountes tas basilei philas.
He also ordained that the day which is truly sovereign and first, the Lord's day and day of salvation, should be regarded as the appropriate day for prayers. Deacons and servants consecrated to God, men adorned with solemnity of life and every virtue, were appointed guardians of the whole household; and his guards, faithful bodyguards armed with ways of loyal goodwill, took the emperor as their teacher in godly ways, themselves no less honoring the saving Lord's day and performing on it the prayers the emperor loved.
4.18.2Heikel
ταὐτὸν δὲ πράττειν καὶ πάντας ἐνῆγεν ἀνθρώπους ὁ μακάριος, ὥσπερ εὐχὴν ταύτην πεποιημένος ἠρέμα σύμπαντας ἀνθρώπους θεοσεβεῖς ἀπεργάσασθαι. διὸ τοῖς ὑπὸ τῇ Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῇ πολιτευομένοις ἅπασι σχολὴν ἄγειν ταῖς ἐπωνύμοις τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμέραις ἐνομοθέτει, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰς πρὸ τοῦ σαββάτου τιμᾶν, μνήμης ἕνεκα μοι δοκεῖν τῶν ἐν ταύταις τῷ κοινῷ σωτῆρι πεπρᾶχθαι μνημονευομένων.
tauton de prattein kai pantas enēgen anthrōpous ho makarios, hōsper euchēn tautēn pepoiēmenos ērema sympantas anthrōpous theosebeis apergasasthai. dio tois hypo tę̄ Rhōmaiōn archę̄ politeuomenois hapasi scholēn agein tais epōnymois tou sōtēros hēmerais enomothetei, homoiōs de kai tas pro tou sabbatou timan, mnēmēs heneka moi dokein tōn en tautais tǭ koinǭ sōtēri peprachthai mnēmoneuomenōn.
The blessed man urged all people to do the same, as if he had made it his prayer gradually to make all people godly. So he legislated that all who lived under Roman rule should rest on the days named after the Savior, and likewise should honor the days before the Sabbath, in memory, it seems to me, of what is recorded to have been done by the common Savior on those days.
4.18.3Heikel
τὴν δέ γε σωτήριον ἡμέραν, ἥν καὶ φωτὸς εἶναι καὶ ἡλίου ἐπώνυμον συμβαίνει, τὰ στρατιωτικὰ πάντα διὰ σπουδῆς τιμᾶν διδάσκων, τοῖς μὲν τῆς ἐνθέου μετέχουσι πίστεως ἀκωλύτως τῇ ἐκκληςίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ προσκαρτερεῖν μετεδίδου σχολῆς, ἐφʼ ᾧ τὰς εὐχὰς μηδενὸς αυτοῖς ἐμποδὼν γινομένου συντελεῖν,
tēn de ge sōtērion hēmeran, hēn kai phōtos einai kai hēliou epōnymon symbainei, ta stratiōtika panta dia spoudēs timan didaskōn, tois men tēs entheou metechousi pisteōs akōlytōs tę̄ ekklēsią tou theou proskarterein metedidou scholēs, ephʼ hǭ tas euchas mēdenos autois empodōn ginomenou syntelein,
The day of salvation, which also happens to bear the name of light and of the sun, he taught all the military to honor zealously. To those who shared the divine faith he granted leisure to attend the church of God without hindrance, so that they might perform their prayers with no one standing in their way,
Life 4, chapter 19
4.19.1Heikel
τοῖς δὲ μήπω τοῦ θείου λόγου μετασχοῦσιν ἐν δευτέρῳ νόμῳ διεκελεύετο κατὰ τὰς κυριακὰς ἡμέρας ἐν προαστείοις ἐπὶ καθαροῦ προιέναι πεδίου κἀνταῦθα μεμελετημένην εὐχὴν ἐξ ἑνὸς συνθήματος ὁμοῦ τοὺς πάντας ἀναπέμπειν θεῷ. μὴ γὰρ δόρασι χρῆναι, μηδὲ παντευχίαις, μηδʼ ἀλκῇ σωμάτων τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐξάπτειν ἐλπίδας, τὸν δʼ ἐπὶ πάντων εἰδέναι θεόν, παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ καὶ δὴ καὶ αὐτῆς νίκης δοτῆρα, ᾧ καὶ τὰς ἐνθέσμους προςήκειν ἀποδιδόναι εὐχάς, ἄνω μὲν αἴροντας εἰς οὐρανὸν μετεώρους τὰς χεῖρας, ἀνωτάτω δʼ ἐπὶ τὸν οὐράνιον βασιλέα τοὺς τῆς διανοίας παραπέμποντας ὀφθαλμούς, κἀκεῖνον ταῖς εὐχαῖς νίκης δοτῆρα καὶ σωτῆρα φύλακά τε καὶ βοηθὸν ἐπιβοωμένους. καὶ τῆς εὐχῆς δὲ τοῖς στρατιωτικοῖς ἅπασι διδάσκαλος ἦν αὐτός, Ῥωμαίᾳ γλώττῃ τοὺς πάντας ὧδε λέγειν ἐγκελευσάμενος.
tois de mēpō tou theiou logou metaschousin en deuterǭ nomǭ diekeleueto kata tas kyriakas hēmeras en proasteiois epi katharou proienai pediou kantautha memeletēmenēn euchēn ex henos synthēmatos homou tous pantas anapempein theǭ. mē gar dorasi chrēnai, mēde panteuchiais, mēdʼ alkę̄ sōmatōn tas heautōn exaptein elpidas, ton dʼ epi pantōn eidenai theon, pantos agathou kai dē kai autēs nikēs dotēra, hǭ kai tas enthesmous prosēkein apodidonai euchas, anō men airontas eis ouranon meteōrous tas cheiras, anōtatō dʼ epi ton ouranion basilea tous tēs dianoias parapempontas ophthalmous, kakeinon tais euchais nikēs dotēra kai sōtēra phylaka te kai boēthon epiboōmenous. kai tēs euchēs de tois stratiōtikois hapasi didaskalos ēn autos, Rhōmaią glōttę̄ tous pantas hōde legein enkeleusamenos.
while those who had not yet shared in the divine word he ordered, in a second law, to go out on the Lord's days to an open field in the suburbs, and there, all together, at a single signal, to send up to God a prayer they had learned by heart. For they ought not to set their hopes on spears or armor or bodily strength, but to know the God over all, the giver of every good and indeed of victory itself, to whom it was fitting to offer the lawful prayers, lifting up their hands on high toward heaven and sending the eyes of their minds higher still to the heavenly King, and calling on him in their prayers as the giver of victory, their Savior, guardian, and helper. He himself was the teacher of the prayer to all the soldiers, ordering them all to say in the Latin language as follows:
Life 4, chapter 20
4.20.1Heikel
„Σὲ μόνον οἴδαμεν θεόν, σὲ βασιλέα γνωρίζομεν, σὲ βοηθὸν ἀνακαλούμεθα, παρὰ σοῦ τὰς νίκας ἠράμεθα, διὰ σὲ κρείττους τῶν ἐχθρῶν κατέστημεν, σοὶ τὴν τῶν προυπαρξάντων ἀγαθῶν χάριν γνωρίζομεν σὲ καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐλπίζομεν, σοῦ πάντες ἱκέται γιγνόμεθα, τὸν ἡμέτερον βασιλέα Κωνσταντῖνον παῖδάς τε αὐτοῦ θεοφιλεῖς ἐπὶ μήκιστον ἡμῖν βίου σῶον καὶ νικητὴν φυλάττεσθαι ποτνιώμενοι.“ τοιαῦτα κατὰ τὴν τοῦ φωτὸς ἡμέραν ἐνομοθέτει πράττειν τὰ στρατιωτικὰ τάγματα, καὶ τοιαύτας ἐδίδασκεν ἐν ταῖς πρὸς θεὸν εὐχαῖς ἀφιέναι φωνάς.
„Se monon oidamen theon, se basilea gnōrizomen, se boēthon anakaloumetha, para sou tas nikas ērametha, dia se kreittous tōn echthrōn katestēmen, soi tēn tōn prouparxantōn agathōn charin gnōrizomen se kai tōn mellontōn elpizomen, sou pantes hiketai gignometha, ton hēmeteron basilea Kōnstantinon paidas te autou theophileis epi mēkiston hēmin biou sōon kai nikētēn phylattesthai potniōmenoi.“ toiauta kata tēn tou phōtos hēmeran enomothetei prattein ta stratiōtika tagmata, kai toiautas edidasken en tais pros theon euchais aphienai phōnas.
“You alone we know as God; you we acknowledge as King; you we call on as helper. From you we have won our victories; through you we have prevailed over our enemies. To you we give thanks for the good things we have received, and in you we hope for those to come. To you we all come as suppliants, earnestly asking that you preserve for us our emperor Constantine and his God-beloved sons, safe and victorious for the longest life.” Such things he laid down by law that the military units should do on the day of light, and such words he taught them to utter in their prayers to God.
Life 4, chapter 21
4.21.1Heikel
Ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ὅπλων τὸ τοῦ σωτηρίου τροπαίου σύμβολον κατασημαίνεσθαι ἐποίει, τοῦ τε ἐνόπλου στρατοῦ προπομπεύειν χρυσῶν μὲν ἀγαλμάτων, ὁποῖς πρότερον αὐτοῖς ἔθος ἦν, τὸ μηθὲν μόνον δὲ τὸ σωτήριον τρόπαιον.
Ēdē de kai epʼ autōn tōn hoplōn to tou sōtēriou tropaiou symbolon katasēmainesthai epoiei, tou te enoplou stratou propompeuein chrysōn men agalmatōn, hopois proteron autois ethos ēn, to mēthen monon de to sōtērion tropaion.
He also had the symbol of the saving trophy marked on the very weapons, and ordered that the armed host be led in procession not by golden images, as had formerly been their custom, but only by the saving trophy.
Life 4, chapter 22
4.22.1Heikel
Αὐτὸς δʼ οἷά τις μέτοχος ἱερῶν ὀργίων ἐν ἀπορρήτοις εἴσω τοῖς αὐτοῦ βασιλικοῖς ταμείοις καιροῖς ἑκάστης ἡμέρας τακτοῖς ἑαυτὸν ἐγκλείων, μόνος μόνῳ τῷ αὐτοῦ προσωμίλει θεῷ, ἱκετηρικαῖς τε δεήσεσι γονυπετῶν κατεδυσώπει ὧν ἐδεῖτο τυχεῖν, ταῖς δὲ τῆς σωτηρίου ἑορτῆς ἡμέραις ἐπιτείνων τὴν ἄσκησιν πάσῃ ῥώμῃ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος τὰς θείας ἱεροφαντίας ἐτελεῖτο, ὧδε μὲν ἁγνείᾳ βίου ὅλως ἀνακείμενος, ὧδε δὲ τοῖς πᾶσι τῆς ἑορτῆς ἐξάρχων.
Autos dʼ hoia tis metochos hierōn orgiōn en aporrētois eisō tois autou basilikois tameiois kairois hekastēs hēmeras taktois heauton enkleiōn, monos monǭ tǭ autou prosōmilei theǭ, hiketērikais te deēsesi gonypetōn katedysōpei hōn edeito tychein, tais de tēs sōtēriou heortēs hēmerais epiteinōn tēn askēsin pasę̄ rhōmę̄ psychēs kai sōmatos tas theias hierophantias eteleito, hōde men hagneią biou holōs anakeimenos, hōde de tois pasi tēs heortēs exarchōn.
He himself, like one who shares in sacred rites, would shut himself in at set times each day in the secret inner rooms of his imperial palace and converse alone with his God alone; kneeling, he entreated him with suppliant petitions for what he needed. On the days of the saving festival he intensified his discipline, and performed the divine mysteries with all the strength of soul and body, on the one hand wholly devoted to purity of life, on the other leading everyone in the festival.
4.22.2Heikel
τὴν δʼ ἱερὰν διανυκτέρευσιν μετέβαλλεν εἰς ἡμερινὰ φῶτα, κηροῦ κίονας ὑψηλοτάτους καθʼ ὅλης ἐξαπτόντων τῆς πόλεως τῶν ἐπὶ τούτῳ τεταγμένων, λαμπάδες δʼ ἦσαν πυρὸς πάντα φωτίζουσαι τόπον, ὡς λαμπρᾶς ἡμέρας τηλαυγεστέραν τὴν μυστικὴν διανυκτέρευσιν ἀποτελεῖσθαι. διαλαβούσης δὲ τῆς ἕω, τὰς σωτηρίους εὐεργεσίας μιμούμενος πᾶσιν ἔθνεσι λαοῖς τε καὶ δήμοις τὴν εὐεργετικὴν ἐξήπλου δεξιάν, πλούσια πάντα τοῖς πᾶσι δωρούμενος.
tēn dʼ hieran dianyktereusin meteballen eis hēmerina phōta, kērou kionas hypsēlotatous kathʼ holēs exaptontōn tēs poleōs tōn epi toutǭ tetagmenōn, lampades dʼ ēsan pyros panta phōtizousai topon, hōs lampras hēmeras tēlaugesteran tēn mystikēn dianyktereusin apoteleisthai. dialabousēs de tēs heō, tas sōtērious euergesias mimoumenos pasin ethnesi laois te kai dēmois tēn euergetikēn exēplou dexian, plousia panta tois pasi dōroumenos.
He turned the sacred night vigil into daylight: those appointed for the task lit very tall pillars of wax throughout the whole city, and there were fiery torches lighting every place, so that the mystic vigil was made brighter than brilliant day. When dawn broke, imitating the saving benefits, he stretched out his beneficent right hand to all nations, peoples, and communities, giving rich gifts of every kind to all.
Life 4, chapter 23
4.23.1Heikel
Οὕτω μὲν οὖν αὐτὸς τῷ ἑαυτοῦ ἱερᾶτο θεῷ. καθόλου δὲ τοῖς ὑπὸ τῇ Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῇ δήμοις τε καὶ στρατιωτικοῖς πύλαι πάσης ἀπεκλείοντο εἰδωλολατρείας, θυςίας τε τρόπος ἀπηγορεύετο πᾶς. καὶ τοῖς κατʼ ἔθνος δʼ ἄρχουσιν ὁμοίως τὴν κυριακὴν ἡμέραν νόμος ἐφοίτα γεραίρειν· οἱ δʼ αὐτοὶ νεύματι βασιλέως καὶ μαρτύρων ἡμέρας ἐτίμων καιρούς τε ἑορτῶν ἐκκληςίαις ἐδόξαζον, πάντα τε βασιλεῖ καταθυμίως τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπράττετο.
Houtō men oun autos tǭ heautou hierato theǭ. katholou de tois hypo tę̄ Rhōmaiōn archę̄ dēmois te kai stratiōtikois pylai pasēs apekleionto eidōlolatreias, thysias te tropos apēgoreueto pas. kai tois katʼ ethnos dʼ archousin homoiōs tēn kyriakēn hēmeran nomos ephoita gerairein; hoi dʼ autoi neumati basileōs kai martyrōn hēmeras etimōn kairous te heortōn ekklēsiais edoxazon, panta te basilei katathymiōs ta toiauta epratteto.
In this way he himself served his God as a priest. In general, for the peoples and soldiers under Roman rule, the doors of all idolatry were shut and every form of sacrifice was forbidden. To the governors of each province likewise a law went out to honor the Lord's day; and they, at the emperor's nod, also honored the days of the martyrs and glorified the seasons of festivals with assemblies; and all such things were done to the emperor's satisfaction.
Life 4, chapter 24
4.24.1Heikel
Ἔνθεν εἰκότως αὐτὸς ἐν ἑστιάσει ποτὲ δεξιούμενος ἐπισκόπους λόγον ἀφῆκεν, ὡς ἄρα εἴη καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίσκοπος, ὧδέ πή αὐτοῖς εἰπὼν ῥήμασιν ἐφʼ ἡμετέραις ἀκοαῖς· „ἀλλʼ ὑμεῖς μὲν τῶν εἴσω τῆς ἐκκληςίας, ἐγὼ δὲ τῶν ἐκτὸς ὑπὸ θεοῦ καθεσταμένος ἐπίσκοπος ἄν εἴην.“ ἀκόλουθα δὲ τῷ λόγῳ διανοούμενος τοὺς ἀρχομένους ἅπαντας ἐπεσκόπει, προὔτρεπέ τε ὅσηπερ ἄν ἡ δύναμις τὸν εὐσεβῆ μεταδιώκειν βίον.
Enthen eikotōs autos en hestiasei pote dexioumenos episkopous logon aphēken, hōs ara eiē kai autos episkopos, hōde pē autois eipōn rhēmasin ephʼ hēmeterais akoais; „allʼ hymeis men tōn eisō tēs ekklēsias, egō de tōn ektos hypo theou kathestamenos episkopos an eiēn.“ akoloutha de tǭ logǭ dianooumenos tous archomenous hapantas epeskopei, proutrepe te hosēper an hē dynamis ton eusebē metadiōkein bion.
Hence, fittingly, when he was once entertaining bishops at a banquet, he let fall the remark that he too was a bishop, speaking to them in these very words, which we heard: “You are bishops of those within the church, but I would be a bishop, appointed by God, of those outside.” In keeping with this saying, he oversaw all his subjects and urged them, as far as was in his power, to pursue the godly life.
Life 4, chapter 25
4.25.1Heikel
Ἔνθεν εἰκότως ἐπαλλήλοις τε νόμοις καὶ διατάξεσι τοῖς πᾶσι διεκελεύετο μὴ θύειν εἰδώλοις, μὴ μαντεῖα περιεργάζεσθαι, μὴ ξοάνων ἐγέρσεις ποιεῖσθαι, μὴ τελετάς κρυφίους ἐκτελεῖν, μὴ μονομάχων μιαιφονίαις μολύνειν τὰς πόλεις.
Enthen eikotōs epallēlois te nomois kai diataxesi tois pasi diekeleueto mē thyein eidōlois, mē manteia periergazesthai, mē xoanōn egerseis poieisthai, mē teletas kryphious ektelein, mē monomachōn miaiphoniais molynein tas poleis.
Hence, fittingly, by one law and ordinance after another he commanded everyone not to sacrifice to idols, not to meddle with divination, not to set up cult statues, not to perform secret rites, and not to pollute the cities with the bloodshed of gladiatorial combats.
4.25.2Heikel
τοῖς δὲ κατʼ Αἴγυπτον αὐτήν τε τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν τὸν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ποταμὸν διʼ ἀνδρῶν ἐκτεθηλυμμένων θεραπεύειν ἔθος ἔχουσι νόμος ἄλλος κατεπέμπετο, πᾶν τὸ τῶν ἀνδρογύνων γένος ὥσπερ τι κίβδηλον ἀφανὲς γίγνεσθαι τοῦ βίου, μηδʼ ἐξεῖναί που ὁρᾶσθαι τοὺς τὴν ἀσέλγειαν ταύτην νενοσηκότας.
tois de katʼ Aigypton autēn te tēn Alexandreian ton parʼ autois potamon diʼ andrōn ektethēlymmenōn therapeuein ethos echousi nomos allos katepempeto, pan to tōn androgynōn genos hōsper ti kibdēlon aphanes gignesthai tou biou, mēdʼ exeinai pou horasthai tous tēn aselgeian tautēn nenosēkotas.
To those in Egypt and in Alexandria itself, who had the custom of worshiping their river through effeminate men, another law was sent: that the whole class of androgynous men should be removed from life like something counterfeit, and that those sick with this licentiousness should nowhere be seen.
4.25.3Heikel
ἐπεὶ δʼ ὑπέλαβον οἱ δεισιδαίμονες μηκέτι τὸν ποταμὸν ῥεύσειν αὐτοῖς συνήθως, πᾶν τοὐναντίον ἤ προσεδόκησαν θεὸς τῷ βασιλέως συμπράττων νόμῳ κατειργάζετο. οἱ μὲν γὰρ οὐκέτι ἦσαν οἱ τῇ σφῶν βδελυρίᾳ τὰς πόλεις μιαίνοντες, ὁ δὲ ὡσανεὶ καθαρθείσης αὐτῷ τῆς χώρας ἐφέρετο οἷος οὐδέποτε, ἀνέβαινέ τε πλουσίῳ τῷ ῥεύματι πάσας ἐπικλύζων τὰς ἀρούρας, ἔργῳ παιδεύων τοὺς ἄφρονας μιαροὺς μὲν ἐκτρέπεσθαι δεῖν ἄνδρας μόνῳ δὲ τῷ παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ δοτῆρι τὴν τῶν καλῶν ἀνατιθέναι αἰτίαν.
epei dʼ hypelabon hoi deisidaimones mēketi ton potamon rheusein autois synēthōs, pan tounantion ē prosedokēsan theos tǭ basileōs symprattōn nomǭ kateirgazeto. hoi men gar ouketi ēsan hoi tę̄ sphōn bdelyrią tas poleis miainontes, ho de hōsanei kathartheisēs autǭ tēs chōras ephereto hoios oudepote, anebaine te plousiǭ tǭ rheumati pasas epiklyzōn tas arouras, ergǭ paideuōn tous aphronas miarous men ektrepesthai dein andras monǭ de tǭ pantos agathou dotēri tēn tōn kalōn anatithenai aitian.
When the superstitious supposed that the river would no longer flow for them as usual, God, cooperating with the emperor's law, brought about the very opposite of what they expected. For those who defiled the cities with their abominations were no more, while the river, as though its land had been purified, flowed as never before and rose with an abundant stream, flooding all the fields — teaching the foolish by the event itself that they must turn away from vile men and ascribe the cause of good things to the Giver of every good alone.
Life 4, chapter 26
4.26.1Heikel
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ μυρία τοιαῦτα βασιλεῖ πραχθέντα ἐφʼ ἑκάστης ἐπαρχίας, πλείστη γένοιτʼ ἄν ῥᾳστώνη τοῖς γράφειν αὐτὰ φιλοτιμουμένοις ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ νόμους. οὕς ἐκ παλαιῶν ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτερον μεταβάλλων ἀνενεοῦτο. καὶ τούτων δʼ ἐν ὀλίγῳ ῥᾷον ἐμφῆναι τὸν τρόπον.
Alla gar myria toiauta basilei prachthenta ephʼ hekastēs eparchias, pleistē genoitʼ an rhąstōnē tois graphein auta philotimoumenois hōsper oun kai nomous. hous ek palaiōn epi to hosiōteron metaballōn aneneouto. kai toutōn dʼ en oligǭ rhąon emphēnai ton tropon.
But the countless such things done by the emperor in each province would provide ample material for those eager to record them, as would the laws which he renewed, changing them from ancient to holier forms. The manner of these too it is easier to show briefly.
4.26.2Heikel
τοὺς ἄπαιδας παλαιοὶ στερήσει τῆς τῶν γνωρίμων δια- δοχῆς ἐτιμωροῦντο, καὶ ἦν οὗτος κατὰ τῶν ἀτέκνων ἀπηνὴς νόμος, ὡσανεὶ πεπλημμεληκότας αὐτοὺς ζημίᾳ κολάζων. λύσας δὴ συγχωρεῖ κληρονομεῖν τοὺς προςήκοντας. τοῦτο βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τὸ ὅσιον μεθήρμοζε, τοὺς κατὰ γνώμην πλημμελοῦντας εἰπὼν τῇ προσηκούσῃ δεῖν σωφρονίζειν κολάσει.
tous apaidas palaioi sterēsei tēs tōn gnōrimōn dia- dochēs etimōrounto, kai ēn houtos kata tōn ateknōn apēnēs nomos, hōsanei peplēmmelēkotas autous zēmią kolazōn. lysas dē synchōrei klēronomein tous prosēkontas. touto basileus epi to hosion methērmoze, tous kata gnōmēn plēmmelountas eipōn tę̄ prosēkousę̄ dein sōphronizein kolasei.
The ancients punished the childless by depriving them of inheritance from their relatives; this was a harsh law against those without children, penalizing them as if they had committed an offense. He abolished it and allowed those concerned to inherit. The emperor reshaped this law toward holiness, saying that it is those who do wrong deliberately who ought to be corrected with fitting punishment.
4.26.3Heikel
ἄπαιδας μὲν γὰρ πολλοὺς ἡ φύσις ἀνέδειξεν, εὐξαμένους μὲν πολυπαιδίας εὐτυχῆσαι στερηθέντας δὲ φύσεως ἀσθενείᾳ· ἄλλοι δʼ ἄπαιδες γεγόνασιν οὐ παραιτήσει παίδων διαδοχῆς, γυναικείας δʼ ἀποστροφῇ μίξεως, ἥν σφοδροτάτῳ φιλοσοφίας ἔρωτι προείλοντο· ἁγνείαν δὲ καὶ παντελῆ παρθενίαν γυναῖκες ἱερωσύνῃ θεοῦ καθοσιωμέναι μετῆλθον, ἁγνῷ καὶ παναγίῳ βίῳ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος σφᾶς αὐτὰς καθιερώσασαι,
apaidas men gar pollous hē physis anedeixen, euxamenous men polypaidias eutychēsai sterēthentas de physeōs astheneią; alloi dʼ apaides gegonasin ou paraitēsei paidōn diadochēs, gynaikeias dʼ apostrophę̄ mixeōs, hēn sphodrotatǭ philosophias erōti proeilonto; hagneian de kai pantelē parthenian gynaikes hierōsynę̄ theou kathosiōmenai metēlthon, hagnǭ kai panagiǭ biǭ psychēs kai sōmatos sphas autas kathierōsasai,
For nature has made many people childless who prayed to be blessed with many children but were deprived of them through weakness of nature. Others have become childless not by refusing a succession of children but by abstaining from intercourse with women, which they chose out of a most ardent love of philosophy; and women consecrated to the sacred service of God have pursued chastity and complete virginity, dedicating themselves to a pure and all-holy life of soul and body.
4.26.4Heikel
τί οὖν, τιμωρίας ἄξιον τοῦτο ἤ θαύματος καὶ ἀποδοχῆς ἐχρῆν ἡγεῖσθαι; ἡ μὲν γὰρ προθυμία πολλοῦ ἀξία, τὸ τὲ κατόρθωμα κρεῖττον φύσεως. τοὺς μὲν οὖν ἀσθενείᾳ φύσεως παίδων ἐπιθυμίας στερουμένους ἐλεεῖσθαι ἀλλʼ οὐ τιμωρεῖσθαι προσήκειν, τὸν δὲ τοῦ κρείττονος ἐραστὴν ἄξιον εἶναι ὑπερθαυμάζειν ἀλλʼ οὐ κολάζειν. οὕτω τὸν νόμον βασιλεὺς σὺν ὀρθῷ λογισμῶ μετερρύθμιζεν.
ti oun, timōrias axion touto ē thaumatos kai apodochēs echrēn hēgeisthai? hē men gar prothymia pollou axia, to te katorthōma kreitton physeōs. tous men oun astheneią physeōs paidōn epithymias steroumenous eleeisthai allʼ ou timōreisthai prosēkein, ton de tou kreittonos erastēn axion einai hyperthaumazein allʼ ou kolazein. houtō ton nomon basileus syn orthǭ logismō meterrythmizen.
What, then? Should this be thought worthy of punishment, or of wonder and approval? For the zeal is of great worth and the achievement surpasses nature. Those deprived of the children they desired through weakness of nature ought to be pitied, not punished, and the lover of the higher life deserves the highest admiration, not chastisement. So the emperor, with right reasoning, reformed the law.
4.26.5Heikel
κἄπειτα τῶν τὸν βίον μεταλλαττόντων ὁμοίως παλαιοὶ μὲν νόμοι ἐπʼ αὐτῆς ἐσχάτης ἀναπνοῆς ἀκριβολογεῖσθαι ῥημάτων λέξεσι τὰς συνταττομένας διαθήκας τρόπους τε τίνας καὶ ποίας δεῖ φωνὰς ἐπιλέγεσθαι ὥριζον, καὶ πολλὰ ἐκ τούτων ἐκακουργεῖτο ἐπὶ περιγραφῇ τῆς τῶν κατοιχομένων προαιρέσεως.
kapeita tōn ton bion metallattontōn homoiōs palaioi men nomoi epʼ autēs eschatēs anapnoēs akribologeisthai rhēmatōn lexesi tas syntattomenas diathēkas tropous te tinas kai poias dei phōnas epilegesthai hōrizon, kai polla ek toutōn ekakourgeito epi perigraphę̄ tēs tōn katoichomenōn proaireseōs.
Next, as regards those departing this life, the ancient laws likewise prescribed that wills drawn up at the very last breath must be exact in the wording of their phrases, and laid down what forms and what words must be used; and much fraud arose from this, to circumvent the intentions of the dead.
4.26.6Heikel
ἅ δὴ συνιδὼν βασιλεὺς καὶ τοῦτον μετεποιεῖτο τὸν νόμον, ψιλοῖς ῥηματίοις καὶ ταῖς τυχούσαις φωναῖς τὸν τελευτῶντα δεῖν τὰ κατὰ γνώμην διατάττεσθαι φήσας κἀν τῷ τυχόντι γράμματι τὴν αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐκτίθεσθαι, κἄν ἀγράφως ἐθέλῃ, μόνον ἐπὶ μαρτύρων τοῦτο πράττειν ἀξιοχρέων, τὴν πίστιν δυνατῶν σὺν ἀληθείᾳ φυλάττειν.
ha dē synidōn basileus kai touton metepoieito ton nomon, psilois rhēmatiois kai tais tychousais phōnais ton teleutōnta dein ta kata gnōmēn diatattesthai phēsas kan tǭ tychonti grammati tēn autou doxan ektithesthai, kan agraphōs ethelę̄, monon epi martyrōn touto prattein axiochreōn, tēn pistin dynatōn syn alētheią phylattein.
Seeing this, the emperor changed this law too, saying that the dying should set out their wishes in plain words and ordinary language, and declare their mind in any writing whatever — or, if they wished, without writing — provided only that they did so before trustworthy witnesses able to keep faith with the truth.
Life 4, chapter 27
4.27.1Heikel
Ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἰουδαίοις μηδένα Χριστιανὸν δουλεύειν ἐνομοθέτει· μηδὲ γὰρ θεμιτὸν εἶναι προφητοφόνταις καὶ κυριοκτόνοις τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος λελυτρωμένους ζυγῷ δουλείας ὑπάγεσθαι· εἰ δʼ εὑρεθείη τις τοιοῦτος, τὸν μὲν ἀνεῖσθαι ἐλεύθερον, τὸν δὲ ζημίᾳ χρημάτων κολάζεσθαι.
Alla kai Ioudaiois mēdena Christianon douleuein enomothetei; mēde gar themiton einai prophētophontais kai kyrioktonois tous hypo tou sōtēros lelytrōmenous zygǭ douleias hypagesthai; ei dʼ heuretheiē tis toioutos, ton men aneisthai eleutheron, ton de zēmią chrēmatōn kolazesthai.
He also legislated that no Christian should be a slave to Jews; for it was not lawful, he said, that those redeemed by the Savior should be brought under the yoke of slavery to the killers of the prophets and of the Lord. If anyone were found in such a case, the one was to be set free and the other punished with a fine.
4.27.2Heikel
καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἐπισκόπων δὲ ὅρους τοὺς ἐν συνόδοις ἀποφανθέντας ἐπεσφραγίζετο, ὡς μὴ ἐξεῖναι τοῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἄρχουσι τὰ δόξαντα παραλύειν· παντὸς γὰρ εἶναι δικαστοῦ τοὺς ἱερεῖς τοῦ θεοῦ δοκιμωτέρους.
kai tous tōn episkopōn de horous tous en synodois apophanthentas epesphragizeto, hōs mē exeinai tois tōn ethnōn archousi ta doxanta paralyein; pantos gar einai dikastou tous hiereis tou theou dokimōterous.
He also confirmed with his seal the decisions of the bishops declared in synods, so that the provincial governors might not annul what had been decided; for the priests of God, he said, were more trustworthy than any judge.
4.27.3Heikel
τούτοις ἀδελφὰ μυρία τοῖς ὑπὸ τὴν ἀρχὴν διετύπου, ἃ δὴ σχολῆς ἂν δέοιτο παραδοῦναι ὑποθέσει οἰκείᾳ εἰς ἀκριβῆ διάγνωσιν τῆς κἀν τούτοις βασιλικῆς φρονήσεως. τί χρὴ νῦν διεξιέναι ὡς τῷ ἐπὶ πάντων συνάψας ἑαυτὸν θεῷ, ἐξ ἕω εἰς ἐσπέραν τίνας εὖ ποιήσειεν ἀνθρώπων περιενόει, καὶ ὡς πᾶσι μὲν ἴσος ἦν καὶ κοινὸς πρὸς εὐποιίαν;
toutois adelpha myria tois hypo tēn archēn dietypou, ha dē scholēs an deoito paradounai hypothesei oikeią eis akribē diagnōsin tēs kan toutois basilikēs phronēseōs. ti chrē nyn diexienai hōs tǭ epi pantōn synapsas heauton theǭ, ex heō eis esperan tinas eu poiēseien anthrōpōn perienoei, kai hōs pasi men isos ēn kai koinos pros eupoiian?
Countless things akin to these he ordained for those under his rule, which would require leisure to set out in a work of their own, for an exact knowledge of the emperor's wisdom in these matters too. Why need I now relate how, having joined himself to the God over all, he considered from dawn to dusk which people he might benefit, and how he was even-handed and impartial to all in his beneficence?
Life 4, chapter 28
4.28.1Heikel
ταῖς δʼ ἐκκληςίαις τοῦ θεοῦ καθʼ ὑπεροχὴν ἐξαίρετον πλεῖσθʼ ὅσα παρεῖχεν, ὧδε μὲν ἀγρούς, ἀλλαχόθι δὲ σιτοδοσίας ἐπὶ χορηγίᾳ πενήτων ἀνδρῶν παίδων τʼ ὀρφανῶν καὶ γυναικῶν οἰκτρῶν δωρούμενος. ἤδη δὲ σὺν πολλῇ φροντίδι καὶ περιβλημάτων πλείστων ὅσων γυμνοῖς καὶ ἀνείμοσι προὐνόει. διαφερόντως δʼ ἠξιοῦτο τιμῆς πλείονος τοὺς τὸν σφῶν βίον τῇ κατὰ θεὸν ἀναθέντας φιλοσοφίᾳ. τὸν οὖν τῶν παναγίων ἀειπαρθένων χορὸν τοῦ θεοῦ μονονουχὶ καὶ σέβων διετέλει, ταῖς τῶν τοιῶνδε ψυχαῖς ἔνοικον αὐτὸν ὑπάρχειν ᾧ καθιέρωσαν ἑαυτὰς θεὸν πειθόμενος.
tais dʼ ekklēsiais tou theou kathʼ hyperochēn exaireton pleisthʼ hosa pareichen, hōde men agrous, allachothi de sitodosias epi chorēgią penētōn andrōn paidōn tʼ orphanōn kai gynaikōn oiktrōn dōroumenos. ēdē de syn pollę̄ phrontidi kai periblēmatōn pleistōn hosōn gymnois kai aneimosi prounoei. diapherontōs dʼ ēxiouto timēs pleionos tous ton sphōn bion tę̄ kata theon anathentas philosophią. ton oun tōn panagiōn aeiparthenōn choron tou theou mononouchi kai sebōn dietelei, tais tōn toiōnde psychais enoikon auton hyparchein hǭ kathierōsan heautas theon peithomenos.
To the churches of God he gave, above all, very many special gifts, granting in one place lands, in another distributions of grain for the support of poor men, orphaned children, and pitiable women. With great care he also provided very many garments for the naked and unclothed. He thought especially worthy of greater honor those who had devoted their lives to godly philosophy. So he continued all but venerating the company of God's all-holy perpetual virgins, believing that the God to whom they had consecrated themselves dwelt in the souls of such women.
Life 4, chapter 29
4.29.1Heikel
Καὶ μὴν τὴν αὐτὸς αὐτοῦ διάνοιαν τοῖς ἐνθέοις συναύξων λόγοις, ἐπαγρυπνῶν μὲν διῆγε τοὺς τῶν νυκτῶν καιρούς, σχολῇ δὲ λογογραφῶν συνεχεῖς ἐποιεῖτο τὰς παρόδους, προςήκειν ἡγούμενος ἑαυτῷ λόγῳ παιδευτικῷ τῶν ἀρχομένων κρατεῖν λογικήν τε τὴν σύμπασαν καταστήσασθαι βασιλείαν.
Kai mēn tēn autos autou dianoian tois entheois synauxōn logois, epagrypnōn men diēge tous tōn nyktōn kairous, scholę̄ de logographōn synecheis epoieito tas parodous, prosēkein hēgoumenos heautǭ logǭ paideutikǭ tōn archomenōn kratein logikēn te tēn sympasan katastēsasthai basileian.
Enriching his own mind with divine words, he spent the hours of the night awake, and in his leisure composed speeches and made frequent public appearances, thinking it his duty to govern his subjects by instructive discourse and to establish his whole empire on reason.
4.29.2Heikel
διὸ συνεκάλει μὲν αὐτός, μυρία δʼ ἔσπευδεν ἐπʼ ἀκρόασιν πλήθη φιλοσοφοῦντος ἀκουσόμενα βαςία δʼ ἔσπευδεν ἐπ΄ λέγοντι θεολογίας αὐτῷ παρήκοι καιρός, πάντως που ὄρθιος ἑστὼς συνεστραμμένῳ προσώπῳ κατεσταλμένῃ τε φωνῇ, μυεῖν ἔδοξεν ἂν τοὺς παρόντας σὺν εὐλαβείᾳ τῇ πάσῃ τὴν ἔνθεον διδασκαλίαν, εἶτʼ ἐπιφωνούντων βοαῖς εὐφήμοις τῶν ἀκροωμένων, ἄνω βλέπειν εἰς οὐρανὸν διένευε καὶ μόνον ὑπερθαυμάζειν καὶ τιμᾶν σεβασμίοις ἐπαίνοις τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων βασιλέα.
dio synekalei men autos, myria dʼ espeuden epʼ akroasin plēthē philosophountos akousomena basia dʼ espeuden ep΄ legonti theologias autǭ parēkoi kairos, pantōs pou orthios hestōs synestrammenǭ prosōpǭ katestalmenę̄ te phōnę̄, myein edoxen an tous parontas syn eulabeią tę̄ pasę̄ tēn entheon didaskalian, eitʼ epiphōnountōn boais euphēmois tōn akroōmenōn, anō blepein eis ouranon dieneue kai monon hyperthaumazein kai timan sebasmiois epainois ton epi pantōn basilea.
So he would summon assemblies himself, and countless crowds hurried to hear the emperor philosophize. [If, as he spoke,] an occasion for theology came up, he would stand fully upright with a concentrated look and a lowered voice, and seemed to initiate those present into the divine teaching with all reverence. Then, when the hearers applauded with acclamations, he signed to them to look up to heaven and to reserve their wonder and honor, with reverent praises, for the King over all.
4.29.3Heikel
ὑποδιαιρῶν δὲ τὰς ὑποθέσεις, τοτὲ μὲν τῆς πολυθέου πλάνης ἐλέγχους κατεβάλλετο, παριστὰς ἀπάτην εἶναι καὶ ἀθεότητος πρόβολον τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν δεισιδαιμονίαν, τοτὲ δὲ τὴν μόναρχον γνωρίζειν παρεδίδου θεότητα, διῄει δʼ ἐφεξῆς τὸν περὶ προνοίας τῶν τε καθόλου καὶ τῶν περὶ μέρους λόγον. ἔνθεν δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν σωτήριον κατέβαινεν οἰκονομίαν, καὶ ταύτην δεικνὺς ἀναγκαίως κατὰ τὸν προσήκοντα γεγενῆσθαι λόγον. μεταβὰς δʼ ἐντεῦθεν τὴν περὶ τοῦ θείου δικαιωτηρίου διδασκαλίαν ἐκίνει.
hypodiairōn de tas hypotheseis, tote men tēs polytheou planēs elenchous kateballeto, paristas apatēn einai kai atheotētos probolon tēn tōn ethnōn deisidaimonian, tote de tēn monarchon gnōrizein paredidou theotēta, dię̄ei dʼ ephexēs ton peri pronoias tōn te katholou kai tōn peri merous logon. enthen de epi tēn sōtērion katebainen oikonomian, kai tautēn deiknys anankaiōs kata ton prosēkonta gegenēsthai logon. metabas dʼ enteuthen tēn peri tou theiou dikaiōtēriou didaskalian ekinei.
Dividing up his subjects, he would at one time lay down refutations of polytheistic error, showing that the superstition of the nations was a deceit and a screen for godlessness; at another he taught them to acknowledge the one sovereign Godhead; then he went through in order the doctrine of providence, both universal and particular. From there he came down to the saving dispensation, showing that it had necessarily come about in the fitting way. Passing on from this, he took up the teaching about the divine judgment.
4.29.4Heikel
ἔνθα δὴ μάλιστα τῶν ἀκροατῶν πληκτικώτατα καθήπτετο, διελέγχων τοὺς ἅρπαγας καὶ πλεονέκτας τοὺς τʼ ἀπληστίᾳ φιλοχρημοσύνης σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐκδεδωκότας. παίων δʼ ὥσπερ καὶ διαμαστίζων τῷ λόγῳ τῶν περιεστώτων γνωρίμων τινὰς κάτω νεύειν πληττομένους τὴν συνείδησιν ἐποίει· οἷς δὴ λαμπραῖς φωναῖς μαρτυρόμενος διεστέλλετο θεῷ λόγον δώσειν τῶν ἐγχειρουμένων αὐτοῖς· αὐτῷ μὲν γὰρ τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸν τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς τὴν βασιλείαν παρασχεῖν, αὐτὸν δὲ μιμήσει τοῦ κρείττονος τῆς ἀρχῆς τὰς κατὰ μέρος αὐτοῖς ἐπιτρέψαι διοικήσεις, πάντας γε μὴν τῷ μεγάλῳ βασιλεῖ κατὰ καιρὸν τὰς εὐθύνας τῶν πραττομένων ὑφέξειν.
entha dē malista tōn akroatōn plēktikōtata kathēpteto, dielenchōn tous harpagas kai pleonektas tous tʼ aplēstią philochrēmosynēs sphas autous ekdedōkotas. paiōn dʼ hōsper kai diamastizōn tǭ logǭ tōn periestōtōn gnōrimōn tinas katō neuein plēttomenous tēn syneidēsin epoiei; hois dē lamprais phōnais martyromenos diestelleto theǭ logon dōsein tōn encheiroumenōn autois; autǭ men gar ton epi pantōn theon tōn epi gēs tēn basileian paraschein, auton de mimēsei tou kreittonos tēs archēs tas kata meros autois epitrepsai dioikēseis, pantas ge mēn tǭ megalǭ basilei kata kairon tas euthynas tōn prattomenōn hyphexein.
Here above all he touched his hearers most sharply, convicting the rapacious and greedy and those who had given themselves up to an insatiable love of money. Striking, as it were, and lashing with his words some of his acquaintances who stood around, he made them bow their heads, smitten in conscience. With clear words he solemnly charged them that they would give account to God for what had been entrusted to them: for the God over all had given him the kingdom over things on earth, and he, in imitation of the Supreme, had entrusted to them the administration of parts of his rule; but all would in due time give account of their deeds to the great King.
4.29.5Heikel
ταῦτα συνεχῶς διεμαρτύρετο, ταῦθʼ ὑπεμίμνησκε, τούτων διδάσκαλος ἦν. ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἐπιθαρσῶν γνησίᾳ τῇ πίστει τοιαῦτα ἐφρόνει καὶ διεστέλλετο, οἱ δʼ ἄρα ἦσαν ἀμαθεῖς καὶ πρὸς τὰ καλὰ κεκωφωμένοι, γλώττῃ μὲν καὶ βοαῖς εὐφήμοις ἐπικροτοῦντες τὰ λεγόμενα, ἔργοις δε κατολιγωροῦντες αὐτῶν διʼ ἀπληστίαν,
tauta synechōs diemartyreto, tauthʼ hypemimnēske, toutōn didaskalos ēn. allʼ ho men epitharsōn gnēsią tę̄ pistei toiauta ephronei kai diestelleto, hoi dʼ ara ēsan amatheis kai pros ta kala kekōphōmenoi, glōttę̄ men kai boais euphēmois epikrotountes ta legomena, ergois de katoligōrountes autōn diʼ aplēstian,
He constantly bore witness to these things, reminded them of them, and taught them. But while he, confident in his genuine faith, thought and declared such things, they were unteachable and deaf to what is good; they applauded what was said with their tongues and with acclamations, but in their deeds disregarded it out of greed,
Life 4, chapter 30
4.30.1Heikel
ὥστʼ ἤδη ποτὲ τῶν ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν τινὸς ἐπιλαβόμενον φάναι· „καὶ μέχρι τίνος, ὦ οὗτος, τὴν ἀπληστίαν ἐκτείνομεν; “ εἶτʼ ἐπὶ γῆς μέτρον ἀνδρὸς ἠλικίας ἐγχαράξας τῷ δόρατι, ὃ μετὰ χεῖρας φέρων ἔτυχεν· „τὸν σύμπαντα τοῦ βίου πλοῦτον“, ἔφη, „καὶ τὸ πᾶν τῆς γῆς στοιχεῖον εἰ κτήσαιο, πλέον οὐδὲν τουτουὶ τοῦ περιγραφέντος γηδίου ἀποίσεις, εἰ δὴ κἂν αὐτοῦ τύχοις.“ ἀλλʼ οὐδένα ταῦτα λέγων τε καὶ πράττων ἔπαυεν ὁ μακάριος, τὰ πράγματα δʼ ἐναργῶς αὐτοῖς θεοπροπίοις ἔπεισεν ἀλλʼ οὐ ψιλοῖς ῥηματίοις ἐοικέναι τὰ βασιλέως θεσπίσματα.
hōstʼ ēdē pote tōn amphʼ auton tinos epilabomenon phanai; „kai mechri tinos, ō houtos, tēn aplēstian ekteinomen? “ eitʼ epi gēs metron andros ēlikias encharaxas tǭ dorati, ho meta cheiras pherōn etychen; „ton sympanta tou biou plouton“, ephē, „kai to pan tēs gēs stoicheion ei ktēsaio, pleon ouden toutoui tou perigraphentos gēdiou apoiseis, ei dē kan autou tychois.“ allʼ oudena tauta legōn te kai prattōn epauen ho makarios, ta pragmata dʼ enargōs autois theopropiois epeisen allʼ ou psilois rhēmatiois eoikenai ta basileōs thespismata.
so that once, taking hold of one of those around him, he said, “How far, my man, are we to stretch our greed?” Then, marking out on the ground with the spear he happened to be holding the measure of a man's height, he said: “If you should gain all the wealth of the world and the whole element of the earth, you will carry away nothing more than this plot I have marked out — if indeed you get even that.” But though he said and did such things, the blessed man stopped no one; yet events plainly persuaded them that the emperor's pronouncements were like divine oracles and not mere words.
Life 4, chapter 31
4.31.1Heikel
Ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐκ ἦν θανάτου φόβος ἀπείργων τοὺς κακοὺς τῆς μοχθηρίας, βασιλέως μὲν ὅλου πρὸς τὸ φιλάνθρωπον ἐκδεδομένου, τῶν δὲ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔθνος ἀρχόντων μηδαμῆ μηδενὸν τοῖς πλημμελοῦσιν ἐπεξιόντος, τοῦτο δὴ μομφὴν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν τῇ καθόλου διοικήσει παρεῖχεν, εἴτʼ οὖν εὐλόγως εἴτε καὶ μή, ὅπη φίλον ἑκάστῳ κρινέτω, ἐμοὶ δʼ ἐφείσθω τἀληθῆ γράφειν.
Epei dʼ ouk ēn thanatou phobos apeirgōn tous kakous tēs mochthērias, basileōs men holou pros to philanthrōpon ekdedomenou, tōn de kathʼ hekaston ethnos archontōn mēdamē mēdenon tois plēmmelousin epexiontos, touto dē momphēn ou tēn tychousan tę̄ katholou dioikēsei pareichen, eitʼ oun eulogōs eite kai mē, hopē philon hekastǭ krinetō, emoi dʼ epheisthō talēthē graphein.
Since there was no fear of death to keep the wicked from their wickedness — the emperor being wholly given to clemency, and none of the provincial governors anywhere proceeding against offenders — this brought no small reproach on the whole administration. Whether justly or not, let each judge as he pleases; let me be allowed to write the truth.
Life 4, chapter 32
4.32.1Heikel
Ῥωμαίᾳ μὲν οὖν γλώττῃ τὴν τῶν λόγων συγγραφὴν βασιλεὺς παρεῖχεν, μετέβαλλον δʼ αὐτὴν Ἑλλάδι μεθερμηνευταὶ φωνῇ οἷς τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἔργον ἦν. τῶν δʼ ἑρμηνευθέντων λόγων δείγματος ἕνεκεν μετὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ὑπόθεσιν ἑξῆς ἐκεῖνον συνάψω, ὃν ὁ αὐτὸς ἐπέγραψε „Τοῦ τῶν ἁγίων συλλόγου“, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναθεὶς τὴν γραφήν, ὡς μή τις κόμπον εἶναι νομίσῃ τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀμφὶ τῶν λεχθέντων μαρτυρίαν.
Rhōmaią men oun glōttę̄ tēn tōn logōn syngraphēn basileus pareichen, meteballon dʼ autēn Helladi methermēneutai phōnę̄ hois touto poiein ergon ēn. tōn dʼ hermēneuthentōn logōn deigmatos heneken meta tēn parousan hypothesin hexēs ekeinon synapsō, hon ho autos epegrapse „Tou tōn hagiōn syllogou“, tę̄ ekklēsią tou theou anatheis tēn graphēn, hōs mē tis kompon einai nomisę̄ tēn hēmeteran amphi tōn lechthentōn martyrian.
The emperor composed his speeches in the Latin language, and translators whose task it was rendered them into Greek. As a specimen of the translated speeches, I shall attach after the present work the one that he entitled “To the Assembly of the Saints,” dedicating the writing to the church of God, so that no one may think our testimony about what has been said mere boasting.
Life 4, chapter 33
4.33.1Heikel
Κἀκεῖνο δὲ μνήμης οὔ μοι δοκεῖ ἀπόβλητον εἶναι, ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ὁ θαυμάσιος κατεπράξατο. ἐπειδὴ γάρ ποτε θάρσει τῆς αὐτοῦ περὶ τὸ θεῖον εὐλαβείας ἀμφὶ τοῦ σωτηρίου μνήματος λόγον παρασχεῖν εἰς ἐπήκοον αὐτοῦ δεδεήμεθα, προθυμότατα μὲν τὰς ἀκοὰς ὑπεῖχεν, πλήθους δʼ ἀκροατῶν περιεστῶτος ἔνδον ἐν αὐτοῖς βασιλείοις ὄρθιος ἑστὼς ἅμα τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπηκροᾶτο, ἡμῶν δ ἀντιβολούντων ἐπὶ παρακειμένῳ τῷ βασιλικῷ θρόνῳ διαναπαύεσθαι, ἐπείθετο μὲν οὐδαμῶς, συντεταμένῳ δὲ λογισμῷ τὴν διάκρισιν ἐποιεῖτο τῶν λεγομένων, ταῖς τε δογματικαῖς θεολογίαις ἀλήθειαν ἐπεμαρτύρει.
Kakeino de mnēmēs ou moi dokei apoblēton einai, ho dē kai ephʼ hēmōn autōn ho thaumasios katepraxato. epeidē gar pote tharsei tēs autou peri to theion eulabeias amphi tou sōtēriou mnēmatos logon paraschein eis epēkoon autou dedeēmetha, prothymotata men tas akoas hypeichen, plēthous dʼ akroatōn periestōtos endon en autois basileiois orthios hestōs hama tois loipois epēkroato, hēmōn d antibolountōn epi parakeimenǭ tǭ basilikǭ thronǭ dianapauesthai, epeitheto men oudamōs, syntetamenǭ de logismǭ tēn diakrisin epoieito tōn legomenōn, tais te dogmatikais theologiais alētheian epemartyrei.
Nor, I think, should this be dismissed from memory, which the admirable man did in our own presence. Once, trusting in his reverence for the divine, we asked to deliver a discourse about the Savior's tomb in his hearing. He lent his ears most eagerly, and, with a crowd of hearers standing round inside the palace itself, he stood upright with the rest and listened. When we begged him to rest on the imperial throne placed nearby, he would by no means agree, but with intent reasoning he weighed what was said and bore witness to the truth of the doctrinal theology.
4.33.2Heikel
ἐπεὶ δὲ πολὺς ἦν ὁ χρόνος ὅ τε λόγος ἐμηκύνετο, ἡμεὶς μὲν καταπαύειν προῃρήμεθα, ὁ δʼ οὐκ ἀνίει, περαίνειν δὲ εἰς τέλος προὔτρεπεν· ἀντιβολούντων δὲ καθέζεσθαι ἀντεδυσώπει, τοτὲ μὲν φήσας ὡς οὐ θεμιτὸν εἴη τῶν περὶ θεοῦ κινουμένων δογμάτων ἀνειμένως ἀκροᾶσθαι, τοτὲ δὲ συμφέρειν αὐτῷ καὶ λυσιτελεῖν τοῦτο· ἑστῶτας γὰρ ὑπακούειν τῶν θείων ὅσιον. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα τέλους ἐτύγχανεν, ἡμεῖς μὲν οἴκαδε ἐπανῄειμεν καὶ τὰς συνήθεις ἀπελαμβάνομεν διατριβάς,
epei de polys ēn ho chronos ho te logos emēkyneto, hēmeis men katapauein proę̄rēmetha, ho dʼ ouk aniei, perainein de eis telos proutrepen; antibolountōn de kathezesthai antedysōpei, tote men phēsas hōs ou themiton eiē tōn peri theou kinoumenōn dogmatōn aneimenōs akroasthai, tote de sympherein autǭ kai lysitelein touto; hestōtas gar hypakouein tōn theiōn hosion. epei de kai tauta telous etynchanen, hēmeis men oikade epanę̄eimen kai tas synētheis apelambanomen diatribas,
When much time had passed and the discourse was growing long, we proposed to stop; but he would not allow it and urged us to go on to the end. When we begged him to sit down, he entreated us in turn, saying at one time that it was not right to listen in a relaxed posture to doctrines being discussed about God, at another that this was good and profitable for him; for it was a holy thing to listen to divine matters standing. When this too came to an end, we returned home and resumed our usual occupations;
Life 4, chapter 34
4.34.1Heikel
ὁ δὲ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ πεπρονοημένος, περὶ κατασκευῆς θεοπνεύστων λογίων εἰς ἡμέτερον πρόσωπον ἐπετίθει γράμμα. συνῆπτε δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ ἄλλο περὶ τῆς ἁγιωτάτης τοῦ πάσχα ἑορτῆς. προσφωνησάντων γὰρ ἡμῶν αὐτῷ μυστικὴν ἀνακάλυψιν τοῦ τῆς ἑορτῆς λόγου, ὅπως ἡμᾶς ἠμείψατο τιμήσας ἀντιφωνήσει, μάθοι ἄν τις ἔντυχὼν αὐτοῦ τῷδε τῷ γράμματι.
ho de tōn ekklēsiōn tou theou pepronoēmenos, peri kataskeuēs theopneustōn logiōn eis hēmeteron prosōpon epetithei gramma. synēpte dʼ autǭ kai allo peri tēs hagiōtatēs tou pascha heortēs. prosphōnēsantōn gar hēmōn autǭ mystikēn anakalypsin tou tēs heortēs logou, hopōs hēmas ēmeipsato timēsas antiphōnēsei, mathoi an tis entychōn autou tǭde tǭ grammati.
and he, taking thought for the churches of God, addressed a letter to us personally about the preparation of copies of the divine oracles. He attached to it another letter as well, about the most holy feast of Pascha. For we had dedicated to him a mystical explanation of the meaning of the feast; how he repaid us, honoring us with a reply, one may learn by reading this letter of his.
Life 4, chapter 35
4.35.1Heikel
Ἐπιστολὴ βασιλέως Κωνσταντίνου, ἣν πρὸς ἡμέτερον λόγον ἀντέγραψεν. „ Νικητὴς Κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς Εὐσεβίῳ. Τὸ μὲν ἐγχείρημα μέγιστον καὶ πάσης λόγων δυνάμεως κρεῖττον Χριστοῦ μυστήρια κατʼ ἀξίαν εἰπεῖν τήν τε τοῦ πάσχα ἀντιλογίαν τε καὶ γένεσιν, λυσιτελῆ τε καὶ ἐπίπονον τελεσιουργίαν, ἑρμηνεῦσαι τὸν προσήκοντα τρόπον· τὸ γὰρ θεῖον ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον κατʼ ἀξίαν φράσαι, καὶ τοῖς νοῆσαι δυνατοῖς.
Epistolē basileōs Kōnstantinou, hēn pros hēmeteron logon antegrapsen. „ Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos Eusebiǭ. To men encheirēma megiston kai pasēs logōn dynameōs kreitton Christou mystēria katʼ axian eipein tēn te tou pascha antilogian te kai genesin, lysitelē te kai epiponon telesiourgian, hermēneusai ton prosēkonta tropon; to gar theion anthrōpois adynaton katʼ axian phrasai, kai tois noēsai dynatois.
Letter of the emperor Constantine, which he wrote in reply to our discourse. “The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to Eusebius. It is a very great undertaking, and beyond all power of words, to speak worthily of the mysteries of Christ, and to explain in the fitting way the controversy about the Pascha and its origin, its beneficial and laborious fulfillment. For it is impossible for men to express the divine worthily, even for those able to understand it.
4.35.2Heikel
πλὴν ὅμως ὑπερθαυμάσας σε τῆς φιλομαθείας τε καὶ φιλοτιμίας, αὐτός τε τὸ βιβλίον ἀνέγνων ἀσμένως, καὶ τοῖς πλείοσιν οἵ γε τῇ περὶ τὸ θεῖον λατρείᾳ γνησίως προσανέχουσι, καθὰ ἐβουλήθης, ἐκδοθῆναι προσέταξα, συνορῶν τοίνυν μεθʼ ὅσης θυμηδίας τὰ τοιαῦτα παρὰ τῆς σῆς ἀγχινοίας δῶρ λαμβάνομεν, συνεχεστέροις ἡμᾶς λόγοις εὐφραίνειν, οἷς ἐντετράφθαι σαυτὸν ὁμολογεῖς, προθυμήθητι· (θέοντα γάρ σε, τὸ τοῦ λόγου, πρὸς τὰ συνήθη σπουδάσματα παρορμῶμεν), ὅπου γε καὶ τὸν εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων τοὺς σοὺς πόνους μεταρρυθμίζοντα γλῶτταν οὐκ ἀνάξιον ηὑρῆσθαί σοι τῶν συγγραμμάτων ἡ τοσαύτη πεποίθησις δείκνυσιν, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα τὰ καλὰ τῶν λόγων ἡ τοιαύτη ἑρμηνεία ὑφίστασθαι κατʼ ἀξίαν ἀδυνάτως ἔχει. ὁ θεός σε διαφυλάξει, ἀδελφὲ ἀγαπητέ.“ τὸ μὲν οὖν περὶ τοῦδε γράμμα τοιόνδε ἦν, τὸ δὲ περὶ τῆς τῶν θείων ἀναγνωσμάτων ἐπισκευῆς ὧδέ πη περιέχει.
plēn homōs hyperthaumasas se tēs philomatheias te kai philotimias, autos te to biblion anegnōn asmenōs, kai tois pleiosin hoi ge tę̄ peri to theion latreią gnēsiōs prosanechousi, katha eboulēthēs, ekdothēnai prosetaxa, synorōn toinyn methʼ hosēs thymēdias ta toiauta para tēs sēs anchinoias dōr lambanomen, synechesterois hēmas logois euphrainein, hois entetraphthai sauton homologeis, prothymēthēti; (theonta gar se, to tou logou, pros ta synēthē spoudasmata parormōmen), hopou ge kai ton eis tēn Rhōmaiōn tous sous ponous metarrythmizonta glōttan ouk anaxion hēurēsthai soi tōn syngrammatōn hē tosautē pepoithēsis deiknysin, ei kai ta malista ta kala tōn logōn hē toiautē hermēneia hyphistasthai katʼ axian adynatōs echei. ho theos se diaphylaxei, adelphe agapēte.“ to men oun peri toude gramma toionde ēn, to de peri tēs tōn theiōn anagnōsmatōn episkeuēs hōde pē periechei.
Nevertheless, greatly admiring your love of learning and zeal, I have myself read the book with pleasure, and, as you wished, have ordered it to be published to the many who sincerely devote themselves to the worship of the divine. Seeing, then, with what delight we receive such gifts from your intelligence, be eager to gladden us more often with the works in which you confess you have been nurtured; for we are spurring you on, as the saying goes, as you run to your accustomed studies. Indeed, so great a confidence shows that the one who is translating your labors into the Latin tongue has been found not unworthy of your writings, even though such a translation cannot render the beauties of the words worthily. God will preserve you, beloved brother.” Such was the letter on this subject; the one about the preparation of the divine readings runs as follows.
Life 4, chapter 36
4.36.1Heikel
Βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ περὶ τῆς τῶν θείων γραφῶν ἐπισκευῆς. „Νικητὴς Κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς Εὐσεβίῳ. Κατὰ τὴν ἐπώνυμον ἡμῖν πόλιν τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος θεοῦ συναιρομένης προνοίας μέγιστον πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀνατέθεικεν ἑαυτό, ὡς πάντων ἐκεῖσε πολλὴν λαμβανόντων αὔξησιν σφόδρα ἄξιον καταφαίνεσθαι καὶ ἐκκλησίας ἐν αὐτῇ κατασκευασθῆναι πλείους.
Basileōs epistolē peri tēs tōn theiōn graphōn episkeuēs. „Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos Eusebiǭ. Kata tēn epōnymon hēmin polin tēs tou sōtēros theou synairomenēs pronoias megiston plēthos anthrōpōn tę̄ hagiōtatę̄ ekklēsią anatetheiken heauto, hōs pantōn ekeise pollēn lambanontōn auxēsin sphodra axion kataphainesthai kai ekklēsias en autę̄ kataskeuasthēnai pleious.
The emperor's letter concerning the preparation of the divine Scriptures. “The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to Eusebius. In the city that bears our name, with the help of the providence of God the Savior, a very great multitude of people has dedicated itself to the most holy church, so that, since everything there is growing greatly, it seems very fitting that more churches should also be built in it.
4.36.2Heikel
τοιγάρτοι δέδεξο προθυμότατα τὸ δόξαν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ προαιρέσει. πρέπον γὰρ κατεφάνη τοῦτο δηλῶσαι τῇ σῇ συνέσει, ὅπως ἂν πεντήκοντα σωμάτια ἐν διφθέραις ἐγκατασκεύοις εὐανάγνωστά τε καὶ πρὸς τὴν χρῆσιν εὐμετακόμιστα ὑπὸ τεχνιτῶν καλλιγράφων καὶ ἀκριβῶς τὴν τέχνην ἐπισταμένων γραφῆναι κελεύσειας, τῶν θείων δηλαδὴ γραφῶν, ὧν μάλιστα τήν τʼ ἐπισκευὴν καὶ τὴν χρῆσιν τῷ τῆς ἐκκληςίας λόγῳ ἀναγκαίαν εἶναι γινώσκεις.
toigartoi dedexo prothymotata to doxan tę̄ hēmeterą proairesei. prepon gar katephanē touto dēlōsai tę̄ sę̄ synesei, hopōs an pentēkonta sōmatia en diphtherais enkataskeuois euanagnōsta te kai pros tēn chrēsin eumetakomista hypo technitōn kalligraphōn kai akribōs tēn technēn epistamenōn graphēnai keleuseias, tōn theiōn dēladē graphōn, hōn malista tēn tʼ episkeuēn kai tēn chrēsin tǭ tēs ekklēsias logǭ anankaian einai ginōskeis.
Receive, therefore, most eagerly what our purpose has decided. For it seemed fitting to make known to your understanding that you should order fifty volumes, with ornamental bindings, on parchment, easy to read and convenient to carry for use, to be written by skilled calligraphers who know their art exactly — volumes, that is, of the divine Scriptures, whose preparation and use you know to be especially necessary for the instruction of the church.
4.36.3Heikel
ἀπεστάλη δὲ γράμματα παρὰ τῆς ἠμετέρας ἠμερότητος πρὸς τὸν τῆς διοικήσεως καθολικόν, ὅπως ἂν πάντα τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἐπισκευὴν αὐτῶν ἐπιτήδεια παρασχεῖν φροντίσειεν· ἵνα γὰρ ὡς τάχιστα τὰ γραφέντα σωμάτια κατασκευασθείη, τῆς σῆς ἐπιμελείας ἔργον τοῦτο γενήσεται. καὶ γὰρ δύο δημοσίων ὀχημάτων ἐξουσίαν εἰς διακομιδὴν ἐκ τῆς αὐθεντίας τοῦ γράμματος ἡμῶν τούτου λαβεῖν σε προσήκει. οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μάλιστα τὰ καλῶς γραφέντα καὶ μέχρι τῶν ἡμετέρων ὄψεων ῥᾷστα διακομισθήσεται, ἑνὸς δηλαδὴ τοῦτο πληροῦντος τῶν ἐκ τῆς σῆς ἐκκλησίας διακόνων, ὃς ἐπειδὰν ἀφίκηται πρὸς ἠμᾶς, τῆς ἠμετέρας πειραθήσεται φιλανθρωπίας. ὁ θεός σε διαφυλάξει, ἀδελφὲ ἀγαπητέ.“
apestalē de grammata para tēs ēmeteras ēmerotētos pros ton tēs dioikēseōs katholikon, hopōs an panta ta pros tēn episkeuēn autōn epitēdeia paraschein phrontiseien; hina gar hōs tachista ta graphenta sōmatia kataskeuastheiē, tēs sēs epimeleias ergon touto genēsetai. kai gar dyo dēmosiōn ochēmatōn exousian eis diakomidēn ek tēs authentias tou grammatos hēmōn toutou labein se prosēkei. houtō gar an malista ta kalōs graphenta kai mechri tōn hēmeterōn opseōn rhąsta diakomisthēsetai, henos dēladē touto plērountos tōn ek tēs sēs ekklēsias diakonōn, hos epeidan aphikētai pros ēmas, tēs ēmeteras peirathēsetai philanthrōpias. ho theos se diaphylaxei, adelphe agapēte.“
Letters have been sent from our Clemency to the finance officer of the diocese, that he should see to providing everything needed for their preparation; and it will be the task of your diligence that the volumes be written and prepared as quickly as possible. You are authorized by this letter of ours to take two public carriages for their transport; for in this way the fine copies will most easily be brought even before our eyes, one of the deacons of your church evidently carrying out this task, who, when he reaches us, will experience our generosity. God will preserve you, beloved brother.”
Life 4, chapter 37
4.37.1Heikel
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν βασιλεὺς διεκελεύετο. αὐτίκα δʼ ἔργον ἐπηκολούθει τῷ λόγῳ, ἐν πολυτελῶς ἠσκημένοις τεύχεσιν τρισσὰ καὶ τετρασσὰ διαπεμψάντων ἡμῶν.... ὃ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸ ἑτέρα βασιλέως ἀντιφώνησις παραστήσει, διʼ ἧς, πυθόμενος ὡς ἡ παρʼ ἡμῖν Κωνστάντια πόλις, ἀνδρῶν ἐκτόπως δεισιδαιμόνων οὖσα πρότερον, ὁρμῇ θεοσεβείας τῆς ἔμπροσθεν μεταβέβληκεν εἰδωλικῆς πλάνης, χαίρειν ἐδήλου καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν ἀποδέχεσθαι...
Tauta men oun basileus diekeleueto. autika dʼ ergon epēkolouthei tǭ logǭ, en polytelōs ēskēmenois teuchesin trissa kai tetrassa diapempsantōn hēmōn.... ho dē kai auto hetera basileōs antiphōnēsis parastēsei, diʼ hēs, pythomenos hōs hē parʼ hēmin Kōnstantia polis, andrōn ektopōs deisidaimonōn ousa proteron, hormę̄ theosebeias tēs emprosthen metabeblēken eidōlikēs planēs, chairein edēlou kai tēn praxin apodechesthai...
These were the emperor's orders; and at once the deed followed the word, as we sent [the volumes] in richly wrought bindings, in threes and fours. … This too another reply of the emperor will show, in which, having learned that our city of Constantia, whose people had formerly been extraordinarily superstitious, had turned from its former idolatrous error by an impulse of godliness, he declared that he rejoiced and approved the deed …
Life 4, chapter 38
4.38.1Heikel
Ἤδη μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ Παλαιστινῶν ἔθνους ἡ Κωνστάντια τὴν σωτήριον ἐπιγραψαμένη θεοσέβειαν καὶ παρʼ αὐτῷ θεῷ καὶ παρὰ βασιλεῖ τιμῆς κρείττονος ἠξιοῦτο, πόλις μὲν ἀποφανεῖσα ὃ μὴ πρότερον ἦν, ἀμείψασα δὲ τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐπωνύμῳ κρείττονι θεοσεβοῦς ἀδελφῆς βασιλέως.
Ēdē men oun epi tou Palaistinōn ethnous hē Kōnstantia tēn sōtērion epigrapsamenē theosebeian kai parʼ autǭ theǭ kai para basilei timēs kreittonos ēxiouto, polis men apophaneisa ho mē proteron ēn, ameipsasa de tēn prosēgorian epōnymǭ kreittoni theosebous adelphēs basileōs.
So Constantia in the province of Palestine, having embraced the saving godliness, was deemed worthy of greater honor both with God himself and with the emperor: it was declared a city, which it had not been before, and exchanged its name for the better one of the emperor's pious sister.
Life 4, chapter 39
4.39.1Heikel
Ταὐτὸν δὲ καὶ ἕτεραι πλείους διεπράττοντο χῶραι, ὡς ἡ ἐπὶ τοῦ Φοινίκων ἔθνους αὐτοῦ βασιλέως ἐπώνυμος, ἧς οἱ πολῖται δυσεξαρίθμητα ξοάνων ἱδρύματα πυρὶ παραδόντες τὸν σωτήριον ἀντικατηλλάξαντο νόμον.
Tauton de kai heterai pleious dieprattonto chōrai, hōs hē epi tou Phoinikōn ethnous autou basileōs epōnymos, hēs hoi politai dysexarithmēta xoanōn hidrymata pyri paradontes ton sōtērion antikatēllaxanto nomon.
Very many other places did the same, like the one in the province of Phoenicia named after the emperor himself, whose citizens committed countless cult statues to the fire and took the saving law in exchange.
4.39.2Heikel
καὶ ἐφʼ ἑτέρων δʼ ἐπαρχιῶν αὐτόμολοι τῇ σωτηρίῳ προσιόντες γνώσει ἀθρόοι κατὰ χώρας καὶ κατὰ πόλεις τὰ μὲν πρότερα αὐτοῖς νενομισμένα ἱερά, ἐν ὕλῃ παντοίων ὄντα ξοάνων, ὡσανεὶ τὸ μηθὲν ὄντα ἠφάνιζον, ναούς τʼ αὐτῶν καὶ τεμένη εἰς ὕψος ἠρμένα μηδενὸς ἐπικελεύοντος καθῄρουν, ἐκκληςίας δʼ ἐκ θεμελίων ἀνιστῶντες τὰ τῆς προτέρας ἀντικατηλλάττοντο πλάνης. ἀλλὰ γὰρ καθʼ ἕκαστα γράφειν τῶν τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς πράξεων οὐχ ἡμέτερον ἂν εἴη μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον αὐτῷ συνεῖναι κατηξιωμένων· ἡμεῖς δʼ ἐν ὀλίγῳ τὰ ἡμῖν διεγνωσμένα τῇδε παραδόντες τῇ γραφῇ ἐπὶ τὸν ὕστατον αὐτοῦ τῆς ζωῆς διαβησόμεθα χρόνον.
kai ephʼ heterōn dʼ eparchiōn automoloi tę̄ sōtēriǭ prosiontes gnōsei athrooi kata chōras kai kata poleis ta men protera autois nenomismena hiera, en hylę̄ pantoiōn onta xoanōn, hōsanei to mēthen onta ēphanizon, naous tʼ autōn kai temenē eis hypsos ērmena mēdenos epikeleuontos kathę̄roun, ekklēsias dʼ ek themeliōn anistōntes ta tēs proteras antikatēllattonto planēs. alla gar kathʼ hekasta graphein tōn tou theophilous praxeōn ouch hēmeteron an eiē mallon ē tōn ton panta chronon autǭ syneinai katēxiōmenōn; hēmeis dʼ en oligǭ ta hēmin diegnōsmena tę̄de paradontes tę̄ graphę̄ epi ton hystaton autou tēs zōēs diabēsometha chronon.
In other provinces too, people came over of their own accord to the saving knowledge in crowds, throughout the countryside and in the cities. They destroyed, as things of no account, what they had formerly held sacred, made of every kind of material for cult images; they pulled down their temples and lofty precincts with no one ordering them to; and raising churches from their foundations, they took these in exchange for their former error. But to write in detail of the God-beloved man's deeds would be the task not so much of us as of those who were thought worthy to be with him all the time. We, having briefly set down in this writing what we have learned, shall pass on to the last period of his life.
Life 4, chapter 40
4.40.1Heikel
Ἐπληροῦντο μὲν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἐνιαυτῶν περίοδοι τῆς βασιλείας· τρεῖς δʼ αὐτῷ παῖδες, καίσαρες περιφανέστατοι, κοινωνοὶ τῆς βασιλείας διαφόροις ἀνεδείκνυντο χρόνοις, ὁ μὲν ὁμώνυμος τῷ πατρὶ Κωνσταντῖνος πρῶτος μετασχὼν τῆς βασιλείας τὴν τιμὴν ἀμφὶ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς δεκαετηρίδα, ὁ δὲ δεύτερος τῇ τοῦ πάππου κοσμούμενος ὁμωνυμίᾳ Κωνστάντιος ἀμφὶ τὴν εἰκοσαετηρικὴν πανήγυριν ἀνηγορευμένος, ὁ δὲ τρίτος Κώνστανς, τὸν ἐνστῶτα καὶ συνεστῶτα τῷ τῆς ἐπωνυμίας προσρήματι σημαίνων, ἀμφὶ τὴν τρίτην δεκάδα προηγμένος.
Eplērounto men autǭ triakonta eniautōn periodoi tēs basileias; treis dʼ autǭ paides, kaisares periphanestatoi, koinōnoi tēs basileias diaphorois anedeiknynto chronois, ho men homōnymos tǭ patri Kōnstantinos prōtos metaschōn tēs basileias tēn timēn amphi tēn tou patros dekaetērida, ho de deuteros tę̄ tou pappou kosmoumenos homōnymią Kōnstantios amphi tēn eikosaetērikēn panēgyrin anēgoreumenos, ho de tritos Kōnstans, ton enstōta kai synestōta tǭ tēs epōnymias prosrēmati sēmainōn, amphi tēn tritēn dekada proēgmenos.
The period of thirty years of his reign was being completed. His three sons, most illustrious Caesars, had been proclaimed partners in the empire at different times: Constantine, who bore his father's name, first received the honor of imperial rank about the time of his father's tenth anniversary; the second, Constantius, adorned with his grandfather's name, was proclaimed about the time of the twentieth-anniversary celebration; and the third, Constans, whose name signifies steadfastness and constancy, was promoted about the third decade.
4.40.2Heikel
οὕτω δὴ τριάδος λόγῳ τριττὴν γονὴν παίδων θεοφιλῆ κτησάμενος, ταύτην τʼ ἐφʼ ἑκάστῃ περιόδῳ δεκαέτους χρόνου εἰσποιήσει τῆς βασιλείας τιμήσας, τῶν τῷ παμβασιλεῖ τῶν ὅλων εὐχαριστηρίων καιρὸν εὔκαιρον εἶναι τὸν τῆς αὐτοῦ τριακονταετηρίδος ἡγεῖτο, καὶ δὴ τοῦ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις αὐτῷ σὺν πάσῃ φιλοκάλῳ σπουδῇ κατειργασμένου μαρτυρίου προσήκειν τὴν ἀφιέρωσιν ποιήσασθαι εὖ ἔχειν ἐδοκίμαζεν.
houtō dē triados logǭ trittēn gonēn paidōn theophilē ktēsamenos, tautēn tʼ ephʼ hekastę̄ periodǭ dekaetous chronou eispoiēsei tēs basileias timēsas, tōn tǭ pambasilei tōn holōn eucharistēriōn kairon eukairon einai ton tēs autou triakontaetēridos hēgeito, kai dē tou en Hierosolymois autǭ syn pasę̄ philokalǭ spoudę̄ kateirgasmenou martyriou prosēkein tēn aphierōsin poiēsasthai eu echein edokimazen.
So, having obtained, after the pattern of a trinity, a threefold God-beloved offspring of sons, and having honored them at each ten-year period by adoption into the imperial rule, he thought the time of his thirtieth anniversary a fitting occasion for thank-offerings to the King of all, and judged it right to hold the dedication of the Martyrium which he had built in Jerusalem with all zeal for beauty.
Life 4, chapter 41
4.41.1Heikel
Μισόκαλος δὲ κἀν τούτῳ φθόνος οἱονεὶ σκότιον νέφος τηλαυγεστάταις ἡλίου μαρμαρυγαῖς Αἴγυπτον αὖθις ἐκκληςίας ταῖς αὐτοῦ ταράττων ἐρεσχελίαις.
Misokalos de kan toutǭ phthonos hoionei skotion nephos tēlaugestatais hēliou marmarygais Aigypton authis ekklēsias tais autou tarattōn erescheliais.
But envy, the hater of good, here too, like a dark cloud against the most brilliant gleams of the sun, [was] again troubling the churches of Egypt with its contentions.
4.41.2Heikel
ἀλλʼ ὅ γε τῷ θεῷ μεμελημένος σύνοδον αὖθις πληθύουσαν ἐπισκόπων ὥσπερ θεοῦ στρατόπεδον καθοπλίσας, ἀντιπαρετάττετο τῷ βασκάνῳ δαίμονι, ἐξ ἁπάσης Αἰγύπτου καὶ Λιβύης, Ἀσίας τε καὶ Εὐρώπης σπεύδειν πρῶτα μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς διαμάχης λύσιν, ἐντεῦθεν δὲ τὴν ἀφιέρωσιν τοῦ προλεχθέντος νεὼ ποιεῖσθαι διακελευσάμενος.
allʼ ho ge tǭ theǭ memelēmenos synodon authis plēthyousan episkopōn hōsper theou stratopedon kathoplisas, antiparetatteto tǭ baskanǭ daimoni, ex hapasēs Aigyptou kai Libyēs, Asias te kai Eurōpēs speudein prōta men epi tēn tēs diamachēs lysin, enteuthen de tēn aphierōsin tou prolechthentos neō poieisthai diakeleusamenos.
But he who was cared for by God, arming once more a large synod of bishops like an army of God, drew it up against the envious demon, ordering them to hasten from all Egypt and Libya, Asia and Europe, first to resolve the conflict, and then to perform the dedication of the temple already mentioned.
4.41.3Heikel
ὁδοῦ δὴ πάρεργον ἐπὶ τῆς Φοινίκων μητροπόλεως προσέταττε διαλύσασθαι τὰς ἐρεσχελίας· μὴ γὰρ ἐξεῖναι τὰς γνώμας διῃρημένους ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ παρεῖναι λατρείαν, θείου νόμου διαγορεύοντος μὴ πρότερον τὰ δῶρα προσφέρειν τοὺς ἐν διαφορᾷ τυγχάνοντας ἢ φιλίαν σπεισαμένους καὶ τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἰρηνικῶς διαθέντας.
hodou dē parergon epi tēs Phoinikōn mētropoleōs prosetatte dialysasthai tas ereschelias; mē gar exeinai tas gnōmas dię̄rēmenous epi tēn tou theou pareinai latreian, theiou nomou diagoreuontos mē proteron ta dōra prospherein tous en diaphorą tynchanontas ē philian speisamenous kai ta pros allēlous eirēnikōs diathentas.
On the way, he ordered them to settle the disputes at the metropolis of Phoenicia; for it was not permitted, he said, for those divided in opinion to come to the worship of God, since the divine law forbids those at variance to offer their gifts before making friends and settling their differences peaceably.
4.41.4Heikel
ταῦτα βασιλεὺς τὰ σωτήρια παραγγέλματα τῇ αὐτὸς αὐτοῦ διανοίᾳ ζωπυρῶν, σὺν ὁμονοίᾳ καὶ συμφωνίᾳ τῇ πάσῃ ἔχεσθαι τῶν προκειμένων διὰ γραφῆς οὔτως ἐχούσης ἐδήλου·
tauta basileus ta sōtēria parangelmata tę̄ autos autou dianoią zōpyrōn, syn homonoią kai symphōnią tę̄ pasę̄ echesthai tōn prokeimenōn dia graphēs outōs echousēs edēlou;
The emperor, kindling these saving precepts in his own mind, made known that they were to hold to the task before them in all concord and harmony, in a letter that ran as follows:
Life 4, chapter 42
4.42.1Heikel
Βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς τὴν ἐν Τύρῳ σύνοδον. Νικητὴς Κωνσταντῖνος Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς τῇ ἁγία συνόδῳ τῇ κατὰ Τύρον. Ἦν μὲν ἴσως ἀκόλουθον καὶ τῇ τῶν καιρῶν εὐκαιρίᾳ μάλιστα πρέπον ἀστασίαστον εἶναι τὴν καθολικὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ πάσης λοιδορίας τοὺς τοῦ Χριστοῦ νῦν ἀπηλλάχθαι θεράποντας. ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐχ ὑγιοῦς φιλονεικίας οἴστρῳ τινὲς ἐλαυνόμενοι (οὐ γὰρ ἂν εἴποιμι βιοῦντες ἑαυτῶν ἀξίως), τὰ πάντα συγχέειν ἐπιχειροῦσιν, ὅπερ πάσης συμφορᾶς ἐπέκεινα κεχωρηκέναι μοι δοκεῖ, τούτου χάριν θέοντας ὑμᾶς, τὸ τοῦ λόγου, προτρέπομαι χωρίς τινος ὑπερθέσεως εἰς ταὐτὸ συνδραμεῖν, πληρῶσαι τὴν σύνοδον, ἐπαμῦναι τοῖς χρᾐζουσιν ἐπικουρίας, τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἰάσασθαι κινδυνεύοντας, εἰς ὁμόνοιαν ἐπαναγαγεῖν τὰ διεστῶτα τῶν μελῶν, διορθώσασθαι τὰ πλημμελούμενα, ἕως καιρὸς ἐπιτρέπει, ἵνα ταῖς τοσαύταις ἐπαρχίαις τὴν πρέπουσαν ἀποδῶτε συμφωνίαν, ἥν, φεῦ τῆς ἀτοπίας, ἐλαχίστων ἀνθρώπων ἀπώλεσεν ὑπεροψία.
Basileōs epistolē pros tēn en Tyrǭ synodon. Nikētēs Kōnstantinos Megistos Sebastos tę̄ hagia synodǭ tę̄ kata Tyron. Ēn men isōs akolouthon kai tę̄ tōn kairōn eukairią malista prepon astasiaston einai tēn katholikēn ekklēsian kai pasēs loidorias tous tou Christou nyn apēllachthai therapontas. epeidē de ouch hygious philoneikias oistrǭ tines elaunomenoi (ou gar an eipoimi biountes heautōn axiōs), ta panta syncheein epicheirousin, hoper pasēs symphoras epekeina kechōrēkenai moi dokei, toutou charin theontas hymas, to tou logou, protrepomai chōris tinos hypertheseōs eis tauto syndramein, plērōsai tēn synodon, epamynai tois chrę̄zousin epikourias, tous adelphous iasasthai kindyneuontas, eis homonoian epanagagein ta diestōta tōn melōn, diorthōsasthai ta plēmmeloumena, heōs kairos epitrepei, hina tais tosautais eparchiais tēn prepousan apodōte symphōnian, hēn, pheu tēs atopias, elachistōn anthrōpōn apōlesen hyperopsia.
The emperor's letter to the synod at Tyre. “The Victor Constantine Maximus Augustus to the holy synod at Tyre. It would perhaps have been consistent, and most fitting to the good fortune of our times, that the catholic church should be free of strife, and that the servants of Christ should now be free of all reproach. But since some, driven by the frenzy of unsound contentiousness (for I would not say that they live in a manner worthy of themselves), are trying to throw everything into confusion — which seems to me to go beyond every calamity — for this reason I urge you, who are already running, as the saying goes, to come together without any delay, to complete the synod, to help those who need aid, to heal the brothers who are in danger, to bring the divided members back to concord, and to correct what has gone wrong while there is still time, so that you may restore to so many provinces the fitting harmony which, alas for the absurdity, the arrogance of a very few men has destroyed.
4.42.2Heikel
ὅτι δὲ τοῦτο καὶ τῷ δεσπότῃ τῶν ὅλων θεῷ ἐστιν ἀρεστὸν καὶ ἡμῖν πάσης εὐχῆς ὑπέρτερον καὶ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς, ἐάν γε τὴν εἰρήνην ἀνακαλέσησθε, οὐ τῆς τυχούσης αἴτιον μέλλετε λοιπόν, ἀλλʼἐπιτείναντες ἐντεῦθεν ἥδη τὰ τῆς προθυμίας, τοῖς προκειμένοις ὅρον ἐπιθεῖναι σπουδάσατε τὸν προσήκοντα, μετὰ πάσης εἰλικρινείας δηλαδὴ καὶ πίστεως συνελθόντες, ἣν ἑκασταχοῦ μόνον οὑχὶ φωνὴν ἀφιεὶς ὁ σωτὴρ ἐκεῖνος ᾦ λατρεύομεν ἀπαιτεῖ μάλιστα παρʼὑμῶν.
hoti de touto kai tǭ despotę̄ tōn holōn theǭ estin areston kai hēmin pasēs euchēs hyperteron kai hymin autois, ean ge tēn eirēnēn anakalesēsthe, ou tēs tychousēs aition mellete loipon, allʼepiteinantes enteuthen hēdē ta tēs prothymias, tois prokeimenois horon epitheinai spoudasate ton prosēkonta, meta pasēs eilikrineias dēladē kai pisteōs synelthontes, hēn hekastachou monon houchi phōnēn aphieis ho sōtēr ekeinos ǭ latreuomen apaitei malista parʼhymōn.
That this is pleasing to God, the Lord of all, beyond every prayer of ours, and [will bring] no ordinary [glory] to you yourselves if you restore peace, [all will agree. Do not] delay, then, any longer, but, redoubling your zeal from now on, strive to bring the matters before you to a fitting conclusion, coming together with all sincerity and faith, which the Savior whom we worship, all but uttering a voice everywhere, demands above all from you.
4.42.3Heikel
οὑδὲν δὲ τῶν εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν εὐλάβειαν ἡκόντων ὑμῖν ἐνδεήσει. πάντα μοὶ πέπρακται ὅσα γράφοντες ἐδηλώσατε. ἐπέστειλα πρὸς οὓς ἐβουλήθητε τῶν ἐπισκόπων, ἵνα παραγενόμενοι κοινωνήσωσιν ὑμῖν τῶν φροντισμάτων, ἀπέστειλα Διονύσιον τὸν ἀπὸ ὑπατικῶν, ὃς καὶ τοὺς ὁφείλοντας εἰς τὴν σύνοδον ἀφικέσθαι μεθʼὑμῶν ὑπομνήσει, καὶ τῶν πραττομένων ἐξαιρέτως δὲ τῆς εὐταξίας κατάσκοπος παρέσται.
houden de tōn eis tēn emēn eulabeian hēkontōn hymin endeēsei. panta moi pepraktai hosa graphontes edēlōsate. epesteila pros hous eboulēthēte tōn episkopōn, hina paragenomenoi koinōnēsōsin hymin tōn phrontismatōn, apesteila Dionysion ton apo hypatikōn, hos kai tous hopheilontas eis tēn synodon aphikesthai methʼhymōn hypomnēsei, kai tōn prattomenōn exairetōs de tēs eutaxias kataskopos parestai.
Nothing that concerns my Piety will be lacking to you. Everything you asked for in your letters has been done by me. I have written to those of the bishops whom you wished, that they should come and share your deliberations. I have sent Dionysius, the former consul, who will both remind those who ought to come to the synod with you, and will be present to oversee the proceedings, and especially good order.
4.42.4Heikel
ἐὰν γὰρ τις, ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ οἵομαι, τὴν ἡμετέραν κέλευσιν καὶ νῦν διακρούσασθαι πειρώμενος μὴ βουληθῇ παραγενέσθαι, ἐντεῦθεν παρʼἡμῶν ἀποσταλήσεται, ὃς ἐκ βασιλικοῦ προστάγματος αὐτὸν ἐκβαλὼν ὡς οὐ προσῆκεν ὅροις αὐτοκράτορος ὑπὲρ τὴς ἁληθείας ἐξενεχθεῖσιν ἀντιτείνειν διδάξει.
ean gar tis, hōs egō ouk hoiomai, tēn hēmeteran keleusin kai nyn diakrousasthai peirōmenos mē boulēthę̄ paragenesthai, enteuthen parʼhēmōn apostalēsetai, hos ek basilikou prostagmatos auton ekbalōn hōs ou prosēken horois autokratoros hyper tēs halētheias exenechtheisin antiteinein didaxei.
For if anyone — though I do not think it likely — should even now try to evade our command and refuse to attend, someone will be sent from here by us who, expelling him by imperial order, will teach him that it is not right to resist the decrees of the emperor issued on behalf of the truth.
4.42.5Heikel
λοιπὸν ἔσται τῆς ὑμετέρας ὁσιότητος ἔργον ὁμογνώμονι κρίσει, μήτε πρὸς ἀπέχθειαν μήτε πρὸς χάριν, ἀκολούθως δὲ τῷ ἐκκλησιαστικῷ καὶ ἀποστολικῷ κανόνι, τοῖς πλημμεληθεῖσιν εἴτʼοὖν κατὰ σφάλμα συμβεβηκόσι τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν θεραπείαν ἐπινοῆσαι, ἵνα καὶ πάσης βλασφημίας έλευθερώσητε τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπικουφίσητε φροντίδας, καὶ τὴν τῆς εἰρήνης χάριν τοῖς νῦν στασιάζουσιν ἀποδόντες μεγίστην εὔκλειαν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς προξενήσητε. ὁ θεὸς ὐμᾶς διαφυλάττοι, ἀδελφοὶ ἀγαπητοί.“
loipon estai tēs hymeteras hosiotētos ergon homognōmoni krisei, mēte pros apechtheian mēte pros charin, akolouthōs de tǭ ekklēsiastikǭ kai apostolikǭ kanoni, tois plēmmelētheisin eitʼoun kata sphalma symbebēkosi tēn harmottousan therapeian epinoēsai, hina kai pasēs blasphēmias eleutherōsēte tēn ekklēsian kai tas emas epikouphisēte phrontidas, kai tēn tēs eirēnēs charin tois nyn stasiazousin apodontes megistēn eukleian hymin autois proxenēsēte. ho theos ymas diaphylattoi, adelphoi agapētoi.“
It will then be the work of your Holiness, with a unanimous judgment, neither out of hatred nor out of favor, but in accordance with the ecclesiastical and apostolic canon, to devise the fitting remedy for the faults committed or the errors that have occurred, so that you may free the church from all blasphemy, lighten my cares, and, by restoring the grace of peace to those now at strife, win the greatest glory for yourselves. God preserve you, beloved brothers.”
Life 4, chapter 43
4.43.1Heikel
Ἐπεὶ δὲ διʼ ἔργων ἐχώρει τὰ προστεταγμένα, κατελάμβανεν ἄλλος βασιλικὸς ἀνήρ, ἐπισπέρχων τὴν σύνοδον σὺν γράμματι βασιλικῷ, σπεύδειν μηδὲ ἀναβάλλεσθαι τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα παρορμῶν γε πορείαν.
Epei de diʼ ergōn echōrei ta prostetagmena, katelambanen allos basilikos anēr, episperchōn tēn synodon syn grammati basilikǭ, speudein mēde anaballesthai tēn epi ta Hierosolyma parormōn ge poreian.
While these orders were being carried out, another imperial official arrived, urging on the synod with an imperial letter, and pressing them to hurry and not to postpone their journey to Jerusalem.
4.43.2Heikel
ἄραντες οὖν οἱ πάντες ἀπὸ τοῦ Φοινίκων ἔθνους δημοσίοις δρόμοις ἤλαυνον ἐπὶ τὰ προκείμενα, ἐπληροῦτο δὲ τότε πᾶς ὁ τῇδε τόπος μεγίστης θεοῦ χορείας, ἐπὶ ταὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις συνηγμένων τῶν ἐξ ἁπάσης ἐπαρχίας διαφανῶν ἐπισκόπων.
arantes oun hoi pantes apo tou Phoinikōn ethnous dēmosiois dromois ēlaunon epi ta prokeimena, eplērouto de tote pas ho tę̄de topos megistēs theou choreias, epi tauton en tois Hierosolymois synēgmenōn tōn ex hapasēs eparchias diaphanōn episkopōn.
So they all set out from the province of Phoenicia and traveled by the public post to their destination; and the whole place was then filled with a very great company of God, the distinguished bishops from every province being gathered together in Jerusalem.
4.43.3Heikel
Μακεδόνες μὲν γὰρ τὸν τῆς παρʼαὐτοῖς μητροπόλεως παρέπεμπον, Παννόνιοί τε καὶ Μυσοὶ τὰ παρʼαὐτοῖς ἀνθοῦντα κάλλη τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ νεολαίας, παρῆν δὲ καὶ Περσῶν ἐπισκόπων ἱερὸν χρῆμα, τὰ θεῖα λόγια ἐξηκριβωκὼς ἀνήρ, Βιθυνοί τε καὶ Θρᾷκες τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς συνόδου κατεκόσμουν.
Makedones men gar ton tēs parʼautois mētropoleōs parepempon, Pannonioi te kai Mysoi ta parʼautois anthounta kallē tēs tou theou neolaias, parēn de kai Persōn episkopōn hieron chrēma, ta theia logia exēkribōkōs anēr, Bithynoi te kai Thrąkes to plērōma tēs synodou katekosmoun.
The Macedonians sent the bishop of their metropolis; the Pannonians and Moesians, the flourishing beauties of God's youth among them; there was present also a holy ornament of the Persian bishops, a man thoroughly versed in the divine oracles; and Bithynians and Thracians adorned the fullness of the synod.
4.43.4Heikel
οὐ μὴν ἀπελιμπάνοντο Κιλίκων οἱ διαφέροντες, καὶ Καππαδοκῶν δʼοἱ πρῶτοι παιδεύσει λόγων μέσοι τοῖς πᾶσι διέπρεπον, Συρία τε πᾶσα καὶ Μεσοποταμία, Φοινίκη τε καὶ Ἀραβία σὺν αὐτῇ Παλαιστίνῃ, Αἵγυπτός τε καὶ Λιβύη, οἵ τε τὴν Θηβαίων οἰκοῦντες χώραν, πάντες ὁμοῦ ἐπλήρουν τὴν μεγάλην τοῦ θεοῦ χορείαν, οἶς ἀνάριθμος ἐξ ἁπασῶν τῶν ἐπαρχιῶν ἐπηκολούθει λεώς. παρῆν δὲ τούτοις ἅπασι βασιλική τις ὑπηρεσία, ἄνδρες τʼἐξ αὐτῶν βασιλείων δόκιμοι κατεπέμποντο φαιδρῦναι τὴν ἑορτὴν ταῖς βασιλέως χορηγίαις,
ou mēn apelimpanonto Kilikōn hoi diapherontes, kai Kappadokōn dʼhoi prōtoi paideusei logōn mesoi tois pasi dieprepon, Syria te pasa kai Mesopotamia, Phoinikē te kai Arabia syn autę̄ Palaistinę̄, Haigyptos te kai Libyē, hoi te tēn Thēbaiōn oikountes chōran, pantes homou eplēroun tēn megalēn tou theou choreian, ois anarithmos ex hapasōn tōn eparchiōn epēkolouthei leōs. parēn de toutois hapasi basilikē tis hypēresia, andres tʼex autōn basileiōn dokimoi katepemponto phaidrynai tēn heortēn tais basileōs chorēgiais,
Nor were the eminent men of Cilicia missing, and the leading men of Cappadocia, first in literary learning, shone in the midst of all. All Syria and Mesopotamia, Phoenicia and Arabia with Palestine itself, Egypt and Libya, and those who live in the land of the Thebans — all together filled the great company of God, and a countless people from all the provinces followed them. With all these there was an imperial service, and approved men were sent from the palace itself to brighten the festival with the emperor's bounty.
Life 4, chapter 44
4.44.1Heikel
ναὶ μὴν καὶ ὁ τούτοις ἅπασιν ἐφεστὼς βασιλεῖ δεξιὸς ἀνήρ, πίστει καὶ εὐλαβείᾳ λόγων τε θείων ἐμπρέπων ἀσκήσει, ὃς δὴ καὶ ταῖς ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ὁμολογίαις κατὰ τὸν τῶν τυράννων καιρὸν λαμπρυνόμενος εἰκότως τὴν τῶνδε διάταξιν ἐπιστεύετο. καὶ δὴ τῷ βασιλέως οὗτος νεύματι σὺν εἰλικρινείᾳ πάσῃ διακονούμενος, τὴν μὲν σύνοδον ἐτίμα φιλοφρόνῳ δεξιώσει ἑστιάσεσί τε λαμπραῖς κα συμποτικαῖς εὐωχίαις, πτωχοῖς δʼἀνείμοσι πενήτων τʼἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν μυρίοις πλήθεσι, τροφῆς καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν χρειῶν ἐν ἐνδείᾳ καθεστῶσι, πολυτελεῖς διαδόσεις χρημάτων καὶ περιβλημάτων ἐποιεῖτο, ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὸν πάντα νεὼν πλουσίοις καὶ βασιλικοῖς ἀναθήμασι κατεποίκιλεν. ἀλλʼὁ μὲν ταὐτην ἐπλήρου τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν,
nai mēn kai ho toutois hapasin ephestōs basilei dexios anēr, pistei kai eulabeią logōn te theiōn emprepōn askēsei, hos dē kai tais hyper eusebeias homologiais kata ton tōn tyrannōn kairon lamprynomenos eikotōs tēn tōnde diataxin episteueto. kai dē tǭ basileōs houtos neumati syn eilikrineią pasę̄ diakonoumenos, tēn men synodon etima philophronǭ dexiōsei hestiasesi te lamprais ka sympotikais euōchiais, ptōchois dʼaneimosi penētōn tʼandrōn kai gynaikōn myriois plēthesi, trophēs kai tōn loipōn chreiōn en endeią kathestōsi, polyteleis diadoseis chrēmatōn kai periblēmatōn epoieito, ēdē de kai ton panta neōn plousiois kai basilikois anathēmasi katepoikilen. allʼho men tautēn eplērou tēn hypēresian,
Indeed, the man in charge of all these was a right hand to the emperor, distinguished for faith and piety and for training in divine words, who had also been made illustrious by his confessions for piety in the time of the tyrants; so he was fittingly entrusted with the arrangement of these things. Serving the emperor's will with complete sincerity, he honored the synod with a friendly welcome, splendid banquets, and convivial feasts; he made costly distributions of money and clothing to the naked poor and to countless multitudes of poor men and women who lacked food and other necessities; and he adorned the whole temple with rich and imperial offerings. So he fulfilled this service,
Life 4, chapter 45
4.45.1Heikel
οἱ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργοὶ εὐχαῖς ἅμα καὶ διαλέξεσι τὴν ἐορτὴν κατεκόσμουν, οἱ μὲν τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς βασιλέως τὴν εἰς τὸν τῶν ὅλων σωτῆρα καθοσίωσιν ἀνυμνοῦντες, τάς τε περὶ τὸ μαρτύριον μεγαλουργίας διεξιόντες τῷ λόγῳ, οἱ δὲ ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν θείων δογμάτων πανηγυρικαῖς θεολογίαις πανδαισίαν λογικῶν τροφῶν ταῖς πάντων παραδιδόντες ἀκοαῖς.
hoi de tou theou leitourgoi euchais hama kai dialexesi tēn eortēn katekosmoun, hoi men tou theophilous basileōs tēn eis ton tōn holōn sōtēra kathosiōsin anymnountes, tas te peri to martyrion megalourgias diexiontes tǭ logǭ, hoi de tais apo tōn theiōn dogmatōn panēgyrikais theologiais pandaisian logikōn trophōn tais pantōn paradidontes akoais.
while the ministers of God adorned the festival with prayers and discourses: some hymned the God-beloved emperor's devotion to the Savior of all and described in their speeches the magnificent works around the Martyrium; others, with festal theology drawn from the divine doctrines, provided a banquet of spiritual food for the ears of all.
4.45.2Heikel
ἅλλοι δʼἐρμηνείας τῶν θείων ἀναγνωσμάτων ἐποιοῦντο, τὰς ἀπορρήτους ἀποκαλύπτοντες θεωρίας, οἱ δὲ μὴ διὰ τούτων χωρεῖν οἶοί τε θυσίαις ἀναίμοις καὶ μυστικαῖς ἱερουργίαις τὸ θεῖον ἱλάσκοντο, ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς εἰρήνης, ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ, αὐτοῦ τε βασιλέως ὕπερ, τοῦ τῶν τοσούτων αἰτίου, παίδων τʼαὐτοῦ θεοφιλῶν ἰκετηρίους εὐχὰς τῷ θεῷ προσαναφέροντες. 3ἔνθα δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς ἀγαθῶν ἠξιωμένοι ποικίλαις ταῖς εἰς τὸ κοινὸν διαλέξεσι τὴν ἐορτὴν ἐτιμῶμεν, τοτὲ μὲν τῶν διὰ γράμματος βασιλεῖ πεφιλοκαλημένων τὰς ἐκφράσεις ἑρμηνεύοντες, τοτὲ δὲ καιρίους καὶ τοῖς προκειμένοις συμβόλοις τὰς προφητικας ποιούμενοι θεωρίας. οὕτω μὲν ἡ τῆς ἀφιερώσεως ἐορτὴ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ βασιλέως τριακονταετηρίδι σὺν εὐφροσύναις ἐπετελεῖτο.
halloi dʼermēneias tōn theiōn anagnōsmatōn epoiounto, tas aporrētous apokalyptontes theōrias, hoi de mē dia toutōn chōrein oioi te thysiais anaimois kai mystikais hierourgiais to theion hilaskonto, hyper tēs koinēs eirēnēs, hyper tēs ekklēsias tou theou, autou te basileōs hyper, tou tōn tosoutōn aitiou, paidōn tʼautou theophilōn iketērious euchas tǭ theǭ prosanapherontes. 3entha dē kai hēmeis tōn hyper hēmas agathōn ēxiōmenoi poikilais tais eis to koinon dialexesi tēn eortēn etimōmen, tote men tōn dia grammatos basilei pephilokalēmenōn tas ekphraseis hermēneuontes, tote de kairious kai tois prokeimenois symbolois tas prophētikas poioumenoi theōrias. houtō men hē tēs aphierōseōs eortē en autę̄ tę̄ basileōs triakontaetēridi syn euphrosynais epeteleito.
Others gave interpretations of the divine readings, disclosing their hidden meanings; and those unable to do this propitiated the Divinity with bloodless sacrifices and mystic sacred rites, offering suppliant prayers to God for the common peace, for the church of God, for the emperor himself, the cause of such great blessings, and for his God-beloved sons. 3 There we too, thought worthy of blessings beyond our deserts, honored the festival with various public discourses, at one time interpreting the descriptions of the works of beauty the emperor had made, at another making prophetic interpretations fitting to the occasion and to the symbols before us. So the festival of the dedication was celebrated with gladness in the very year of the emperor's thirtieth anniversary.
Life 4, chapter 46
4.46.1Heikel
Οἶος δʼὁ τοῦ σωτῆρος νεώς, οἶον τὸ σωτήριον ἄντρον, οἷαί τε αἱ βασιλέως φιλοκαλίαι ἀναθημάτων τε πλήθη ἐν χρυσῷ τε καὶ ἁργύρῳ καὶ λίθοις τιμίοις πεποιημένων, κατὰ δύναμιν ἐν οἰκείῳ συγγράμματι παραδόντες αὐτῷ βασιλεῖ προσεφωνήσαμεν. ὃν δὴ λόγον κατὰ καιρὸν μετὰ τὴν παροῦσαν τὴς γραφῆς ὑπόθεσιν ἐκθησόμεθα, ὁμοῦ καὶ τὸν τριακονταετηρικὸν αὐτῷ συζευγνύντες, ὃν σμικρὸν ὔστερον, ἐπὶ τῆς βασιλέως ἐπωνύμου πόλεως τὴν πορείαν στειλάμενοι, εἰς ἐπήκοον αὐτοῦ βασιλέως διήλθομεν, τοῦτο δεύτερον ἐν αὐτοῖς βασιλείοις τὸν ἐπὶ πάντων βασιλέα θεὸν δοξάσαντες, οὗ δὴ κατακροώμενος ὁ τῷ θεῷ φίλος γανυμένῳ ἐᾠκει. τοῦτο δʼοὖν αὐτὸ μετὰ τὴν ἀκρόασιν ἐξἐφηνεν, συμποσιάζων μὲν παροῦσι τοῖς ἐπισκόποις παντοίᾳ τʼαὐτοὺς τιμῇ φιλοφρονούμενος.
Oios dʼho tou sōtēros neōs, oion to sōtērion antron, hoiai te hai basileōs philokaliai anathēmatōn te plēthē en chrysǭ te kai hargyrǭ kai lithois timiois pepoiēmenōn, kata dynamin en oikeiǭ syngrammati paradontes autǭ basilei prosephōnēsamen. hon dē logon kata kairon meta tēn parousan tēs graphēs hypothesin ekthēsometha, homou kai ton triakontaetērikon autǭ syzeugnyntes, hon smikron ysteron, epi tēs basileōs epōnymou poleōs tēn poreian steilamenoi, eis epēkoon autou basileōs diēlthomen, touto deuteron en autois basileiois ton epi pantōn basilea theon doxasantes, hou dē katakroōmenos ho tǭ theǭ philos ganymenǭ eǭkei. touto dʼoun auto meta tēn akroasin exephēnen, symposiazōn men parousi tois episkopois pantoią tʼautous timę̄ philophronoumenos.
What the Savior's temple was like, what the saving cave was like, what the emperor's works of beauty were, and the multitude of offerings made of gold, silver, and precious stones, we have set down to the best of our ability in a special work and addressed it to the emperor himself. That discourse we shall set out at the proper time, after the present work, joining with it also the thirtieth-anniversary oration, which a little later, having traveled to the city named after the emperor, we delivered in the emperor's hearing, glorifying for the second time, in the palace itself, God the King of all. As he listened, the friend of God looked like a man delighted, and he showed this after the hearing by dining with the bishops who were present and welcoming them with every kind of honor.
Life 4, chapter 47
4.47.1Heikel
Ταύτην μεγίστην ὦν ἴσμεν σύνοδον δευτέραν συνεκρότει βασιλεὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις μετὰ τὴν πρώτην ἐκείνην, ἣν ἐπὶ τῆς Βιθυνῶν διαφανοῦς πεποίητο πόλεως. ἀλλʼἠ μὲν ἐπινίκιος ἦν, ἐν εἰκοσαετηρίδι τῆς βασιλείας τὴν κατʼἐχθρῶν καὶ πολεμίων εὐχὴν ἐπʼ αὐτῆς Νικαίας ἐκτελοῦσα, ἡ δὲ τὴς τρίτης δεκάδος τὴν περίοδον ἐκόσμει, τῷ πάντων ἀγαθῶν δοτῆρι θεῷ ἀμφὶ τὸ μνῆμα τὸ σωτήριον εἰρήνης ἀνάθημα τὸ μαρτύριον βασιλέως ἀφιεροῦντος.
Tautēn megistēn ōn ismen synodon deuteran synekrotei basileus en autois Hierosolymois meta tēn prōtēn ekeinēn, hēn epi tēs Bithynōn diaphanous pepoiēto poleōs. allʼē men epinikios ēn, en eikosaetēridi tēs basileias tēn katʼechthrōn kai polemiōn euchēn epʼ autēs Nikaias ektelousa, hē de tēs tritēs dekados tēn periodon ekosmei, tǭ pantōn agathōn dotēri theǭ amphi to mnēma to sōtērion eirēnēs anathēma to martyrion basileōs aphierountos.
This was the second greatest synod that we know the emperor to have convened, in Jerusalem itself, after the first one, which he held in the famous city of Bithynia. That one was a victory celebration, fulfilling at Nicaea itself, in the twentieth year of his reign, his thank-offering for victory over enemies and foes; this one adorned the period of the third decade, when the emperor dedicated the Martyrium around the saving tomb to God, the Giver of all good things, as an offering of peace.
Life 4, chapter 48
4.48.1Heikel
Καὶ δὴ τούτων βασιλεῖ συντελουμένων, ἀνὰ στόμα τε πάντων ἀνυμνουμένης αὐτοῦ τῆς κατὰ θεὸν ἀρετῆς, τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργῶν τις ἀποτολμήσας εἰς αὐτοῦ πρόσωπον μακάριον αὐτὸν ἀπέφηνεν, ὅτι δὴ κἀν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ τῷ μέλλοντι συμβασιλεύειν μέλλοι τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ. ὁ δὲ ἀπεχθῶς τῆς φωνῆς ἐπακούσας μὴ τοιαῦτα τολμᾶν παρᾐνει φθέγγεσθαι, μᾶλλον δὲ διʼ εὐχῆς αἰτεῖσθαι αὐτῷ κἀν τῷ παρόντι κἀν τῷ μέλλοντι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δουλείας ἀξίῳ φανῆναι.
Kai dē toutōn basilei synteloumenōn, ana stoma te pantōn anymnoumenēs autou tēs kata theon aretēs, tōn tou theou leitourgōn tis apotolmēsas eis autou prosōpon makarion auton apephēnen, hoti dē kan tǭ paronti biǭ tǭ mellonti symbasileuein melloi tǭ huiǭ tou theou. ho de apechthōs tēs phōnēs epakousas mē toiauta tolman parę̄nei phthengesthai, mallon de diʼ euchēs aiteisthai autǭ kan tǭ paronti kan tǭ mellonti tēs tou theou douleias axiǭ phanēnai.
When these things had been accomplished for the emperor, and his virtue toward God was being praised on everyone's lips, one of the ministers of God dared to call him blessed to his face, because in the present life [he had been deemed worthy of empire over all,] and in the life to come would reign with the Son of God. He heard the remark with displeasure and told the man not to dare to utter such things, but rather to ask in prayer that, both in the present life and in the life to come, he might be found worthy of the service of God.
Life 4, chapter 49
4.49.1Heikel
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ ὁ τριακονταέτης αὐτῷ τῆς βασιλείας συνεπεραίνετο χρόνος, τῷ δευτέρῳ τῶν παίδων συνετέλει γάμους, πάλαι γάμους κἀπὶ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου τὴν ἡλικίαν διαπραξάμενος. θαλίαι δὴ καὶ ἑστιάσεις ἤγοντο, νυμφοστολοῦντος αὐτοῦ βασιλέως τὸν παῖδα ἐστιῶντός τε λαμπρῶς καὶ συμποσιάζοντος, ὧδε μὲν ἀνδρῶν θιάσοις, γυναικῶν δʼἀφωρισμένοις ἀλλαχόθι χοροῖς, διαδόσεις τε πλούσιαι χαρισμάτων δήμοις ἅμα καὶ πόλεσιν ἐδωροῦντο.
Epeidē de kai ho triakontaetēs autǭ tēs basileias syneperaineto chronos, tǭ deuterǭ tōn paidōn synetelei gamous, palai gamous kapi tou presbyterou tēn hēlikian diapraxamenos. thaliai dē kai hestiaseis ēgonto, nymphostolountos autou basileōs ton paida estiōntos te lamprōs kai symposiazontos, hōde men andrōn thiasois, gynaikōn dʼaphōrismenois allachothi chorois, diadoseis te plousiai charismatōn dēmois hama kai polesin edōrounto.
When the thirtieth year of his reign was being completed, he celebrated the marriage of the second of his sons, having long before arranged the marriage of the elder as well. There were festivities and banquets, the emperor himself escorting the bride to his son and giving splendid feasts and banquets, here with companies of men, elsewhere with separate groups of women; and rich distributions of gifts were bestowed on peoples and cities alike.
Life 4, chapter 50
4.50.1Heikel
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ καὶ Ἰνδῶν τῶν πρὸς ἀνίσχοντα ἥλιον πρέσβεις ἀπήντων δῶρα κομίζοντες, γένη δʼἦν παντοῖα ἐξαστραπτόντων πολυτελῶν λίθων ζῶά τε τῶν παρʼἡμῖν ἐγνωσμένων ἐναλλάττοντα τὴν φύσιν, ἃ δὴ προσῆγον τῷ βασιλεῖ, τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν Ὠκεανὸν δη- εἰκόνων γραφαῖς ἀνδραίντων΄τʼαὐτὸν ἀναθήμασι λοῦντες αὐτοῦ κράτησιν, καὶ ὡς οἱ τῆς Ἰνδῶν χώρας καθηγεμόνες αὐτοκράτορα καὶ βασιλέα γνωρίζειν ὡμολόγουν. ἀρχομένῳ μὲν οὖν τῆς βασιλείας αὐτῷ οἱ πρὸς ἥλιον δύοντα ὡκεανῷ Βρεττανοὶ πρῶτοι καθυπετάττοντο, νῦν δʼἸνδῶν οἱ τὴν πρὸς ἀνίσχοντα ἥλιον λαχόντες.
En toutǭ de kai Indōn tōn pros anischonta hēlion presbeis apēntōn dōra komizontes, genē dʼēn pantoia exastraptontōn polytelōn lithōn zōa te tōn parʼhēmin egnōsmenōn enallattonta tēn physin, ha dē prosēgon tǭ basilei, tēn eis auton Ōkeanon dē- eikonōn graphais andraintōn΄tʼauton anathēmasi lountes autou kratēsin, kai hōs hoi tēs Indōn chōras kathēgemones autokratora kai basilea gnōrizein hōmologoun. archomenǭ men oun tēs basileias autǭ hoi pros hēlion dyonta hōkeanǭ Brettanoi prōtoi kathypetattonto, nyn dʼIndōn hoi tēn pros anischonta hēlion lachontes.
At this time too envoys arrived from the Indians toward the rising sun, bringing gifts: all kinds of flashing precious stones and animals different in nature from those known among us. These they presented to the emperor, [showing] that his rule extended to the Ocean itself, [that they honored] him with painted portraits and dedicated statues, and that the rulers of the land of the Indians acknowledged him as emperor and king. So at the beginning of his reign the Britons by the ocean toward the setting sun were the first to submit to him, and now the Indians who dwell toward the rising sun.
Life 4, chapter 51
4.51.1Heikel
Ὡς οὖν ἑκατέρων τῶν ἄκρων τὴς ὅλης οἱκουμένης ἐκράτει, τὴν σύμπασαν τῆς βασιλείας ἀρχὴν τρισὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ διᾐρει παισίν, οἷά τινα πατρᾠαν οὐσίαν τοῖς αὐτοῦ κληροδοτῶν φιλτάτοις. τὴν μὲν οὖν παππᾠαν λῆξιν τῷ μείζονι, τὴν δὲ τῆς ἐᾠας ἀρχὴν τῷ δευτέρῳ, τὴν δὲ τούτων μέσην τῷ τρίτῳ διένεμε.
Hōs oun hekaterōn tōn akrōn tēs holēs hoikoumenēs ekratei, tēn sympasan tēs basileias archēn trisi tois autou dię̄rei paisin, hoia tina patrǭan ousian tois autou klērodotōn philtatois. tēn men oun pappǭan lēxin tǭ meizoni, tēn de tēs eǭas archēn tǭ deuterǭ, tēn de toutōn mesēn tǭ tritǭ dieneme.
Since he ruled both ends of the whole inhabited world, he divided the whole government of the empire among his three sons, as if bequeathing a family estate to his dearest ones: to the eldest he assigned his grandfather's portion, to the second the rule of the East, and to the third the region between them.
4.51.2Heikel
κλῆρον δʼἀγαθὸν καὶ ψυχῆς σωτήριον τοῖς αὐτοῖς ποριζόμενος τὰ θεοσεβείας αὐτοῖς ἐνίει σπέρματα, θείοις μὲν προσάγων μαθήμασι, διδασκάλους δʼἐφιστὰς εὐσεβείᾳ δεδοκιμασμένους ἄνδρας, καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν δὲ λόγων καθηγητὰς ἑτέρους εἰς ἄκρον ἥκοντας παιδεύσεως τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐφίστη. ἄλλοι πολεμικῶν αὐτοῖς ἐξῆρχον μαθημάτων, ἕτεροι τῶν πολιτικῶν ἐπιγνώμονας αὐτοὺς καθίστων, οἱ δὲ νόμων ἐμπείρους εἰργάζοντο.
klēron dʼagathon kai psychēs sōtērion tois autois porizomenos ta theosebeias autois eniei spermata, theiois men prosagōn mathēmasi, didaskalous dʼephistas eusebeią dedokimasmenous andras, kai tōn exōthen de logōn kathēgētas heterous eis akron hēkontas paideuseōs tois autois ephistē. alloi polemikōn autois exērchon mathēmatōn, heteroi tōn politikōn epignōmonas autous kathistōn, hoi de nomōn empeirous eirgazonto.
Providing for them a good inheritance, and one saving for the soul, he planted in them the seeds of godliness, leading them to divine studies and setting over them teachers approved for their piety. He also set over them other masters of secular learning who had reached the height of education. Others trained them in military studies, others made them expert in affairs of state, and others made them skilled in the law.
4.51.3Heikel
βασιλικὴ δʼἑκάστῳ τῶν παίδων κατασκευὴ κεκλήρωτο, ὁπλῖται, δορυφόροι, σωματοφύλακες, στρατευμάτων τε τάγματα παντοῖα, τούτων δὲ καθηγεμόνες, λοχαγοί, στρατηγοί, ταξίαρχοι, ὦν τῆς ἐν πολέμοις ἐπιστήμης τῆς τε πρὸς αὐτὸν εὐνοίας ὁ πατὴρ προειλήφει τὴν πεῖραν.
basilikē dʼhekastǭ tōn paidōn kataskeuē keklērōto, hoplitai, doryphoroi, sōmatophylakes, strateumatōn te tagmata pantoia, toutōn de kathēgemones, lochagoi, stratēgoi, taxiarchoi, ōn tēs en polemois epistēmēs tēs te pros auton eunoias ho patēr proeilēphei tēn peiran.
An imperial establishment had been allotted to each of the sons: soldiers, spearmen, bodyguards, and all kinds of military units, with their commanders — captains, generals, and tribunes — whose military skill and loyalty to himself their father had tested beforehand.
Life 4, chapter 52
4.52.1Heikel
Ἁπαλοῖς μὲν οὖν ἔτι τὴν ἡλικίαν τοῖς καίσαρσιν ἀναγκαίως οἱ συμπράττοντες συνῆσάν τε καὶ τὰ κοινὰ διᾠκουν, εἰς ἄνδρας δὲ λοιπὸν προιοῦσιν αὐτοῖς μόνος ὁ πατὴρ εἰς διδασκαλίαν ἐπήρκει, τοτὲ μὲν παρόντας ἰδιαζούσαις ὑποθήκαις ζηλωτὰς αὐτοὺς παρορμῶν καὶ μιμητὰς τῆς αὐτοῦ θεοσεβείας ἀποτελεῖσθαι διδάσκων, τοτὲ δʼἀποῦσι τὰ βασιλικὰ προσφωνῶν διᾐει γράφων παραγγέλματα, ὧν τὸ μέγιστον ἦν καὶ πρώτιστον τὴν εἰς τὸν πάντων βασιλέα θεὸν γνῶσίν τε καὶ εὐσέβειαν πρὸ παντὸς πλούτου καὶ πρὸ αὐτῆς βασιλείας τιμᾶσθαι.
Hapalois men oun eti tēn hēlikian tois kaisarsin anankaiōs hoi symprattontes synēsan te kai ta koina diǭkoun, eis andras de loipon proiousin autois monos ho patēr eis didaskalian epērkei, tote men parontas idiazousais hypothēkais zēlōtas autous parormōn kai mimētas tēs autou theosebeias apoteleisthai didaskōn, tote dʼapousi ta basilika prosphōnōn dię̄ei graphōn parangelmata, hōn to megiston ēn kai prōtiston tēn eis ton pantōn basilea theon gnōsin te kai eusebeian pro pantos ploutou kai pro autēs basileias timasthai.
While the Caesars were still young, their assistants necessarily lived with them and managed public affairs; but as they grew to manhood, their father alone was enough to instruct them. When they were with him he would urge them with private counsels to become zealous followers and imitators of his piety; when they were absent he wrote to them with imperial precepts, of which the greatest and foremost was to value the knowledge of God, the King of all, and piety toward him, above all wealth and above empire itself.
4.52.2Heikel
ἤδη δʼαὐτοῖς καὶ τοῦ διʼαὐτῶν πράττειν τὰ λυσιτελῆ τοῖς κοινοῖς ἐξουσίαν ἐδίδου, καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ φροντίδος ἐν πρώτοις ἄγειν παρᾐνει, αὐτοῖς τε διαρρήδην Χριστιανοῖς εἶναι παρεκελεύετο. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτω τοὺς υἱοὺς προῆγεν, οἱ δὲ οὐχ ὡς ἐκ παραγγέλματος αὐτογνώμονι δὲ προθυμίᾳ τὰς τοῦ πατρὸς παραινέσεις ὑπερέβαλλον, τῇ πρὸς τὸν. θεὸν ὁσίᾳ τὴν σφῶν διάνοιαν συντείνοντες, τούς τε τῆς ἐκκλησίας θεσμοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς βασιλείοις σὺν τοῖς οἱκείοις ἄπασιν ἀπεπλήρουν. καὶ τοῦτο δʼἔργον τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπὴρχε προμηθείας τὸ τοὺς συνοίκους ἅπαντας θεοσεβεῖς παραδοῦναι τοῖς παισίν, καὶ τῶν πρώτων δὲ ταγμάτων ἡγεμόνες καὶ οἳ τὴν τῶν κοινῶν ἐτύγχανον ἀναδεδεγμένοι φροντίδα τοιοῦτοί τινες ὑπὴρχον. τοῖς γοῦν κατὰ θεὸν πιστοῖς ἀνδράσιν αὐτοὺς ὥσπερ τισὶν ὁχυροῖς περιβόλοις ἠσφαλίζετο. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα εὐπρεπῶς διέκειτο τῷ τρισμακαρίῳ, θεὸς ὁ παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ πρύτανις, ὡσανεὶ τῶν καθόλου πραγμάτων εὖ διατεθέντων αὐτῷ, καιρὸν εὔκαιρον εἶναι λοιπὸν τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων μεταλήψεως ἐδοκίμαζε καὶ τὸ τῇ φύσει χρεὼν ἐπῆγε.
ēdē dʼautois kai tou diʼautōn prattein ta lysitelē tois koinois exousian edidou, kai tēn ekklēsian de tou theou dia phrontidos en prōtois agein parę̄nei, autois te diarrēdēn Christianois einai parekeleueto. kai ho men houtō tous huious proēgen, hoi de ouch hōs ek parangelmatos autognōmoni de prothymią tas tou patros paraineseis hypereballon, tę̄ pros ton. theon hosią tēn sphōn dianoian synteinontes, tous te tēs ekklēsias thesmous en autois basileiois syn tois hoikeiois apasin apeplēroun. kai touto dʼergon tēs tou patros hypērche promētheias to tous synoikous hapantas theosebeis paradounai tois paisin, kai tōn prōtōn de tagmatōn hēgemones kai hoi tēn tōn koinōn etynchanon anadedegmenoi phrontida toioutoi tines hypērchon. tois goun kata theon pistois andrasin autous hōsper tisin hochyrois peribolois ēsphalizeto. epei de kai tauta euprepōs diekeito tǭ trismakariǭ, theos ho pantos agathou prytanis, hōsanei tōn katholou pragmatōn eu diatethentōn autǭ, kairon eukairon einai loipon tēs tōn kreittonōn metalēpseōs edokimaze kai to tę̄ physei chreōn epēge.
He also gave them authority to act on their own in what was beneficial to the public, urged them to make the church of God their first concern, and commanded them to be openly Christians. So he led his sons on; and they, not as though under orders but of their own free zeal, surpassed their father's exhortations, directing their minds to holiness toward God and fulfilling the ordinances of the church in the palace itself with all their households. This too was the work of their father's foresight: to give his sons only godly companions in their households; and the commanders of the chief units, and those who had taken on the care of public affairs, were such men too. With men faithful toward God he secured them as with strong walls. When this too had been well arranged for the thrice-blessed man, God, the President of every good, judged that, since all his affairs had been well ordered, it was at last the fitting time for his transfer to better things, and brought on the debt of nature.
Life 4, chapter 53
4.53.1Heikel
Δύο μὲν οὖν πρὸς τοῖς τριάκοντα τῆς βασιλείας ἐνιαυτοῖς μησί τε καὶ ἡμέραις βραχείαις δέουσιν ἐπλήρου, τῆς δὲ ζωῆς ἀφὶ τὸν διπλασίονα χρόνον, ἐν ᾦ τῆς ἡλικίας ἀπαθὲς μὲν καὶ ἄλυτον αὐτῷ διήρκει τὸ σῶμα, κηλῖδος καθαρὸν ἁπάσης παντός τε νέου νεανικώτερον, ὡραῖον μὲν ἰδεῖν ῥωμαλέον δʼὅ τι δέοι δυνάμει καταπράξασθαι, ὡς καὶ γυμνάζεσθαι καὶ ἱππάζεσθαι καὶ ὁδοιπορεῖν, πολέμοις τε παραβάλλειν τρόπαιά τε κατʼἐχθρῶν ἐγείρειν καὶ τὰς συνήθεις ἀναιμακτὶ κατὰ τῶν διʼ ἐναντίας αἴρεσθαι νίκας.
Dyo men oun pros tois triakonta tēs basileias eniautois mēsi te kai hēmerais bracheiais deousin eplērou, tēs de zōēs aphi ton diplasiona chronon, en ǭ tēs hēlikias apathes men kai alyton autǭ diērkei to sōma, kēlidos katharon hapasēs pantos te neou neanikōteron, hōraion men idein rhōmaleon dʼho ti deoi dynamei katapraxasthai, hōs kai gymnazesthai kai hippazesthai kai hodoiporein, polemois te paraballein tropaia te katʼechthrōn egeirein kai tas synētheis anaimakti kata tōn diʼ enantias airesthai nikas.
He completed thirty-two years of his reign, lacking a few months and days, and of his life about twice that time. At this age his body remained unimpaired and unbroken, free of every blemish, more youthful than any young man, handsome to look at and strong enough to do whatever was needed, so that he could exercise, ride, travel, take part in wars, raise trophies over his enemies, and win his customary bloodless victories over his opponents.
Life 4, chapter 54
4.54.1Heikel
Καὶ τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς δʼ ὡσαύτως εἰς ἅκρον τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις τελειώσεως αὐτῷ προᾐει, πᾶσι μὲν ἐμπρέποντι τοῖς καλοῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως δὲ τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ, ὃ δὴ καὶ μεμπτὸν ἐνομίζετο τοῖς πολλοῖς τῆς τῶν μοχθηρῶν ἀνδρῶν φαυλότητος ἓνεκα, οἳ τῆς σφῶν κακίας αἰτίαν τὴν βασιλέως ἐπεγράφοντο ἀνεξικακίαν.
Kai ta tēs psychēs dʼ hōsautōs eis hakron tēs en anthrōpois teleiōseōs autǭ proę̄ei, pasi men empreponti tois kalois hyperballontōs de tę̄ philanthrōpią, ho dē kai mempton enomizeto tois pollois tēs tōn mochthērōn andrōn phaulotētos heneka, hoi tēs sphōn kakias aitian tēn basileōs epegraphonto anexikakian.
Likewise the qualities of his soul advanced to the height of human perfection. He excelled in every good thing, but above all in humanity — which many also thought blameworthy because of the wickedness of evil men, who blamed their own vice on the emperor's forbearance.
4.54.2Heikel
καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἀληθῶς δύο χαλεπὰ ταῦτα κατὰ τοὺς δηλουμένους τούτους χρόνους καὶ αὐτοὶ κατενοήσαμεν, ἐπιτριβῆς ἄνεσιν ἀπλήστων και μοχθηρῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν πάντα λυμαινομένων βίον, εἰρωνείαν τʼ ἄλεκτον τῶν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ὑποδυομένων καὶ τὸ Χριστιανῶν ἐπιπλάστως σχηματιζομένων ὅνομα.
kai gar oun alēthōs dyo chalepa tauta kata tous dēloumenous toutous chronous kai autoi katenoēsamen, epitribēs anesin aplēstōn kai mochthērōn andrōn tōn panta lymainomenōn bion, eirōneian tʼ alekton tōn tēn ekklēsian hypodyomenōn kai to Christianōn epiplastōs schēmatizomenōn honoma.
And indeed we ourselves observed these two grievous evils in the times we are describing: the unchecked oppression by greedy and wicked men who were ruining all of life, and the unspeakable hypocrisy of those who crept into the church and falsely assumed the name of Christians.
4.54.3Heikel
τὸ δʼαὐτοῦ φιλάνθρωπον καὶ φιλάγαθον τό τε τῆς πίστεως εἰλικρινὲς καὶ τοῦ τρόπου τὸ φιλαλῆθες ἐνῆγεν αὐτὸν πιστεύειν τῷ σχήματι τῶν Χριστιανῶν εἶναι νομιζομένων εὔνοιαν τʼἀληθῆ περὶ αὐτὸν πεπλασμένῃ ψυχῇ σώζειν προσποιουμένων. οἷς ἑαυτὸν καταπιστεύων τάχα ἄν ποτε καὶ τοῖς μὴ πρέπουσιν ἀνεφύρετο, κηλῖδα ταύτην τοῖς αὐτοῦ καλοῖς ἐπιφέροντος τοῦ φθόνου.
to dʼautou philanthrōpon kai philagathon to te tēs pisteōs eilikrines kai tou tropou to philalēthes enēgen auton pisteuein tǭ schēmati tōn Christianōn einai nomizomenōn eunoian tʼalēthē peri auton peplasmenę̄ psychę̄ sōzein prospoioumenōn. hois heauton katapisteuōn tacha an pote kai tois mē prepousin anephyreto, kēlida tautēn tois autou kalois epipherontos tou phthonou.
His humanity and love of good, the sincerity of his faith, and the truthfulness of his character led him to trust the outward appearance of those reputed to be Christians, who with feigned souls pretended to keep true goodwill toward him. Entrusting himself to these, he may sometimes have become entangled with unworthy people, envy bringing this stain upon his good deeds.
Life 4, chapter 55
4.55.1Heikel
Ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν οὐκ εἰς μακρὸν ἡ θεία μετήρχετο μῆνις. αὐτὸς δὲ βασιλεὺς οὕτω τὴν ψυχὴν λογικῇ συνέσει προῆκτο, ὡς αὐτῆς μέχρι τελευτῆς συνήθως μὲν λογογραφεῖν, συνήθως δὲ τὰς προσόδους ποιεῖσθαι καὶ τὰς θεοπρεπεῖς τοῖς ἀκροαταῖς διδασκαλίας παρέχειν, νομοθετεῖν τε συνήθως τοτὲ μὲν πολιτικοῖς τοτὲ δὲ στρατιωτικοῖς, πάντα τε προσφόρως τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπινοεῖν βίῳ.
Alla tous men ouk eis makron hē theia metērcheto mēnis. autos de basileus houtō tēn psychēn logikę̄ synesei proēkto, hōs autēs mechri teleutēs synēthōs men logographein, synēthōs de tas prosodous poieisthai kai tas theoprepeis tois akroatais didaskalias parechein, nomothetein te synēthōs tote men politikois tote de stratiōtikois, panta te prosphorōs tǭ tōn anthrōpōn epinoein biǭ.
But divine wrath pursued such men before long. As for the emperor himself, his soul was so advanced in rational understanding that to the very end he continued, as usual, to compose speeches, to make public appearances and give godly teaching to his hearers, and to legislate on civil and military matters, devising everything suitable for human life.
4.55.2Heikel
μνημονεῦσαι δʼ ἄξιον, ὡς πρὸς αὐτῇ γεγονὼς τῇ τοῦ βίου τελευτῇ ἐπικήδειόν τινα λόγον ἐπὶ τοῦ συνήθους διῆλθεν ἀκροατηρίου, μακρὸν τε κατα- τείνας ἐν τούτῳ περὶ ψυχῆς ἀθανασίας διεξᾐει περὶ τε τῶν εὐσεβῶς τὴν παροῦσαν διηνυκότων ζωὴν τῶν τε τοῖς θεοφιλέσι παρʼ αὐτῷ θεῷ τεταμιευμένων ἀγαθῶν, μακραῖς δʼ ἀποδείξεσι καὶ τὸ τῶν ἐναντίων τάγμα ὁποίου τέλους τεύξεται φανερὸν ἐποίει, τῶν ἀθέων τὴν καταστροφὴν παραδιδοὺς τῇ γραφῇ· ὅ δὴ καὶ ἐμβριθῶς μαρτυρό- μενος καθάπτεσθαι τῶν ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ἐδόκει, ὡς καί τινα τῶν δοκησι- σόφων ἔρεσθαι ὅπως ἔχειν αὐτῷ φαίνοιτο τὰ λεγόμενα, τὸν δʼ ἐπι- μαρτυρῆσαι τοῖς λόγοις ἀλήθειαν, σφόδρα τε καίπερ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα ἐπαινεῖν τὰς κατὰ τῶν πολυθέων διδασκαλίας.
mnēmoneusai dʼ axion, hōs pros autę̄ gegonōs tę̄ tou biou teleutę̄ epikēdeion tina logon epi tou synēthous diēlthen akroatēriou, makron te kata- teinas en toutǭ peri psychēs athanasias diexę̄ei peri te tōn eusebōs tēn parousan diēnykotōn zōēn tōn te tois theophilesi parʼ autǭ theǭ tetamieumenōn agathōn, makrais dʼ apodeixesi kai to tōn enantiōn tagma hopoiou telous teuxetai phaneron epoiei, tōn atheōn tēn katastrophēn paradidous tę̄ graphę̄; ho dē kai embrithōs martyro- menos kathaptesthai tōn amphʼ auton edokei, hōs kai tina tōn dokēsi- sophōn eresthai hopōs echein autǭ phainoito ta legomena, ton dʼ epi- martyrēsai tois logois alētheian, sphodra te kaiper ouk ethelonta epainein tas kata tōn polytheōn didaskalias.
It is worth recording that at the very end of his life he delivered a funeral oration in his usual auditorium. Extending it at length, he discoursed on the immortality of the soul, on those who had lived the present life piously, and on the good things stored up with God for those who love him; and by lengthy proofs he made plain what end awaits those of the opposite kind, describing in his speech the overthrow of the godless. Bearing solemn witness to this, he seemed to reproach those around him, so that he asked one of those who fancied themselves wise what he thought of what had been said; and the man bore witness to the truth of the words and, though unwillingly, warmly praised the teaching against the polytheists.
4.55.3Heikel
τοιαῦτα πρὸ τῆς τελευτὴς τοῖς γνωρίμοις ὁμιλήσας, αὐτὸς αὐτῷ τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ κρείττω πορείαν λεῖαν καὶ ὁμαλὴν ἐᾠκει παρασκευάζειν.
toiauta pro tēs teleutēs tois gnōrimois homilēsas, autos autǭ tēn epi ta kreittō poreian leian kai homalēn eǭkei paraskeuazein.
Having spoken such things to his acquaintances before his death, he seemed to be preparing for himself a smooth and level road to the better life.
Life 4, chapter 56
4.56.1Heikel
Κἀκεῖνο δὲ μνήμης ἄξιον, ὡς ἀμφὶ τὸν δηλούμενον χρόνον τῶν ἐπʼ ἀνατολῆς βαρβάρων κινήσεως ἀκουσθείσης, ἔτι ταύτην αὐτῷ τὴν κατὰ τῶνδε νίκην λείπεσθαι φήσας, ἐπὶ Πέρσας στρατεύειν ὡρμᾶτο.
Kakeino de mnēmēs axion, hōs amphi ton dēloumenon chronon tōn epʼ anatolēs barbarōn kinēseōs akoustheisēs, eti tautēn autǭ tēn kata tōnde nikēn leipesthai phēsas, epi Persas strateuein hōrmato.
This too is worth recording: at about the time described, when a movement of the barbarians in the East was reported, he said that this victory over them still remained for him, and set out to campaign against the Persians.
4.56.2Heikel
τοῦτό τε κρίνας ἐκίνει τὰ στρατιωτικὰ τάγματα, καὶ δὴ τοῖς ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ἐπισκόποις περὶ τῆς πορείας ἐκοίνου, συνεῖναι αὐτῷ δεῖν τινας τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐν θεοσεβείᾳ προμηθούμενος.
touto te krinas ekinei ta stratiōtika tagmata, kai dē tois amphʼ auton episkopois peri tēs poreias ekoinou, syneinai autǭ dein tinas tōn anankaiōn en theosebeią promēthoumenos.
Having decided this, he set the military units in motion and consulted the bishops about him concerning the expedition, taking care that some of those needed for divine worship should be with him.
4.56.3Heikel
οἱ δὲ καὶ μάλα προθύμως συνέπεσθαι βουλομένῳ μηδʼ αʼναχωρεῖν ἐθέλειν συστρατεύειν δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ συναγωνίζεσθαι ταῖς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἱκετηρίαις ἔλεγον. σφόδρα δʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις ἠσθεὶς τὴν πορείαν αὐτοῖς διετύπου·
hoi de kai mala prothymōs synepesthai boulomenǭ mēdʼ aʼnachōrein ethelein systrateuein dʼ autǭ kai synagōnizesthai tais pros ton theon hiketēriais elegon. sphodra dʼ epi tais epangeliais ēstheis tēn poreian autois dietypou;
They said that they very much wished to follow him, not to stay behind, but to campaign with him and fight alongside him with supplications to God. Greatly pleased at their promises, he arranged the march for them.
4.56.4Heikel
ἔπειτα καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν τῷ τῆς ἐκκλησίας σχήματι πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνου τοῦ πολέμου παράταξιν σὺν πολλῇ φιλοτιμίᾳ κατειργάζετο, ἐν ᾗ τῷ θεῷ, τῷ τῆς νίκης δοτῆρι, τὰς ἱκετηρίας ἅμα τοῖς ἐπισκόποις ποιεῖσθαι ἐπενόει.
epeita kai tēn skēnēn tǭ tēs ekklēsias schēmati pros tēn ekeinou tou polemou parataxin syn pollę̄ philotimią kateirgazeto, en hę̄ tǭ theǭ, tǭ tēs nikēs dotēri, tas hiketērias hama tois episkopois poieisthai epenoei.
Then with great magnificence he had a tent made in the form of a church for that campaign, in which he intended to offer supplications together with the bishops to God, the giver of victory.
Life 4, chapter 57
4.57.1Heikel
Ἐν τούτῳ Πέρσαι πυθόμενοι περὶ τῆς βασιλέως πρὸς πόλεμον παρασκευῆς καὶ μάχῃ πρὸς αὐτὸν συμβαλεῖν σφόδρα φοβούμενοι, διὰ πρεσβείας αὐτὸν ἀξιοῦντο εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι. διὸ ὁ μὲν εἰρηνικώτατος βασιλεὺς τὴν Περσῶν πρεσβείαν δεξάμενος, φιλικὰς δεξιὰς προθύμως σὺν ἐκείνοις ἐσπείσατο. ἤδη δʼ ἡ μεγάλη τοῦ πάσχα ἑορτὴ παρῆν, ἐν ᾗ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ θεῷ τὰς εὐχὰς ἀποδιδοὺς συνδιενυκτέρευσι τοῖς ἄλλοις.
En toutǭ Persai pythomenoi peri tēs basileōs pros polemon paraskeuēs kai machę̄ pros auton symbalein sphodra phoboumenoi, dia presbeias auton axiounto eirēnēn poieisthai. dio ho men eirēnikōtatos basileus tēn Persōn presbeian dexamenos, philikas dexias prothymōs syn ekeinois espeisato. ēdē dʼ hē megalē tou pascha heortē parēn, en hę̄ ho basileus tǭ theǭ tas euchas apodidous syndienyktereusi tois allois.
Meanwhile the Persians, learning of the emperor's preparations for war and greatly fearing to join battle with him, sent an embassy asking him to make peace. So the most peaceable emperor received the Persian embassy and gladly concluded friendly terms with them. The great feast of Pascha had now arrived, in which the emperor, offering his prayers to God, kept the night vigil with the others.
Life 4, chapter 58
4.58.1Heikel
Ἐπὶ τούτοις τὸ μαρτύριον ἐν τῇ ἐπωνύμῳ πόλει ἐπὶ μνήμῃ τῶν ἀπο- στόλων οἰκοδομεῖν παρεσκευάζετο· αὐτὸς δὲ νεὼν ἅπαντα εἰς ὕψος ἄφατον ἐπάρας, λίθων ποικιλίαις παντοίων ἐξαστράπτοντα ἐποίει εἰς αὐτὸν ὄροφον ἐξ ἐδάφους πλακώσας, διαλαβὼν δὲ λεπτοῖς φατνώμασι τὴν στέγην χρυςῷ τὴν πᾶσαν ἐκάλυπτεν· ἄνω δὲ ὑπὲρ ταύτην πρὸς αὐτῷ δώματι χαλκὸς μὲν ἀντὶ κεράμου φυλακὴν τῷ ἔργῳ πρὸς ὑετῶν ἀσφάλειαν παρεῖχεν· καὶ τοῦτον δὲ πολὺς περιέλαμπε χρυσός, ὡς μαρμαρυγὰς τοῖς πόρρωθεν ἀφορῶσι ταῖς ἡλίου αὐγαῖς ἀντανα- κλωμέναις ἐκπέμπειν. δικτυωτὰ δὲ πέριξ ἐκύκλου τὸ δωμάτιον ἀνάγλυφα χαλκῷ καὶ χρυςῷ κατειργασμένα.
Epi toutois to martyrion en tę̄ epōnymǭ polei epi mnēmę̄ tōn apo- stolōn oikodomein pareskeuazeto; autos de neōn hapanta eis hypsos aphaton eparas, lithōn poikiliais pantoiōn exastraptonta epoiei eis auton orophon ex edaphous plakōsas, dialabōn de leptois phatnōmasi tēn stegēn chrysǭ tēn pasan ekalypten; anō de hyper tautēn pros autǭ dōmati chalkos men anti keramou phylakēn tǭ ergǭ pros hyetōn asphaleian pareichen; kai touton de polys perielampe chrysos, hōs marmarygas tois porrōthen aphorōsi tais hēliou augais antana- klōmenais ekpempein. diktyōta de perix ekyklou to dōmation anaglypha chalkǭ kai chrysǭ kateirgasmena.
After this he prepared to build the martyr-shrine in the city named after him, in memory of the apostles. He raised the whole temple to an extraordinary height and made it flash with varied stones of every kind, facing it from the floor to the ceiling; dividing the roof into delicate coffers, he covered it all with gold. Above this, on the roof itself, bronze instead of tile protected the building against rain; and much gold shone around this too, so that it sent out flashes, reflecting the rays of the sun, to those looking from afar. Lattice-work in relief, made of bronze and gold, ran all around the roof-structure.
Life 4, chapter 59
4.59.1Heikel
Καὶ ὁ μὲν νεὼς ὧδε σὺν πολλῇ βασιλέως φιλοτιμίᾳ σπουδῆς ἠξιοῦτο. ἀμφὶ δὲ τοῦτον αἴθριος ἦν αὐλὴ παμμεγέθης εἰς ἀέρα καθαρὸν ἀναπεπταμένη, ἐν τετραπλεύρῳ δὲ ταύτῃ στοαὶ διέτρεχον, μέσον αὐτῷ νεῷ τὸ αἴθριον ἀπολαμβάνουσαι, οἶκοί τε βασίλειοι ταῖς στοαῖς λουτρά τε καὶ ἀνα- καμπτήρια παρεξετείνετο, ἄλλα τε πλεῖστα καταγώγια τοῖς τοῦ τόπου φρουροῖς ἐπιτηδείως εἰργασμένα.
Kai ho men neōs hōde syn pollę̄ basileōs philotimią spoudēs ēxiouto. amphi de touton aithrios ēn aulē pammegethēs eis aera katharon anapeptamenē, en tetrapleurǭ de tautę̄ stoai dietrechon, meson autǭ neǭ to aithrion apolambanousai, oikoi te basileioi tais stoais loutra te kai ana- kamptēria parexeteineto, alla te pleista katagōgia tois tou topou phrourois epitēdeiōs eirgasmena.
So the temple received great care and munificence from the emperor. Around it was a very large court open to the clear sky; in this quadrangle ran colonnades enclosing the court, with the temple itself in the middle; imperial buildings, baths, and resting places extended alongside the colonnades, and very many other lodgings suitably built for the guardians of the place.
Life 4, chapter 60
4.60.1Heikel
Ταῦτα πάντα ἀφιέρου βασιλεὺς διαιωνίζων εἰς ἅπαντας τῶν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἀποστόλων τὴν μνήμην. ᾠκοδόμει δʼ ἄρα καὶ ἄλλο τι τῇ διανοίᾳ σκοπῶν, ὅ δὴ λανθάνον τὰ πρῶτα κατάφωρον πρὸς τῷ τέλει τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐγίγνετο.
Tauta panta aphierou basileus diaiōnizōn eis hapantas tōn tou sōtēros hēmōn apostolōn tēn mnēmēn. ǭkodomei dʼ ara kai allo ti tę̄ dianoią skopōn, ho dē lanthanon ta prōta kataphōron pros tǭ telei tois pasin egigneto.
All these the emperor dedicated, perpetuating for all the memory of the apostles of our Savior. But he was building with another purpose in mind as well, which, hidden at first, became evident to all at the end.
4.60.2Heikel
αὐτὸς γοῦν αὐτῷ εἰς δέοντα καιρὸν τῆς αὐτοῦ τελευτῆς τὸν ἐνταυθοῖ τόπον ἐταμιεύσατο, τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων προσρήσεως κοινωνὸν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκῆνος μετὰ θάνατον προνοῶν ὑπερβαλλούσῃ πίστεως προθυμίᾳ γενήσεσθαι, ὡς ἄν καὶ μετὰ τελευτὴν ἀξιοῖτο τῶν ἐνταυθοῖ μελλουσῶν ἐπὶ τιμῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων συντελεῖσθαι εὐχῶν. διὸ καὶ ἐκκλησιάζειν ἐνταυθοῖ παρεκελεύετο, μέσον θυσιαστήριον πηξάμενος.
autos goun autǭ eis deonta kairon tēs autou teleutēs ton entauthoi topon etamieusato, tēs tōn apostolōn prosrēseōs koinōnon to heautou skēnos meta thanaton pronoōn hyperballousę̄ pisteōs prothymią genēsesthai, hōs an kai meta teleutēn axioito tōn entauthoi mellousōn epi timę̄ tōn apostolōn synteleisthai euchōn. dio kai ekklēsiazein entauthoi parekeleueto, meson thysiastērion pēxamenos.
He had reserved the place there for himself against the time when his death should come, foreseeing with surpassing eagerness of faith that his body after death would share the title of the apostles, so that even after his death he might be thought worthy of the prayers that would be offered there in honor of the apostles. So he ordered that services be held there, setting up an altar in the middle.
4.60.3Heikel
δώδεκα δʼ οὖν αὐτόθι θήκας ὡσανεὶ στήλας ἱερὰς ἐπὶ τιμῇ καὶ μνήμῃ τοῦ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγείρας χοροῦ, μέσην ἐτίθει τὴν αὐτὸς αὐτοῦ λάρνακα, ἧς ἑκατέρω- θεν τῶν ἀποστόλων ἀνὰ ἕξ διέκειντο. καὶ τοῦτο γοῦν, ὡς ἔφην, σώφρονι λογισμῷ, ἔνθα αὐτῷ τὸ σκῆνος τελευτήσαντι τὸν βίον εὐπρεπῶς μέλλοι διαναπαύεσθαι, ἐσκόπει.
dōdeka dʼ oun autothi thēkas hōsanei stēlas hieras epi timę̄ kai mnēmę̄ tou tōn apostolōn egeiras chorou, mesēn etithei tēn autos autou larnaka, hēs hekaterō- then tōn apostolōn ana hex diekeinto. kai touto goun, hōs ephēn, sōphroni logismǭ, entha autǭ to skēnos teleutēsanti ton bion euprepōs melloi dianapauesthai, eskopei.
So he set up there twelve coffins, like sacred pillars, in honor and memory of the company of the apostles, and placed his own sarcophagus in the middle, with six of the apostles' coffins on either side. This too, as I said, he had considered with sober reasoning: where his body would fittingly rest when he had ended his life.
4.60.4Heikel
ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἐκ μακροῦ καὶ πρόπαλαι τῷ λογισμῷ ταῦτα προτυπούμενος ἀφιέρου τοῖς ἀποστόλοις τὸν νεών, ὠφέλειαν ψυχῆς ὀνησιφόρον τὴν τῶνδε μνή- μην ποιεῖσθαι αὐτῷ πιστεύων, θεὸς δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν κατʼ εὐχὰς προσδοκηθέντων οὐκ ἀπηξίου. ὡς γὰρ τὰς πρώτας τῆς τοῦ πάσχα ἑορτῆς συνεπλήρου ἀσκήσεις τήν τε σωτήριον διήγαγεν ἡμέραν λαμπρὰν ἠδὲ εὐφρόσυνον, αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς πᾶσι τὴν ἑορτὴν κατα- φαιδρύνας, ἐν τούτῳ μέχρι τέλους τὴν ζωὴν διανύοντα καὶ ἐν τούτοις ὄντα θεός, ᾧ ταῦτα συνεξετέλει, κατὰ καιρὸν εὔκαιρον τῆς θείας ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον μεταβάσεως αὐτὸν ἠξίου.
allʼ ho men ek makrou kai propalai tǭ logismǭ tauta protypoumenos aphierou tois apostolois ton neōn, ōpheleian psychēs onēsiphoron tēn tōnde mnē- mēn poieisthai autǭ pisteuōn, theos de auton kai tōn katʼ euchas prosdokēthentōn ouk apēxiou. hōs gar tas prōtas tēs tou pascha heortēs syneplērou askēseis tēn te sōtērion diēgagen hēmeran lampran ēde euphrosynon, autǭ te kai tois pasi tēn heortēn kata- phaidrynas, en toutǭ mechri telous tēn zōēn dianyonta kai en toutois onta theos, hǭ tauta synexetelei, kata kairon eukairon tēs theias epi to kreitton metabaseōs auton ēxiou.
Having long before planned these things in his mind, he dedicated the temple to the apostles, believing that their memory would be a benefit to his soul; and God did not think him unworthy of what he hoped for in his prayers. For when he had completed the first exercises of the feast of Pascha and had spent the saving day bright and joyful, making the feast radiant for himself and for all, then God, with whose help he had accomplished these things, while he was spending his life to the end in this way and in these things, deemed him worthy, at a fitting time, of the divine passage to the better life.
Life 4, chapter 61
4.61.1Heikel
Γίγνεται δʼ αὐτῷ πρώτη τις ἀνωμαλία τοῦ σώματος, εἶτʼ οὖν κάκωσις ἐπὶ ταύτην συμβαίνει, κἄπειτα τῆς αὐτοῦ πόλεως ἐπὶ λουτρὰ θερμῶν ὑδάτων πρόεισιν, ἔνθεν τε τῆς αὐτοῦ μητρὸς ἐπὶ τὴν ἐπώνυμον ἀφικνεῖται πόλιν. κἀνταῦθα τῷ τῶν μαρτύρων εὐκτηρίῳ ἐνδιατρίψας οἴκῳ ἱκετηρίους εὐχάς τε καὶ λιτανείας ἐνέπεμπε τῷ θεῷ.
Gignetai dʼ autǭ prōtē tis anōmalia tou sōmatos, eitʼ oun kakōsis epi tautēn symbainei, kapeita tēs autou poleōs epi loutra thermōn hydatōn proeisin, enthen te tēs autou mētros epi tēn epōnymon aphikneitai polin. kantautha tǭ tōn martyrōn euktēriǭ endiatripsas oikǭ hiketērious euchas te kai litaneias enepempe tǭ theǭ.
First a disturbance of his body came upon him, then an illness followed; then he went out from his city to the baths of hot waters, and from there came to the city named after his mother. There, spending time in the house of prayer of the martyrs, he sent up suppliant prayers and litanies to God.
4.61.2Heikel
ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰς ἔννοιαν ἥκει τῆς τοῦ βίου τελευτῆς, καθάρ- σεως τοῦτον εἶναι καιρὸν τῶν πώποτε αὐτῷ πεπλημμελημένων διε- νοεῖτο, ὅσα οἷα θνητῷ διαμαρτεῖν ἐπῆλθε ταῦτʼ ἀπορρύφασθαι τῆς ψυχῆς λόγων ἀπορρήτων δυνάμει σωτηρίῳ τε λουτρῶ πιστεύσας.
epeidē de eis ennoian hēkei tēs tou biou teleutēs, kathar- seōs touton einai kairon tōn pōpote autǭ peplēmmelēmenōn die- noeito, hosa hoia thnētǭ diamartein epēlthe tautʼ aporryphasthai tēs psychēs logōn aporrētōn dynamei sōtēriǭ te loutrō pisteusas.
When he came to think of the end of his life, he considered that this was the time for cleansing from all the faults he had ever committed, believing that whatever sins he had fallen into, as a mortal, would be washed from his soul by the power of the secret words and by the saving bath.
4.61.3Heikel
τοῦτό τοι διανοηθείς, γονυκλινὴς ἐπʼ ἐδάφους ἱκέτης ἐγίγνετο τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ μαρτυρίῳ ἐξομολογούμενος ἔνθα δὴ καὶ πρῶτον τῶν διὰ χειροθεσίας εὐχῶν ἠξιοῦτο. μεταβὰς δʼ ἔνθεν ἐπὶ προάστειον τῆς Νικομηδήων ἀφικνεῖται πόλεως, κἀνταῦθα συγκαλέσας τοὺς ἐπισκόπους ὧδέ πη αὐτοῖς διελέξατο.
touto toi dianoētheis, gonyklinēs epʼ edaphous hiketēs egigneto tou theou, en autǭ tǭ martyriǭ exomologoumenos entha dē kai prōton tōn dia cheirothesias euchōn ēxiouto. metabas dʼ enthen epi proasteion tēs Nikomēdēōn aphikneitai poleōs, kantautha synkalesas tous episkopous hōde pē autois dielexato.
Having resolved on this, he knelt on the ground as a suppliant of God, making confession in the martyr-shrine itself, where he was also first deemed worthy of the prayers with the laying on of hands. Passing on from there, he came to a suburb of the city of Nicomedia, and there, calling the bishops together, he addressed them somewhat as follows.
Life 4, chapter 62
4.62.1Heikel
,, Οὗτος ἦν αὐτὸς ὁ πάλαι μοι διψῶντι καὶ εὐχομένῳ τῆς ἐν θεῷ τυχεῖν σωτηρίας καιρὸς ἐλπιζόμενος· ὥρα καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀπολαῦ- σαι τῆς ἀθανατοποιοῦ σφραγῖδος, ὥρα τοῦ σωτηρίου σφραγίσματος μετασχεῖν,
,, Houtos ēn autos ho palai moi dipsōnti kai euchomenǭ tēs en theǭ tychein sōtērias kairos elpizomenos; hōra kai hēmas apolau- sai tēs athanatopoiou sphragidos, hōra tou sōtēriou sphragismatos metaschein,
“This is the very time I have long hoped for, as I thirsted and prayed to obtain salvation in God. It is time for us too to enjoy the seal that confers immortality, time to share in the saving sealing,
4.62.2Heikel
ὅπερ ἐπὶ ῥείθρων Ἰορδάνου ποταμοῦ ἐνενόουν ποτέ, ἐφʼ ὧν καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ εἰς ἡμέτερον τύπον τοῦ λουτροῦ μετασχεῖν μνη- μονεύεται· θεὸς δʼ ἄρα τὸ συμφέρον εἰδώς ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη τούτων ἡμᾶς ἀξιοῖ.
hoper epi rheithrōn Iordanou potamou enenooun pote, ephʼ hōn kai ho sōtēr eis hēmeteron typon tou loutrou metaschein mnē- moneuetai; theos dʼ ara to sympheron eidōs enteuthen ēdē toutōn hēmas axioi.
which I once intended to receive in the streams of the river Jordan, in which the Savior too is recorded to have shared in the bath as an example for us. But God, who knows what is best, deems us worthy of these things here and now.
4.62.3Heikel
μὴ δὴ οὖν ἀμφιβολία τις γιγνέσθω. εἰ γὰρ καὶ πάλιν ἡμᾶς ἐνταυθοῖ βιοῦν ὁ καὶ ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου κύριος ἐθέλοι, καὶ οὕτως ἐμὲ συναγελάζεσθαι λοιπὸν τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λαῷ καὶ ταῖς εὐχαῖς ὁμοῦ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐκκλησιάζοντα κοινωνεῖν ἅπαξ ὥρισται, καὶ θεσμοὺς ἥδη βίου θεῷ πρέποντας ἐμαυτῷ διατετάξομαι. ‘’
mē dē oun amphibolia tis gignesthō. ei gar kai palin hēmas entauthoi bioun ho kai zōēs kai thanatou kyrios etheloi, kai houtōs eme synagelazesthai loipon tǭ tou theou laǭ kai tais euchais homou tois pasin ekklēsiazonta koinōnein hapax hōristai, kai thesmous hēdē biou theǭ prepontas emautǭ diatetaxomai. ‘’
Let there be no hesitation, then. For even if the Lord of life and death should will that we live on here again, it has in any case been determined once for all that I shall henceforth be numbered with the people of God and share in the prayers with all in the church assembly; and I shall set for myself rules of life befitting God.”
4.62.4Heikel
ὁ μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἔλεγεν, οἱ δὲ τὰ νόμιμα τελοῦντες θεσμοὺς ἀπεπλήρουν θείους καὶ τῶν ἀπορρήτων μετεδίδοσαν, ὅσα χρὴ προσδιαστειλάμενοι. καὶ δὴ μόνος τῶν ἐξ αἰῶνος αὐτοκρατόρων Κωνσταντῖνος Χριστοῦ μυστηρίοις ἀναγεννώμενος ἐτελειοῦτο, θείας τε σφραγῖδος ἀξιούμενος ἀγάλλετο τῷ πνεύματι ἀνεκαινοῦτό τε καὶ φωτὸς ἐνεπίμπλατο θείου, χαίρων μὲν τῇ ψυχῇ διʼ ὑπερβολὴν πίστεως, τὸ δʼ ἐναργὲς καταπεπληγὼς τῆς ἐνθέου δυνάμεως.
ho men dē tautʼ elegen, hoi de ta nomima telountes thesmous apeplēroun theious kai tōn aporrētōn metedidosan, hosa chrē prosdiasteilamenoi. kai dē monos tōn ex aiōnos autokratorōn Kōnstantinos Christou mystēriois anagennōmenos eteleiouto, theias te sphragidos axioumenos agalleto tǭ pneumati anekainouto te kai phōtos enepimplato theiou, chairōn men tę̄ psychę̄ diʼ hyperbolēn pisteōs, to dʼ enarges katapeplēgōs tēs entheou dynameōs.
So he spoke; and they, performing the customary rites, fulfilled the divine ordinances and imparted the mysteries, having first given such instructions as were necessary. And so Constantine, alone of all the emperors since time began, was reborn and perfected in the mysteries of Christ. Deemed worthy of the divine seal, he rejoiced in spirit, was renewed and filled with divine light, rejoicing in his soul through the abundance of his faith and awed by the manifest power of God.
4.62.5Heikel
ὡς δʼ ἐπληροῦτο τὰ δέοντα, λαμπροῖς καὶ βασιλικοῖς ἀμφιάσμασι φωτὸς ἐκλάμπουσι τρόπον περιεβάλλετο ἐπὶ λευκοτάτῃ τε στρωμνῇ διανεπαύετο, οὐκ ἔθʼ ἁλουργίδος ἐπιψαῦσαι θελήσας.
hōs dʼ eplērouto ta deonta, lamprois kai basilikois amphiasmasi phōtos eklampousi tropon perieballeto epi leukotatę̄ te strōmnę̄ dianepaueto, ouk ethʼ halourgidos epipsausai thelēsas.
When what was needed had been completed, he was clothed in bright imperial garments shining like light and rested on a pure white couch, no longer willing to touch the purple.
Life 4, chapter 63
4.63.1Heikel
Κἄπειτα τὴν φωνὴν ἀνυφώσας εὐχαριστήριον ἐνέπεμπε τῷ θεῷ προσευχήν μεθʼ ἥν ἐπῆγε λέγων·,, Νῦν ἀληθεῖ λόγῳ μακάριον οἶδʼ ἐμαυτόν, νῦν τῆς ἀθανάτου ζωῆς πεφάνθαι ἄξιον, νῦν τοῦ θείου μετειληφέναι φωτός. ‘’ ἀλλὰ καὶ τάλανας ἀπεκάλει, ἀθλίους εἶναι λέγων, τοὺς τῶνδε τῶν ἀγαθῶν στερουμένους.
Kapeita tēn phōnēn anyphōsas eucharistērion enepempe tǭ theǭ proseuchēn methʼ hēn epēge legōn;,, Nyn alēthei logǭ makarion oidʼ emauton, nyn tēs athanatou zōēs pephanthai axion, nyn tou theiou meteilēphenai phōtos. ‘’ alla kai talanas apekalei, athlious einai legōn, tous tōnde tōn agathōn steroumenous.
Then, raising his voice, he sent up a prayer of thanksgiving to God, after which he added: “Now I know myself truly blessed; now I have been shown worthy of immortal life; now I have received the divine light.” And he called those deprived of these blessings wretched and miserable.
4.63.2Heikel
ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν στρατοπέδων οἱ ταξιάρχαι καὶ καθηγεμόνες εἴσω παρελθόντες ἀπω- δύροντο, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐρήμους ἔσεσθαι ἀποκλαιόμενοι, ἐπηύχοντό τε ζωῆς αὐτῷ χρόνους, καὶ τούτοις ἀποκρινάμενος, νῦν ἔφη τῆς ἀληθοῦς ζωῆς ἠξιῶσθαι μόνον τʼ αὐτὸν εἰδέναι ὧν μετείληφεν ἀγαθῶν· διὸ καὶ σπεύδειν μηδʼ ἀναβάλλεσθαι τὴν πρὸς τὸν αὐτοῦ θεὸν πορείαν.
epei de tōn stratopedōn hoi taxiarchai kai kathēgemones eisō parelthontes apō- dyronto, sphas autous erēmous esesthai apoklaiomenoi, epēuchonto te zōēs autǭ chronous, kai toutois apokrinamenos, nyn ephē tēs alēthous zōēs ēxiōsthai monon tʼ auton eidenai hōn meteilēphen agathōn; dio kai speudein mēdʼ anaballesthai tēn pros ton autou theon poreian.
When the tribunes and commanders of the armies came in and lamented, weeping that they would be left bereft, and prayed that more years of life be granted him, he answered them too that he had now been deemed worthy of true life and that he alone knew the blessings he had received; therefore he was hastening, and would not put off his journey to his God.
4.63.3Heikel
εἶτα ἐπὶ τούτοις τὰ προσήκοντα διετάττετο, καὶ Ῥωμαίους μὲν τοὺς τὴν βασιλίδα πόλιν οἰκοῦντας ἐτίμα δόσεσιν ἐτησίαις, τοῖς δʼ αὐτοῦ παισὶν ὥσπερ τινὰ πατρικὴν ὕπαρξιν τὸν τῆς βασιλείας παρεδίδου κλῆρον, πάνθʼ ὅσα φίλα ἦν αὐτῷ διατυπωσάμενος.
eita epi toutois ta prosēkonta dietatteto, kai Rhōmaious men tous tēn basilida polin oikountas etima dosesin etēsiais, tois dʼ autou paisin hōsper tina patrikēn hyparxin ton tēs basileias paredidou klēron, panthʼ hosa phila ēn autǭ diatypōsamenos.
Then he gave the necessary directions. He honored the Romans who lived in the imperial city with annual gifts, and handed on the inheritance of the empire to his sons like a family estate, arranging everything as he wished.
Life 4, chapter 64
4.64.1Heikel
Ἕκαστα δὲ τούτων ἐπὶ τῆς μεγίστης συνετελεὶτο ἑορτῆς, τῆς δὴ πανσέμνου καὶ σεβασμίας πεντηκοστῆς ἑβδομάσι μὲν ἑπτὰ τετιμημένης μονάδι δʼ ἐπισφραγιζομένης, καθʼ ἥν τὴν εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἀνάληψιν τοῦ κοινοῦ σωτῆρος τὴν τε τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος εἰς ἀνθρώ- πους κάθοδον γεγενῆσθαι λόγοι περιέχουσι θεῖοι.
Hekasta de toutōn epi tēs megistēs syneteleito heortēs, tēs dē pansemnou kai sebasmias pentēkostēs hebdomasi men hepta tetimēmenēs monadi dʼ episphragizomenēs, kathʼ hēn tēn eis ouranous analēpsin tou koinou sōtēros tēn te tou hagiou pneumatos eis anthrō- pous kathodon gegenēsthai logoi periechousi theioi.
All these things were done during the greatest feast, the all-venerable and holy Pentecost, honored with seven weeks and sealed with a single day, during which, as the divine words record, the ascension of the common Savior into heaven and the descent of the Holy Spirit upon mankind took place.
4.64.2Heikel
ἐν δὴ ταύτῃ τούτων ἀξιωθεὶς βασιλεύς, ἐπὶ τὴς ὑστάτης ἁπασῶν ἡμέρας, ἥν δὴ ἑορτὴν ἑορτῶν οὐκ ἄν τις διαμάρτοι καλῶν, ἀμφὶ μεσημβρινὰς ἡλίου ὥρας πρὸς τὸν αὐτοῦ θεὸν ἀνελαμβάνετο, θνητοῖς μὲν τὸ συγγενὲς παραδοὺς ἔχειν, αὐτὸς δʼ ὅσον ἦν αὐτοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς νοερόν τε καὶ φιλόθεον τῷ αὐτοῦ θεῷ συναπτόμενος. τοῦτο τέλος τῆς Κωνσταν- τίνου ζωῆς. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπίωμεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
en dē tautę̄ toutōn axiōtheis basileus, epi tēs hystatēs hapasōn hēmeras, hēn dē heortēn heortōn ouk an tis diamartoi kalōn, amphi mesēmbrinas hēliou hōras pros ton autou theon anelambaneto, thnētois men to syngenes paradous echein, autos dʼ hoson ēn autou tēs psychēs noeron te kai philotheon tǭ autou theǭ synaptomenos. touto telos tēs Kōnstan- tinou zōēs. alla gar epiōmen epi ta hexēs.
Deemed worthy of these things during this feast, the emperor, on the last day of all, which one would not be wrong to call the feast of feasts, about the midday hours of the sun was taken up to his God. He left to mortals what was akin to them, while he himself, all that was intellectual and God-loving in his soul, was united to his God. This was the end of Constantine's life. But let us go on to what followed.
Life 4, chapter 65
4.65.1Heikel
Δορυφόροι μὲν αὐτίκα καὶ πᾶν τὸ τῶν σωματοφυλάκων γένος ἐσθῆτας περιρρηξάμενοι σφᾶς τε ῥίψαντες ἐπʼ ἐδάφους, τὰς κεφαλὰς ἤρασσον, κωκυτοῦ φωνὰς οἰμωγαῖς θʼ ἅμα καὶ βοαῖς ἀφιέντες, τὸν δεσπότην τὸν κύριον τὸν βασιλέα, οὐχ οἷα δεσπότην πατέρα δʼ ὥσπερ γνησίων παίδων δίκην ἀνακαλούμενοι.
Doryphoroi men autika kai pan to tōn sōmatophylakōn genos esthētas perirrēxamenoi sphas te rhipsantes epʼ edaphous, tas kephalas ērasson, kōkytou phōnas oimōgais thʼ hama kai boais aphientes, ton despotēn ton kyrion ton basilea, ouch hoia despotēn patera dʼ hōsper gnēsiōn paidōn dikēn anakaloumenoi.
At once the spearmen and the whole company of bodyguards tore their clothes, threw themselves on the ground, and beat their heads, uttering wailing cries with lamentations and shouts, calling on their master, lord, and emperor, not as a master but, like true sons, as a father.
4.65.2Heikel
ταξίαρχοι δὲ καὶ λοχαγοὶ τὸν σωτῆρα τὸν φύλακα τὸν εὐεργέτην ἀπεκλάοντο, τά τε λοιπὰ στρατιωτικὰ σὺν κόσμῳ τῷ πρέποντι οἷα ἐν ἀγέλαις τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἐπόθουν ποιμένα.
taxiarchoi de kai lochagoi ton sōtēra ton phylaka ton euergetēn apeklaonto, ta te loipa stratiōtika syn kosmǭ tǭ preponti hoia en agelais ton agathon epothoun poimena.
Tribunes and captains wept for their savior, guardian, and benefactor, and the rest of the soldiers, with fitting decorum, longed for their good shepherd like flocks.
4.65.3Heikel
δήμοι θʼ ὡσαύτως τὴν σύμπασαν περιενόστουν πόλιν, τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐνδόμυχον ἄλγος κραυγαῖς καὶ βοαῖς ἔκδηλον ποιούμενοι, ἄλλοι δὲ κατηφεῖς ἐπτοημένοις ἐῴκεσαν, ἑκάστου τὸ πένθος ἴδιον ποιουμένου ἑαυτόν τε κόπτοντος, ὡσανεὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ ἁπάντων ἀγαθοῦ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀφῃρημένου ζωῆς.
dēmoi thʼ hōsautōs tēn sympasan perienostoun polin, to tēs psychēs endomychon algos kraugais kai boais ekdēlon poioumenoi, alloi de katēpheis eptoēmenois eǭkesan, hekastou to penthos idion poioumenou heauton te koptontos, hōsanei tou koinou hapantōn agathou tēs autōn aphę̄rēmenou zōēs.
The people likewise went about the whole city, making the inward grief of their souls plain with cries and shouts, while others looked dejected, as if stunned; each made the mourning his own and beat himself, as though the common good of all had been taken from his own life.
Life 4, chapter 66
4.66.1Heikel
Ἄραντες δʼ οἱ στρατιωτικοὶ τὸ σκῆνος χρυσῇ κατετίθεντο λάρνακι, ταύτην θʼ ἁλουργίδι βασιλικῇ περιέβαλλον ἐκόμιζόν τʼ εἰς τὴν βασιλέως ἐπώνυμον οἴκῳ βάθρον ἐφʼ ὑψηλὸν κατετίθεντο, φῶτά τʼ ἐξάψαντες κύκλῳ ἐπὶ σκευῶν χρυσῶν θαυμαστὸν θέαμα τοῖς ὁρῶσι παρεῖχον, οἷον ἐπʼ οὐδενὸς πώποτε ὑφʼ ἡλίου αὐγαῖς ἐκ πρώτης αἰῶνος συστάσεως ἐπὶ γῆς ὤφθη. 2ἔνδον γάρ τοι ἐν αὐτῷ παλατίῳ κατὰ τὸ μεσαίτατον τῶν βασιλείων ἐφʼ ὑψηλῆς κείμενον χρυσῆς λάρνακος τὸ βασιλέως σκῆνος, βασιλικοῖς τε κόσμοις πορφύρᾳ τε καὶ διαδήματι τετιμημένον, πλεῖστοι περιστοιχισάμενοι ἀπαγρύπνως διʼ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἐφρούρουν.
Arantes dʼ hoi stratiōtikoi to skēnos chrysę̄ katetithento larnaki, tautēn thʼ halourgidi basilikę̄ perieballon ekomizon tʼ eis tēn basileōs epōnymon oikǭ bathron ephʼ hypsēlon katetithento, phōta tʼ exapsantes kyklǭ epi skeuōn chrysōn thaumaston theama tois horōsi pareichon, hoion epʼ oudenos pōpote hyphʼ hēliou augais ek prōtēs aiōnos systaseōs epi gēs ōphthē. 2endon gar toi en autǭ palatiǭ kata to mesaitaton tōn basileiōn ephʼ hypsēlēs keimenon chrysēs larnakos to basileōs skēnos, basilikois te kosmois porphyrą te kai diadēmati tetimēmenon, pleistoi peristoichisamenoi apagrypnōs diʼ hēmeras kai nyktos ephrouroun.
The soldiers took up the body and laid it in a golden coffin, wrapped this in imperial purple, and carried it to the city named after the emperor; [and there, in the most eminent] hall [of the palace,] they placed it on a lofty pedestal. Lighting lamps all around on golden stands, they presented to the beholders a marvelous spectacle, such as had never been seen on earth under the rays of the sun since the world was first established. 2 For inside the palace itself, in the very center of the imperial residence, the emperor's body lay on a lofty golden coffin, honored with imperial ornaments, purple and diadem, and very many men stood around it keeping sleepless watch day and night.
Life 4, chapter 67
4.67.1Heikel
Οἱ δέ γε τοῦ παντὸς στρατοῦ καθηγεμόνες κόμητές τε καὶ πᾶν τὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων τάγμα, οἷς τὸν βασιλέα νόμος καὶ πρότερον ἦν προσκυνεῖν, μηδὲν τοῦ συνήθους ὑπαλλαξάμενοι τρόπου τοῖς δέουσι καιροῖς εἴσω παριόντες τὸν ἐπὶ τῆς λάρνακος βασιλέα οἷά περ ζῶντα καὶ μετὰ θάνατον γονυκλινεῖς ἠσπάζοντο. μετὰ δὲ τοὺς πρώτους ταῦτα ἔπραττον παριόντες οἵ τʼ ἐξ αὐτῆς συγκλήτου βουλῆς, οἵ τʼ ἐπʼ ἀξίας πάντες, μεθʼ οὕς ὄχλοι παντοίων δήμων γυναιξὶν ἅμα καὶ παισὶν ἐπὶ τὴν θέαν παρῇεσαν.
Hoi de ge tou pantos stratou kathēgemones komētes te kai pan to tōn archontōn tagma, hois ton basilea nomos kai proteron ēn proskynein, mēden tou synēthous hypallaxamenoi tropou tois deousi kairois eisō pariontes ton epi tēs larnakos basilea hoia per zōnta kai meta thanaton gonyklineis ēspazonto. meta de tous prōtous tauta epratton pariontes hoi tʼ ex autēs synklētou boulēs, hoi tʼ epʼ axias pantes, methʼ hous ochloi pantoiōn dēmōn gynaixin hama kai paisin epi tēn thean parę̄esan.
The commanders of the whole army, the counts, and the whole order of magistrates, whose custom it had been to do obeisance to the emperor, changed nothing of their usual practice, but entering at the appointed times they greeted the emperor on his coffin on bended knee, as if he were alive even after death. After the chief men, members of the senate itself and all persons of rank came in and did the same, and after them crowds of every kind of people, with women and children, came to see.
4.67.2Heikel
συνετελεῖτο δὲ ταῦτα οὕτω χρόνῳ μακρῷ, τῶν στρατιωτικῶν οὕτω μένειν τὸ σκῆνος καὶ φυλάττε- σθαι βουλευσαμένων, ἔστʼ ἄν οἱ αὐτοῦ παῖδες ἀφικόμενοι τῇ διʼ ἑαυτῶν κομιδῇ τὸν πατέρα τιμήσειαν. 3ἐβασίλευε δὲ μετὰ θάνατον μόνος θνητῶν ὁ μακάριος, ἐπράττετό τε τὰ συνήθη ὡσανεὶ καὶ ζῶντος αὐτοῦ, τοῦτο μονωτάτῳ αὐτῷ ἀπʼ αἰῶνος τοῦ θεοῦ δεδωρη- μένου. μόνος γοῦν ὡς οὐδʼ ἄλλος αὐτοκρατόρων τὸν παμβασιλέα θεὸν καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ παντοίαις τιμήσας πράξεσιν εἰκότως τούτων ἔλαχε μόνος, καὶ τὸ θνητὸν αὐτοῦ βασιλεύειν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὁ ἐπὶ πάντων ἠξίου θεός, ὧδʼ ἐπιδεικνὺς τὴν ἀγήρω καὶ ἀτελεύτητον τῆς ψυχῆς βασιλείαν τοῖς μὴ τὸν νοῦν λελιθωμένοις. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὧδέ πη συνετελεῖτο,
syneteleito de tauta houtō chronǭ makrǭ, tōn stratiōtikōn houtō menein to skēnos kai phylatte- sthai bouleusamenōn, estʼ an hoi autou paides aphikomenoi tę̄ diʼ heautōn komidę̄ ton patera timēseian. 3ebasileue de meta thanaton monos thnētōn ho makarios, epratteto te ta synēthē hōsanei kai zōntos autou, touto monōtatǭ autǭ apʼ aiōnos tou theou dedōrē- menou. monos goun hōs oudʼ allos autokratorōn ton pambasilea theon kai ton Christon autou pantoiais timēsas praxesin eikotōs toutōn elache monos, kai to thnēton autou basileuein en anthrōpois ho epi pantōn ēxiou theos, hōdʼ epideiknys tēn agērō kai ateleutēton tēs psychēs basileian tois mē ton noun lelithōmenois. alla tauta men hōde pē syneteleito,
These things went on in this way for a long time, the soldiers having decided that the body should remain and be guarded thus until his sons should arrive and honor their father by conducting the funeral themselves. 3 The blessed man alone of mortals reigned even after death, and the customary business was carried on as though he were alive, God having granted this to him alone since time began. Alone, as no other emperor, he had honored God, the King of all, and his Christ by every kind of deed; so he alone fittingly obtained these things, and the God over all deemed even his mortal part worthy to reign among men, thus showing the ageless and endless kingdom of his soul to those whose minds are not turned to stone. But these things were done in this way,
Life 4, chapter 68
4.68.1Heikel
τῶν δὲ στρατιωτικῶν ταγμάτων ἐκκρίτους ἄνδρας, πίστει καὶ εὐνοίᾳ πάλαι βασιλεῖ γνωρίμους, οἱ ταξίαρχοι διεπέμποντο τὰ πεπραγμένα τοῖς καίσαρσιν ἔκδηλα καθι- στῶντες. καὶ οἵδε μὲν τάδʼ ἔπραττον,
tōn de stratiōtikōn tagmatōn ekkritous andras, pistei kai eunoią palai basilei gnōrimous, hoi taxiarchoi diepemponto ta pepragmena tois kaisarsin ekdēla kathi- stōntes. kai hoide men tadʼ epratton,
and the tribunes sent picked men from the military units, long known to the emperor for their faithfulness and loyalty, to make known to the Caesars what had happened. These men did so,
4.68.2Heikel
ὥσπερ δὲ ἐξ ἐπιπνοίας κρείττονος τὰ πανταχοῦ πάντα στρατόπεδα τὸν βασιλέως πυθόμενα θάνατον μιᾶς ἐκράτει γνώμης, ὡσανεὶ ζῶντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως μηδένα γνωρίζειν ἕτερον ἢ μόνους τοὺς αὐτοῦ παῖδας Ῥωμαίων αὐτοκράτορας.
hōsper de ex epipnoias kreittonos ta pantachou panta stratopeda ton basileōs pythomena thanaton mias ekratei gnōmēs, hōsanei zōntos autois tou megalou basileōs mēdena gnōrizein heteron ē monous tous autou paidas Rhōmaiōn autokratoras.
and, as if by a higher inspiration, all the armies everywhere, on learning of the emperor's death, were possessed by one mind: as though the great emperor were still alive among them, they would recognize no one but his sons alone as emperors of the Romans.
4.68.3Heikel
οὐκ εἰς μακρὸν δʼ ἠξίουν μὴ καίσαρας ἐντεῦθεν δʼ ἤδη τοὺς ἅπαντας χρηματίζειν αὐγοιτʼ ἂν σύμβολον. οἱ μὲν οὖν ταῦτʼ ἔπραττον, τὰς οἰκείας ψήφους τε καὶ φωνὰς διὰ γραφῆς ἀλλήλοις διαγγέλλοντες, ὑπὸ μίαν τε καιροῦ ῥοπὴν τοῖς ἁπανταχοῦ πᾶσιν ἐγνωρίζετο ἡ τῶν στρατοπέδων συμφωνία.
ouk eis makron dʼ ēxioun mē kaisaras enteuthen dʼ ēdē tous hapantas chrēmatizein augoitʼ an symbolon. hoi men oun tautʼ epratton, tas oikeias psēphous te kai phōnas dia graphēs allēlois diangellontes, hypo mian te kairou rhopēn tois hapantachou pasin egnōrizeto hē tōn stratopedōn symphōnia.
Not long afterwards they resolved that they should be styled no longer Caesars but all of them henceforth Augusti, [which would be the] symbol [of supreme power]. They did this, announcing their votes and declarations to one another by letter, and in a single moment the agreement of the armies became known to all everywhere.
Life 4, chapter 69
4.69.1Heikel
Οἱ δὲ τὴν βασιλίδα πόλιν οἰκοῦντες αὐτῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ δήμῳ Ῥωμαίων, ὡς τὴν βασιλέως ἐπέγνωσαν τελευτήν, δεινὴν καὶ πάσης συμφορᾶς ἐπέκεινα τὴν ἀκοὴν θέμενοι πένθος ἄσχετον ἐποιοῦντο. λουτρὰ δὴ ἀπεκλείετο καὶ ἀγοραὶ πάνδημοί τε θέαι καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐπὶ ῥᾳστώνῃ βίου τοῖς εὐθυμουμένοις πράττειν ἔθος ἦν. κατηφεῖς δʼ οἱ πάλαι τρυφηλοὶ τὰς προόδους ἐποιοῦντο, ὁμοῦ θʼ οἱ πάντες τὸν μακάριον ἀνευφήμουν, τὸν θεοφιλῆ, τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς τῆς βασιλείας ἐπάξιον.
Hoi de tēn basilida polin oikountes autę̄ synklētǭ kai dēmǭ Rhōmaiōn, hōs tēn basileōs epegnōsan teleutēn, deinēn kai pasēs symphoras epekeina tēn akoēn themenoi penthos ascheton epoiounto. loutra dē apekleieto kai agorai pandēmoi te theai kai panthʼ hosa epi rhąstōnę̄ biou tois euthymoumenois prattein ethos ēn. katēpheis dʼ hoi palai tryphēloi tas proodous epoiounto, homou thʼ hoi pantes ton makarion aneuphēmoun, ton theophilē, ton hōs alēthōs tēs basileias epaxion.
Those who lived in the imperial city, the senate itself and the people of Rome, when they learned of the emperor's death, took the news as terrible and beyond every calamity, and gave way to unrestrained mourning. Baths were closed, and markets, public spectacles, and everything that people in good spirits usually do for the enjoyment of life. Those who had formerly lived in luxury went about dejected, and all together praised the blessed one, the God-beloved, the one truly worthy of empire.
4.69.2Heikel
καὶ οὐ ταῦτα βοαῖς ἐφώνουν μόνον, εἰς ἔργα δὲ χωροῦντες εἰκόνος ἀναθήμασιν οἷά περ ζῶντα καὶ τεθνηκότα αὐτὸν ἐτίμων, οὐρανοῦ μὲν σχῆμα διατυπώσαντες ἐν χρωμάτων γραφῇ, ὑπὲρ ἁψίδων δʼ οὐρανίων ἐν αἰθερίῳ διατριβῇ διαναπαυόμενον αὐτὸν τῇ γραφῇ παραδιδόντες. τοὺς δʼ αὐτοῦ παῖδας καὶ οὗτοι μόνους καὶ οὐδʼ ἄλλους αὐτοκράτορας καὶ σεβαστοὺς ἀνεκάλουν, βοαῖς τʼ ἐχρῶντο ἱκετηρίαις τὸ σκῆνος τοῦ σφῶν βασιλέως παρʼ αὐτοῖς κομίζεσθαι καὶ τῇ βασιλίδι πόλει κατατίθεσθαι ποτνιώμενοι.
kai ou tauta boais ephōnoun monon, eis erga de chōrountes eikonos anathēmasin hoia per zōnta kai tethnēkota auton etimōn, ouranou men schēma diatypōsantes en chrōmatōn graphę̄, hyper hapsidōn dʼ ouraniōn en aitheriǭ diatribę̄ dianapauomenon auton tę̄ graphę̄ paradidontes. tous dʼ autou paidas kai houtoi monous kai oudʼ allous autokratoras kai sebastous anekaloun, boais tʼ echrōnto hiketēriais to skēnos tou sphōn basileōs parʼ autois komizesthai kai tę̄ basilidi polei katatithesthai potniōmenoi.
Nor did they only cry these things aloud; they proceeded to deeds, honoring him with dedications of his image, as though he were alive even when dead. Depicting in a painting the form of heaven, they portrayed him resting in an ethereal dwelling above the vaults of heaven. They too acclaimed his sons alone and no others as emperors and Augusti, and with suppliant cries begged that the body of their emperor be brought to them and laid to rest in the imperial city.
Life 4, chapter 70
4.70.1Heikel
Ἀλλὰ καὶ οἵδε ταύτῃ τὸν παρὰ θεῷ τιμώμενον ἐκόσμουν. ὁ δὲ τῶν παίδων δεύτερος τὸ τοῦ πατρὸς σκῆνος ἐπιστὰς τῇ πόλει προσεκόμιζεν, αὐτὸς ἐξάρχων τῆς ἐκκομιδῆς. ἡγεῖτο δὲ κατὰ στῖφος τὰ στρατιωτικὰ τάγματα, εἵπετό τε πληθὺς μυρίανδρος, λογχοφόροι τε καὶ ὁπλῖται τὸ βασιλέως περιεῖπον σῶμα.
Alla kai hoide tautę̄ ton para theǭ timōmenon ekosmoun. ho de tōn paidōn deuteros to tou patros skēnos epistas tę̄ polei prosekomizen, autos exarchōn tēs ekkomidēs. hēgeito de kata stiphos ta stratiōtika tagmata, heipeto te plēthys myriandros, lonchophoroi te kai hoplitai to basileōs perieipon sōma.
So they too honored in this way the one who was honored by God. But the second of his sons, arriving at the city, brought his father's body, himself leading the funeral procession. The military units went before in ranks, a multitude of tens of thousands followed, and spearmen and soldiers attended the emperor's body.
4.70.2Heikel
ὡς δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν ἀποστόλων τοῦ σωτῆρος νεὼν παρῆσαν, ἐνταυθοῖ τὴν λάρνακα διανέπαυον. καὶ βασιλεὺς μὲν νέος Κωνστάντιος ὧδέ πη κοσμῶν τὸν πατέρα τῇ τε παρουσίᾳ καὶ τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν καθήκουσι τὰ τῆς πρεπούσης ὁσίας ἀπεπλήρου.
hōs de epi ton tōn apostolōn tou sōtēros neōn parēsan, entauthoi tēn larnaka dianepauon. kai basileus men neos Kōnstantios hōde pē kosmōn ton patera tę̄ te parousią kai tois eis auton kathēkousi ta tēs prepousēs hosias apeplērou.
When they reached the temple of the Savior's apostles, they laid the coffin to rest there. And the new emperor Constantius, honoring his father in this way with his presence and with the rites due to him, fulfilled the duties of fitting piety.
Life 4, chapter 71
4.71.1Heikel
Ἐπεὶ δʼ ὑπεχώρει σὺν τοῖς στρατιωτικοῖς τάγμασι, μέσοι δὴ παρῄεσαν οἱ τοῦ θεοῦ λειτουργοὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς πλήθεσι πανδήμῳ τε θεοσεβείας λαῷ τά τε τῆς ἐνθέου λατρείας διʼ εὐχῶν ἀπεπλήρουν. ἔνθα δὴ ὁ μὲν μακάριος ἄνω κείμενος ἐφʼ ὑψηλῆς κρηπῖδος ἐδοξάζετο, λεὼς δὲ παμπληθὴς σὺν τοῖς τῷ θεῷ ἱερωμένοις οὐ δακρύων ἐκτὸς σὺν κλαυθμῷ δὲ πλείονι τὰς εὐχὰς ὑπὲρ τὴς βασιλέως ψυχῆς ἀπεδίδοσαν τῷ θεῷ, τὰ καταθύμια τῷ θεοφιλεῖ πληροῦντες,
Epei dʼ hypechōrei syn tois stratiōtikois tagmasi, mesoi dē parę̄esan hoi tou theou leitourgoi syn autois plēthesi pandēmǭ te theosebeias laǭ ta te tēs entheou latreias diʼ euchōn apeplēroun. entha dē ho men makarios anō keimenos ephʼ hypsēlēs krēpidos edoxazeto, leōs de pamplēthēs syn tois tǭ theǭ hierōmenois ou dakryōn ektos syn klauthmǭ de pleioni tas euchas hyper tēs basileōs psychēs apedidosan tǭ theǭ, ta katathymia tǭ theophilei plērountes,
When he had withdrawn with the military units, the ministers of God came forward into the midst with the multitudes and the whole people of the faithful, and performed the rites of divine worship with prayers. There the blessed man, lying above on a lofty base, was glorified, and the vast people, together with those consecrated to God, not without tears but with much weeping, offered prayers to God for the emperor's soul, fulfilling the wishes of the God-beloved man.
4.71.2Heikel
κἀν τούτῳ τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς τὸν αὐτοῦ θεράποντα εὐμένειαν ἐνδειξαμένου, ὅτι δὴ καὶ μετὰ τέλος αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς καὶ γνησίοις υἱοῖς διαδόχοις τὴν βασιλείαν ἐδωρεῖτο, καὶ τοῦ σπουδασθέντος αὐτῷ τόπου σὺν τῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων κατηξιοῦτο μνήμῃ, ὡς ὁρᾶν ἔστι εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν τὸ μὲν τῆς τρισμακαρίας ψυχῆς σκῆνος τῷ τῶν ἀποστόλων προσρήματι συνδοξαζόμενον καὶ τῷ λαῷ τοῦ θεοῦ συναγελαζόμενον, θεσμῶν τε θείων καὶ μυστικῆς λειτουργίας ἀξιούμενον καὶ κοινωνίας ὁσίων ἀπολαῦον εὐχῶν· αὐτὸς δὲ τῆς βασιλείας καὶ μετὰ θάνατον ἐπειλημμένος, ὥσπερ οὖν ἐξ ἀναβιώσεως τὴν σύμπασαν ἀρχὴν διοικῶν, Νικητὴς Μέγιστος Σεβαστὸς αὐτῷ προσρήματι τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἡγεμονίας κρατεῖ,
kan toutǭ tou theou pros ton autou theraponta eumeneian endeixamenou, hoti dē kai meta telos autou tois agapētois kai gnēsiois huiois diadochois tēn basileian edōreito, kai tou spoudasthentos autǭ topou syn tę̄ tōn apostolōn katēxiouto mnēmę̄, hōs horan esti eiseti kai nyn to men tēs trismakarias psychēs skēnos tǭ tōn apostolōn prosrēmati syndoxazomenon kai tǭ laǭ tou theou synagelazomenon, thesmōn te theiōn kai mystikēs leitourgias axioumenon kai koinōnias hosiōn apolauon euchōn; autos de tēs basileias kai meta thanaton epeilēmmenos, hōsper oun ex anabiōseōs tēn sympasan archēn dioikōn, Nikētēs Megistos Sebastos autǭ prosrēmati tēs Rhōmaiōn hēgemonias kratei,
In this too God showed his favor toward his servant: even after his death he gave the empire to his beloved and true sons as his successors, and Constantine was granted the place he had so desired, together with the memorial of the apostles. So one may see even now the tabernacle of his thrice-blessed soul glorified along with the name of the apostles and numbered with the people of God, deemed worthy of the divine rites and the mystic liturgy, and enjoying a share in holy prayers; while he himself, holding the empire even after death, governing the whole realm as if returned to life, rules the Roman government under his very own title, Victor Maximus Augustus,
Life 4, chapter 72
4.72.1Heikel
οὐ κατὰ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ὄρνιν, ὅν δή φασι μονογενῆ ὅντα τὴν φύσιν θνήσκειν μὲν ἐπʼ ἀρωμάτων αὐτὸν αὐτῷ τὴν τελευτὴν θυηπολοῦντα, ἀναβιώσκειν δʼ ἐξ αὐτῆς σποδιᾶς καὶ ἀναπτάντα τοιοῦτον οἷος καὶ πρότερον ἦν φῦναι, κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτοῦ σωτῆρα, ὅς τῷ τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρῳ παραπλησίως ἀνθʼ ἑνὸς πολυπλασιαζόμενος σὺν εὐλογίᾳ θεοῦ παρεῖχε τὸν στάχυν καὶ τὴν σύμπασαν οἱκουμένην τῶν αὐτοῦ κατεπίμπλα καρπῶν. τούτῳ οὖν ἐμφερῶς ὁ τρισμακάριος πολυπλάσιος διὰ τῆς τῶν παίδων διαδοχῆς ἀνθʼ ἑνὸς ἐγίγνετο, ὡς καὶ εἰκόνων ἀναστάσεσι παρὰ πᾶσιν ἔθνεσιν ἅμα τοῖς αὐτοῦ τιμᾶσθαι παισίν, οἰκεῖον τε τοῦνομα κωνσταντίνου καὶ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ βίου παραλαμβάνεσθαι τελευτήν.
ou kata ton Aigyption ornin, hon dē phasi monogenē honta tēn physin thnēskein men epʼ arōmatōn auton autǭ tēn teleutēn thyēpolounta, anabiōskein dʼ ex autēs spodias kai anaptanta toiouton hoios kai proteron ēn phynai, kata de ton autou sōtēra, hos tǭ tou pyrou sporǭ paraplēsiōs anthʼ henos polyplasiazomenos syn eulogią theou pareiche ton stachyn kai tēn sympasan hoikoumenēn tōn autou katepimpla karpōn. toutǭ oun empherōs ho trismakarios polyplasios dia tēs tōn paidōn diadochēs anthʼ henos egigneto, hōs kai eikonōn anastasesi para pasin ethnesin hama tois autou timasthai paisin, oikeion te tounoma kōnstantinou kai meta tēn tou biou paralambanesthai teleutēn.
not like the Egyptian bird, which, they say, being unique in its kind, dies on spices, making itself a sacrifice for its own end, and comes to life again from its own ashes and flies up grown once more into what it was before; but like his own Savior, who, like a grain of wheat, was multiplied from one and with God's blessing produced the ear and filled the whole world with his fruits. In the same way the thrice-blessed man became many instead of one through the succession of his sons, so that he is honored with the setting up of images among all nations together with his sons, and his own name of Constantine is still used even after the end of his life.
Life 4, chapter 73
4.73.1Heikel
Ἤδη δὲ καὶ νομίσμασιν ἐνεχαράττοντο τύποι, πρόσθεν μὲν ἐκτυποῦντες τὸν μακάριον ἐγκεκαλυμμένου τὴν κεφαλὴν σχήμα- τι, θατέρου δὲ μέρους ἐφʼ ἅρματι τεθρίππῳ ἡνιόχου τρόπον, ὑπὸ δεξιᾶς ἄνωθεν ἐκτεινομένης αὐτῷ χειρὸς ἀναλαμβανόμενον.
Ēdē de kai nomismasin enecharattonto typoi, prosthen men ektypountes ton makarion enkekalymmenou tēn kephalēn schēma- ti, thaterou de merous ephʼ harmati tethrippǭ hēniochou tropon, hypo dexias anōthen ekteinomenēs autǭ cheiros analambanomenon.
Types were also struck on coins, showing on the front the blessed one with his head veiled, and on the other side as a charioteer in a four-horse chariot, being taken up by a right hand stretched down to him from above.
Life 4, chapter 74
4.74.1Heikel
Ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς δείξας ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπὶ μόνῳ τῶν πώποτε Χριστιανῷ διαφανῶς ἀποδειχθέντι Κωνσταντίνῳ ὁ ἐπὶ πάντων θεός, ὁπόσον ἦν ἄρα αὐτῷ τὸ διάφορον παρεστήσατο τῶν αὐτὸν τε καὶ τὸν χριστὸν αὐτοῦ σέβειν ἡξιωμένων τῶν τε τὴν ἐναντίαν ἑλομένων, οἵ τὴν ἐκκληςίαν αὐτοῦ πολεμεῖν ὡρμηκότες αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἐχθρὸν καὶ πολέμιον κατεστήσαντο, τῇς ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ τοῦ βιου καταστροφῆς ἐναργῆ τὸν ἔλεγχον τῆς αὐτῶν θεοεχθρίας ἐνδειξαμένης, ὥσπερ οὖν θεοφιλίας τὰ ἐχέγγυα τὸ Κωνσταντίνου τοῖς πᾶσι φανερὸν κατέστησε τέλος, μόνου μὲν Ῥωμαίων βασιλέως τὸν παμβασιλέα θεὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ κηρύξαντος λόγον, μόνου πᾶσι πεπαρρησιασμένως τὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ κηρύξαντος λόγον, μόνου τʼ εἰπεῖν ἐκκληςίαν αὐτοῦ ὡς οὐδʼ ἔτερος τῶν ἐξ αἰῶνος δοξάσαντος, μόνου τε πᾶσαν πολύθεον πλάνην καθελόντος, πάντα τε τρόπον εἰδωλολατρείας ἀπαλλάξαντος, καὶ δὴ καὶ μόνου τοιούτων ἠξιωμένου ἐν αὐτῇ τε ζωῇ καὶ μετὰ θάνατον, οἵων οὐκ ἄν τις τυχόντα οἷός τʼ ἂν γένοιτο ἐξειπεῖν τινα οὔτε παρʼ Ἑλλησιν οὔτε παρὰ βαρβάροις οὐδέ γε παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνωτάτω Ῥωμαίοις, ὡς οὐδενὸς τοιούτου τινὸς εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ παντὸς αἰῶνος μνημονευομένου.
Tauthʼ hēmin autois deixas ophthalmois epi monǭ tōn pōpote Christianǭ diaphanōs apodeichthenti Kōnstantinǭ ho epi pantōn theos, hoposon ēn ara autǭ to diaphoron parestēsato tōn auton te kai ton christon autou sebein hēxiōmenōn tōn te tēn enantian helomenōn, hoi tēn ekklēsian autou polemein hōrmēkotes auton autois echthron kai polemion katestēsanto, tę̄s ephʼ hekastǭ tou biou katastrophēs enargē ton elenchon tēs autōn theoechthrias endeixamenēs, hōsper oun theophilias ta echengya to Kōnstantinou tois pasi phaneron katestēse telos, monou men Rhōmaiōn basileōs ton pambasilea theon tou Christou kēryxantos logon, monou pasi peparrēsiasmenōs ton tou Christou kēryxantos logon, monou tʼ eipein ekklēsian autou hōs oudʼ eteros tōn ex aiōnos doxasantos, monou te pasan polytheon planēn kathelontos, panta te tropon eidōlolatreias apallaxantos, kai dē kai monou toioutōn ēxiōmenou en autę̄ te zōę̄ kai meta thanaton, hoiōn ouk an tis tychonta hoios tʼ an genoito exeipein tina oute parʼ Hellēsin oute para barbarois oude ge parʼ autois tois anōtatō Rhōmaiois, hōs oudenos toioutou tinos eis hēmas ek tou pantos aiōnos mnēmoneuomenou.
Having shown these things to our own eyes in Constantine, who alone of all rulers ever was plainly shown to be a Christian, God over all made evident how great a difference there was between those who chose to worship him and his Christ and those who chose the opposite. The latter, having set out to make war on his church, made him their enemy and foe, and the overthrow of each one's life gave clear proof of their hatred of God, just as Constantine's end made plain to all the pledges of God's love. [75] He alone of the emperors of the Romans [honored] God the King of all [with surpassing godliness]; he alone proclaimed the word of Christ boldly to all; he alone glorified his church as no other ruler from the beginning of time; he alone destroyed all polytheistic error and removed every form of idolatry; and indeed he alone was deemed worthy, both in life itself and after death, of such honors as no one could say had been obtained by anyone, either among Greeks or barbarians, or even among the Romans of the highest antiquity, since nothing like it has been recorded to us from all the ages.